Professional Documents
Culture Documents
The Bank is issuing 34,000,000 equity shares of face value of Rs.10 each (the “Equity Shares”) at a price of Rs.1,390 per Equity Share
(the “Issue Price”), including a premium of Rs.1,380 per Equity Share aggregating to Rs.47,260 million (the “Issue”).
ISSUE IN RELIANCE UPON CHAPTER VIII OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA
(ISSUE OF CAPITAL AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS) REGULATIONS, 2009, AS AMENDED
(THE “SEBI REGULATIONS”)
Axis Capital Limited* Citigroup Global Markets India J. P. Morgan India Private Limited
Axis House Private Limited J. P. Morgan Tower
1st Floor, C-2 12th Floor Off C. S. T. Road, Kalina
Wadia International Center Bakhtawar Santacruz (East)
P. B. Marg, Worli Nariman Point Mumbai 400 098
Mumbai 400 025 Mumbai 400 021
* Axis Capital Limited shall be involved only in marketing of the Issue
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTICE TO INVESTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SUMMARY OF BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SUMMARY OF THE ISSUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
RISK FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
MARKET PRICE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
USE OF PROCEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CAPITALIZATION STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
DIVIDENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
ISSUE PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
PLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
SELLING RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
THE SECURITIES MARKET OF INDIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
DESCRIPTION OF THE EQUITY SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
TAXATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES AMONG INDIAN GAAP AND
U.S. GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1
DECLARATION
i
NOTICE TO INVESTORS
The Bank has furnished and accepts full responsibility for all of the information contained in this Placement
Document and confirms that to its best knowledge and belief, having made all reasonable enquiries, this
Placement Document contains all information with respect to the Bank and the Equity Shares which is material
in the context of the Issue. The statements contained in this Placement Document relating to the Bank and the
Equity Shares are, in every material respect, true and accurate and not misleading. The opinions and intentions
expressed in this Placement Document with regard to the Bank and the Equity Shares are honestly held, have
been reached after considering all relevant circumstances, are based on information presently available to the
Bank and based on reasonable assumptions. There are no other facts in relation to the Bank and the Equity
Shares, the omission of which would, in the context of the Issue, make any statement in this Placement
Document misleading in any material respect. Further, all reasonable enquiries have been made by the Bank to
ascertain such facts and to verify the accuracy of all such information and statements.
The Book Running Lead Managers have not separately verified the information contained in this Placement
Document (financial, legal or otherwise). Accordingly, neither the Book Running Lead Managers nor any of their
respective shareholders (except the Bank (to the extent stated above) as a shareholder of Axis Capital Limited
which is one of the Book Running Lead Managers to the Issue), employees, counsel, officers, directors,
representatives, agents or affiliates make any express or implied representation, warranty or undertaking, and no
responsibility or liability is accepted by any of the Book Running Lead Managers as to the accuracy or
completeness of the information contained in this Placement Document or any other information supplied in
connection with the Equity Shares. Each person receiving this Placement Document acknowledges that such
person has not relied on any of the Book Running Lead Managers or on any of their respective shareholders,
employees, counsel, officers, directors, representatives, agents or affiliates in connection with its investigation of
the accuracy of such information or its investment decision, and each such person must rely on its own
examination of the Bank and the merits and risks involved in investing in the Equity Shares pursuant to the Issue.
No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this
Placement Document and any information or representation not so contained must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by or on behalf of the Bank or by or on behalf of the Book Running Lead Managers. The
delivery of this Placement Document at any time does not imply that the information contained in it is correct as
of any time subsequent to its date.
The Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Issue have not been approved, disapproved or
recommended by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, any other federal or state authorities in
the U.S. or the securities authorities of any non-U.S. jurisdiction or any other U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory
authority. No authority has passed on or endorsed the merits of the Issue or the accuracy or adequacy of
this Placement Document. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense in the U.S. and may be
a criminal offense in other jurisdictions.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), and may not be offered or sold within the United States except pursuant to
an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws.
Within the United States, this Placement Document is being provided only to persons who are “qualified
institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A. Distribution of this Placement Document to any person other than
the offeree specified by the Book Running Lead Managers or their representatives, and those persons, if any,
retained to advise such offeree with respect thereto, is unauthorized and any disclosure of its contents, without
the prior written consent of the Bank, is prohibited. Any reproduction or distribution of this Placement Document
in the United States, in whole or in part, and any disclosure of its contents to any other person is prohibited.
The distribution of this Placement Document and the issue of the Equity Shares may be restricted in certain
jurisdictions by law. As such, this Placement Document does not constitute, and may not be used for or in
connection with, an offer or solicitation by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not
authorized or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. In particular, no action has
been taken by the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers which would permit an offering of the Equity
Shares or distribution of this Placement Document in any jurisdiction, other than India, where action for that
purpose is required. Accordingly, the Equity Shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither
this Placement Document nor any offering material in connection with the Equity Shares may be distributed or
published in or from any country or jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with
any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
ii
In making an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of the Bank and the terms
of the Issue, including the merits and risks involved. Investors should not construe the contents of this Placement
Document as legal, tax, accounting or investment advice. Investors should consult their own counsel and advisors
as to business, legal, tax, accounting and related matters concerning the Issue. In addition, neither the Bank nor
the Book Running Lead Managers are making any representation to any offeree or purchaser of the Equity Shares
regarding the legality of an investment in the Equity Shares by such offeree or purchaser under applicable legal,
investment or similar laws or regulations.
Each purchaser of the Equity Shares in the Issue is deemed to have acknowledged, represented and agreed
that it is eligible to invest in India and in the Bank under Indian law, including Chapter VIII of the SEBI
Regulations, and that it is not prohibited by SEBI or any other statutory authority from buying, selling or dealing
in securities including the Equity Shares.
This Placement Document contains summaries of certain terms of certain documents, which summaries are
qualified in their entirety by the terms and conditions of such document.
The information on the Bank’s website, www.axisbank.com, any website directly or indirectly linked to the
Bank’s website, or on the websites of the Book Running Lead Managers, does not constitute nor form part of this
Placement Document. Prospective investors should not rely on the information contained in, or available through
such websites.
All references herein to “you” or “your” is to the prospective investors in the Issue.
THE EQUITY SHARES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED
STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN
REGULATION S) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT
SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, THE EQUITY SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED AND
SOLD (A) IN THE UNITED STATES ONLY TO PERSONS REASONABLY BELIEVED TO BE
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
PURSUANT TO SECTION 4(a)(2) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
OF THE EQUITY SHARES, SEE “TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS”.
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH, OR APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY, THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”)
OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION IN THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER UNITED
STATES REGULATORY AUTHORITY. FURTHERMORE, THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES HAVE NOT
PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THE OFFERING OR THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PLACEMENT DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE IN THE UNITED STATES.
iii
NOTICE TO INVESTORS IN CERTAIN OTHER COUNTRIES
For information to investors in certain other countries, see “Selling Restrictions” and “Transfer
Restrictions”.
REPRESENTATIONS BY INVESTORS
By subscribing to any Equity Shares in the Issue, you are deemed to have represented, warranted,
acknowledged and agreed to the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers, as follows:
• You are a “QIB” as defined in Regulation 2(1)(zd) of the SEBI Regulations and not excluded pursuant to
Regulation 86 of the SEBI Regulations, having a valid and existing registration under applicable laws and
regulations of India, and undertake to acquire, hold, manage or dispose of any Equity Shares that are
Allocated (as defined hereinafter) to you in accordance with Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations;
• If you are Allotted (as defined hereinafter) Equity Shares, you shall not, for a period of one year from the
date of Allotment (as defined hereinafter), sell the Equity Shares so acquired except on the floor of the
Stock Exchanges (additional restrictions apply if you are within the United States, see “Transfer
Restrictions”);
• You have made, or been deemed to have made, as applicable, the representations and warranties as set
forth under the sections titled “Selling Restrictions” and “Transfer Restrictions”;
• You are aware that the Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Companies Act,
the SEBI Regulations or under any other law in force in India. The Placement Document has not been
reviewed or affirmed by SEBI, RBI, the Stock Exchanges or any other regulatory or listing authority, and
will not be filed with the RoC, and is intended only for use by QIBs. This Placement Document has been
filed with the Stock Exchanges and will be displayed on the websites of the Bank and the Stock
Exchanges;
• You are entitled to subscribe for and acquire the Equity Shares under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions
that apply to you and that you have fully observed such laws and you have necessary capacity, have
obtained all necessary consents, governmental or otherwise, and authorizations and complied with all
necessary formalities, to enable you to commit to participation in the Issue and to perform your
obligations in relation thereto (including, without limitation, in the case of any person on whose behalf
you are acting, all necessary consents and authorizations to agree to the terms set out or referred to in this
Placement Document), and will honor such obligations;
• Neither the Bank nor any of the Book Running Lead Managers or any of their respective shareholders,
directors, officers, employees, counsel, representatives, agents or affiliates are making any
recommendations to you or advising you regarding the suitability of any transactions it may enter into in
connection with the Issue and your participation in the Issue is on the basis that you are not, and will not,
up to the Allotment, be a client of any of the Book Running Lead Managers. Neither the Book Running
Lead Managers nor any of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees, counsel,
representatives, agents or affiliates have any duties or responsibilities to you for providing the protection
afforded to their clients or customers or for providing advice in relation to the Issue and are not in any
way acting in any fiduciary capacity;
• All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Placement Document, including
those regarding the Bank’s financial position, business strategy, plans and objectives of management for
future operations (including development plans and objectives relating to the Bank’s business), are
forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results to be materially different from
future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
Such forward-looking statements are based on numerous assumptions regarding the Bank’s present and
future business strategies and environment in which the Bank will operate in the future. You should not
place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Placement
Document. The Bank assumes no responsibility to update any forward-looking statements contained in
this Placement Document;
• You are aware of and understand that the Equity Shares are being offered only to QIBs and are not being
offered to the general public and the Allotment shall be on a discretionary basis;
iv
• You are aware that if you are Allotted more than 5% of the Equity Shares in the Issue, the Bank shall be
required to disclose your name and the number of the Equity Shares Allotted to you to the Stock
Exchanges and the Stock Exchanges will make the same available on their website and you consent to
such disclosures;
• You have been provided a serially numbered copy of this Placement Document, and you have read it in
its entirety, including in particular, the section titled “Risk Factors”;
• In making your investment decision, you have (i) relied on your own examination of the Bank and the
terms of the Issue, including the merits and risks involved, (ii) made your own assessment of the Bank,
the Equity Shares and the terms of the Issue based solely on the information contained in the Placement
Document and no other disclosure or representation by the Bank or any other party, (iii) consulted your
own independent counsel and advisors or otherwise have satisfied yourself concerning, without
limitation, the effects of local laws, (iv) received all information that you believe is necessary or
appropriate in order to make an investment decision in respect of the Bank and the Equity Shares, and
(v) relied upon your own investigation and resources in deciding to invest in the Issue;
• Neither the Book Running Lead Managers nor any of their respective shareholders, directors, officers,
employees, counsel, representatives, agents or affiliates, have provided you with any tax advice or
otherwise made any representations regarding the tax consequences of purchase, ownership and disposal
of the Equity Shares (including the Issue and the use of proceeds from the Equity Shares). You will obtain
your own independent tax advice from a reputable service provider and will not rely on any of the Book
Running Lead Managers or any of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees, counsel,
representatives, agents or affiliates, when evaluating the tax consequences in relation to the Equity Shares
(including, in relation to the Issue and the use of proceeds from the Equity Shares). You waive, and agree
not to assert any claim against the Bank or any of the Book Running Lead Managers or any of their
respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees, counsel, representatives, agents or affiliates, with
respect to the tax aspects of the Equity Shares or as a result of any tax audits by tax authorities, wherever
situated;
• You are a sophisticated investor and have such knowledge and experience in financial, business and
investments as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Equity
Shares. You are experienced in investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a
similar nature of business, similar stage of development and in similar jurisdictions. You and any
accounts for which you are subscribing to the Equity Shares (i) are each able to bear the economic risk of
the investment in the Equity Shares, (ii) will not look to the Bank and/or any of the Book Running Lead
Managers or any of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees, counsel, representatives,
agents or affiliates for all or part of any such loss or losses that may be suffered in connection with the
Issue, including losses arising out of non-performance by the Bank of any of its respective obligations or
any breach of any representations and warranties by the Bank, whether to you or otherwise, (iii) are able
to sustain a complete loss on the investment in the Equity Shares, (iv) have no need for liquidity with
respect to the investment in the Equity Shares, and (v) have no reason to anticipate any change in your or
their circumstances, financial or otherwise, which may cause or require any sale or distribution by you or
them of all or any part of the Equity Shares. You acknowledge that an investment in the Equity Shares
involves a high degree of risk and that the Equity Shares are, therefore, a speculative investment. You are
seeking to subscribe to the Equity Shares in the Issue for your own investment and not with a view to
resale or distribution;
• You confirm that either (i) you have not participated in or attended any investor meetings or presentations
by the Bank or its agents with regard to the Bank or the Issue (“Bank Presentations”); or (ii) if you have
participated in or attended any Bank Presentations, (a) you understand and acknowledge that the Book
Running Lead Managers may not have the knowledge of the statements that the Bank or its agents may
have made at such Bank Presentations and are therefore unable to determine whether the information
provided to you at such Bank Presentation may have included any material misstatements or omissions,
and, accordingly you acknowledge that the Book Running Lead Managers have advised you not to rely in
any way on any such information that was provided to you at such Bank Presentations, and (b) confirm
that, to the best of your knowledge, you have not been provided any material information that was not
publicly available;
• If you are acquiring the Equity Shares pursuant to the Issue, for one or more managed accounts, you
represent and warrant that you are authorized in writing, by each such managed account to acquire the
Equity Shares for each managed account and make the representations, warranties, acknowledgements
v
and agreements herein for and on behalf of each such account, reading the reference to ‘you’ to include
such accounts;
• You are not a Promoter (as defined under the SEBI Regulations) of the Bank and are not a person related
to the Promoters, either directly or indirectly and your Bid (as defined hereinafter) does not directly or
indirectly represent the Promoter or promoter group (as defined under the SEBI Regulations) of the Bank;
• You have no rights under a shareholders’ agreement or voting agreement with the Promoter(s) or persons
related to the Promoter(s), no veto rights or right to appoint any nominee director on the board of
directors of the Bank (the “Board”), other than the rights, if any, acquired in the capacity of a lender not
holding any Equity Shares, which shall not be deemed to be a person related to the Promoter;
• You have no right to withdraw your Bid after the Bid/Issue Closing Date (as defined hereinafter);
• You are eligible to apply and hold the Equity Shares Allotted to you together with any Equity Shares held
by you prior to the Issue. Further, you confirm that your aggregate holding after the Allotment of the
Equity Shares shall not exceed the level permissible as per any applicable regulation;
• The Bid submitted by you would not result in triggering a tender offer under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (the “Takeover
Code”);
• To the best of your knowledge and belief, your aggregate holding, together with other QIBs in the Issue
that belong to the same group or are under common control as you, pursuant to the Allotment under the
Issue shall not exceed 50% of the Issue. For the purposes of this representation:
a. The expression ‘belong to the same group’ shall derive meaning from the concept of ‘companies
under the same group’ as provided in sub-section (11) of Section 372 of the Companies Act; and
b. ‘Control’ shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it by Regulation 2(1)(e) of the Takeover
Code;
• You shall not undertake any trade in the Equity Shares credited to your beneficiary account until such
time that the final listing and trading approvals for the Equity Shares are issued by the Stock Exchanges
as applicable;
• You acknowledge, represent and agree that your total interest in the paid-up share capital of the Bank,
whether direct or indirect, beneficial or otherwise (any such interest, your “Holding”), when aggregated
together with any existing Holding and/or Holding of any of your “relatives” or “associated enterprises”
(as defined under Section 92A of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961), does not exceed 5% of the total
paid-up share capital of the Bank, unless you are an existing shareholder who already holds 5% or more
of the underlying paid up share capital of the Bank pursuant to the acknowledgment of the RBI, provided
that your Holding does not, without the further acknowledgment of the RBI, exceed your existing
Holding after Allotment;
• You are aware that after the completion of the allotment process, the Bank shall apply for a post facto
approval from the RBI in respect of this Issue and that in the event that RBI does not grant the post facto
approval in respect of Allotment of Equity Shares to you, you shall be required to comply with the
instructions received from the RBI in this regard;
• You are aware that (i) applications for in-principle approval, in terms of clause 24(a) of the Equity Listing
Agreements, for listing and admission of the Equity Shares and for trading on the Stock Exchanges, were
made and approval has been received from each of the Stock Exchanges, and (ii) the application for the
final listing and trading approval will be made only after Allotment. There can be no assurance that the
final approvals for listing of the Equity Shares will be obtained in time or at all. The Bank shall not be
responsible for any delay or non-receipt of such final approvals or any loss arising from such delay or
non-receipt;
• You are aware and understand that the Book Running Lead Managers have entered into a placement
agreement with the Bank, whereby the Book Running Lead Managers have, subject to the satisfaction of
certain conditions set out therein, agreed to manage the Issue and use their best efforts to procure
subscription for the Equity Shares on the terms and conditions set forth therein;
• You understand that the contents of this Placement Document are exclusively the responsibility of the
Bank and that neither the Book Running Lead Managers nor any person acting on their behalf has or shall
have any liability for any information, representation or statement contained in this Placement Document
or any information previously published by or on behalf of the Bank and will not be liable for your
vi
decision to participate in the Issue based on any information, representation or statement contained in this
Placement Document or otherwise. By participating in the Issue, you agree to the same and confirm that
the only information you are entitled to rely on, and on which you have relied in committing yourself to
acquire the Equity Shares is contained in this Placement Document, such information being all that you
deem necessary to make an investment decision in respect of the Equity Shares, you have neither received
nor relied on any other information, representation, warranty or statement made by, or on behalf of, the
Book Running Lead Managers or the Bank or any of their respective affiliates or any other person and
neither the Book Running Lead Managers nor the Bank nor any other person will be liable for your
decision to participate in the Issue based on any other information, representation, warranty or statement
that you may have obtained or received;
• You understand that none of the Book Running Lead Managers has any obligation to purchase or acquire
all or any part of the Equity Shares purchased by you in the Issue;
• You are eligible to invest in India under applicable law, including the Foreign Exchange Management
(Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000, as amended, and
any notifications, circulars or clarifications issued thereunder, and have not been prohibited by SEBI or
any other regulatory authority, from buying, selling or dealing in securities;
• You understand that the Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act
or with any securities regulatory authority of any state of the United States and accordingly, may not be
offered or sold within the United States, except in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act;
• If you are within the United States, you are a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A
under the Securities Act, are acquiring the Equity Shares for your own account or for the account of an
institutional investor who also meets the requirements of a “qualified institutional buyer”, for investment
purposes only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution (within the
meaning of any United States securities laws) thereof, in whole or in part;
• You agree that any dispute arising in connection with the Issue will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of Republic of India, and the courts in Mumbai, India shall have exclusive
jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Placement Document;
• You agree to indemnify and hold the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers harmless from any and
all costs, claims, liabilities and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising out of or in
connection with any breach of the foregoing representations, warranties, acknowledgements and
undertakings made by you in this Placement Document. You agree that the indemnity set forth in this
paragraph shall survive the resale of the Equity Shares by, or on behalf of, the managed accounts;
• The Bank, the Book Running Lead Managers, their respective affiliates and others will rely on the truth
and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties, acknowledgements and undertakings, which
are given to the Book Running Lead Managers on their own behalf and on behalf of the Bank, and are
irrevocable; and
• Each of the representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements set out above shall continue
to be true and accurate at all times up to and including the Allotment, listing and trading of the Equity
Shares in the Issue.
Subject to compliance with all applicable Indian laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals in terms
of Regulation 15A(1) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Institutional Investors)
Regulations, 1995, as amended, (“FII Regulations”) an FII, including affiliates of the Book Running Lead
Managers, may issue or otherwise deal in offshore derivative instruments such as participatory notes, equity-
linked notes or any other similar instruments against underlying securities, listed or proposed to be listed on any
stock exchange in India, such as the Equity Shares in the Issue (all such offshore derivative instruments are
referred to herein as “P-Notes”), for which they may receive compensation from the purchasers of such
instruments. P-Notes may be issued only in favor of those entities which are regulated by any appropriate foreign
regulatory authorities subject to compliance of ‘know your client’ requirements. An FII shall also ensure that no
further issue or transfer of any instrument referred to above is made to any person other than such entities
regulated by appropriate foreign regulatory authorities. P-Notes have not been and are not being offered or sold
vii
pursuant to this Placement Document. This Placement Document does not contain any information concerning P-
Notes or the issuer(s) of any P-notes, including any information regarding any risk factors relating thereto. No
sub-account of an FII is permitted directly or indirectly to issue P-Notes.
Any P-Notes that may be issued are not securities of the Bank and do not constitute any obligation of,
claims on or interests in the Bank. The Bank has not participated in any offer of any P-Notes, or in the
establishment of the terms of any P-Notes, or in the preparation of any disclosure related to any P-Notes. Any
P-Notes that may be offered are issued by, and are the sole obligations of, third parties that are unrelated to the
Bank. The Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers do not make any recommendation as to any investment
in P-Notes and do not accept any responsibility whatsoever in connection with any P-Notes. Any P-Notes that
may be issued are not securities of the Book Running Lead Managers and do not constitute any obligations of or
claims on the Book Running Lead Managers. Affiliates of the Book Running Lead Managers that are registered
as FIIs may purchase, to the extent permissible under law, the Equity Shares in the Issue, and may issue P-Notes
in respect thereof.
Prospective investors interested in purchasing any P-Notes have the responsibility to obtain adequate
disclosures as to the issuer(s) of such P-Notes and the terms and conditions of any such P-Notes from the
issuer(s) of such P-Notes. Neither SEBI nor any other regulatory authority has reviewed or approved any
P-Notes or any disclosure related thereto. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own financial,
legal, accounting and tax advisors regarding any contemplated investment in P-Notes, including whether
P-Notes are issued in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
As required, a copy of this Placement Document has been submitted to each of the Stock Exchanges. The
Stock Exchanges do not in any manner:
(1) Warrant, certify or endorse the correctness or completeness of the contents of the Placement
Document;
(2) Warrant that the Equity Shares will be listed or will continue to be listed on the Stock Exchanges;
or
(3) Take any responsibility for the financial or other soundness of the Bank, its Promoters, its
management or any scheme or project of the Bank,
and it should not for any reason be deemed or construed to mean that the Placement Document has been cleared
or approved by the Stock Exchanges. Every person who desires to apply for or otherwise acquire any Equity
Shares may do so pursuant to an independent inquiry, investigation and analysis and shall not have any claim
against the Stock Exchanges whatsoever, by reason of any loss which may be suffered by such person
consequent to or in connection with, such subscription/acquisition, whether by reason of anything stated or
omitted to be stated herein, or for any other reason whatsoever.
In this Placement Document, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise indicates or implies,
references to ‘you’, ‘your’, ‘offeree’, ‘purchaser’, ‘subscriber’, ‘recipient’, ‘investors’, ‘prospective investors’
and ‘potential investor’ are to the prospective investors in the Issue, references to the ‘Bank’, ‘our Bank’, ‘we’,
‘us’, ‘our’ or the ‘Issuer’ are to Axis Bank Limited on a non-consolidated basis. All references to the “Group” are
to Axis Bank Limited and its subsidiaries.
In this Placement Document, references to ‘U.S. $’ and ‘U.S. dollars’ are to the legal currency of the United
States of America, and references to ‘INR’, ‘Rs.’, ‘Indian Rupees’ and ‘Rupees’ are to the legal currency of
India. All references herein to the ‘U.S.’ or the ‘United States’ are to the United States of America and its
territories and possessions. References to the singular also refers to the plural and one gender also refers to any
other gender, wherever applicable. The Bank has presented certain numerical information in the Placement
Document in “million” units. One million represents 1,000,000 and one billion represents 1,000,000,000. All
references herein to “India” are to the Republic of India and its territories and possessions and the ‘Government’
or the ‘Central Government’ or the ‘State Government’ are to the Government of India, central or state, as
applicable.
The Bank publishes its financial statements in Rupees. The consolidated and non-consolidated financial
statements of the Bank as of and for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 (as audited) and the non-
consolidated interim financial results of the Bank as at and for the half year ended September 30, 2012 and for
viii
the nine months ended December 31, 2012 (as reviewed) included in this Placement Document (collectively, the
“Financial Statements”), have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
India, or Indian GAAP as applicable to banks. The Financial Statements have been presented in Indian Rupees.
Indian GAAP differs in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States (“U.S. GAAP”) and other accounting principles and auditing standards with which prospective investors
may be familiar with in other countries. We have not attempted to quantify the impact of U.S. GAAP on the
financial data included in this Placement Document, nor do we provide a reconciliation of our financial
statements to those of U.S. GAAP. However, a narrative summary of the principal differences between Indian
GAAP and U.S. GAAP relevant to the Bank is provided in this Placement Document. For a description of the
principal differences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP see “Summary of Significant Differences among
Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP”. Accordingly, the degree to which the financial statements prepared in
accordance with Indian GAAP included in this Placement Document will provide meaningful information is
entirely dependent on the reader’s level of familiarity with the respective accounting practices. Any reliance by
persons not familiar with Indian accounting practices on the financial disclosures presented in this Placement
Document should accordingly be limited. See “Risk Factors — Indian accounting principles differ from
those which prospective investors may be familiar with in other countries”.
In this Placement Document, certain monetary thresholds have been subjected to rounding adjustments;
accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures which
precede them.
The fiscal year of the Bank commences on April 1 of each calendar year and ends on March 31 of the
succeeding calendar year, so, unless otherwise specified or if the context requires otherwise, all references to a
particular ‘fiscal year’ or ‘fiscal’ or ‘FY’ are to the twelve month period ended on March 31 of that year. Unless
otherwise stated, all financial data contained herein relating to the Bank is stated on a non consolidated basis.
Information regarding market position, growth rates, other industry data and certain industry forecasts
pertaining to the businesses of the Bank contained in this Placement Document consists of estimates based on
data reports compiled by government bodies, data from other external sources and knowledge of the markets in
which the Bank competes. Unless stated otherwise, the statistical information included in this Placement
Document relating to the industry in which the Bank operates has been reproduced from various trade, industry
and government publications and websites.
This data is subject to change and cannot be verified with certainty due to limits on the availability and
reliability of the raw data and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey. Neither the
Bank nor any of the Book Running Lead Managers have independently verified this data and do not make any
representation regarding accuracy or completeness of such data. The Bank takes responsibility for accurately
reproducing such information but accept no further responsibility in respect of such information and data. In
many cases, there is no readily available external information (whether from trade or industry associations,
government bodies or other organizations) to validate market-related analysis and estimates, so the Bank has
relied on internally developed estimates. Similarly, while the Bank believes its internal estimates to be
reasonable, such estimates have not been verified by any independent sources and neither the Bank nor any of the
Book Running Lead Managers can assure potential investors as to their accuracy.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
For so long as any Equity Shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the
Securities Act, and the Bank is neither subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, nor exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, the Bank will furnish to
any holder or beneficial owner of such restricted securities or to any prospective purchaser of such restricted
securities designated by such holder or beneficial owner, upon the request of such holder, beneficial owner or
prospective purchaser, the information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained in this Placement Document that are not statements of historical fact constitute
‘forward-looking statements’. Investors can generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such
as ‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘continue’, ‘can’, ‘could’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘may’, ‘objective’,
ix
‘plan’, ‘potential’, ‘project’, ‘pursue’, ‘shall’, ‘should’, ‘will’, ‘would’, or other words or phrases of similar
import. Similarly, statements that describe the strategies, objectives, plans or goals of the Bank are also forward-
looking statements. However, these are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements.
All statements regarding the Bank’s expected financial conditions, results of operations, business plans and
prospects are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements as to the Bank’s
business strategy, planned projects, revenue and profitability (including, without limitation, any financial or
operating projections or forecasts), new business and other matters discussed in this Placement Document that
are not historical facts.
Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements due to certain
known or unknown risks or uncertainties associated with management’s expectations with respect to, but not
limited to, the actual growth in demand for banking and other financial products and services, the management’s
ability to successfully implement its strategy, future levels of impaired loans, the Bank’s growth and expansion,
the adequacy of the Bank’s allowance for credit and investment losses, technological changes, investment
income, the Bank’s ability to market new products, cash flow projections, the outcome of any legal or regulatory
proceedings the Bank is or may become a party to, the future impact of new accounting standards, management’s
ability to implement its dividend policy, the impact of Indian banking regulations on it, the Bank’s ability to roll
over its short-term funding sources, the Bank’s exposure to market risks and the market acceptance of and
demand for internet banking services. By their nature, certain of the market risk disclosures are only estimates
and could be materially different from what actually occurs in the future. As a result, actual future gains, losses
or impact on net interest income and net income could materially differ from those that have been estimated.
Factors that could cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Bank to differ materially
include, but are not limited to, those discussed under the sections titled “Risk Factors”, “Industry Overview”,
“Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations”.
The forward-looking statements contained in this Placement Document are based on the beliefs of
management, as well as the assumptions made by, and information currently available to, management of the
Bank. Although the Bank believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are
reasonable at this time, it cannot assure investors that such expectations will prove to be correct. Given these
uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. In any
event, these statements speak only as of the date of this Placement Document or the respective dates indicated in
this Placement Document, and the Bank undertakes no obligation to update or revise any of them, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise. If any of these risks and uncertainties materialize, or if any
of the Bank’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, the actual results of operations or financial condition
of the Bank could differ materially from that described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated or expected. All
subsequent forward-looking statements attributable to the Bank are expressly qualified in their entirety by
reference to these cautionary statements.
The Bank is a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of India. Substantially all directors and
executive officers of the Bank and some of the experts named herein are residents of India and a substantial
portion of the assets of such persons are located in India. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect
service of process upon the Bank or such persons outside India or to enforce judgments obtained against such
parties in courts outside of India.
Recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments is provided for under Section 13 and Section 44A of the
Indian Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (the “Code”) on a statutory basis. Section 13 of the Code provides that a
foreign judgment shall be conclusive regarding any matter directly adjudicated upon except: (i) where the
judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) where the judgment has not been
given on the merits of the case, (iii) where it appears on the face of the proceedings that the judgment is founded
on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases in which such law is
applicable, (iv) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice,
(v) where the judgment has been obtained by fraud, and (vi) where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a
breach of any law in force in India.
India is not a party to any international treaty in relation to the recognition or enforcement of foreign
judgments. However, Section 44A of the Code provides that where a foreign judgment has been rendered by a
superior court within the meaning of that section in any country or territory outside India which the Government
x
has by notification declared to be a reciprocating territory, it may be enforced in India by proceedings in
execution as if the judgment had been rendered by the relevant court in India. However, Section 44A of the Code
is applicable only to monetary decrees not being in the nature of any amounts payable in respect of taxes or other
charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty and does not include arbitration awards.
The United Kingdom has been declared by the Government to be a reciprocating territory but the United
States has not been so declared. A judgment of a court in a jurisdiction which is not a reciprocating territory may
be enforced only by a fresh suit upon the judgment and not by proceedings in execution. The suit must be
brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to
enforce a civil liability in India. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a
foreign court if an action is brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce
foreign judgments if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice
or public policy. A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain approval from RBI
to repatriate outside India any amount recovered pursuant to the execution of such judgment and any such
amount may be subject to income tax in accordance with applicable laws.
xi
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS
The Indian rupee appreciated in fiscal 2005 and 2006 but marginally declined in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008,
Indian rupee appreciated compared to fiscal 2007 and in fiscal 2009, it depreciated over fiscal 2008. In fiscal
2010 and fiscal 2011, Indian rupee appreciated followed by a decline in fiscal 2012. The Indian rupee’s recent
depreciation has been attributed to the current account deficit and weak capital inflows, along with the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between
Indian rupees and U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers of Indian
rupees as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York:
Fiscal Year Period End Average(1)(2) High Low
2005 ...................................................... 43.62 44.86 46.45 43.27
2006 ...................................................... 44.48 44.17 46.26 43.05
2007 ...................................................... 43.10 45.12 46.83 42.78
2008 ...................................................... 40.02 40.13 43.05 38.48
2009 ...................................................... 50.87 45.84 51.96 39.73
2010 ...................................................... 44.95 47.39 50.48 44.94
2011 ...................................................... 44.54 45.49 47.49 43.90
2012 ...................................................... 50.89 47.81 53.71 44.00
The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rate for the Indian rupee for each of the previous
nine months.
Month Period End Average(1)(2) High Low
April 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.65 51.69 52.65 50.64
May 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.38 54.33 56.38 52.50
June 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.57 55.94 57.13 54.91
July 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.55 55.42 56.22 54.31
August 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.52 55.49 55.84 55.06
September 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.92 54.35 55.88 52.92
October 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.80 53.10 54.10 51.74
November 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.26 54.78 55.70 53.75
December 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.86 54.65 55.06 54.23
(1) The noon buying rate at each period end and the average rate for each period may have differed from the exchange rates
used in the preparation of the Bank’s Financial Statements.
(2) Represents the average of the noon buying rate for all days during the period.
Although the Bank has translated selected Indian rupee amounts in this Placement Document into
U.S. dollars for convenience, this does not mean that the Indian rupee amounts referred to could have been, or
could be, converted to U.S. dollars at any particular rate, the rates stated above, or at all. There are certain
restrictions on the conversion of Indian rupees into U.S. dollars. The exchange rate on January 18, 2013 was
Rs.53.82 per U.S.$1.00.
1
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
This Placement Document uses the definitions and abbreviations set forth below which you should consider
when reading the information contained herein. References to any legislation, act or regulation shall be to such
term as amended from time to time.
2
Term Description
Promoters The promoters of the Bank namely, SUUTI; LIC; GIC; The New India
Assurance Company Limited; National Insurance Company Limited; United
India Insurance Company Limited; and The Oriental Insurance Company
Limited
RBO Retail Banking Operations
Registered Office The registered office of the Bank, located at “TRISHUL”, 3rd Floor, Opposite
Samartheshwar Temple, Near Law Garden, Ellisbridge, Ahmedabad
380 006, India
Registrar of Companies Registrar of Companies, Gujarat, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, located at
Ahmedabad
Retail deposits Include savings bank deposits, deposits of NRIs and all term deposits in
value not exceeding Rs.50 million
Retail loans Include home loans, personal loans, auto loans, consumer loans, education
loans as well as security-backed loans of various types
SBUs Strategic business units
SUUTI Specified Undertaking of the Unit Trust of India
3
Term Description
Escrow Bank Account The account entitled Axis Bank Limited — QIP Escrow Account with regard
to any money received towards the subscription of the Equity Shares, opened
with the Escrow Bank, subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement
Floor Price The floor price is Rs.1,398.56 for issue of the Equity Shares, which has been
calculated in accordance with Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations. The
committee of the Board approved discount of Rs.8.56 to the Floor Price of
Rs.1,398.56 in accordance with the approval of the shareholders accorded on
January 28, 2013 and Regulation 85(1) of the SEBI Regulations
Issue Size The issue of 34,000,000 Equity Shares aggregating to Rs.47,260 million
Mutual Fund A mutual fund registered with SEBI under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996
Mutual Fund Portion 10% of the Equity Shares proposed to be Allotted in the Issue, which is
available for Allocation to Mutual Funds
Pay-in Date The last date specified in the CAN for payment of application monies by the
QIBs
Placement Agreement Agreement dated January 28, 2013, among the Bank and the Book Running
Lead Managers
Placement Document This placement document dated January 31, 2013 issued by the Bank in
accordance with Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations
Preliminary Placement The preliminary placement document dated January 28, 2013, issued by the
Document Bank in accordance with Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations
QIB/ Qualified Institutional A qualified institutional buyer, as defined under Regulation 2(1)(zd) of the
Buyer SEBI Regulations
QIP Qualified institutions placement under Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations
Relevant Date January 28, 2013 which is the date of the meeting of the Board deciding to
open the Issue
AFS “Available for sale”, the category of all securities other than those held for
trading and held to maturity
AIF(s) Alternative investment funds, as defined and registered with SEBI under the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investment Funds)
Regulations, 2012
AP Andhra Pradesh
4
Term Description
AS Accounting Standards
ASBA Application supported by blocked amount
ATMs Automated Teller Machines
B. A. Bachelor of Arts
Banking Regulation Act Banking Regulation Act, 1949
Basel-II Revised framework on “International Convergence of Capital Measurement
and Capital Standards” by Bank for International Settlements
Basel-III A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems
(December 2010 (rev. June 2011)) published by the Bank for International
Settlements
RBI issued guidelines on the implementation of Basel-III capital regulations
in India on May 2, 2012
B. Sc. Bachelor of Science
BCSBI Banking Codes and Standards Board of India
BPLR The benchmark prime lending rate, based on cost of funds, cost of business
operations, provisions and yield curve expectations
BSE BSE Limited
B. Tech Bachelor of Technology
CAGR Compounded Annual Growth Rate
CAIIB Certified Associate of the Indian Institute of Bankers
Calendar Year Year ending on December 31
CAR Capital adequacy ratio
CBI Central Bureau of Investigation
CBLO Collateralized borrowing and lending obligations
CCI Competition Commission of India
CD Certificates of Deposit
CDR Corporate debt restructuring
CDR system A joint forum of banks and financial institutions in India established in 2001
as an institutional mechanism for corporate debt restructuring
CDSL Central Depository Services (India) Limited
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CFO Chief Financial Officer
CII Confederation of Indian Industry
Circle A circle is an administrative unit that controls a cluster of branches
Circle RBO A circle incorporating the RBO structure to enable better oversight of branch
operations
CLN Credit linked note
Code Code of Civil Procedure, 1908
Companies Act Companies Act, 1956
5
Term Description
Competition Act The Competition Act, 2002
Delisting Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares)
Regulations, 2009
Depository A depository registered with the SEBI under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Depositories and Participant) Regulations, 1996
Equity Listing Agreements The equity listing agreements entered by the Bank with each of the Stock
Exchanges
FDI Policy Consolidated FDI Policy effective from April 10, 2012
FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, together with rules and
regulations thereunder
FII Foreign Institutional Investor (as defined under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Foreign Institutional Investors) Regulations, 1995) registered
with SEBI
Financial Year or Fiscal Period of twelve months ended March 31 of that particular year
6
Term Description
FSA The United Kingdom Financial Services Authority
FVCI Foreign venture capital investors (as defined and registered with SEBI under
the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Venture Capital
Investors) Regulations, 2000)
GST Goods and Services Tax; a proposed reform to Indian tax laws relating to
indirect taxes on goods and services
HFT “Held for Trading”; the category of securities that are held principally for
resale within a short period
HR Human Resources
IND-AS Indian accounting standards converged with IFRS, which has been proposed
for implementation by the ICAI
Interest bearing liabilities Primarily include deposits, borrowings, subordinated debt and hybrid capital
Interest earning assets Primarily include advances, investments, balances with banks in deposit
accounts, money at call and short notice
IT Information Technology
JV Joint Venture
7
Term Description
KYC Know Your Customer guidelines
LAF Liquidity Adjustment Facility
LC Letter of credit
LER Loan Equivalent Risk
LIBOR London InterBank Offered Rate
MAT Minimum Alternate Tax
MBA Master in Business Administration
MoU Memorandum of Understanding
MSE Micro and small enterprises
MSME Micro small and medium enterprises (as defined by the RBI)
MSME Loans Loans to MSMEs engaged in the manufacturing and services sector
Mutual Fund or MF A mutual fund registered with SEBI under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996
NABARD National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
Narasimham Committee-I The Committee on the Financial System
Narasimham Committee-II The Second Committee on the Financial System
NASSCOM National Association of Software and Services Companies
NBFCs Non-Banking Financial Companies registered with the RBI
NDTL Net demand and time liabilities
NEFT National electronic fund transfer
NGOs Non-government organizations
Non-SLR Non-statutory liquidity ratio
NPA Non-performing assets
NRE Non-Resident (External)
NRI Non-resident Indian
NRO Ordinary Non-Resident
NSDL National Securities Depository Limited
NSE National Stock Exchange of India Limited
PAN Permanent account number allotted under the I.T. Act
PDAI Primary Dealers Association of India
PFRDA Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority
PGDBM Post Graduate Diploma in Business Management
PGDM Post Graduate Diploma in Management
PML Act Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002
POS Point of sale
PTC Pass through certificate
PVBP Price value of a basis point
RBI Reserve Bank of India
RBI Act The Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
8
Term Description
Regulation S Regulation S under the Securities Act
Repo rate The annual rate at which the RBI lends to other banks in India
Retail deposits Include savings bank deposits, deposits of NRIs and all term deposits in
value not exceeding Rs.50 million
Retail loans Include home loans, personal loans, auto loans, consumer loans, education
loans as well as security-backed loans of various types
Reverse repo rate The rate at which the RBI borrows money from banks in India
RRBs Regional rural banks
“Rs.”, “INR”, “Rupees” Indian Rupees
RTGS Real time gross settlement
RTGS system Real time gross settlement system developed by the RBI
Rule 144 A Rule 144 A under the Securities Act
SARFAESI Act The Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement
of Security Interest Act, 2002
SCBs Scheduled commercial banks
SCR (SECC) Rules Securities Contracts (Regulation) (Stock Exchanges and Clearing
Corporations) Regulations, 2012, notified by the SEBI
SCRA Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956
SCRR Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957
SEBI Securities and Exchange Board of India established under the SEBI Act
SEBI Act Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992
SEBI FII Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Institutional Investors)
Regulations, 1995
SEBI Insider Trading Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading)
Regulations Regulations, 1992
SEBI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2009
SEC United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities Act The U.S. Securities Act of 1933
SENSEX Index of 30 stocks traded on BSE representing a sample of large and liquid
listed companies
SIP Systematic investment plan of mutual funds
SLR Statutory Liquidity Ratio requirement imposed on the Bank by the RBI
SLR Securities Securities held towards satisfying the SLR requirement of the RBI
SME Small and Medium Enterprises
SMS Short message service
Stock Exchanges The NSE and the BSE
STT Securities Transaction Tax
SWIFT Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication
Takeover Code Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares
and Takeover) Regulations, 2011
9
Term Description
Tarapore Committee Committee on Capital Account Convertibility
TUFS Technology Upgradation Fund Scheme of the Ministry of Textiles of India
UAE United Arab Emirates
U.K. United Kingdom
USA or U.S. The United States of America
U.S. GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
U.S. $, U.S. dollar United States Dollar, the legal currency of the United States of America
UTI Unit Trust of India
VaR Value at risk
VCF Venture Capital Fund as defined in and registered with SEBI under the SEBI
(Venture Capital Fund) Regulations, 1996
WOS Wholly-owned banking subsidiary
WTO World Trade Organization
YTM Yield to Maturity
10
SUMMARY OF BUSINESS
Overview
The Bank is a leading private sector bank and financial services company in India offering a wide range of
products and services to corporate and retail customers through a variety of delivery channels. The Bank
commenced operations in April 1994, and over the last 18 years, the Bank has grown both in terms of the size of
its asset base and its physical network of branches, extension counters and ATMs. The Bank has experienced
significant growth while maintaining stable asset quality and enhancing its low-cost funding structure.
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank was the third largest private sector bank in India in terms of total assets
based on public filings of private sector banks. The Bank’s total assets as at September 30, 2012 were
Rs.3,026.81 billion as compared to Rs.2,856.28 billion as at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s net profit has grown
from Rs.33.88 billion in the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs.42.42 billion in the year ended March 31, 2012,
representing an increase of 25.19% The Bank’s net profit has increased by 22.25% from Rs.18.63 billion in the
half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.22.77 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. As at
September 30, 2012, the Bank’s net loans and net deposits amounted to Rs.1,721.32 billion and
Rs.2,356.19 billion, respectively. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had a network of 1,741 branches and
extension counters and 10,297 ATMs spread over 1,113 centers in India. In addition to the Bank’s growing
branch and ATM networks, the Bank also offers telephone banking in various cities, as well as internet banking
and mobile telephone banking. These and other resources give the Bank the capability to deliver a broad range of
banking products through multiple delivery channels that enhance convenience for customers. As at
September 30, 2012, the Bank also had seven overseas offices with branches in Singapore, Hong Kong, the
DIFC, Colombo and representative offices in Shanghai, DIFC and Abu Dhabi. The Bank’s foreign branches
primarily offer corporate banking, trade finance and treasury and risk management services.
The Bank’s core income stream comprises interest income earned on its large and mid-corporate, SME and
agriculture and retail loan portfolios, as well as its money-market operations and investment portfolio. The Bank
also earns fee and commission income from the processing of loans, documentary credits, bank guarantees,
placements and syndication, service charges, cash management services, advisory services, depository services,
capital market services, ATM interchange and cards, remittance, wealth management and sale of third party
products. Additionally, the Bank earns trading profit from proprietary trading in investments, foreign exchange
and derivatives. The Bank’s expenses consist of interest and non-interest expenses. The Bank’s major
non-interest expenses include staff cost, occupancy cost (including rent for office premises, repair and
maintenance), depreciation and other administrative costs.
The Bank obtained its certificate of incorporation on December 3, 1993 and its certificate of commencement
of business on December 14, 1993. The Bank began operations by opening its first branch in Ahmedabad on
April 2, 1994 and was one of the first private sector banks established under guidelines issued in 1993 by the RBI
in line with the Government’s policy to reform India’s financial sector. The Bank was renamed from “UTI Bank
Limited” to “Axis Bank Limited”, and the certificate of incorporation on change of name was obtained on
July 30, 2007.
Since the year ended March 31, 2011, the Bank has experienced significant growth in its customer and
geographical base, which expanded from 17.96 million retail customer accounts in 921 locations as at March 31,
2011 to 19.53 million retail customer accounts in over 1,050 locations as at March 31, 2012. As at September 30,
2012, the Bank had 20.46 million retail customer accounts in 1,113 locations. The Bank’s total assets have
increased from Rs.2,427.13 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.2,856.28 billion as at March 31, 2012, with the
retail loan portfolio increasing from Rs.277.59 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.375.70 billion as at March 31,
2012. As at September 30, 2012, the total assets of the Bank was Rs.3,026.81 billion, of which retail loans
accounted for Rs.442.86 billion. Further, total deposits of the Bank grew from Rs.1,892.38 billion as at
March 31, 2011 to Rs.2,201.04 billion as at March 31, 2012, with low-cost deposits (savings bank and current
account) increasing by Rs.136.55 billion over the same period. As at September 30, 2012, total deposits were
Rs.2,356.19 billion, of which low-cost deposits accounted for Rs.955.38 billion. The Bank’s ATM network
increased from 6,270 ATMs as at March 31, 2011 to 9,924 ATMs as at March 31, 2012. The number of ATMs as
at September 30, 2012 was 10,297.
The Bank’s principal business activities are divided into two segments, Banking Operations and Treasury.
11
Banking Operations
The Bank’s operations include products and services in the following areas:
• Large and Mid-Corporate Banking offers various loan and fee-based products and services to large and
mid-corporate clients. These products and services include cash credit facilities, demand and short-term
loans, project finance, export credit, factoring, channel financing, structured products, discounting of
bills, documentary credits, guarantees, foreign exchange and derivative products, cash management
services, warrant payment services, cross-border trade and correspondent banking services and tax
collections on behalf of the central Government and various state governments in India. Liability products
including current accounts, certificates of deposit and time deposits are also offered to large and
mid-corporate clients. Loans under the large and mid-corporate banking segment amounted to
Rs.910,534 million and constituted 53.64% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio as at March 31, 2012. The
loans to large and mid-corporate clients as at September 30, 2012 amounted to Rs.920,647 million and
constituted 53.49% of the total loan portfolio.
• SME and Agriculture comprises 32 dedicated SME centers to provide decentralized loan origination,
cross-selling and monitoring functions, as well as 90 specialized clusters for agricultural clients to
coordinate appraisals and provide lending services. Loans under the SME and agriculture segment
amounted to Rs.411,358 million as at March 31, 2012 and constituted 24.23% of the Bank’s total loan
portfolio as at March 31, 2012. The loans to these segments as at September 30, 2012 amounted to
Rs.357,807 million and constituted 20.79% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio
• Retail Banking offers a variety of liability and asset products and services to retail customers. Retail
liability products include savings accounts, time deposits and customized products for certain target
groups such as high-net worth individuals, senior citizens, working mothers, armed forces personnel,
students and salaried employees. Retail asset products include home loans, personal loans, auto loans,
consumer loans, loans against gold and educational loans as well as secured loans of various types. The
Bank also offers other products and services such as debit and travel currency cards, financial advisory
services, bill payment services and wealth management services. The Bank had 19.53 million and
20.46 million retail customer accounts as at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively, The
Bank also markets third party products such as mutual funds and Government savings bonds. A wide
range of liability and asset products and services are also offered to non-resident Indians (“NRIs”).
• Business Banking offers transaction banking services, as well as current accounts for businesses and
central Government and state government agencies. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank had 1,066,485
current accounts relationships under its business banking segment. The current accounts relationships had
grown to 1,211,407 as at September 30, 2012.
Treasury
The Treasury manages the funding position of the Bank and also manages and maintains its regulatory
reserve requirements. The Treasury invests in sovereign and corporate debt instruments, and undertakes
proprietary trading in equity and fixed income securities, foreign exchange, currency futures and options. The
Treasury invests in commercial paper, mutual funds and floating rate instruments as part of the management of
short-term surplus liquidity. In addition to proprietary trading and liquidity management, the Treasury also offers
a wide range of treasury products and services to corporate customers, including derivative instruments such as
forward contracts, interest rate swaps, currency swaps and foreign currency options, as well as services such as
loan syndication and placement.
Competitive Strengths
The key features of the Bank’s growth are:
• Sustained growth in net interest and fee income, reflecting the strength and diversity of the Bank’s core
earning streams
• Strong presence in the Indian retail banking market through a nationwide distribution network, the growth
of the Bank’s product and customer base and the provision of high-quality customer service
• Access to low-cost funds
• Continued focus on improvement in asset quality with low NPA levels through disciplined credit risk
management
12
• Strong financial position
• Advanced use of technology for cost efficiency and effective delivery of products and services to the
Bank’s customers
• Experienced management team
Strategies
The key elements of the Bank’s business strategy going forward are:
• Broadening the Bank’s low-cost deposit base
• Improve profitability by reducing costs and focusing on core income streams such as net interest income
and fee-based income
• Increase the Bank’s retail asset portfolio
• Focusing on SME and Agriculture lending
• Rural banking initiatives
• Sustain focus on improving loan and investment portfolio quality
• Focus on cross-selling and expand fee income through diverse sources
13
SUMMARY OF THE ISSUE
The following is a general summary of the terms of the Issue. This summary should be read in conjunction
with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Placement
Document, including the sections titled “Risk Factors”, “Use of Proceeds”, “Placement”, “Issue Procedure”
and “Description of the Equity Shares”.
Floor Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs.1,398.56 per Equity Share. The committee of the Board approved
discount of Rs.8.56 to the Floor Price of Rs.1,398.56 in accordance
with the approval of the shareholders accorded on January 28, 2013
and Regulation 85(1) of the SEBI Regulations
Eligible Investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A QIB as defined in Regulation 2(1)(zd) of the SEBI Regulations and
not excluded pursuant to Regulation 86(1)(b) of the SEBI Regulations
who is either (i) outside of the United States acquiring the Equity
Shares in an offshore transaction under Regulation S; or (ii) an
institutional investor in the United States or that is a “qualified
institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A; or such other person as
may be permitted under applicable laws to acquire the Equity Shares
pursuant to this Issue; to whom this Placement Document and the
Application Form will be circulated and who are eligible to Bid and
participate in this Issue. The list of QIBs to whom this Placement
Document and Application Form is delivered shall be determined by
the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers, in their sole and
absolute discretion. Also see “Issue Procedure — Qualified
Institutional Buyers”
Preferential Allotment . . . . . . . . . . . The shareholders of the Bank in a resolution dated January 28, 2013
approved a preferential allotment of up to 6,057,444 Equity Shares to
certain promoters of the Bank. The Bank is making a preferential
allotment of up to 5,837,945 Equity Shares to certain promoters of the
Bank at a price of Rs.1,390 per Equity Share (the “Preferential
Allotment”) which is equivalent to the Issue Price
14
Transferability Restrictions . . . . . . . . . The Equity Shares being Allotted pursuant to the Issue shall not be
sold for a period of one year from the date of Allotment except on the
floor of the Stock Exchanges. For further restrictions on transfer see
“Transfer Restrictions”
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After deducting the Issue expenses of approximately Rs.472 million,
the net proceeds of the Issue will be approximately Rs.46,788 million.
See “Use of Proceeds”
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should consider
before deciding whether to subscribe for the Equity Shares
Pay-In Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last date specified in the CAN sent to the QIBs for payment of
application money
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Allotment of the Equity Shares offered pursuant to the Issue is
expected to be made on or about February 4, 2013 (the “Closing
Date”)
Ranking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Equity Shares being issued shall be subject to the provisions of
our Memorandum and Articles and shall rank pari passu in all
respects with the existing Equity Shares, including rights in respect of
dividends
The shareholders of the Bank will be entitled to participate in
dividends and other corporate benefits, if any, declared by the Bank
after the Closing Date, in compliance with the Companies Act, the
Equity Listing Agreements and other applicable laws and regulations.
Shareholders may attend and vote in shareholders’ meetings on the
basis of one vote for every Equity Share held. See “Description of
the Equity Shares”
Security Codes for the Equity
Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISIN: INE 238A01026
BSE Scrip Code: 532215
NSE Symbol: AXISBANK
15
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth the Bank’s selected financial information and should be read together with
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Bank’s
Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Placement Document. The Bank’s audited
financial statements as at and for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited and
non-consolidated interim financial results as at and for the half year ended September 30, 2012 have been
prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP as applicable to banks. The Financial Statements reflect applicable
statutory requirements, regulatory guidelines and accounting practices in India; these requirements, guidelines
and practices change from time to time. In accordance with Indian GAAP, adjustments to reflect such changes
are made on a prospective basis, and financial statements for earlier periods are not restated. Indian GAAP
differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a narrative description of the significant differences
between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP relevant to the Bank, see “Summary of Significant Differences Among
Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP”. For the convenience of the reader, the selected financial information as at and
for the half year ended September 30, 2012 has been translated into U.S. dollars at the U.S. Federal Reserve’s
noon buying rate of U.S.$1.00 = Rs.52.92 on September 28, 2012. Footnotes appear at the end of each related
section of tables.
Year ended March 31, Half year ended September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in millions) (Rupees in millions) (U.S.$ in
millions)
Selected Income Statement Data
Interest Income(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116,380 151,548 219,946 101,574 131,701 2,489
Interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66,336 85,918 139,769 64,260 86,633 1,637
Net Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,044 65,630 80,177 37,314 45,068 852
Non-Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,458 46,321 54,202 24,028 29,286 553
Operating Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89,502 111,951 134,379 61,342 74,354 1,405
Non-Interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,097 47,794 60,070 28,000 32,935 622
Operating Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52,405 64,157 74,309 33,342 41,419 783
Provisions and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,260 30,272 31,887 14,715 18,648 353
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,145 33,885 42,422 18,627 22,771 430
16
Year ended March 31, Half year ended September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees) (Rupees) (U.S.$)
Per Equity Share Data
Earnings per equity share, basic (annualized) . . . . . . . . 65.78 82.95 102.94 90.51 109.68 2.07
Earnings per equity share, diluted (annualized). . . . . . . 64.31 81.61 102.20 89.62 109.17 2.06
Dividends per equity share(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 14.00 16.00 — — —
Book value per equity share(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.99 462.77 551.99 509.05 608.74 11.50
Basic weighted average number of equity shares
(in millions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.27 408.47 412.11 411.60 414.08 7.82
Diluted weighted average number of equity shares
(in millions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390.98 415.20 415.10 415.69 416.04 7.86
As at or for the half
year ended
As at or for the year ended March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012
(in percentages)
Profitability Ratios
Return on average total assets(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.67 1.68 1.68 1.57 1.56
Return on average net worth(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.89 20.13 21.22 19.47 19.77
Dividend pay-out ratio(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.35 17.02 15.62 — —
Net interest margin(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.75 3.65 3.59 3.53 3.42
Cost income ratio(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.45 42.69 44.70 45.65 44.29
Capital Adequacy(9)
Total capital adequacy ratio(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.80 12.65 13.66 11.35 12.99
Tier I capital adequacy ratio(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.18 9.41 9.45 8.48 8.99
Tier II capital adequacy ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.62 3.24 4.21 2.87 4.00
Asset Quality
Gross non-performing assets as a percentage of gross
loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 1.11 1.06 1.23 1.26
Gross non-performing assets as a percentage of gross
customer assets(11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13 1.01 0.94 1.08 1.10
Net non-performing assets as a percentage of net loans . . . . 0.40 0.29 0.27 0.39 0.38
Net non-performing assets as a percentage of net customer
assets(12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36 0.26 0.25 0.34 0.33
(1) Interest income includes dividends earned on equity and preference shares and units of mutual funds.
(2) Represents the rate of dividend paid divided by face value of share.
(3) Represents the shareholders’ funds divided by the number of total equity shares outstanding at the end of each reporting
period.
(4) Net profit divided by average month-end assets for the year/period. Half yearly ratios are annualized.
(5) Net profit divided by the sum of the daily weighted average of share capital, share premium and year/period-end average
of other reserves and surplus as reduced by the year/period-end average of deferred tax assets.
(6) Represents the ratio of total dividends payable on equity shares relating to each fiscal year, excluding the dividend
distribution tax, as a percentage of net profit of that year. Dividends of each fiscal year are typically paid in the following
fiscal year.
(7) Represents the ratio of net interest income to daily average interest earning assets.
(8) Represents the ratio of non-interest expense to the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(9) Capital adequacy ratios as at September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012 are calculated without accounting for the
unaudited half yearly profits, as the half yearly financial results are not subject to an audit. This is in accordance with
RBI guidelines.
(10) If the net profit for the half year ended September 30, 2012 is included, the total capital adequacy ratio and Tier 1 ratio as
at September 30, 2012 would have been 13.92% and 9.92%, respectively. If the net profit for the half year ended
September 30, 2011 is included, the total capital adequacy ratio and Tier 1 ratio as at September 30, 2011 would have
been 12.20% and 9.33%, respectively.
(11) Gross customer assets include advances and credit substitutes before provisions.
(12) Net customer assets include advances and credit substitutes after deductions of provisions.
17
RISK FACTORS
This Placement Document contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors as well as other information included in
this Placement Document prior to making any decision as to whether or not to invest in the Equity Shares. The
risks described below, which constitute all known material risks concerning the Bank and this Issue, and any
additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Bank or that currently are deemed immaterial could
adversely affect the Bank’s business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations. As a result, the trading
price of the Equity Shares could decline and investors may lose part or all of their investment.
The Bank may not be successful in implementing its growth strategies or penetrating new markets.
One of the Bank’s principal business strategies is to expand into new business and financial services product
offerings. This strategy exposes the Bank to a number of risks and challenges, including, the possible failure to
18
identify appropriate opportunities and offer attractive new products, failure to comply with new market and
regulatory standards, and the need for hiring and retaining skilled personnel, among others, each of which would
have a potential adverse impact on the Bank’s profitability. In the event that the Bank fails to develop and launch
new products or services successfully, it may lose any or all of the investments that it has made in promoting
them, and the Bank’s reputation with its customers would be harmed. In addition, if the Bank’s competitors are
better able to anticipate the needs of those individuals in its target market, the Bank’s market share could
decrease and its business could be adversely affected.
In addition, the Bank’s growth strategy in the future may involve strategic acquisitions and restructurings,
partnerships, joint ventures and strategic business arrangements with other parties. Such arrangements may not
necessarily contribute to business growth and the Bank’s profitability or may be unsuccessful. Furthermore, the
Bank could experience difficulty in assimilating personnel, integrating operations and cultures and may not
realize the anticipated synergies or efficiencies from such transactions. These difficulties could disrupt the
Bank’s ongoing business, distract its management and employees and increase its expenses.
The Bank’s retail assets portfolio has experienced significant growth in recent years. If the Bank is unable
to address credit risk in its retail asset portfolio the Bank’s financial performance may be adversely
affected.
The Bank’s retail assets portfolio has grown 35.34% from Rs.277.59 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.375.70 billion as at March 31, 2012, and 51.00%. from Rs.293.28 billion as at September 30, 2011 to
Rs.442.86 billion as at September 30, 2012. As part of the Bank’s business and growth strategy, it will continue
to focus on further growth in its retail banking business. The competition in the retail segment is intense and the
Bank’s ability to effectively compete in this segment will depend, in part, on its ability to offer a diverse product
mix and expand its distribution capabilities. At present, availability of comprehensive credit history reports for
new first-time borrowers is limited in India. If the Bank’s screening process proves to be inadequate, it may
experience an increase in impaired loans and it may be required to increase its provision for defaulted loans.
There could be an increase in the Bank’s non-performing assets (“NPAs”) as it continues to expand its retail loan
operations. This may impact the Bank’s future financial performance and the market price of the Equity Shares.
The Bank’s failure to manage growth effectively may adversely impact the Bank’s business.
In the past, the Bank has witnessed rapid growth in both its infrastructure and its business. The number of
branches and extension counters of the Bank grew from 983 as at March 31, 2010 to 1,622 as at March 31, 2012
and 1,741 as at September 30, 2012. Between March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2012, the Bank’s retail
relationships grew from 14.84 million to 19.53 million, the number of employees grew from 21,640 to 31,738
and the Bank’s total assets grew from Rs.1,806.48 billion to Rs.2,856.28 billion. As at September 30, 2012, the
Bank’s number of retail relationships was 20.46 million, the number of employees was 35,819 and the Bank’s
total assets were Rs.3,026.81 billion. Such growth puts pressure on the Bank’s ability to effectively manage and
control historical and newly emerging risks. The Bank’s ability to sustain growth depends primarily upon its
ability to manage key issues such as selecting and retaining skilled manpower, maintaining an effective
technology platform that can be continually upgraded, developing a knowledge base to implement the Bank’s
strategies, and ensuring a high standard of customer service. The inability of the Bank to effectively manage any
of these issues may adversely affect the Bank’s business growth and, as a result, impact future financial
performance and the market price of the Equity Shares.
In addition, given the increasing share of retail products and services and transaction banking services in the
Bank’s overall business, the importance of systems technology to the Bank’s business has increased significantly.
Any failure in the Bank’s systems, particularly for retail products and services and transaction banking, could
significantly affect the Bank’s operations and the quality of its customer service and could result in business and
financial losses and adversely affect the trading price of the Equity Shares.
An increase in the Bank’s portfolio of NPAs and RBI-mandated provisioning requirements may adversely
affect its business.
As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s gross NPAs represented 0.94% of gross customer assets (including gross
advances and credit substitutes) and the Bank’s NPAs net of provisions represented 0.25% of net customer
assets. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank provided for 80.91% of its total NPAs (including prudential write-offs)
pursuant to applicable regulatory guidelines and the quality of security available to the Bank. As at
September 30, 2012, the Bank’s gross NPAs represented 1.10% of gross customer assets and the Bank’s NPAs
net of provisions represented 0.33% of net customer assets. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank provided for
79.84% of its total NPAs (including prudential write-offs). If there is any deterioration in the quality of the
Bank’s security or further aging of the assets after being classified as non-performing, an increase in provisions
19
will be required. This increase in provisions may adversely impact the Bank’s financial performance and the
market price of the Equity Shares.
There can be no assurance that the percentage of NPAs that the Bank will be able to recover will be similar
to the Bank’s past experience of recoveries of NPAs. The Bank’s retail loan portfolio has grown significantly in
recent years, but there are limited data on historical loss ratios in retail loans, especially in the event of an
economic slowdown. Furthermore, the recent global economic slowdown and the impact of global and Indian
economic conditions on equity and debt markets may also lead to an increase in the level of NPAs in the Bank’s
corporate loan portfolio. Any deterioration or increase in the Bank’s NPA portfolio would adversely affect the
Bank’s financial performance and the market price of the Equity Shares. See “Supervision and Regulation —
Prudential norms on income recognition, asset classification and provisioning pertaining to advances”.
The Bank’s gross restructured assets as a proportion of gross customer assets as at March 31, 2012 and
September 30, 2012 was 1.58% and 2.04%, respectively. The Bank restructures assets based upon a borrower’s
potential to restore its financial health. However, certain assets classified as restructured may subsequently be
classified as delinquent or non-performing in the event a borrower fails to restore its financial viability and honor
its loan servicing commitments to the Bank. There can be no assurance that the debt restructuring criteria
approved by the Bank will be adequate or successful and that borrowers will be able to meet their obligations
under restructured loans. Any resulting increase in delinquency levels may adversely impact the Bank’s financial
performance and the market price of the Equity Shares.
The Bank is subject to capital adequacy requirements as stipulated by the by RBI for domestic banks. The
Bank’s inability to maintain adequate capital due to changes in regulations, a lack of access to capital
markets, or otherwise may impact its ability to grow and support its business.
The RBI requires Indian banks to maintain a minimum risk-weighted capital adequacy ratio (“CAR”) of
9.00% Effective from March 31, 2008, the Bank implemented the Revised Framework of the International
Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards (“Basel II”). The Bank’s CAR was 13.66% and
12.99% as at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively, without considering the unaudited profits of
the half year ended September 30, 2012. If the net profit for the half year ended September 30, 2012 were
included, the total CAR and Tier 1 ratio as at September 30, 2012 would have been 13.92% and 9.92%,
respectively. On May 2, 2012, the RBI published its final guidelines on Basel III capital regulations, which was
proposed to be implemented from January 2013 in a phased manner wherein banks are required to improve the
quality, consistency and transparency of their capital base, enhance risk coverage and supplement the risk-based
capital requirement with a leverage ratio. The RBI, through a press release dated December 28, 2012, has
rescheduled the start date for the implementation of Basel III from January 1, 2013 to April 1, 2013. The
implementation of Basel III or other capital adequacy requirements imposed by the RBI, may result in incurrence
of substantial compliance and monitoring costs and there can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to
comply with such requirements or that any breach of applicable laws and regulations will not adversely affect the
reputation of the Bank or its business, operations and financial conditions. The Bank is exposed to the risk of RBI
increasing the applicable risk weight for different asset classes from time to time. Any incremental capital
requirement may adversely impact the Bank’s ability to grow its business and may even require the Bank to
withdraw from or curtail some of its current business operations. There can also be no assurance that the Bank
will be able to raise adequate additional capital in the future at all or on terms favorable to it.
The Bank’s inability to foreclose on collateral in the event of a default or a decrease in the value of the
collateral may result in failure to recover the expected value of the collateral.
The Bank’s loans to corporate customers for working capital credit facilities are typically secured by
charges on inventories, receivables and other current assets. In certain cases, the Bank obtains security by way of
a first or second charge on fixed assets, a pledge of marketable securities, bank guarantees, government
guarantees, corporate guarantees and personal guarantees. In addition, project loans or long-term loans to
corporate customers are secured by a charge on fixed assets and other collateral security. Loans to retail
customers are either unsecured or secured by the assets financed, largely property and vehicles. As at
September 30, 2012, the Bank’s unsecured advances represented 12.35% of its total advances.
In India, foreclosure on collateral generally requires a written petition to a court or tribunal. Such
application may be subject to delays and administrative requirements that may result, or be accompanied by, a
decrease in the value of the collateral. The Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and
Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (the “SARFAESI Act”), the Debt-Recovery Tribunal Act, 1993 and
the RBI’s corporate debt restructuring have strengthened the ability of lenders to recover NPAs by granting them
greater rights to enforce security and recover amounts owed from secured borrowers. However, there can be no
assurance that these legislations will have a favorable impact on the Bank’s efforts to recover NPAs as the full
20
effect of such legislation has yet to be determined in practice. Any failure to recover the expected value of the
collateral would expose the Bank to potential loss.
In addition, pursuant to RBI prudential guidelines on restructuring of advances by banks, the Bank may not
be allowed to initiate recovery proceedings against a corporate borrower where the borrower’s aggregate total
debt is Rs.100 million or more and 60.00% of the lenders by number and holding at least 75.00% or more of the
borrower’s debt by value decide to restructure their loans. In such a situation, the Bank is restricted to a
restructuring process only as approved by the majority lenders.
The Bank may not be able to realize the full value of its collateral as a result of, among other factors:
• delays in bankruptcy and foreclosure proceedings;
• defects or deficiencies in the perfection of collateral (including due to inability to obtain approvals that
may be required from third parties);
• fraud by borrowers;
• depreciation in value of the collateral, illiquid market for disposal of and volatility in the market prices for
the collateral; and
• current legislative provisions or changes thereto and past or future judicial pronouncements.
The Bank is exposed to large loan concentrations with a few borrowers and default by any one of them
would adversely affect the Bank’s business.
As at March 31, 2012, aggregate exposure to the Bank’s ten largest borrowers (fund based) amounted to
Rs.260.50 billion, representing 82.32% of the Bank’s total capital of Rs.316.45 billion comprising
Rs.218.66 billion Tier I and Rs.97.59 billion Tier II capital. The Bank’s single largest borrower (fund based) on
such date had an exposure of Rs.40.27 billion, representing 12.73% of the Bank’s capital. As at September 30,
2012, aggregate exposure to the Bank’s ten largest borrowers (fund based) amounted to Rs.272.92 billion,
representing 86.20% of the Bank’s total capital of Rs.316.62 billion comprising Rs.219.06 billion Tier I and
Rs.97.56 billion Tier II capital. The Bank’s single largest borrower on September 30, 2012 had an exposure of
Rs.54.27 billion, representing 17.15% of the Bank’s capital. Any deterioration in the credit quality of these assets
could have a significant adverse effect on the Bank’s future financial performance and the market price of the
Equity Shares.
The Bank is exposed to various industry sectors. A deterioration in the performance of any of these industry
sectors where the Bank has significant exposure may adversely impact the Bank’s business.
The Bank’s credit exposure to corporate borrowers is dispersed throughout various industry sectors, the
most significant of which are financial companies, infrastructure, power generation and distribution, metal and
metal products and food processing, which represented 12.73%, 5.80%, 4.66%, 4.27% and 4.13%, respectively,
of the Bank’s outstanding fund based non-retail advances as at March 31, 2012. As at September 30, 2012, the
top five industry sectors for fund based non-retail advances were infrastructure (7.79%), financial companies
(7.01%), metal and metal products (5.07%), power generation and distribution (4.96%) and food processing
(4.27%). The Bank therefore risks overexposure to particular industry sectors and any significant deterioration in
the performance of a particular sector, driven by events not within the Bank’s control, such as regulatory action
or policy announcements by Government or state government authorities, would adversely impact the ability of
borrowers in that industry to service their debt obligations to the Bank. As a result, the Bank would experience
increased delinquency risk, which may adversely impact the Bank’s financial performance and the market price
of the Equity Shares.
A substantial portion of the Bank’s loans have a tenor exceeding one year, exposing the Bank to risks
associated with economic cycles. If the Bank fails to attract deposits, the Bank could face asset-liability
maturity mismatches and in turn, its business may be adversely affected.
The Bank meets its funding requirements primarily through short and long-term deposits from retail and
large corporate depositors. However, a significant portion of the Bank’s assets have long-term maturities
resulting in maturity mismatches between assets and liabilities. If depositors do not renew their deposits or the
Bank is unable to raise new deposits, the Bank may be required to pay higher rates of interest to attract deposits,
which could adversely affect the Bank’s future financial performance and the market price of the Equity Shares.
As at March 31, 2012, loans with a tenor exceeding one year (based on the RBI’s asset-liability management
guidelines) constituted 77.36% of the Bank’s total loans. As at September 30, 2012, loans with a tenor exceeding
one year (based on the RBI’s asset-liability management guidelines) constituted 80.36% of the Bank’s total
21
loans. The long tenor of these loans may expose the Bank to risks arising out of economic cycles. In addition,
some of these loans are project finance loans. There can be no assurance that these projects will perform as
anticipated or that such projects will be able to generate cash flows to service commitments under the loans. The
Bank is also exposed to infrastructure projects which are still under development and are open to risks arising out
of delay in execution, failure of borrowers to execute projects on time, delay in getting approvals from necessary
authorities and breach of contractual obligations by counterparties, all of which may adversely impact the
projected cash flows. There can be no assurance that these projects will perform as anticipated. Risks arising out
of a recession in the economy or a delay in project implementation or commissioning could lead to a rise in
delinquency rates and in turn, adversely impact the Bank’s future financial performance and the market price of
the Equity Shares. For further information, see “Selected Statistical Information — Asset Liability Gap and
Interest Sensitivity Data”.
Consolidation in the banking sector in India may adversely affect the Bank.
Mergers among public sector banks may result in enhanced competitive strengths in pricing and delivery
channels for merged entities. If there is liberalization of the rules for foreign investment in private sector banks,
this could result in consolidation in the banking sector. The Bank may face greater competition from larger banks
as a result of such consolidation, which may adversely affect the Bank’s future financial performance and the
market price of the Equity Shares.
If the Bank fails to maintain desired levels of customer deposits or loans, its business operations may be
materially and adversely affected.
Customer deposits are the Bank’s primary source of funding. However, many factors affect the growth of
deposits, some of which are beyond the Bank’s control, such as economic and political conditions, availability of
investment alternatives and retail customers’ changing perceptions toward savings. A slowdown in the Bank’s
deposit growth in the years following the financial crisis in 2008 was due to a combination of factors, including a
slowdown of capital flows and high inflation which adversely impacted domestic savings. Year-on-year deposit
growth in 2007 to 2008 of 49.06% slowed to 33.95% from 2008 to 2009 and again to 20.38% from 2009 to 2010.
However, the slowdown was temporary and the subsequent improved economic conditions resulted in an
increase in the deposit growth rate between 2010 and 2011 to 33.93%. In addition, retail customers may reduce
their deposits and increase their investment in securities for a higher return, while micro, small and medium
enterprise (“SME”) and mid-corporate customers may reduce their deposits in order to fund projects in a
favorable economic environment. If the Bank fails to maintain its desired level of deposits, the Bank’s liquidity
position, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In such event,
the Bank may need to seek more expensive sources of funding, and it is uncertain whether the Bank will be able
to obtain additional funding on commercially reasonable terms as and when required, or at all. The Bank’s ability
to raise additional funds may be impaired by factors over which it has little or no control, such as deteriorating
market conditions or severe disruptions in the financial markets.
Regulations in India requiring the Bank to extend a minimum level of loans to certain sectors, including
the agricultural sector in India, may subject the Bank to higher delinquency rates.
The lending norms of the RBI require every scheduled commercial bank to extend at least 40.0% of its net
bank credit to certain eligible sectors, such as agriculture, small-scale industries and individual housing finance
up to Rs.2.5 million (which are categorized as “priority sectors”). As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s lending to
priority sectors accounted for 39.51% of adjusted net bank credit, with 13.85% of net credit going to the
agricultural sector. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank’s lending to priority sectors accounted for 26.71% of
adjusted net bank credit, with 8.63% of net credit going to the agricultural sector. Economic difficulties, such as
poor harvests in the agricultural sector due to drought, are likely to affect those borrowers in priority sectors
more severely. The Bank believes there is presently limited ability to expand the Bank’s direct agricultural loan
portfolio through corporate borrowers due to the limited involvement of corporate entities in agricultural
activities in India. As a result, the Bank targets individual farmers. There is inadequate historical data of
delinquent loans to farmers which increases the risk of such exposures. Additionally, the Bank plans to open
more branches in the rural and semi-urban centers under its agricultural lending programmes and to progressively
increase its exposure to agricultural lending. Moreover, if the Bank does not achieve its priority sector targets, the
RBI can require compulsory investment in the Rural Infrastructure Development Fund established with the
National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (“NABARD”) or funds with other financial institutions,
which could provide lower yields to the Bank. Any change in the RBI’s regulations may require the Bank to
increase its lending to relatively riskier segments, which may result in an increase in NPAs in the directed
lending portfolio. As the Bank increases its direct lending to certain sectors, the Bank increases its exposure to
22
the risks inherent with such sectors, which could materially and adversely impact the Bank’s business, financial
performance and the market price of the Equity Shares. See “Supervision and Regulation — Priority Sector
Lending”.
The Bank faces greater credit risks than banks in more developed countries.
Although India has a credit bureau industry, adequate information regarding loan servicing histories,
particularly in respect of individuals and small businesses, is limited. As a result, the Bank’s credit risk exposure
is higher compared to banks operating in advanced markets. Because the Bank’s lending operations to the
aforesaid categories are limited to India, the Bank may be exposed to a greater potential for loss compared to
banks with lending operations in more developed countries. The Bank is subject to credit risk that the borrowers
may not pay the Bank in a timely fashion or at all.
The Bank operates in a very competitive environment and the Bank’s ability to grow depends on its ability
to compete effectively.
The Indian banking industry is very competitive. The Bank competes directly with public sector banks,
private sector banks and foreign banks with branches in India. As at March 31, 2012, there were 169 scheduled
commercial banks in India, including 26 public sector banks, 20 private sector banks (including the Bank) and
41 foreign banks with branches in India, according to RBI Report on Trend & Progress of Banking in India,
2011-12. The public sector banks which generally have much larger customer and deposit bases, larger branch
networks and government support for capital augmentation pose strong competition to the Bank. The Bank also
faces competition from foreign banks that have established branches in India and have aggressively pursued a
share of business in the market. The Bank also faces competition from private sector banks in India, some of
which have larger customer bases and greater financial resources than the Bank. The RBI has issued draft
guidelines for licensing of new banks in the private sector. Increased competitive pressure may have an adverse
impact on the Bank’s earnings, its future financial performance and the market price of the Equity Shares.
In addition, since the Bank raises funds from market sources and individual depositors, it faces increasing
competition for mobilizing such funds. For example, recent deregulation of interest rates on savings deposits has
resulted in certain banks increasing such interest rates, leading to increased competition. The Bank’s ability to
raise fresh deposits and grow its deposit base also depends, in part, on its ability to expand its network of
branches, which requires the approval of the RBI. There can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to obtain
the RBI’s authorizations to meet the Bank’s requirements for branch expansion to achieve the desired growth in
its deposit base. Due to competitive pressures, the Bank may be unable to successfully execute its growth
strategy and offer products and services at reasonable returns and this may adversely affect its business and
operations.
The Bank’s risk management policies and procedures may leave the Bank exposed to unidentified or
unanticipated risks, which could negatively affect its business or result in losses.
The Bank’s hedging strategies and other risk management techniques may not be fully effective in
mitigating its risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are
unidentified or unanticipated. Some methods of managing risk are based upon observed historical market
behavior. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be greater than the
historical measures indicated. Other risk management methods depend upon an evaluation of information
regarding markets, clients or other matters. This information may not in all cases be accurate, complete, up to
date or properly evaluated. Management of operational, legal or regulatory risk requires, among other things,
policies and procedures to properly record and verify a large number of transactions and events. Although the
Bank has established these policies and procedures, they may not be fully effective.
23
The Bank may not be able to detect money-laundering and other illegal or improper activities fully or on a
timely basis, which could expose it to additional liability and harm its business or reputation.
The Bank is required to comply with applicable anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws and other
regulations in India and in other jurisdictions where it has operations. These laws and regulations require the
Bank, among other things, to adopt and enforce “Know Your Customer” (“KYC”) policies and procedures and to
report suspicious and large transactions to the applicable regulatory authorities in different jurisdictions. While
the Bank has adopted policies and procedures aimed at detecting and preventing the use of its banking networks
for money-laundering activities and by terrorists and terrorist-related organizations and individuals generally,
such policies and procedures may not completely eliminate instances where the Bank may be used by other
parties to engage in money-laundering and other illegal or improper activities due to, in part, the short history of
these policies and procedures. To the extent the Bank fails to fully comply with applicable laws and regulations,
the relevant government agencies to whom the Bank reports have the power and authority to impose fines and
other penalties. In addition, the Bank’s business and reputation could suffer if customers use the Bank for
money-laundering or illegal or improper purposes. Although the Bank does not believe that it is in violation of
any applicable sanctions, there can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to fully monitor all of its
transactions for any potential violation.
The Bank’s business depends on the continuity of its management team, skilled personnel and the Bank’s
ability to retain and attract talented personnel.
The Bank is highly dependent on the services of its management team and other key personnel. The Bank’s
ability to meet future business challenges depends, among other things, on their continued employment and the
Bank’s ability to attract and recruit talented and skilled personnel. There can be no assurance that the Bank will
be able to retain such key personnel. Competition for skilled and professional personnel in the banking industry
is intense. The loss of key personnel or an inability to manage attrition levels across the Bank may have a
material adverse impact on the Bank’s business, its ability to grow and its control over various business
functions.
The business of the Bank is highly dependent on information technology, therefore if the Bank is unable to
adapt to rapid technological changes, its business could suffer.
The Bank’s future success will depend in part on its ability to respond to technological advances and to
emerging banking industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis. The development and
implementation of such technology entail significant technical and business risks. There can be no assurance that
the Bank will successfully implement new technologies effectively or adapt its transaction processing systems to
meet customer requirements or emerging industry standards. If the Bank is unable, for technical, legal, financial
or other reasons, to adapt in a timely manner to changing market conditions, customer requirements or
technological changes, its financial performance and the trading prices of the Equity Shares could be adversely
affected.
Further any technical failures associated with the Bank’s information technology systems or network
infrastructure, including those caused by power failures and breaches in security caused by computer viruses and
other unauthorized tampering, may cause interruptions or delays in the Bank’s ability to provide services to its
customers on a timely basis or at all, and may also result in costs for information retrieval and verification.
Banking is a heavily regulated industry and material changes in the regulations which govern the Bank
could cause its business to suffer.
Banks in India are subject to detailed regulation and supervision by the RBI. In addition, banks are generally
subject to changes in Indian law, as well as to changes in regulations, government policies and accounting
principles. The RBI also sets guidelines on the cash reserve ratio (“CRR”), SLR, priority sector lending, export
credit, agricultural loans, loans to sectors deemed to be weak by the RBI, market risk, CAR and branch licensing,
among others. The Bank is also subject to regular financial inspection by the RBI. In the event that the Bank is
unable to meet or adhere to the guidance or requirements of the RBI, the RBI may impose strict enforcement of
its observations on the Bank, which may have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows or
results of operations. The laws and regulations governing the banking sector, including those governing the
products and services that the Bank provides or proposes to provide, such as its life insurance or asset
management business, or derivatives and hedging products and services, could change in the future. Any such
24
changes may adversely affect the Bank’s business, future financial performance and the price of the Equity
Shares by, for example, requiring a restructuring of the Bank’s activities or increasing its operating costs. See
“Supervision and Regulation”.
In November 2012, the RBI issued guidelines on liquidity risk management in accordance with the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision’s Principles for Sound Liquidity Risk Management and Supervision. These
guidelines prescribe certain stringent ratios to measure liquidity risk and are designed to measure, inter alia, the
extent to which volatile money supports the bank’s basic earning assets, the extent to which assets are funded
through a stable deposit base, the degree of illiquidity embedded in the balance sheet and the extent of available
liquid assets. Banks are also required to adhere to certain prescribed limits to reduce the extent of concentration
of their liabilities. Compliance with such new liquidity risk management guidelines may result in the incurrence
of substantial compliance and monitoring costs.
Regulatory changes in India or other jurisdictions in which the Bank operates could adversely affect its
business.
The laws and regulations or the regulatory or enforcement environment in any of those jurisdictions in
which the Bank operates may change at any time and may have an adverse effect on the products or services the
Bank offers, the value of its assets or its business in general.
In fiscal year 2012, the RBI enacted gradual changes in the annualized interest rate the RBI charges banks
for RBI loans (the “repo rate”), increasing it from 6.75% on March 31, 2011 to a peak of 8.50% with effect from
October 25, 2011. However, it reduced the repo rate to 8.00% effective April 17, 2012 in line with its monetary
policy announced for fiscal year 2013. The RBI decreased the CRR, the required percentage of net demand and
time liabilities that banks must carry as reserves, from 6.00% effective April 24, 2010 to 5.50% effective
January 28, 2012 and further to 4.75% effective March 10, 2012 in order to increase liquidity. During fiscal
2013, the RBI further reduced CRR to 4.50% effective September 17, 2012 and to 4.25% effective November 3,
2012. See “Industry Overview — Monetary and Credit Policy Measures”.
Regulatory or legislative changes as a result of litigation involving the RBI and other Government bodies
with respect to derivatives could affect the Bank’s derivative business, as the Bank may be unable to continue to
enter into certain types of income earning transactions or may incur increased administrative costs. Future
changes in the stance of the RBI could have an adverse impact on the Bank’s capital adequacy and profitability.
Any change by the RBI to the directed lending norms may result in the Bank being unable to meet the priority
sector lending requirements, as well as requiring the Bank to increase its lending to relatively riskier segments
which could result in an increase in NPAs in the Bank’s directed lending portfolio. Consequently, the Bank’s
levels of yield-generating assets may be reduced or the Bank may be forced to recognize accounting losses,
which could materially adversely affect its recognized profits, financial condition and results of operations. The
RBI may also direct banks to increase the total provisioning coverage ratio on credit portfolio which may
adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Bank’s ability to pay dividends in the future will depend upon its future earnings, financial condition,
cash flows, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.
The Bank’s future ability to pay dividends will depend on the earnings, financial condition and capital
requirements of the Bank. Dividends distributed by the Bank will attract dividend distribution tax at rates
applicable from time to time. The Bank cannot assure you that it will generate sufficient income to cover its
operating expenses and pay dividends to its shareholders, or at all. In addition, dividends that the Bank has paid
in the past may not be reflective of the dividends that it may pay in a future period. The Bank’s future dividend
policy will depend on its capital requirements, financing arrangements, results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition. See “Dividends”.
The Bank’s remuneration scheme may not be as attractive as that of other banks with which it competes
and may hurt the Bank’s ability to attract and maintain a skilled and committed workforce.
If the general banking industry increasingly moves toward incentive-based pay schemes, the Bank may not
be as competitive as other banks. This may increase the possibility that the Bank’s skilled personnel may go
elsewhere for more attractive employment packages. In addition, while none of the Bank’s employees are
currently unionized, there can be no assurance that the Bank’s employees will not unionize in the future.
It is uncertain whether certain significant shareholders of the Bank will continue to maintain their current
shareholdings.
As at December 31, 2012, the Government, through the Administrator of the Specified Undertaking of Unit
Trust of India (“SUUTI”), held 22.76% of the outstanding Equity Shares. Other Government-controlled entities
25
such as Life Insurance Corporation of India (“LIC”), General Insurance Corporation of India (“GIC”) and
certain linked entities collectively held 12.77% of the Equity Shares. Under the Bank’s Memorandum and
Articles of Association (the “Articles”), SUUTI has the right to nominate the chairman and three directors,
whereas LIC has no such right. As a matter of practice, since the inception of the Bank, SUUTI has nominated
the chairman and two directors and LIC has nominated one director.
The Government is reported to be evaluating proposals for the sale of investments held by SUUTI. Any
such disposal of the Bank’s equity held by SUUTI could have a material impact on the Bank’s ownership and
management which could adversely affect the market price of the Equity Shares. Furthermore, such divestment
may be required by RBI guidelines. See “— RBI guidelines relating to ownership of private sector banks
require the Bank’s significant shareholders to sell their Equity Shares, which may have an adverse impact
on the Bank’s business and the market price of the Equity Shares”.
Actions of the Government, as the Bank’s controlling shareholder through SUUTI and other Government-
related entities, could conflict with the interests of other shareholders.
Through its indirect holdings, the Government holds a major portion of the issued Equity Shares. As at
December 31, 2012, the Government indirectly held approximately 36.91% (SUUTI — 22.76%, LIC — 8.87%,
GIC and four public sector insurance companies — 3.90%, other Government-controlled institutions,
corporations and banks — 1.38%) of the Equity Shares. The Chairman and two of the Bank’s directors are
appointed by SUUTI and one of the Bank’s directors is appointed by LIC. As long as the Government continues
to hold a majority of the Bank’s voting shares, the Government, through its membership on the Bank’s Board of
Directors, may influence the policies of the Bank in a manner that could conflict with the interests of other
shareholders.
RBI guidelines relating to ownership of private sector banks require the Bank’s significant shareholders to
sell their Equity Shares, which may have an adverse impact on the Bank’s business and the market price of
the Equity Shares.
RBI guidelines prescribe a policy framework for the ownership and governance of private sector banks. The
objective of the RBI is to ensure that no single entity or group of entities has a shareholding or control, directly or
indirectly, in any bank in excess of 10%, with acquisitions of over 5% requiring prior RBI acknowledgment. The
Banking Regulation Act, as amended, requires any person to seek prior approval of the RBI, to acquire or agree
to acquire, shares or voting rights of a bank, by himself or with persons acting in concert, wherein such
acquisition (taken together with shares or voting rights held by him or his relative or associate enterprise or
persons acting in concert with him) results in aggregate shareholding of such person to be 5% or more of paid up
capital of a bank or entitles him to exercise 5% or more of the voting rights in a bank. Further, the RBI may, by
passing an order, restrict any person holding more than 5% of the total voting rights of a bank from exercising
voting rights in excess of 5%, if such person is deemed to be not fit and proper by the RBI. The recent RBI
guidelines also provide that any existing shareholding of any individual entity or group of related entities in
excess of 10% be reduced to 10% in a phased manner in consultation with the RBI.
The Bank’s major shareholder SUUTI has a shareholding in excess of 10% and any directive by the RBI to
SUUTI to comply with RBI guidelines will materially alter the ownership of the Bank. Any future sale of shares
by SUUTI could adversely affect the market price of the Equity Shares.
If ownership restrictions on private sector banks are relaxed, a single investor may acquire a controlling
stake in the Bank.
If the current restrictions are further liberalized to allow not only increased investment by Indian entities but
also greater foreign ownership, a single entity or group of investors acting in unison may acquire Equity Shares
to the extent that would allow it to control or strongly influence the Bank. Such an entity would, subject to
restrictions in the Articles, be able to determine, or would have a disproportionate influence compared to other
shareholders in, the election of the Board of Directors, management policies and the outcome of corporate
transactions submitted to shareholders for approval. There can be no assurance that any future controlling
shareholder will have the same interests as any minority shareholder or will pursue the same strategies as the
current management.
Major fraud, lapses of control, system failures or calamities could adversely impact the Bank’s business.
The Bank is vulnerable to risk arising from the failure of employees to adhere to approved procedures,
system controls, fraud, system failures, information system disruptions, communication systems failure and data
interception during transmission through external communication channels and networks. There can be no
26
assurance that the Bank’s use of encrypted password-based protections and firewalls are adequate to prevent
fraud or the invasion or breach of the network by an intruder. Failure to protect against fraud or breaches in
security may adversely affect the Bank’s operations and future financial performance. The Bank’s reputation
could be adversely affected by significant fraud committed by its employees, agents, customers or third parties.
Given the increasing share of retail products and services and transaction banking services in the Bank’s
overall business, the importance of systems technology to the Bank’s business has increased significantly. The
Bank’s principal delivery channels include automated teller machines (“ATMs”), internet banking, mobile
banking and call centers (telephone banking). Any failure in the Bank’s systems, particularly for retail products
and services and transaction banking, could significantly affect the Bank’s operations and the quality of its
customer service and could result in business and financial losses and adversely affect the trading price of the
Equity Shares. For example, the Bank’s customer service operations have been affected to some extent in the past
during the migration of the Bank’s core banking software to an updated version, as the application took time to
stabilize.
The Bank maintains a disaster recovery center at Bangalore in the event that the Bank’s main computer
center at Mumbai shuts down for any reason. The system in Bangalore is configured to come into operation if the
Mumbai system is no longer operational. See “Business — Information Technology”. However, if for any
reason the switch over to the backup system does not take place or if a calamity occurs in both Mumbai and
Bangalore such that the Bank’s business is compromised in both centers, the Bank’s operations would be
adversely affected.
27
aggressive budget cuts and austerity measures, in turn underscoring the risk of global economic and financial
market volatility. Moreover, in 2012, the sovereign rating of various European Union countries was downgraded.
Financial markets and the supply of credit are therefore likely to continue to be negatively impacted by ongoing
concerns surrounding the sovereign debts and/or fiscal deficits of several countries in Europe (primarily Greece,
Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain), the possibility of further downgrades of, or defaults on, sovereign debt,
concerns about a slowdown in growth in certain economies and uncertainties regarding the stability and overall
standing of the European Monetary Union. These and other related events have had a significant impact on the
global credit and financial markets as a whole, including reduced liquidity, greater volatility, widening of credit
spreads and a lack of price transparency in the United States, Europe and global credit and financial markets.
In response to such developments, legislators and financial regulators in the United States, Europe and other
jurisdictions, including India, have implemented several policy measures designed to add stability to the financial
markets. However, the overall impact of these and other legislative and regulatory efforts on the global financial
markets is uncertain, and they may not have the intended stabilizing effects. In the event that the current difficult
conditions in the global credit markets continue or if there are any significant financial disruption, this could have
an adverse effect on the Bank’s business, future financial performance and the trading price of the Equity Shares.
A slowdown in economic growth in India could cause the Bank’s business to suffer.
Any slowdown in economic growth in India could adversely affect the Bank’s borrowers and contractual
counterparties. Further, in light of the increasing linkage of the Indian economy to other developed and emerging
economies, the Indian economy is increasingly influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries
and, as a result, a slowdown in the economic growth of the United States and other countries in the developed
and emerging global economy could have an adverse impact on economic growth in India. The current uncertain
economic situation, in India and globally, could result in a further slowdown in economic growth, investment and
consumption. A further slowdown in the rate of growth in the Indian economy could result in lower demand for
credit and other financial products and services and higher defaults among corporate, retail and rural borrowers.
With the importance of retail loans to the Bank’s business, any slowdown in the growth or negative growth of
sectors such as housing and automobiles could adversely impact the Bank’s performance. Any such slowdown
could adversely affect the Bank’s business, including its ability to grow, the quality of its assets, its financial
performance and the trading price of the Equity Shares.
Increased volatility or inflation of commodity prices in India could adversely affect the Bank’s business.
In recent months, consumer and wholesale prices in India, despite exhibiting a softening in inflationary
trends, is persisting at a relatively higher level. The Government’s Wholesale Price Index inflation was 7.24% for
the month of November 2012 and the Consumer Price Index inflation was 9.90% for the month of November
2012. Any increased volatility or rate of inflation of global commodity prices, in particular oil and steel prices,
could adversely affect the Bank’s borrowers and contractual counterparties. Although the RBI has enacted certain
policy measures designed to curb inflation, these policies may not be successful. Because of the importance of its
commercial banking operations for retail customers and the importance of its agricultural loan portfolio to its
business, any slowdown in the growth of the housing, automobile or agricultural sectors could adversely impact
the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Natural calamities and health epidemics could have a negative impact on the Indian economy and harm the
Bank’s business.
India has experienced natural calamities such as earthquakes, floods, drought and a tsunami in recent years,
including the tsunami that struck the southern coast of India and other Asian countries in December 2004, the
severe flooding in Mumbai in July 2005 and the earthquake that struck India and other Asian countries in
October 2005. Natural calamities could have an adverse impact on the Indian economy, which could adversely
affect the Bank’s business and the price of the Equity Shares.
Since April 2009, there have been outbreaks of swine flu, caused by the H1N1 virus, in certain regions of
the world, including India. Any future outbreak of health epidemics may restrict the level of business activity in
affected areas, which may, in turn, adversely affect the Bank’s business.
Trade deficits could have a negative effect on the Bank’s business and the trading price of the Equity
Shares.
India’s trade relationships with other countries can influence Indian economic conditions. In fiscal year
2012, the merchandise trade deficit was U.S.$185.0 billion compared to U.S.$130.6 billion in fiscal year 2011
and U.S.$118.2 billion in fiscal year 2010. This large merchandise trade deficit neutralizes the surpluses in
28
India’s invisibles, which are comprised of international trade in services, income from financial assets, labor and
property and cross border transfers of mainly workers’ remittances in the current account, resulting in a current
account deficit. If India’s trade deficits increase or become unmanageable, the Indian economy, and therefore the
Bank’s business, future financial performance and the trading price of the Equity Shares could be adversely
affected.
Any down-grading of India’s debt rating by an international rating agency could have a negative impact on
the Bank’s business and the trading price of the Equity Shares.
On April 25, 2012, Standard & Poor’s revised the outlook on the long-term ratings on India from “stable” to
“negative”, citing the slow down in India’s investment and economic growth and the widened current account
deficit, resulting in weaker medium term credit. The Standard & Poor’s press release of April 25, 2012 also
stated that the revised outlook reflects at least a one-in-three likelihood of a downgrade within the next
24 months if external position continues to deteriorate, growth prospects diminish, or progress on fiscal reforms
remain slow.
On June 8, 2012, Standard & Poor’s announced in a research report that it may lower India’s credit rating
below investment-grade, citing slowing gross domestic product (“GDP”) growth, setbacks or reversals in India’s
economic policy and increasing spreads of credit default swaps on India’s banks. On June 18, 2012, global rating
agency Fitch scaled down India’s sovereign credit rating outlook from “stable” to “negative,” citing structural
challenges such as corruption, inadequate economic reforms, and slow economic growth combined with elevated
inflation.
On October 10, 2012, Standard & Poor’s reiterated its negative outlook, citing that a downgrade is likely if
the country’s economic growth prospects dim, its external position deteriorates, its political climate worsens, or
fiscal reforms slow. However, they also cited that they may revise their outlook to stable if the government
implements initiatives to reduce structural fiscal deficits, improves its investment climate and increases growth
prospects.
On January 8, 2013, Fitch Ratings warned of a possible rating downgrade for India in the next 12 to
24 months due to the country’s widening fiscal deficit.
There can be no assurance that these ratings will not be further revised, suspended or withdrawn by
Standard and Poor’s or Fitch or that any other global rating agency will also not downgrade India’s credit ratings.
Any adverse revisions to India’s credit ratings for domestic and international debt by international rating
agencies may adversely affect the terms on which the Bank is able to finance future capital expenditure or
refinance any existing indebtedness business, its future financial performance and the trading price of the Equity
Shares.
Investors may have difficulty enforcing foreign judgments in India against the Bank or its management.
The Bank was constituted under the Companies Act. Substantially all of the Bank’s Directors and executive
officers and some of the experts named herein are residents of India and a substantial portion of the assets of the
Bank and such persons are located in India. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of
process on the Bank or such persons in jurisdictions outside of India, or to enforce against them judgments
obtained in courts outside of India predicated upon civil liabilities of the Bank or such directors and executive
officers under laws other than Indian Law.
In addition, India is not a party to any international treaty in relation to the recognition or enforcement of
foreign judgments. Recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments is provided for under section 13 and
section 44A of the Code. Section 44A of the Code provides that where a foreign judgment has been rendered by a
superior court in any country or territory outside India which the Government has by notification declared to be a
reciprocating territory, it may be enforced in India by proceedings in execution as if the judgment had been
rendered by the relevant court in India. However, section 44A of the Code is applicable only to monetary decrees
not being in the nature of any amounts payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect
of a fine or other penalty and is not applicable to arbitration awards.
The United States has not been declared by the Government to be a reciprocating territory for the purposes
of section 44A of the Code. However, the United Kingdom has been declared by the Government to be a
reciprocating territory and the High Courts in England as the relevant superior courts. Accordingly, a judgment
of a court in the United States may be enforced only by a fresh suit upon the judgment and not by proceedings in
execution. A judgment of a court in a jurisdiction which is not a reciprocating territory may be enforced only by
a new suit upon the judgment and not by proceedings in execution. Section 13 of the Code provides that a foreign
29
judgment shall be conclusive as to any matter thereby directly adjudicated upon except: (i) where it has not been
pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) where it has not been given on the merits of the case;
(iii) where it appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a
refusal to recognize the law of India in cases where such law is applicable; (iv) where the proceedings in which
the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice; (v) where it has been obtained by fraud; or (vi) where
it sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India. The suit must be brought in India within
three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in
India. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action is
brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce a foreign judgment if it viewed
the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice. A party seeking to enforce a
foreign judgment in India is required to obtain approval from the RBI to repatriate outside India any amount
recovered pursuant to execution. Any judgment in a foreign currency would be converted into Indian Rupees on
the date of the judgment and not on the date of the payment. The Bank cannot predict whether a suit brought in
an Indian court will be disposed of in a timely manner or be subject to considerable delays.
Terrorist attacks, civil disturbances and regional conflicts in South Asia and elsewhere may have a material
adverse effect on the Bank’s business and on the market for securities in India.
India has from time to time experienced instances of social, religious and civil unrest and hostilities between
neighboring countries. Military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could influence the Indian economy by
disrupting communications and making travel more difficult and such political tensions could create a greater
perception that investments in Indian companies involve higher degrees of risk. Events of this nature in the
future, as well as social and civil unrest within other countries in Asia, could influence the Indian economy and
could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including the Equity
Shares.
There may be less company information available in Indian securities markets than in securities markets in
other more developed countries.
Equity Shares are listed on the Stock Exchanges. While the SEBI has issued regulations on disclosure
requirements, insider trading and other matters, there may be less publicly available information about Indian
entities than is regularly made available by public entities in many other countries. As a result, you may have
access to less information about the Bank’s business, result of operations and financial condition, and those of
the Bank’s competitors listed on Indian stock exchanges, on an ongoing basis, than entities subject to the
reporting requirements of other countries.
Financial difficulty and other problems in certain long-term lending institutions and investment institutions
in India could have a negative impact on the Bank’s business and the trading price of the Equity Shares
could decrease.
The Bank is exposed to the risks of the Indian financial system which in turn may be affected by financial
difficulties and other problems faced by certain Indian financial institutions. See “Industry Overview”. As an
emerging market economy, the Indian financial system faces risks not typically faced in developing countries,
including the risk of deposit runs, notwithstanding the existence of a national deposit insurance scheme. Certain
Indian financial institutions have experienced difficulties during recent years. Some cooperative banks have also
faced serious financial and liquidity crises. The problems faced by individual Indian financial institutions and any
instability in or difficulties faced by the Indian financial system generally could create adverse market perception
about Indian financial institutions and banks. This in turn could adversely affect the Bank’s business, future
financial performance and the price of the Equity Shares.
A decline in India’s foreign exchange reserves may affect liquidity and interest rates in the Indian economy,
which could have an adverse impact on the Bank. A rapid decrease in reserves would also create a risk of
higher interest rates and a consequent slowdown in growth.
According to a weekly statistical supplement released by RBI, India’s foreign exchange reserves totaled
over U.S.$296,538.8 million as at December 21, 2012. Flows to foreign exchange reserves can be volatile, and
past declines may have adversely affected the valuation of the Rupee. Further declines in foreign exchange
reserves, as well as other factors, could adversely affect the valuation of the Rupee and could result in reduced
liquidity and higher interest rates that could adversely affect the future financial performance of the Bank and the
market price of the Equity Shares.
30
Indian accounting principles differ from those which prospective investors may be familiar with in other
countries.
The Bank’s financial statements are in conformity with Indian GAAP (so far as it is applicable to banks),
consistently applied during the periods stated, except as provided in such report, and no attempt has been made to
reconcile any of the information given in this Placement Document to any other principles or to base it on any
other standards. Indian GAAP differs from accounting principles with which prospective investors may be
familiar in other countries, including the United States and the United Kingdom. In addition, there may be less
publicly available information about Indian public companies, such as the Bank, than is regularly made available
by public companies in such other countries. See “Summary of Significant Differences Among Indian GAAP
and U.S. GAAP”.
The effects of the planned convergence with IFRS and the adoption of "Indian accounting standards
converged with IFRS" (“IND-AS”) are uncertain.
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, the accounting body that regulates the accounting firms in
India, has announced a road map for the adoption of, and convergence with IFRS. The convergence of certain
Indian accounting standards with IFRS was notified by the Ministry of Affairs in February 2011. The date of
implementation of such standards has not yet been notified by the Ministry of Company Affairs. Because many
details of the convergence with IFRS are yet to be finalized, there is a significant lack of clarity regarding the
convergence process. Because there is a significant lack of clarity on the implementation of IND-AS and there is
not yet a significant body of established practice on which to draw in forming judgments regarding its
implementation and application, the Bank has not determined with any degree of certainty the impact that such
adoption will have on its financial reporting. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the Bank’s financial
condition, results of operations, cash flows or changes in shareholders’ equity will not appear materially worse
under IND-AS than under current Indian GAAP. In the Bank’s transition to IND-AS reporting, the Bank may
encounter difficulties in the ongoing process of implementing and enhancing its management information
systems. Moreover, there is increasing competition for the small number of experienced accounting personnel
familiar with IFRS accounting standards as more Indian companies begin to prepare IND-AS financial
statements.
The proposed new taxation system could adversely affect the Bank’s business and the trading price of the
Equity Shares.
The Government has proposed three major reforms in Indian tax laws, namely the Goods and Services Tax
(“GST”), the Direct Taxes Code and provisions relating to General Anti-Avoidance Rules (“GAAR”). While
GST is in relation to indirect taxes on goods and services, the Direct Taxes Code (which proposes to replace
certain direct tax laws) and GAAR pertain to direct taxes.
As the taxation system in India is intended to undergo a significant overhaul, the consequential effects on
the Bank cannot be determined as of the date of this Placement Document and there can be no assurance that
such effects would not adversely affect the Bank’s business, future financial performance and the trading price of
the Equity Shares.
The risks to financial stability have worsened and could adversely affect the Bank’s business.
As reported by the RBI in its financial stability report dated June 28, 2012, risks to financial stability of
India have worsened since December 2011, primarily due to global risks and domestic macroeconomic
conditions. The risks to domestic growth are accentuated by fiscal and external sector imbalances. It was also
observed that funding strains coupled with sovereign risks have led to fears of a precipitous deleveraging process
that could hurt global financial markets and the wider economy via asset sales and contractions in credit. Whilst
the direct impact of such deleveraging is not expected to be significant on domestic credit availability in India,
specialized types of financing like structured long term finance, project finance and trade finance could be
impacted. While the Bank may make use of such financings from time to time, Bank has little or no control over
any of these risks or trends and may be unable to anticipate changes in economic conditions. Adverse effects on
the Indian banking system could impact the Bank’s funding and adversely affect the Bank’s business, operations
and financial condition and the market price of the Equity Shares.
The Bank’s business may be adversely affected by changes in competition laws in India.
The Competition Act, 2002, as amended (the “Competition Act”), was enacted for the purpose of
preventing practices having an adverse effect on competition in India, and has mandated the Competition
Commission of India to regulate such practices. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or
31
action, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on
competition in India is void and may result in substantial penalties. Any agreement among competitors which
directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices; directly or indirectly results in bid rigging or collusive
bidding; limits or controls production, supply, markets, technical development, investment or the provision of
services; or shares the market or source of production or provision of services by way of allocation of
geographical area or types of goods or services or number of customers in the relevant market or any other
similar way, is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition in the relevant market in India and
shall be void. Further, the Competition Act prohibits the abuse of dominant position by any enterprise. If it is
proved that the contravention committed by a company took place with the consent or connivance or is
attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of such company, that
person shall be guilty of the contravention and may be punished. If the Bank or any of its employees is penalized
under the Competition Act, the Bank’s business may be adversely affected.
The effect of the Competition Act, which is a recent legislation, on the business environment in India is
unclear. If the Bank is affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the
Competition Act or any enforcement proceedings initiated by the Competition Commission of India or any other
relevant authority under the Competition Act or any claim by any party under the Competition Act or any
adverse publicity that may be generated due to scrutiny or prosecution by the Competition Commission of India,
the Bank’s business and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected.
Conditions in the Indian securities market may affect the price or liquidity of the Equity Shares.
Securities markets in India are smaller and more volatile than securities markets in more developed
economies. The Indian stock exchanges have in the past experienced substantial fluctuations in the prices of
listed securities. In addition, the governing bodies of the Indian stock exchanges have from time to time imposed
restrictions on trading in certain securities, limitations on price movements and margin requirements. Although
the price of the Bank’s stock has been as volatile as the markets generally, future fluctuations could have a
material adverse effect on the price of the Bank’s Equity Shares.
32
You may be subject to Indian taxes arising out of capital gains.
Under current Indian tax laws and regulations, capital gains arising from the sale of shares in an Indian
company are generally taxable in India. Any gain realized on the sale of listed equity shares on a stock exchange
held for more than 12 months will not be subject to capital gains tax in India if Securities Transaction Tax
(“STT”) has been paid on the transaction. STT will be levied on and collected by a domestic stock exchange on
which the equity shares are sold. Any gain realized on the sale of equity shares in an Indian company held for
more than 12 months which are sold other than on a recognized stock exchange and on which no STT has been
paid, will be subject to long term capital gains tax in India. Any gain realized on the sale of listed equity shares
held for a period of 12 months or less will be subject to short term capital gains tax in India. Further, Indian tax
on capital gains may be relieved under certain tax treaties. For further information, refer to the section
“Taxation”.
Any trading closures at the BSE and the NSE may adversely affect the trading price of the Bank’s Equity
Shares.
The regulation and monitoring of Indian securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers and other
participants differ, in some cases significantly, from those in Europe and the U.S. A closure of, or trading
stoppage on, either of the BSE and the NSE could adversely affect the trading price of the Equity Shares.
Historical trading prices, therefore, may not be indicative of the prices at which the Equity Shares will trade in
the future.
There are foreign investment restrictions under Indian law that limit the Bank’s ability to attract foreign
investors, which may adversely impact the market price of the Bank’s Equity Shares.
Under current Indian regulations and practice, the approval of the RBI is required for the sale of equity
shares by a NRI to a resident of India and for repatriation of the proceeds thereof, unless the sale is made through
a stock exchange in India. Under currency exchange controls that are in effect in India, any approval granted by
RBI for a transfer of shares by a NRI to a resident of India will require the equity shares to be transferred at a
price based on a specified formula, and a higher price per share may not be permitted. Further, prior to the
repatriation of sale proceeds, a no objection/tax clearance certificate from the income tax authority or the
provision of an undertaking in the prescribed format along with a certificate from an accountant would be
required. There can be no assurance that any required approval from the RBI or any other Government agency
can be obtained on any particular terms or at all.
You may be restricted in your ability to exercise pre-emptive rights under Indian law and may be diluted in
your ownership position.
Under the Companies Act a company incorporated in India must offer its holders of equity shares pre-
emptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership
percentages before the issuance of any new equity shares, unless the pre-emptive rights have been waived by
adoption of a special resolution by holders of three-fourths of the shares which are voted on the resolution or
unless the Bank has obtained Government approval to issue shares without such rights. Moreover, if the law of
the jurisdiction you are in does not permit you to exercise your pre-emptive rights without the Bank filing an
offering document or registration statement with the applicable authority of such jurisdiction, you will be unable
to exercise your pre-emptive rights unless the Bank makes such a filing. To the extent that you are unable to
exercise pre-emptive rights granted in respect of the Equity Shares, your proportional interest in the Bank may be
reduced.
The Bank may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse United
States federal income tax consequences to United States investors.
Based in part on certain proposed Treasury regulations with respect to banks, which are not yet finalized,
although not free from doubt, the Bank does not expect to be treated as a passive foreign investment company
(“PFIC”) for its current taxable year ending March 31, 2013 for United States federal income tax purposes.
However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to ambiguity in several respects and the determination of
whether the Bank is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, thus it is
possible that the Bank may be treated as a PFIC in any taxable year. If the Bank is treated as a PFIC for any
taxable year during which a United States investor holds an Equity Share, certain adverse United States federal
income tax consequences could apply to the United States investor. See “U.S. Federal Income Taxation —
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”.
33
Foreign Account Tax Compliance withholding may affect payments on the Equity Shares.
The U.S. “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” (or “FATCA”) imposes a new reporting regime and,
potentially, a 30% withholding tax with respect to (i) certain payments from sources within the United States,
(ii) “foreign passthru payments” made to certain non-U.S. financial institutions that do not comply with this new
reporting regime, and (iii) payments to certain investors that do not provide identification information with
respect to interests issued by a participating non-U.S. financial institution. The Bank is classified as a financial
institution for these purposes. If a withholding tax in respect of FATCA were to be deducted or withheld from
any payments, neither the Bank nor any other person will pay additional amounts as a result of the deduction or
withholding. Prospective investors should refer to the section “U.S. Federal Income Taxation — U.S. Federal
Income Tax Considerations — Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.”
34
MARKET PRICE INFORMATION
As at December 31, 2012, 427,155,633 Equity Shares were issued and outstanding. The Equity Shares are
listed and actively traded on the NSE and BSE. The Equity Shares were first listed on the NSE, the BSE and the
Ahmedabad Stock Exchange in November 1998. In August 2009, the Bank voluntarily delisted its shares from
the Ahmedabad Stock Exchange.
The tables set forth below indicate the high and low prices of the Equity Shares and the volume of trading
activity for the specified periods. As the Equity Shares are actively traded on the NSE and the BSE, the stock
market data has been given separately for each of these Stock Exchanges. The closing prices of the Equity Shares
on the NSE and the BSE on December 31, 2012 were Rs.1,356.55 and Rs.1,356.50 per Equity Share,
respectively.
(1) High based on maximum of intra-day high prices, Low based on minimum of intra-day low prices and average based on the daily closing
prices for the relevant period.
BSE
Total Total
No. of Volume No. of Volume
Equity of Equity Equity of Equity
Shares Shares Shares Shares Average Total volume of
traded traded traded traded price Equity Shares
on date on date on date on date for the traded in the
Calendar Year High Date of High of high of high Low Date of Low of low of low year Fiscal years
(Rs.)(1) (Rs. in (Rs.)(1) (Rs. in (Rs.)(1) In (Rs. in
million) million) number million)
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,377.00 December 6, 208,510 281 784.50 January 2, 315,580 251 1,107.42 92,121,064 97,483
2012 2012
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,460.55 April 8, 204,085 295 803.00 December 30, 341,025 278 1,192.57 53,664,502 61,994
2011 2011
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,608.00 October 14, 327,181 520 967.15 January 27, 246,310 242 1,281.74 53,687,600 67,238
2010 2010
(1) High based on maximum of intra-day high prices, Low based on minimum of intra-day low prices and average based on the daily closing
prices for the relevant period.
Notes:
In case of two days with the same high or low price price, the date with the higher volume has been considered.
(Source: www.nseindia.com and www.bseindia.com, the websites of the NSE and the BSE, respectively)
35
B. Market Price Information during the last six months:
The following tables set forth, the reported high, low and average market prices and the trading volumes of
the Equity Shares of the Bank on the Stock Exchanges on the dates on which such high and low prices were
recorded and the total trading volumes during each of the last six months:
NSE
Total Total
No. of Volume No. of Volume
Equity of Equity Equity of Equity
Shares Shares Shares Shares Average Total volume of
traded traded traded traded price Equity Shares
on date on date on date on date for the traded in the
Month High Date of High of high of high Low Date of Low of low of low month month
(Rs.)(1) (Rs. in (Rs.)(1) (Rs. in (Rs.)(1) In (Rs. in
million) million) number million)
July 2012 . . . . . . . . . 1,081.40 July 11, 1,902,935 2,038 991.70 July 27, 2,463,639 2,505 1,038.38 46,379,825 48,225
2012 2012
August 2012 . . . . . . . 1,122.00 August 16, 2,047,213 2,282 988.55 August 31, 2,735,770 2,735 1,068.35 39,094,923 41,590
2012 2012
September 2012 . . . . 1,174.50 September 24, 4,289,343 4,930 927.25 September 5, 5,304,880 4,982 1,026.82 63,866,260 66,130
2012 2012
October 2012 . . . . . . 1,246.15 October 26, 1,738,537 2,146 1,008.50 October 5, 2,657,566 3,017 1,165.51 47,692,597 55,439
2012 2012
November 2012 . . . . 1,324.60 November 30, 1,793,912 2,355 1,177.00 November 1, 1,354,503 1,623 1,240.18 29,157,853 36,239
2012 2012
December 2012 . . . . . 1,379.00 December 6, 1,480,568 1,992 1,304.50 December 3, 1,363,466 1,794 1,339.33 28,511,116 38,153
2012 2012
(1) High based on maximum of intra-day high prices, low based on minimum of intra-day low prices and average based on the daily closing
prices for the relevant period.
BSE
Total Total
No. of Volume No. of Volume
Equity of Equity Equity of Equity
Shares Shares Shares Shares Average Total volume of
traded traded traded traded price Equity Shares
on date on date on date on date for the traded in the
Month High Date of High of high of high Low Date of Low of low of low month month
(Rs.)(1) (Rs. in (Rs.)(1) (Rs. in (Rs.)(1) In (Rs. in
million) million) number million)
July 2012 . . . . . . . . . 1,081.80 July, 11, 225,996 242 993.10 July 27, 328,518 334 1,038.20 5,423,402 5,643
2012 2012
August 2012 . . . . . . . 1,121.90 August 16, 207,065 231 990.00 August 31, 300,969 301 1,068.73 3,969,157 4,233
2012 2012
September 2012 . . . . 1,175.00 September 24, 526,910 606 926.90 September 5, 677,406 638 1,026.43 7,260,766 7,486
2012 2012
October 2012 . . . . . . 1,246.40 October 26, 181,798 224 1,080.00 October 11, 258,761 289 1,165.02 5,419,132 6,323
2012 2012
November 2012 . . . . 1,324.00 November 30, 150,771 198 1,176.95 November 1, 163,379 196 1,239.66 3,199,163 3,973
2012 2012
December 2012 . . . . . 1,377.00 December 6, 208,510 281 1,303.20 December 3, 145,690 192 1,339.20 4,714,099 6,306
2012 2012
(1) High based on maximum of intra-day high prices, low based on minimum of intra-day low prices and average based on the daily closing
prices for the relevant period.
Notes:
In case of two days with the same high or low price, the date with higher volume has been considered.
(Source: www.nseindia.com and www.bseindia.com, the websites of the NSE and the BSE, respectively)
36
C. Market price on December 18, 2012, the first working day following the Board meeting held on
December 17, 2012 approving the Issue:
NSE
Open High Low Close Volume(1)
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)
1,358.10 1,363.30 1,320.20 1,353.95 1,771,672
BSE
Open High Low Close Volume(1)
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)
1,359.00 1,362.35 1,320.00 1,350.85 187,636
(1) Number of Equity Shares.
(Source: www.nseindia.com and www.bseindia.com, the websites of the NSE and the BSE, respectively)
37
USE OF PROCEEDS
The total initial proceeds of the Issue will be Rs.47,260 million. After deducting the Issue expenses of
approximately Rs.472 million, the net initial proceeds of the Issue will be approximately Rs.46,788 million (“Net
Proceeds”).
Subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the Bank intends to use the Net Proceeds to
enhance its capital adequacy and for general corporate purposes, in accordance with applicable law.
38
CAPITALIZATION STATEMENT
The following table sets forth the Bank’s capitalization and indebtedness as at December 31, 2012 which
has been extracted from the Bank’s reviewed but unaudited non-consolidated interim financial results which
were prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP as applicable to banks and shows the effect of adjusting for the
Issue.
This capitalization table should be read together with “Selected Financial Information”, “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Selected Statistical
Information” and the Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Placement Document.
As at December 31,
2012 As Adjusted(6)
Rs. U.S.$(1) Rs. U.S.$(1)
(In millions) (In millions)
Indebtedness(2)
— Deposits(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,445,014 44,568 2,445,014 44,568
— Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262,100 4,778 262,100 4,778
— Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106,293 1,938 106,293 1,938
— Perpetual debt and Upper Tier II instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19,283 351 19,283 351
Total Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,832,690 51,635 2,832,690 51,635
Shareholders’ Funds
— Share Capital(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,272 78 4,612 84
— Reserves and Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265,995 4,849 312,915 5,704
Total Shareholders’ Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270,267 4,926 317,527 5,788
Total Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,102,957 56,561 3,150,217 57,423
(1) U.S. dollar translations have been made using the exchange rate of U.S.$1.00 = Rs.54.86 as at December 31, 2012, based
on the U.S. Federal Reserve’s noon buying rate at that date.
(2) Includes short-term and long-term.
(3) Deposits include both demand and time deposits.
(4) As at December 31, 2012, there were 427,155,633 Equity Shares at Rs.10 face value outstanding.
(5) Contingent liabilities as at December 31, 2012 amounted to Rs.6,284,998 million.
(6) As adjusted to show the number of Equity Shares issued in the Issue. This does not include the effects of any take-up by
the Promoters of any of the Equity Shares in the Bank offered in the Preferential Allotment.
(7) Simultaneously with the Issue, the Bank is making a Preferential Allotment of up to 5,837,945 Equity Shares to certain
Promoters at a price of Rs.1,390 per Equity Share which is equivalent to the Issue Price.
(8) There has been no other material change in the capitalization and indebtedness or contingent liabilities of the Bank since
December 31, 2012.
39
DIVIDENDS
The Bank generally declares and pays dividends in the fiscal year following the year to which they relate.
The following table sets out, for the periods indicated, the dividends paid by the Bank.
Total Amount
Dividend Per of Dividend
Fiscal Year Equity Share Paid(1)(2)
Rs. U.S.$(3) Rs. U.S.$ (3)
(In millions)
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 0.27 4,862 108.16
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.00 0.31 5,748 129.05
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 0.31 6,611 129.91
(1) Dividends paid exclude dividend distribution tax.
(2) Dividends paid exclude dividends paid on employee stock options exercised subsequent to year-end but before the record
date for declaration of dividend.
(3) The exchange rates used for conversion were Rs.44.95 = U.S.$1.00 for 2010, Rs.44.54 = U.S.$1.00 for 2011 and
Rs.50.89 = U.S.$1.00 for 2012.
For a summary of certain Indian and United States federal tax consequences of dividend distributions to
shareholders, see “Taxation” and “U.S. Federal Income Taxation”.
Future dividends will depend on the Bank’s revenues, cash flows, financial condition (including capital
position) and other factors. For a description of regulation of dividends, see “Supervision and
Regulation — Restrictions on Payment of Dividends”.
40
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the Bank’s financial condition is based on the Bank’s audited
non-consolidated financial statements as at and for the years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2011 and
March 31, 2012 and unaudited and non-consolidated interim financial results as at and for the half year ended
September 30, 2012, unless the context requires otherwise. This discussion should be read together with
“Selected Financial Information”, “Selected Statistical Information” and the Financial Statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this Placement Document. The Bank prepares its non-consolidated Financial
Statements in accordance with Indian GAAP as applicable to banks, which differs in some respects from U.S.
GAAP. See “Summary of Significant Differences Among Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP”. The Financial
Statements reflect applicable statutory requirements, regulatory guidelines and accounting practices in India;
these requirements, guidelines and practices change from time to time. In accordance with Indian GAAP,
adjustments to reflect such changes are made on a prospective basis, and financial statements for earlier periods
are not restated. All information in this section regarding cost, yield and average balances is based on daily
average balances outstanding during the relevant period.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements and reflects the current views of the Bank with respect
to future events and financial performance. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and
elsewhere in this Placement Document.
Overview
The Bank is a leading private sector bank and financial services company in India offering a wide range of
products and services to corporate and retail customers through a variety of delivery channels. The Bank
commenced operations in April 1994, and over the last 18 years, the Bank has grown both in terms of the size of
its asset base and its physical network of branches, extension counters and automated teller machines (ATMs).
The Bank has experienced significant growth while maintaining stable asset quality and enhancing its low-cost
funding structure.
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank was the third largest private sector bank in India in terms of total assets.
The Bank’s total assets as at September 30, 2012 were Rs.3,026.81 billion as compared to Rs.2,856.28 billion as
at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s net profit has grown from Rs.33.88 billion in the year ended March 31, 2011 to
Rs.42.42 billion in the year ended March 31, 2012, representing an increase of 25.19%. The Bank’s net profit has
increased by 22.25% from Rs.18.63 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.22.77 billion in the
half year ended September 30, 2012. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank’s net loans and net deposits amounted
to Rs.1,721.32 billion and Rs.2,356.19 billion, respectively. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had a network
of 1,741 branches and extension counters and 10,297 ATMs spread over 1,113 centers in India. In addition to the
Bank’s growing branch and ATM networks, the Bank also offers telephone banking in various cities, as well as
internet banking and mobile telephone banking. These and other resources give the Bank the capability to deliver
a broad range of banking products through multiple delivery channels that enhance convenience for customers.
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank also had seven overseas offices with branches in Singapore, Hong Kong and
Colombo and representative offices in Shanghai, the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”) and Abu
Dhabi. The Bank’s foreign branches primarily offer corporate banking, trade finance and treasury and risk
management services.
The Bank’s core income stream comprises interest income earned on its large and mid-corporate, SME and
agriculture and retail loan portfolio, as well as its money-market operations and investment portfolio. The Bank
also earns fee and commission income from the processing of loans, documentary credits, bank guarantees,
placements and syndication, cash management services, advisory services, depository services, capital market
services, ATM interchange and cards, remittance, wealth management and sale of third party products.
Additionally, the Bank earns trading profit from proprietary trading in investments, foreign exchange and
derivatives. The Bank’s expenses consist of interest and non-interest expenses. The Bank’s major non-interest
expenses include staff cost, occupancy cost (including rent for office premises, repair and maintenance),
depreciation and other administrative costs.
41
Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Financial Condition
The Bank’s asset portfolio, financial condition and results of operations have been, and are expected to be,
influenced by numerous factors, including but not limited to those described below.
Macroeconomic Environment
As a bank with the vast majority of its operations in India, the Bank’s financial position and results of
operations have been and will continue to be significantly affected by overall economic growth patterns in India.
With a population of 1.21 billion as at March 2011, India currently ranks as the world’s second most populous
country, and in 2011 the Indian economy was the ninth largest in the world, with a nominal GDP of
U.S.$1,897 billion measured in U.S. dollars at market exchange rates (and the third largest economy in
purchasing power parity terms). India’s Central Statistical Organization estimated India’s GDP growth at 8.4%
during the fiscal year 2010, 8.4% in fiscal year 2011 and 6.5% in fiscal year 2012. Over the past few years, India
has become increasingly integrated with the global economy, both through trade and finance. The loss of export
markets is consequently likely to affect domestic output and employment, particularly as many export segments
are also employment intensive. High growth in India until fiscal year 2011 was partly facilitated by a 40%
increase in merchandise exports in fiscal year 2011. Availability of foreign funds helped maintain Indian
investment rate in excess of its domestic savings rate, for example large foreign institutional (portfolio)
investment flows of over U.S.$30 billion in both fiscal year 2010 and fiscal year 2011.
42
Liquidity continued to remain tight in the later part of fiscal year 2012. During the latter part of fiscal year 2011,
the RBI initiated several measures to ease systemic liquidity including decreasing the SLR by 100 basis points
from 25.0% to 24.0% in December 2010, providing additional liquidity support under the LAF window,
operating a second LAF on a daily basis and open market operations for the purchase of government securities
worth Rs.1.34 trillion. Through fiscal year 2012, banks remained net borrowers from the RBI’s LAF with
average borrowings of approximately Rs.829.4 billion on a daily basis in fiscal year 2012. In response to tight
systemic liquidity and the rising interest rate environment, scheduled commercial banks increased their deposit
rates for various maturities by 25 to 100 basis points during fiscal year 2012. The impact of the rising cost of
funds for banks was also reflected in lending rates, with banks increasing their base rates by about 125 basis
points during fiscal year 2012. Credit from scheduled commercial banks started moderating from early June
2011.
RBI Financial Stability Reports have pointed out that the health of the Indian banking sector is subject to
economic forces. The report noted that Indian banks have negligible exposures to the most affected European
countries and that direct effects from uncertainty related to the Eurozone debt crisis are expected to remain
muted. However, funding constraints in international financial markets could impact both the availability and
cost of foreign funding for banks and corporates. Further, India’s economic growth has been affected through the
trade and finance channels. Domestic demand and domestic corporate growth have recently begun to slow, while
Indian interest rates have risen and inflationary pressures have increased.
The Indian banking sector has maintained its CRAR above the regulatory requirement of 9.0%. The banking
system’s CRAR marginally improved from 14.2% as at March 31, 2011 to 14.3% as at March 31, 2012.
Leverage ratio has improved slightly to 6.5%, and remains well above the Basel III required minimum of 4.5%.
However, financial conditions in India have put pressure on the asset quality of Indian banks. The gross NPA
ratio for Indian Banks increased from 2.5% to 3.1% between March 2011 and March 2012. As a result, loan loss
provisions are increasing across the sector. However, fiscal year 2012 saw diverging trends in gross NPA ratios.
While public sector banks witnessed a sharp jump in gross NPA ratios from 2.4% to 3.3%, private sector banks
reduced their gross NPA ratios from 2.5% to 2.1%.
Interest Rates
A majority of the Bank’s corporate and commercial loans are priced at a floating rate, subject to a published
minimum base rate. Beginning July 2010, the RBI implemented a new base rate mechanism designed to move
Indian banks closer to a market-based interest rate regime, with each bank in India to publicly disclose its own
minimum rate, or “base rate”, for all new and existing loans and advances which are due for re-pricing, subject to
certain limited exceptions. Under this new Base Rate system, banks must review and revise their base rates at
least once per quarter. This Base Rate system replaced the benchmark prime lending rate (“BPLR”) system
whereby a bank established interest rates based upon its prime lending rate, which could be higher than actual
interest rates provided to certain borrowers.
Provisioning Policies
The Bank’s profit is affected by the amount of its provisions against loans. For fiscal year 2011 and fiscal
year 2012, total provisions against NPAs increased due to an increase in gross NPAs as well as the
implementation of more conservative RBI guidelines on provisioning for aging substandard and doubtful NPAs.
In December 2009 the RBI directed the banks to ensure that their total provisioning coverage ratio, including
floating provisions, is not less than 70.0%. Banks were required to achieve this norm by the end of September
2010. In its circular dated April 21, 2011, the RBI had advised banks that:
• the provisioning coverage ratio of 70.0% may be with reference to the gross NPA position of the banks as
at September 30, 2010;
• the surplus of the provision under provisioning coverage ratio vis-à-vis as required by prudential norms
should be segregated into an account styled as “countercyclical provisioning buffer,” computation of
which may be undertaken as per the directions of the RBI; and
• this buffer will be allowed to be used by banks for making specific provisions for NPAs during periods of
system wide downturn, with the prior approval of RBI.
Banks are required to disclose provisioning coverage ratios in the notes to accounts on their balance sheet.
As indicated in the Monetary Policy Statement of April 2012, a working group of the RBI has reviewed the
existing prudential guidelines on restructuring of advances by banks/financial institutions and will issue draft
guidelines by end-January 2013. As an immediate measure, the provision for restructured standard accounts has
been increased from the existing 2.0% to 2.75% in September 2012.
43
See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Business of the Bank — An increase in the Bank’s portfolio
of NPAs and RBI-mandated provisioning requirements may adversely affect its business”.
Investments
Classification
In accordance with the RBI guidelines, investments are classified at the date of purchase as:
• Held for Trading (“HFT”);
• Available for Sale (“AFS”); and
• Held to Maturity (“HTM”).
Investments that are held principally for sale within a short period are classified as HFT securities. As per
the RBI guidelines, HFT securities, which remain unsold for a period of 90 days are reclassified as AFS
securities as on that date.
Investments that the Bank intends to hold until maturity are classified under the HTM category.
All other investments are classified as AFS securities.
However, for disclosure in the balance sheet, investments in India are classified under six
categories: government securities, other approved securities, shares, debentures and bonds, investment in
subsidiaries/joint ventures and others.
Investments made outside India are classified under three categories: government securities, subsidiaries
and/or joint ventures abroad and others.
44
Transfer of Security Between Categories
Transfer of security between categories of investments is accounted as per the RBI guidelines.
Acquisition Cost
Costs including brokerage commissions pertaining to investments, paid at the time of acquisition, are
charged to the profit and loss account. Broken period interest is charged to the profit and loss account. Cost of
investments is computed based on the weighted average cost method.
Valuation
Investments classified under the HTM category are carried at acquisition cost unless it is more than the face
value, in which case the premium is amortized over the period remaining to maturity. In terms of RBI guidelines,
discounts on securities held under the HTM category are not accrued and such securities are held at the
acquisition cost till maturity.
Investments classified under the AFS and HFT categories are marked to market. The market/fair value of
quoted investments included in the AFS and HFT categories is the market price of the scrip as available from the
trades/quotes on the stock exchanges or prices declared by Primary Dealers Association of India (“PDAI”)
jointly with the Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association of India (“FIMMDA”), periodically.
Net depreciation, if any, within each category of each investment classification is recognized in the profit and
loss account. The net appreciation, if any, under each category of investment classification is ignored. The book
value of individual securities is not changed consequent to the periodic valuation of investments.
Treasury bills, exchange funded bills, commercial paper and certificate of deposits, being discounted
instruments, are valued at carrying cost.
Units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.
Market value of investments where current quotations are not available is determined as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI described below:
• for unquoted bonds, debentures and preference shares where interest/dividend is received regularly (i.e.
not overdue beyond 90 days), the market price is derived based on the yield to maturity (“YTM”) rate for
Government securities as notified by FIMMDA jointly with the PDAI at periodic internals and suitably
marked up for credit risk applicable to the credit rating of the instrument. The matrix for credit risk
mark-up for each category and credit rating along with residual maturity issued by FIMMDA is adopted
for this purpose;
• for bonds and debentures (including PTCs) where interest is not received regularly (i.e. overdue beyond
90 days), valuation is in accordance with prudential norms for provisioning as prescribed by the RBI;
• equity shares for which current quotations are not available or where the shares are not quoted on a stock
exchange are valued at break-up value (without consideration of revaluation reserves, if any) which is
ascertained from the company’s latest balance sheet. If the latest balance sheet is not available, the shares
are valued at Rs.1.00 per company;
• units of venture capital funds (“VCFs”) classified as AFS for which current quotations are not available
are marked to market based on the net asset value of the VCF as per the latest audited financials of the
fund. If audited financials are not available for a period beyond 18 months, the investments are valued at
Rs.1.00 per VCF unit. Investment in unquoted VCF after August 23, 2006 are categorized as HTM for the
initial period of three years and valued at cost as per RBI guidelines;
• investments in credit linked notes (“CLNs”) are valued based on current quotations when available. In the
absence of price quotations, CLNs are valued based on internal valuation methodology using appropriate
mark-up and other estimates, such as the price of the underlying foreign currency convertible bond and
the rating category of the CLN; and
• investments in security receipts are valued at the net asset value announced periodically by the issuing
asset reconstruction company or securitization company based on the valuation of the underlying assets.
Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures are categorized as HTM and assessed for impairment, if any,
to determine permanent diminution in accordance with the RBI guidelines.
Realized gains on investments under the HTM category are recognized in the profit and loss account and
subsequently appropriated to the capital reserve account in accordance with the RBI guidelines. Losses are
recognized in the profit and loss account.
45
All investments are accounted for on settlement date except investments in equity shares, which are
accounted for on the trade date, as the corporate action is effected in equity on the trade date.
Advances
Advances are classified into performing and non-performing advances as per the RBI guidelines and are
stated net of specific provisions made towards NPAs and floating provisions. Further, NPAs are classified into
sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on the criteria stipulated by the RBI. Provisions for NPAs are made
for sub-standard and doubtful assets at rates as prescribed by the RBI, with the exception of agriculture advances
and schematic retail advances. In respect of schematic retail advances, provisions are made in terms of a bucket-
wise policy upon reaching specified stages of delinquency (90 days or more of delinquency) under each type of
loan, which satisfies the RBI prudential norms on provisioning. Provisions in respect of agriculture advances
classified into substandard and doubtful assets are made at rates which are higher than those prescribed by the
RBI.
Loss assets and the unsecured portion of doubtful assets are provided or written off as per the existing RBI
guidelines. NPAs are identified by periodic appraisals of the loan portfolio by the management.
Amounts recovered against debts written off are recognized in the profit and loss account.
For restructured and rescheduled assets, provision is made in accordance with the guidelines issued by the
RBI, which requires that the diminution in the fair value of the assets be provided at the time of restructuring.
A general provision of 0.25% for direct advances to the SME and agriculture sectors, 1.00% in respect of
advances classified as commercial real estate, 2.00% in respect of housing loans at “teaser” rates and certain
classes of restructured assets and 0.40% for all other advances is made pursuant to RBI guidelines.
Revenue Recognition
Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis, except interest income on NPAs, which is recognized on
receipt in accordance with AS-9, Revenue Recognition, as notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2006 and the RBI guidelines.
Fees and commission income is recognized when due, except for guarantee commission, which is
recognized pro-rata over the period of the guarantee.
Dividend is accounted on an accrual basis when the right to receive the dividend is established.
Gain or loss on sell down of loans and advances through direct assignment is recognized at the time of sale.
Gain or loss on sale of NPAs is accounted as per the RBI guidelines, which require provisions to be made
for any deficit (where sale price is lower than the net book value), while surplus (where sale price is higher than
the net book value) is ignored.
Arrangership/syndication fee is accounted for on completion of the agreed service and when the right to
receive is established.
Results for the Half Year Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to the Half Year Ended September 30,
2011
Summary of Performance
Half year ended September 30,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Net Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,314 45,068 20.78%
Non-interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,028 29,286 21.88%
Non-interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,000 32,934 17.62%
Provisions and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,715 18,649 26.73%
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,627 22,771 22.25%
46
Net interest income increased by 20.78% from Rs.37.31 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to
Rs.45.07 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in
average interest earning assets on a daily average basis by 24.39%, from Rs.2,114.97 billion in the half year
ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.2,630.82 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012.
Non-interest income increased by 21.88% from Rs.24.03 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011
to Rs.29.29 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in
commission, exchange and brokerage income by 14.15% from Rs.20.03 billion in the half year ended
September 30, 2011 to Rs.22.86 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012 and due to increase in profit
on sale of investments from Rs.0.07 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.2.68 billion in the
half year ended September 30, 2012.
Non-interest expense increased by 17.62% from Rs.28.00 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011
to Rs.32.93 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in
employee expense, administrative and occupancy cost and other expenditures.
Provisions and contingencies increased by 26.73% from Rs.14.72 billion in the half year ended
September 30, 2011 to Rs.18.65 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase is primarily due
to higher provisions for loan losses.
As a result of the above, the Bank’s net profit increased by 22.25% from Rs.18.63 billion in the half year
ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.22.77 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012.
The increase in net interest income was primarily due to an increase in average interest earning assets on a
daily average basis by 24.39%, from Rs.2,114.97 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to
Rs.2,630.82 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012.
Interest Income
The total interest income increased by 29.66% from Rs.101.57 billion in the half year ended September 30,
2011 to Rs.131.70 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012.
Interest income on loans increased by 30.78%, from Rs.71.58 billion in the half year ended September 30,
2011 to Rs.93.61 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase in interest income on loans was
due to the following:
• an increase in the average loans by 26.95% from Rs.1,341.32 billion in the half year ended September 30,
2011 to Rs.1,702.84 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012; and
• an increase in the yield on loans from 10.54% in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to 10.73% in the
half year ended September 30, 2012.
Interest income on investments increased by 28.51%, from Rs.28.81 billion in the half year ended
September 30, 2011 to Rs.37.03 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase in investments
during the half year ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in the value of securities held to
meet SLR requirements imposed by the RBI and investments in corporate debt securities.
47
Other interest income decreased by 9.83%, from Rs.1.18 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011
to Rs.1.06 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the
average volume of lending.
Interest Expense
Total interest expense increased by 34.82% from Rs.64.26 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011
to Rs.86.63 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase in interest expense was primarily due
to the following:
• an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities, including term deposits, from Rs.2,042.78 billion in the
half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.2,518.13 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012;
• an increase in overall cost of funds (interest expense divided by average interest bearing liabilities) by 46
basis points from 6.16% in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to 6.62% in the half year ended
September 30, 2012. The increase in cost of funds is mainly attributable to:
• a decrease in the ratio of current and savings deposits (low cost deposits) to total deposits on an
average basis from 37.56% in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to 35.93% in the half year ended
September 30, 2012;
• an increase in average cost of total deposits from 6.35% in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to
6.79% in the half year ended September 30, 2012. This is attributable to an increase in the cost of term
deposits from 8.72% to 9.16% Further, average cost of savings deposits also grew from 3.90% to
3.98% over the same period on account of a change in the interest rate from 3.50% to 4.00% beginning
May 3, 2011, as mandated by the RBI;
• an increase in other interest expense of 73.70% from Rs.7.31 billion in the half year ended September 30,
2011 to Rs.12.70 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an
increase in average borrowings from subordinated debts from Rs.53.27 billion in the half year ended
September 30, 2011 to Rs.85.27 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012 and an increase in
average borrowings relating to interbank from the overseas market, borrowings under the Bank’s MTN
programme and borrowings through U.S. commercial paper from Rs.127.29 billion in the half year ended
September 30, 2011 to Rs.174.00 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012.
Non-interest Income
Non-interest income increased by 21.88% from Rs.24.03 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011
to Rs.29.29 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The following table sets forth the components of
non-interest income.
Half year ended September 30,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Commission, exchange and brokerage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,027 22,860 14.15%
Profit on sale of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 2,675 3,721.43%
Profit on exchange transactions/derivative transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,658 3,017 13.51%
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,273 734 (42.34)%
Total Non-interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,028 29,286 21.88%
Non-interest income increased by 21.88% from Rs.24.03 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011
to Rs.29.29 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the following:
• growth in processing fees and service charges from credit activities due to a higher volume of overall
business;
• an increase in fee income from retail banking activities and business banking activities such as service
charges relating to various types of customer accounts and debit and credit card transactions, an increase
in fee income from third party products such as insurance, mutual funds etc;
• an increase in profit on sale of investments mainly on account of profit on the sale of a 25% stake in two
wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Bank, namely Axis Asset Management Company Limited (“Axis
AMC”) and Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Limited (“Axis MFT”);
48
• an increase in profit on foreign exchange and derivative transactions of 13.51% from Rs.2.66 billion in
the half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.3.02 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012;
• other non-interest income decreasing by 42.34% primarily due to lower recoveries in accounts written off
in earlier periods.
Non-interest Expense
The following table sets forth the principal components of non-interest expense.
Half year ended September 30,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Employee expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,086 11,605 15.06%
Occupancy cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,822 6,462 10.99%
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,595 1,733 8.65%
Other operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,497 13,134 25.12%
Total Non-interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,000 32,934 17.62%
Non-interest expense increased by 17.62% from Rs.28.00 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011
to Rs.32.93 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012.
Employee expense includes salaries, allowances and other staff benefits. Employee expense increased by
15.06% from Rs.10.09 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.11.61 billion in the half year
ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the rise in average employee headcount from
28,132 in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to 34,178 in the half year ended September 30, 2012 to support
the Bank’s growth and also as a result of an increase in average salary levels over the period.
Occupancy cost, including expenses for office premises and repairs and maintenance, increased by 10.99%
from Rs.5.82 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.6.46 billion in the half year ended
September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the growth in the Bank’s distribution network by 20.40%
from 1,446 branches and extension counters as at September 30, 2011 to 1,741 branches and extension counters
as at September 30, 2012 and by 35.59% growth in the number of ATMs from 7,594 to 10,297 during the same
period, and also due to general escalation in lease rentals.
Depreciation increased by 8.65% from Rs.1.60 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to
Rs.1.73 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to network expansion
and an increase in general business volume.
Other operating expenses increased by 25.12% from Rs.10.50 billion in the half year ended September 30,
2011 to Rs.13.13 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an
increase in balance enquiry and cash withdrawal charges, professional fees, direct selling agent commissions,
sales commissions, insurance expenses, postage and telephone expenses and also due to network expansion and
increase in general business volume.
49
Provision for Loan Losses
The Bank’s provision for loan losses, including general provisions, restructuring provisions and contingent
provision, increased from Rs.4.67 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.9.10 billion in the half
year ended September 30, 2012. This was primarily due to a following:
• creation of contingent provision for advances and other exposures of Rs.1.15 billion in the half year
ended September 30, 2012;
• higher net addition to NPAs during the half year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to half year
ended September 30, 2011. Gross NPAs was Rs.21.91 billion as at September 30, 2012 as against
Rs.18.06 billion as at March 31, 2012 and Rs.17.44 billion as at September 30, 2011.
Net Profit
As a result of the foregoing factors, the Bank’s net profit increased by 22.25% from Rs.18.63 billion in the
half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.22.77 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012.
Financial Condition
Assets
The following table sets forth the principal components of the Bank’s assets as at September 30, 2011 and
September 30, 2012.
As at September 30,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Cash and balances with RBI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158,137 169,317 7.07%
Balance with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . 17,384 30,288 74.23%
Total cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175,521 199,605 13.72%
Government securities (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540,183 626,438 15.97%
Other securities (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309,973 370,471 19.52%
Total investments (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850,156 996,909 17.26%
Corporate loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,107,615 1,278,454 15.42%
Retail loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293,278 442,862 51.00%
Total loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,400,893 1,721,316 22.87%
Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,537 22,750 0.95%
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57,005 86,227 51.26%
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,506,112 3,026,807 20.78%
The Bank’s total assets increased by 20.78% from Rs.2,506.11 billion as at September 30, 2011 to
Rs.3,026.81 billion as at September 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in the size of the Bank’s loan and
investments portfolio.
Total cash and cash equivalents increased by 13.72% from Rs.175.52 billion as at September 30, 2011 to
Rs.199.61 billion as at September 30, 2012.
The Bank’s total investments increased by 17.26% from Rs.850.16 billion as at September 30, 2011 to
Rs.996.91 billion as at September 30, 2012. The Bank’s investments in Government securities (including
investments held to meet SLR requirements) increased by 15.97% from Rs.540.18 billion as at September 30,
2011 to Rs.626.44 billion as at September 30, 2012. The Bank’s investments in other securities increased by
19.52% from Rs.309.97 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.370.47 billion as at September 30, 2012.
The Bank’s total loans increased by 22.87% from Rs.1400.89 billion as at September 30, 2011 to
Rs.1,721.32 billion as at September 30, 2012. The Bank’s corporate loans grew by 15.42% from Rs.1,107.62
billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.1,278.45 billion as at September 30, 2012. The growth in corporate loans
was led by lending to the infrastructure segment, which increased by 33.70% from Rs.171.30 billion as at
50
September 30, 2011 to Rs.229.02 billion as at September 30, 2012. The Bank’s retail loans also increased by
51.00% from Rs.293.28 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.442.86 billion as at September 30, 2012 primarily
due to home loans and auto loans, which increased by 48.12% from Rs.261.09 billion as at September 30, 2011
to Rs.386.73 billion as at September 30, 2012.
The Bank’s net fixed assets increased by 0.95% from Rs.22.54 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.22.75
billion as at September 30, 2012.
Other assets increased by 51.26% from Rs.57.01 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.86.23 billion as at
September 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in application money paid for investments
and an increase in general business volume.
The Bank’s total liabilities and shareholders’ funds increased by 20.78% from Rs.2,506.11 billion as at
September 30, 2011 to Rs.3,026.81 billion as at September 30, 2012.
Deposits increased by 21.17% from Rs.1,944.55 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.2,356.19 billion as
at September 30, 2012. This growth in deposits was the result of an increased focus on retail and corporate
customers and the Bank’s success in leveraging its growing network of branches, extension counters and ATMs.
Term deposits increased by 24.72% from Rs.1,123.15 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.1,400.81 billion as
at September 30, 2012. Low cost and non-interest bearing deposits (savings and current account deposits)
increased by 16.31% from Rs.821.40 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.955.38 billion as at September 30,
2012. Low cost deposits as a percentage of total deposits decreased from 42.24% as at September 30, 2011 to
40.55% as at September 30, 2012.
Borrowings increased by 22.64% from Rs.267.71 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.328.32 billion as at
September 30, 2012. Subordinated debt, perpetual debt and Upper Tier II instruments increased by 40.89% from
Rs.71.00 billion as at September 30, 2011 to Rs.100.03 billion as at September 30, 2012, primarily due to the
raising of fresh subordinated debt eligible for capital amounting to Rs.34.25 billion in the second half of fiscal
2012.
Other liabilities and provisions increased by 7.15% from Rs.83.96 billion as at September 30, 2011 to
Rs.89.96 billion as at September 30, 2012.
Shareholders’ funds increased by 20.22% from Rs.209.90 billion as at September 30, 2011 to
Rs.252.34 billion as at September 30, 2012.
Results for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011
Summary of Performance
Year ended March 31,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Net Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,630 80,177 22.17%
Non-interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46,321 54,202 17.01%
Non-interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,794 60,070 25.69%
Provisions and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,272 31,887 5.33%
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,885 42,422 25.19%
51
Net interest income increased by 22.17% from Rs.65.63 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.80.18 billion in fiscal
2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in average interest earning assets on a daily average basis by
24.30%, from Rs.1,795.73 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.2,232.06 billion in fiscal 2012.
Non-interest income increased by 17.01% from Rs.46.32 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.54.20 billion in fiscal
2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in commission, exchange and brokerage income by 29.32%
from Rs.33.57 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.43.42 billion in fiscal 2012.
Non-interest expense increased by 25.69% from Rs.47.79 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.60.07 billion in fiscal
2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee expense and administrative and occupancy cost
and advertisement expenses.
Provisions and contingencies increased by 5.33% from Rs.30.27 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.31.89 billion in
fiscal 2012.
As a result of the above, the Bank’s net profit increased by 25.19% from Rs.33.89 billion in fiscal 2011 to
Rs.42.42 billion in fiscal 2012.
Interest Income
The total interest income increased by 45.13% from Rs.151.55 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.219.95 billion in
fiscal 2012. The increase in interest income was due to the following:
• an increase in the average loans by 25.80% from Rs.1,125.49 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.1,415.90 billion
in fiscal 2012; and
• an increase in the average investments by 27.84% from Rs.615.90 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.787.37
billion in fiscal 2012.
Interest income on investments increased by 44.06%, from Rs.44.39 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.63.94
billion in fiscal 2012. The increase in investments during fiscal 2012 was primarily due to an increase in the
value of securities held to meet SLR requirements and investments in corporate debt securities.
Other interest income decreased by 29.39%, from Rs.3.13 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.2.21 billion in fiscal
2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in the volume of average term lending, which was reduced
from Rs.54.34 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.28.79 billion in fiscal 2012.
52
Interest Expense
Total interest expense increased by 62.68% from Rs.85.92 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.139.77 billion in
fiscal 2012. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the following:
• an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities, including term deposits, from Rs.1,723.16 billion in
fiscal 2011 to Rs.2,155.74 in fiscal 2012;
• an increase in overall cost of funds (interest expense divided by average interest bearing liabilities) by
132 basis points from 4.96% in fiscal 2011 to 6.28% in fiscal 2012;
• an increase in cost of funds, mainly attributable to a decrease in the ratio of current and savings deposits
(low cost deposits) to total deposits on an average basis from 39.40% in fiscal 2011 to 37.65% in fiscal
2012;
• an increase in average cost of term deposits from 6.81% in fiscal 2011 to 8.92% in fiscal 2012. Further,
average cost of savings deposits grew from 3.49% to 3.95% over the same period on account of change in
the interest rate from 3.50% to 4.00% beginning May 3, 2011, as mandated by the RBI; and
• an increase in other interest expense in fiscal 2011 of 64.03% from Rs.10.93 billion in fiscal 2011 to
Rs.17.93 billion in fiscal 2012. The increase was primarily due to the increase in average borrowings
relating to interbank from the overseas market, borrowings under the Bank’s MTN programme and
borrowings through U.S. commercial paper from Rs.120.25 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.171.54 billion in
fiscal 2012.
Non-interest Income
Non-interest income increased by 17.01% from Rs.46.32 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.54.20 billion in fiscal
2012. The following table sets forth the components of non-interest income.
Year ended March 31,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Commission, exchange and brokerage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,574 43,417 29.32%
Profit on sale of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,663 728 (80.13)%
Profit on exchange transactions/derivative transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,636 6,740 19.59%
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,448 3,317 (3.80)%
Total Non-interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46,321 54,202 17.01%
Non-interest income increased by 17.01% from Rs.46.32 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.54.20 billion in fiscal
2012. The increase was primarily due to the following:
• growth in processing fees and service charges from credit activities;
• an increase in fee income from retail banking activities and business banking activities such as service
charges relating to various types of customer accounts and debit and credit card transactions;
• an increase in profit on foreign exchange and derivative transactions of 19.59% from Rs.5.64 billion in
fiscal 2011 to Rs.6.74 billion in fiscal 2012. The increase was mainly due to derivative profit of Rs.3.02
billion in fiscal 2012 as against a loss of Rs.0.22 billion; and
• a decrease in profit on sale of investments from Rs.3.66 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.0.73 billion in fiscal
2012. This was mainly due to lower profit on sale of bonds and debentures portfolio and losses from
trading in shares
Non-interest Expense
The following table sets forth the principal components of non-interest expense.
Year ended March 31,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Employee expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,139 20,802 28.89%
Occupancy cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,637 11,859 11.49%
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,896 3,422 18.16%
Other operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,122 23,987 32.36%
Total Non-interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,794 60,070 25.69%
53
Non-interest expense increased by 25.69% from Rs.47.79 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.60.07 billion in fiscal
2012. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily due to the growth of the Bank’s network and
distribution channels and the accompanying increase in business volume.
Employee expense includes salaries, allowances and other staff benefits. Employee expense increased by
28.89% from Rs.16.14 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.20.80 billion in fiscal 2012. The increase was primarily due to
the rise in average employee headcount from 23,613 in fiscal 2011 to 29,593 in fiscal 2012 to support the Bank’s
growth and also as a result of an increase in average salary levels over the period.
Occupancy cost, including expenses for office premises and repairs and maintenance, increased by 11.49%
from Rs.10.64 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.11.86 billion in fiscal 2012. The increase was primarily due to the
growth in the Bank’s distribution network by 16.69% from 1,390 branches and extension counters as at
March 31, 2011 to 1,622 branches and extension counters as at March 31, 2012 and by 58.28% growth in the
number of ATMs from 6,270 to 9,924 during the same period, and also due to general escalation in lease rentals.
Depreciation increased by 18.16% from Rs.2.90 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.3.42 billion in fiscal 2012. The
increase was primarily due to network expansion and an increase in general business volume.
Other operating expenses increased by 32.36% from Rs.18.12 billion in fiscal 2011 to Rs.23.99 billion in
fiscal 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in balance enquiry and cash withdrawal charges, direct
selling agent commissions, sales commissions and travel expenses, insurance expenses, cash management
services and business mandate expenses and also due to network expansion and increase in general business
volume.
Net Profit
As a result of the foregoing factors, the Bank’s net profit increased by 25.19% from Rs.33.89 billion in
fiscal 2011 to Rs.42.42 billion in fiscal 2012.
54
Financial Condition
Assets
The following table sets forth the principal components of the Bank’s assets as at March 31, 2011 and
March 31, 2012.
As at March 31,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Cash and balances with RBI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,862 107,029 (22.92)%
Balance with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . 75,225 32,310 (57.05)%
Total cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214,087 139,339 (34.91)%
Government securities (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441,980 585,332 32.43%
Other securities (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277,936 346,589 24.70%
Total investments (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719,916 931,921 29.45%
Corporate loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,146,486 1,321,892 15.30%
Retail loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277,592 375,703 35.34%
Total loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,424,078 1,697,595 19.21%
Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,732 22,593 (0.61)%
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46,321 64,830 39.96%
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,427,134 2,856,278 17.68%
The Bank’s total assets increased by 17.68% from Rs.2,427.13 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.2,856.28 billion as at March 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in the size of the Bank’s loan and
investments portfolio.
Total cash and cash equivalents decreased by 34.91% from Rs.214.09 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.139.34 billion as at March 31, 2012.
The Bank’s total investments increased by 29.45% from Rs.719.92 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.931.92 billion as at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s investments in Government securities (including investments
held to meet SLR requirements) increased by 32.43% from Rs.441.98 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.585.33 billion as at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s investments in other securities increased by 24.70% from
Rs.277.94 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.346.59 billion as at March 31, 2012.
The Bank’s total loans increased by 19.21% from Rs.1,424.08 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.1,697.60 billion as at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s corporate loans grew by 15.30% from Rs.1,146.49 billion
as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.1,321.89 billion as at March 31, 2012. The growth in corporate loans was led by
lending to the infrastructure segment, which increased by 22.89% from Rs.157.23 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.193.21 billion as at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s retail loans also increased by 35.34% from Rs.277.59 billion
as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.375.70 billion as at March 31, 2012 primarily due to home loans and auto loans,
which increased by 51.14% from Rs.219.93 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.332.39 billion as at March 31,
2012.
The Bank’s net fixed assets decreased by 0.61% from Rs.22.73 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.22.59 billion as at March 31, 2012.
Other assets increased by 39.96% from Rs.46.32 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.64.83 billion as at
March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in application money paid for investments,
security and other deposits, deferred tax assets and increases in general business volume.
55
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Funds
The following table sets forth the principal components of the Bank’s liabilities and shareholders’ funds as
at March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.
As at March 31,
2011 2012 % change
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,105 4,132 0.66%
Reserves and surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185,883 223,953 20.48%
Total shareholders’ funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189,988 228,085 20.05%
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,892,378 2,201,043 16.31%
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262,679 340,717 29.71%
Other liabilities and provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,089 86,433 5.29%
Total liabilities and shareholders’ funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,427,134 2,856,278 17.68%
The Bank’s total liabilities and shareholders’ funds increased by 17.68% from Rs.2,427.13 billion as at
March 31, 2011 to Rs.2,856.28 billion as at March 31, 2012.
Deposits increased by 16.31% from Rs.1,892.38 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.2,201.04 billion as at
March 31, 2012. This growth in deposits was the result of an increased focus on retail and corporate customers
and the Bank’s success in leveraging its growing network of branches, extension counters and ATMs. Term
deposits increased by 15.44% from Rs.1,114.70 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.1,286.82 billion as at
March 31, 2012. Low cost and non-interest bearing deposits (savings and current account deposits) increased by
17.56% from Rs.777.67 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.914.22 billion as at March 31, 2012. Low cost
deposits as a percentage of total deposits increased from 41.10% as at March 31, 2011 to 41.54% as at March 31,
2012.
Borrowings increased by 29.71% from Rs.262.68 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.340.72 billion as at
March 31, 2012. Subordinated debt, perpetual debt and Upper Tier II instruments increased by 51.20% from
Rs.69.93 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.105.74 billion as at March 31, 2012 primarily due to the raising of
fresh subordinated debt eligible for capital amounting to Rs.34.25 billion in fiscal 2012.
Other liabilities and provisions increased by 5.29% from Rs.82.09 billion as at March 31, 2011 to
Rs.86.43 billion as at March 31, 2012.
Shareholders’ funds increased by 20.05% from Rs.189.99 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.228.09 billion
as at March 31, 2012.
Results for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
Summary of Performance
Year ended March 31,
2010 2011 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Net Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,044 65,630 31.14%
Non-interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,458 46,321 17.39%
Non-interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,097 47,794 28.84%
Provisions and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,260 30,272 11.05%
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,145 33,885 34.76%
Net interest income increased by 31.14% from Rs.50.04 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.65.63 billion in fiscal
2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in average interest earning assets on a daily average basis by
34.70%, from Rs.1,333.09 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.1,795.73 billion in fiscal 2011.
Non-interest income increased by 17.39% from Rs.39.46 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.46.32 billion in fiscal
2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in commission, exchange and brokerage, by 30.88% from
Rs.25.65 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.33.57 billion in fiscal 2011.
Non-interest expense increased by 28.84% from Rs.37.10 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.47.79 billion in fiscal
2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee expense and administrative and occupancy cost.
Provisions and contingencies increased by 11.05% from Rs.27.26 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.30.27 billion
in fiscal 2011 primarily due to an increase in provision for income tax.
56
As a result of the above, the Bank’s net profit increased by 34.76% from Rs.25.15 billion in fiscal 2010 to
Rs.33.88 billion in fiscal 2011.
The increase in net interest income was due to an increase in average interest earning assets on a daily
average basis by 34.70% from Rs.1,333.09 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.1,795.73 billion in fiscal 2011.
Interest Income
The total interest income increased by 30.22% from Rs.116.38 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.151.55 billion in
fiscal 2011. The increase in interest income was due to the following:
• an increase in the average loans by 40.26% from Rs.802.41 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.1,125.49 billion in
fiscal 2011; and
• an increase in the average SLR investments by 35.97% from Rs.280.53 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.381.44
billion in fiscal 2011.
Interest income on investments increased by 29.47% from Rs.34.28 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.44.39 billion
in fiscal 2011. The increase in investments during fiscal 2011 was primarily due to an increase in the value of
securities held to meet SLR requirements. The Bank’s average investments increased by 25.67% from Rs.490.11
billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.615.90 billion in fiscal 2011.
Other interest income increased by 40.30%, from Rs.2.23 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.3.13 billion in fiscal
2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in term lending rates. The Bank’s average lending
(comprising call, term, collateralized borrowing and lending obligations (“CBLO”), repo and foreign exchange
lending) increased by 33.94% from Rs.40.57 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.54.34 billion in fiscal 2011.
Interest Expense
Total interest expense increased by 29.52% from Rs.66.34 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.85.92 billion in fiscal
2011. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the following:
• a rise in average term deposits by 38.43% from Rs.661.76 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.916.07 billion in
fiscal 2011;
• a rise in cost of savings deposits by 72 basis points from 2.77% in fiscal 2010 to 3.49% in fiscal 2011.
From April 1, 2010, banks were required by the RBI to calculate interest on savings accounts on a daily
product basis (as opposed to the earlier method of calculating on the minimum balance to the credit of the
deposit account during the period from the 10th to the last day of each calendar month); and
• a rise in other interest expense in fiscal 2011 of 18.95% from Rs.9.19 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.10.93
billion in fiscal 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in borrowings (excluding
subordinated debt, perpetual debt and Upper Tier II instruments). Average other borrowings of the Bank
increased by 46.67% from Rs.96.22 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.141.13 billion in fiscal 2011.
57
Non-interest Income
Non-interest income increased by 17.39% from Rs.39.46 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.46.32 billion in fiscal
2011. The following table sets forth the components of non-interest income.
Year ended March 31,
2010 2011 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Commission, exchange and brokerage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,652 33,574 30.88%
Profit on sale of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,362 3,663 (50.24)%
Profit on exchange transactions/derivative transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,460 5,636 26.37%
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,984 3,448 73.79%
Total Non-interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,458 46,321 17.39%
Commission, exchange and brokerage income increased by 30.88% from Rs.25.65 billion in fiscal 2010 to
Rs.33.57 billion in fiscal 2011. The increase was primarily due to the following:
• growth in processing fees and service charges from credit activities; and
• an increase in fee income from retail banking activities such as service charges relating to debit and credit
card transactions, ATM interchange fees and an increase in fee income from third party products such as
insurance, mutual funds etc.
Profit on the sale of investments decreased from Rs.7.36 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.3.66 billion in fiscal
2011. The decrease was primarily due to adverse market conditions, both in the Government securities and equity
markets.
Profit on foreign exchange and derivative transactions increased by 26.37% from Rs.4.46 billion in fiscal
2010 to Rs.5.64 billion in fiscal 2011. The increase is due to an increase in the volume of foreign exchange
transactions.
Other non-interest income increased mainly on account of higher recoveries in non-performing accounts
written off in earlier years.
Non-interest Expense
The following table sets forth the principal components of non-interest expense.
Year ended March 31,
2010 2011 % change
(Rupees in millions, except
percentages)
Employee expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,558 16,139 28.52%
Occupancy cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,984 10,637 33.23%
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,343 2,896 23.60%
Other operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,212 18,122 27.51%
Total Non-interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,097 47,794 28.84%
Non-interest expense increased by 28.84% from Rs.37.10 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.47.79 billion in fiscal
2011. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily due to the growth of the Bank’s network and
distribution channels and the accompanying increase in business volume.
Employee expense includes salaries, allowances and other staff benefits. Employee expense increased by
28.52% from Rs.12.56 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.16.14 billion in fiscal 2011. The increase was primarily due to
the rise in average employee headcount from 21,613 in fiscal 2010 to 23,613 in fiscal 2011 to support the Bank’s
growth and also as a result of an increase in average salary levels over the period.
Occupancy cost, including expenses for office premises and repairs and maintenance, increased by 33.23%
from Rs.7.98 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.10.64 billion in fiscal 2011. The increase was primarily due to the
growth in the Bank’s distribution network by 41.40% from 983 branches and extension counters (excluding
service branches and CPCs) as at March 31, 2010 to 1,390 branches and extension counters as at March 31, 2011
and by 46.05% growth in the number of ATMs from 4,293 to 6,270 during the same period, and also due to
general escalation in lease rentals.
Depreciation increased by 23.60% from Rs.2.34 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.2.90 billion in fiscal 2011. The
increase was primarily due to network expansion and an increase in general business volume.
Other operating expenses increased by 27.51% from Rs.14.21 billion in fiscal 2010 to Rs.18.12 billion in
fiscal 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in advertisement and publicity expenses, printing and
58
stationary expenses, balance enquiry and cash withdrawal charges, arrangement fees on borrowings, cash
management services expenses and also due to network expansion and an increase in general business volume.
Net Profit
As a result of the foregoing factors, the Bank’s net profit increased by 34.76% from Rs.25.15 billion in
fiscal 2010 to Rs.33.88 billion in fiscal 2011.
Financial Condition
Assets
The following table sets forth the principal components of the Bank’s assets as at March 31, 2010 and
March 31, 2011.
As at March 31,
2010 2011 % change
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Cash and balances with RBI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94,820 138,862 46.45%
Balance with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . 57,219 75,225 31.47%
Total cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,039 214,087 40.81%
Government securities (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341,959 441,980 29.25%
Other securities (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217,789 277,936 27.62%
Total investments (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559,748 719,916 28.61%
Corporate loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835,202 1,146,486 37.27%
Retail loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208,208 277,592 33.32%
Total loans (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,043,410 1,424,078 36.48%
Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,224 22,732 85.96%
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,058 46,321 18.60%
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,806,479 2,427,134 34.36%
59
The Bank’s total assets increased by 34.36% from Rs.1,806.48 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.2,427.13 billion as at March 31, 2011, primarily due to an increase in the size of the Bank’s loan and
investments portfolio.
Cash and balances with the RBI increased by 46.45% from Rs.94.82 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.138.86 billion as at March 31, 2011.
The Bank’s total investments increased by 28.61% from Rs.559.75 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.719.92 billion as at March 31, 2011. The Bank’s investments in Government securities (including investments
held to meet SLR requirements) increased by 29.25% from Rs.341.96 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.441.98 billion as at March 31, 2011. The Bank’s investments in other securities increased by 27.62% from
Rs.217.79 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.277.94 billion as at March 31, 2011. The increase is due to the Bank
investing significantly in certificates of deposit, mutual funds and deposits in the NABARD.
The Bank’s total loans increased by 36.48% from Rs.1,043.41 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.1,424.08 billion as at March 31, 2011. The Bank’s corporate loans grew by 37.27% from Rs.835.20 billion as
at March 31, 2010 to Rs.1,146.49 billion as at March 31, 2011. The growth in corporate loans was primarily from
the large and mid-corporate segment and infrastructure sector, as well as from growth in the retail agricultural
lending business.
During fiscal 2011, lending to the large, mid-corporate and infrastructure segments grew by 44.60% to
Rs.759.22 billion, the total agricultural advances grew by 35.87% to Rs.173.20 billion. The Bank’s retail loans
also increased by 33.32% from Rs.208.21 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.277.59 billion as at March 31, 2011
primarily due to home loans, which increased by 28.46% from Rs.147.19 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.189.08 billion as at March 31, 2011.
The Bank’s net fixed assets increased by 85.96% from Rs.12.22 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.22.73 billion as at March 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to acquisition of corporate office premises
and an increase in the Bank’s distribution network of branches and extension counters by 41.40% from
983 branches and extension counters as at March 31, 2010 to 1,390 branches and extension counters as at
March 31, 2011. The number of ATMs increased by 46.05% from 4,293 as at March 31, 2010 to 6,270 as at
March 31, 2011.
Other assets increased by 18.60% from Rs.39.06 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.46.32 billion as at
March 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in interest accrued, deferred tax assets and
increase in general business volume.
The Bank’s total liabilities and shareholders’ funds increased by 34.36% from Rs.1,806.48 billion as at
March 31, 2010 to Rs.2,427.13 billion as at March 31, 2011.
Deposits increased by 33.93% from Rs.1,413.00 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.1,892.38 billion as at
March 31, 2011. This growth in deposits was the result of an increased focus on retail and corporate customers
and the Bank’s success in leveraging its growing network of branches, extension counters and ATMs. Term
deposits increased by 48.09% from Rs.752.71 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.1,114.70 billion as at March 31,
2011. Low cost and non-interest bearing deposits (savings and current account deposits) increased by 17.78%
from Rs.660.30 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.777.67 billion as at March 31, 2011. Low cost deposits as a
percentage of total deposits decreased from 46.73% as at March 31, 2010 to 41.10% as at March 31, 2011.
60
Borrowings increased by 52.99% from Rs.171.70 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.262.68 billion as at
March 31, 2011. Subordinated debt, perpetual debt and Upper Tier II instruments decreased by 2.27% from
Rs.71.56 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.69.93 billion as at March 31, 2011 primarily due to the repayment of
subordinated debt eligible for capital in fiscal 2011.
Other liabilities and provisions increased by 33.84% from Rs.61.34 billion as at March 31, 2010 to
Rs.82.09 billion as at March 31, 2011.
Shareholders’ funds increased by 18.41% from Rs.160.44 billion as at March 31, 2010 to Rs.189.99 billion
as at March 31, 2011, primarily due to retention of current year earnings.
61
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
The Bank’s operations generated net cash flow of Rs.146.31 billion during the half year ended
September 30, 2012 as against net cash flow generated of Rs.14.23 billion in the half year ended September 30,
2011. This was primarily due to cash inflow on account of increase in deposits. The detailed components of cash
flow from operating activities for the half year ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 is set forth below.
Net cash from operations in the half year ended September 30, 2012 resulted primarily from net profit
before taxes of Rs.33.74 billion, a net increase in deposits of Rs.155.15 billion, depreciation on fixed assets and
amortization of premium on securities under the HTM category totaling Rs.2.06 billion, and provision for loan
losses, including general provisions and contingent provision for advances and other exposures of
Rs.9.10 billion. These items were offset by an increase in advances of Rs.31.03 billion and direct taxes paid by
the Bank of Rs.12.78 billion.
Net cash from operations in the half year ended September 30, 2011 resulted primarily from net profit
before taxes of Rs.27.53 billion, a net increase in deposits of Rs.52.17 billion, depreciation on fixed assets,
amortization of premium on securities under the HTM category and depreciation on investments totaling Rs.3.09
billion, and provision for loan losses, including general provisions, of Rs.4.67 billion. These items were offset by
a net increase in the investment portfolio by Rs.80.49 billion and direct taxes paid by the Bank of Rs.10.65
billion.
62
The following table sets forth the Bank’s cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and
financing activities for fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012.
Year ended March 31,
2010 2011 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,513 51,357 62,878
Adjustments for:
Depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,343 2,896 3,422
Depreciation on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (222) 993 581
Amortization of premium on Held to Maturity investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 605 628
Provision for non-performing assets (including bad debts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,570 9,551 8,604
Provision on standard assets (including retail assets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (9) 1,662 1,503
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 4
Provision for interest tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3 —
Loss/(profit) on sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 70 (203)
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15) 24 48
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 150 889
Provision for other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 412 (198)
Net profit before taxes after adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55,617 67,728 78,156
Adjustments for:
(Increase)/Decrease in investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (49,860) (35,372) (165,599)
(Increase)/Decrease in advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (241,787) (390,403) (282,226)
Increase/(Decrease) in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239,261 479,376 308,665
(Increase)/Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 (5,451) (15,673)
Increase/(Decrease) in other liabilities & provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,728 17,665 1,757
Direct taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15,147) (19,292) (23,350)
Net cash flow from operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,981 114,251 (98,270)
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,066) (13,603) (3,843)
(Increase)/Decrease in Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (47,353) (126,380) (48,105)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 130 762
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (51,230) (139,853) (51,186)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of Subordinated debt, Perpetual debt & Upper Tier II
instruments (net of repayment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,214 (1,626) 35,808
Increase/(Decrease) in borrowings (excluding subordinated debt, perpetual
debt and Upper Tier II instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,717) 92,610 42,230
Proceeds from issue of Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 53 27
Proceeds from Share Premium (net of share issue expenses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,570 2,354 1,337
Payment of Dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,205) (5,694) (6,698)
Net cash generated from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,324 87,697 72,704
Effect of exchange fluctuation on translation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (205) (47) 2,004
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,870 62,048 (74,748)
Cash and cash equivalents as at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150,169 152,039 214,087
Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,039 214,087 139,339
63
Rs.4.63 billion, and provision for loan losses, including general provisions, of Rs.11.00 billion, as well as an
increase in deposits of Rs.308.67 billion.
Net cash from operations in fiscal 2011 resulted primarily from net profit before taxes of Rs.51.36 billion, a
net increase in deposits of Rs.479.38 billion, depreciation on fixed assets, amortization of premium on securities
under the HTM category and depreciation on investments totaling Rs.4.49 billion, and provision for loan losses,
including general provisions, of Rs.11.36 billion. These items were partially offset by an increase in advances of
Rs.390.40 billion, a net increase in the investment portfolio by Rs.35.37 billion and direct taxes paid by the Bank
of Rs.19.29 billion.
Net cash from operations in fiscal 2010 resulted primarily from net profit before taxes of Rs.38.51 billion, a
net increase in deposits of Rs.239.26 billion, depreciation on fixed assets, amortization of premium on securities
under the HTM category and depreciation on investments totaling Rs.2.95 billion, and provision for loan losses,
including general provisions, of Rs.14.13 billion. These items were partially offset by an increase in advances of
Rs.241.79 billion, a net increase in the investment portfolio by Rs.49.86 billion and direct taxes paid by the Bank
of Rs.15.15 billion.
Capital Resources
The Bank is subject to the capital adequacy guidelines stipulated by the RBI, which are based on the
framework of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The Bank implemented Basel II in 2008. As per
Basel II guidelines, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (“CRAR”)
of 9.0%, with a minimum Tier I capital ratio of 6.0%. In terms of regulatory guidelines on Basel II, the Bank has
computed capital charge for operational risk under the Basic Indicator Approach and the capital charge for credit
risk has been estimated under the Standardized Approach.
For a description of the RBI’s capital adequacy guidelines, see “Supervision and Regulation — Capital
Adequacy Requirements”.
64
The following table sets forth the risk-based capital, risk-weighted assets and risk-based CAR computed in
accordance with the applicable RBI guidelines.
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Tier I Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157,894 185,035 218,861 184,868* 219,067*
Of which
— Innovative Perpetual debt instruments . . . . . . 4,205 4,191 4,480 4,393 4,571
Tier II Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,185 63,669 97,588 62,668 97,557
Of which
— Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,427 45,876 77,375 43,965 76,207
— Upper Tier II instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,490 12,428 13,747 13,348 14,164
Total Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223,079 248,704 316,449 247,536 316,624
Total risk weighted assets and contingents . . . . . . . 1,411,698 1,965,626 2,317,114 2,181,754 2,437,874
Capital adequacy ratios:
Tier I capital adequacy ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.18% 9.41% 9.45% 8.48%* 8.99%*
Tier II capital adequacy ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.62% 3.24% 4.21% 2.87% 4.00%
Total capital adequacy ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.80% 12.65% 13.66% 11.35%* 12.99%*
Minimum capital adequacy ratios required by
the RBI:
Tier I capital adequacy ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00%
Total capital adequacy ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.00% 9.00% 9.00% 9.00% 9.00%
Note: * The profit for the half year ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2011 has not been reckoned for
computation of Tier I and total capital adequacy ratio, as stipulated by the RBI.
As shown above, the Bank’s Tier I capital adequacy ratio increased to 9.45%, Tier II capital adequacy ratio
increased to 4.21% and the CAR increased to 13.66% as at March 31, 2012 as compared to March 31, 2011.
The CAR of the Bank was 12.99% as at September 30, 2012, compared to 11.35% as at September 30,
2011. Tier I capital adequacy ratio was 8.99%, compared to 8.48% as at September 30, 2011. If the net profit for
the half year ended September 30, 2012 were included, the total CAR and Tier I ratio as at September 30, 2012
would have been 13.92% and 9.92%, respectively. If the net profit for the half year ended September 30, 2011
were included, the total CAR and Tier I ratio as at September 30, 2011 would have been 12.20% and 9.33%,
respectively.
Capital Expenditures
The Bank’s capital expenditures consist principally of branch network expansion as well as investments in
technology and communication infrastructure. The Bank incurred aggregate capital expenditures (on additions to
fixed assets including capital work in progress) of Rs.4.07 billion, Rs.13.60 billion and Rs.3.84 billion during
fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. During fiscal 2013, the Bank plans to incur capital expenditures of
approximately Rs.6.02 billion, which is expected to be funded internally. Of this amount, Rs.4.93 billion is
expected to be used for technology infrastructure. The Bank has not made any commitments for the remainder of
the funds allocated to capital expenditure, and the amount and purpose of these expenditures may change in
accordance with its business requirements.
The following table sets forth, as at the dates indicated, the written down value of various fixed assets:
As at
As at March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729 8,919 8,740 8,716 8,705
Other fixed assets (including furniture and fixtures) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,923 13,586 13,146 13,282 13,423
Capital work in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 227 707 539 622
Total written down value of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,224 22,732 22,593 22,537 22,750
The Bank’s written down value of fixed assets decreased to Rs.22.59 billion as at March 31, 2012 from
Rs.22.73 billion as at March 31, 2011. The written down value of fixed assets was Rs.22.75 billion as at
September 30, 2012.
65
Financial Instruments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Foreign Exchange and Derivative Contracts
The Bank enters into foreign exchange and derivative transactions for customers and for its own account.
Foreign exchange products offered include forward exchange contracts, currency swaps, options and futures. The
derivative products offered by the Bank include interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures
and cross-currency derivatives primarily for corporate customers. The Bank also trades in interest rate swaps for
its own account and enters into foreign exchange contracts to cover its exposure. The Bank earns profit on
customer transactions by way of margin as a mark-up over the inter-bank exchange rate. The Bank earns profit
on inter-bank transactions based on the spread between the purchase rate and the sale rate. These profits are
booked as income from foreign exchange and derivative transactions.
The following table sets forth the notional principal amounts of the Bank’s outstanding foreign and
derivative contracts as at the dates indicated:
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Forward contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,265,355 1,854,438 2,009,255 2,634,785 2,773,929
Interest rate swaps, currency
swaps, currency futures,
forward rate agreement and
interest rate futures . . . . . . . . . . 1,317,575 1,647,016 1,752,491 1,751,490 2,204,683
Foreign currency options . . . . . . . . 56,163 141,259 130,543 220,638 107,282
Total foreign exchange
derivative products . . . . . . . . . 2,639,093 3,642,713 3,892,289 4,606,913 5,085,894
As part of its corporate banking activities, the Bank issues guarantees and documentary credits. Guarantees
are generally issued to enhance the credit standing of the Bank’s customers and represent irrevocable assurances
that the Bank will make the payments in the event that the customer fails to fulfill its financial or performance
obligations. Documentary credits are provided to customers to meet their working capital requirements as well as
for capital equipment purchases.
The following table sets forth, as at dates indicated, the values of outstanding guarantees and documentary
credits:
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Guarantees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374,083 540,611 566,119 646,615 596,873
Documentary credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164,634 249,277 302,613 300,244 268,971
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538,717 789,888 868,732 946,859 865,844
Guarantees and documentary credits outstanding decreased to Rs.865.84 billion as at September 30, 2012
from Rs.946.86 billion as at September 30, 2011 and Rs.868.73 billion as at March 31, 2012.
Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth the Bank’s contractual obligations in respect of subordinated debt and Upper
Tier II instruments as at September 30, 2012:
Payments due by period, as at September 30, 2012
Less than
Total 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years After 5 years
(Rupees in millions)
Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81,293 2,285 500 7,258 71,250
Upper Tier II instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,164 — — — 14,164
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95,457 2,285 500 7,258 85,414
66
Operating leases comprise leases of office premises/ATMs, staff quarters, electronic data capturing
machines and information technology (IT) equipment. The following table sets forth certain information in
respect of future rentals payable on the Bank’s operating leases.
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Future rentals payable
Not later than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,060 4,354 4,652 4,464 4,871
Later than one year and not later than five
years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,644 12,221 16,167 14,993 14,674
Later than five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,189 6,711 4,775 4,429 7,483
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,893 23,286 25,594 23,886 27,028
67
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income registered growth of 18.55%, increasing to Rs.45.44 billion for the first nine months of
fiscal 2013 as compared to Rs.38.33 billion for the first nine months of fiscal 2012.
Assets
Cash and balances with the RBI and balances with banks and money at call and short notice amounted to
Rs.291,647 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 109.31% from Rs.139,339 million as at March 31,
2012. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in balances with the RBI from Rs.71,072 million as at
March 31, 2012 to Rs.202,872 million as at December 31, 2012.
Investments amounted to Rs.1,009,124 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 8.28% from
Rs.931,921 million as at March 31, 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to the Bank’s increased
investments in government securities to comply with the RBI mandated SLR requirements and investments in
bonds and debentures.
Advances amounted to Rs.1,795,042 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 5.74% from
Rs.1,697,595 million as at March 31, 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to the expansion in the Bank’s
business during the period.
Fixed assets amounted to Rs.22,659 million as at December 31, 2012, a slight increase of 0.29% from
Rs.22,593 million as at March 31, 2012.
Other assets amounted to Rs.70,946 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 9.43% from
Rs.64,830 million as at March 31, 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to the general business volume
during the period.
For the reasons stated above, total assets increased by 11.66% from Rs.2,856,278 million as at March 31,
2012 to Rs.3,189,418 million as at December 31, 2012.
68
Capital and Liabilities
Capital amounted to Rs.4,272 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 3.39% from Rs.4,132 million
as at March 31, 2012, due to the issuance of shares to shareholder of Enam Securities Private Limited (“ESPL”)
in respect of a demerger of the financial services businesses from ESPL and the exercise of employee stock
options. For further details on the ESPL acquisition, please see “— Acquisition of Enam Securities Private
Limited”.
Reserves and surplus amounted to Rs.265,995 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 18.77% from
Rs.223,953 million as at March 31, 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to profits of Rs.36,243 million for
the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and Rs.2,621 million being the difference between the value of the net
assets acquired from ESPL (subsequently transferred to Axis Capital Limited) and the shares issued has been
transferred to the capital reserve. For further details on the ESPL acquisition, please see “— Acquisition of
Enam Securities Private Limited”.
Deposits amounted to Rs.2,445,014 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 11.08% from
Rs.2,201,043 million as at March 31, 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase in savings bank
deposits and term deposits during the period.
Borrowings amounted to Rs.387,676 million as at December 31, 2012, an increase of 13.78% from
Rs.340,717 million as at March 31, 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to an issue of lower Tier II
subordinated debt amounting to Rs.25,000 million with a maturity date of December 31, 2022 and increase in
other interbank borrowings during the period.
Other liabilities and provisions amounted to Rs.86,461 million as at December 31, 2012, a slight increase of
0.03% from Rs.86,433 million as at March 31, 2012.
For the reasons stated above, total capital and liabilities increased 11.66% from Rs.2,856,278 million as at
March 31, 2012 to Rs.3,189,418 million as at December 31, 2012.
69
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited information should be read together with the Bank’s Financial Statements included
in this Placement Document as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations”. Footnotes appear at the end of each related section of tables.
70
Half Year Ended September 30,
2011 2012
Interest Average Interest Average
Average Income/ Yield/ Average Income/ Yield/
Balance Expense Cost (%) Balance Expense Cost (%)
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Interest-earning assets:
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,381,322 71,579 10.36 1,710,123 93,608 10.92
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774,382 28,815 7.44 936,229 37,029 7.89
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,546 1,180 6.12 36,251 1,064 5.85
Total interest-earning assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,194,250 101,574 9.26 2,682,603 131,701 9.79
Non-interest earning assets:
Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,627 — — 22,701 — —
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204,675 — — 220,300 — —
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,421,552 101,574 — 2,925,604 131,701 —
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,890,966 56,948 6.02 2,261,181 73,932 6.52
Saving deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435,118 8,080 3.72 535,444 10,021 3.73
Other demand deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345,953 — — 377,562 — —
Term deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,109,895 48,868 8.80 1,348,175 63,911 9.46
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251,198 7,312 5.82 336,572 12,701 7.53
Total interest-bearing liabilities . . . . . . . . . . 2,142,164 64,260 6.00 2,597,753 86,633 6.65
Non-interest bearing liabilities:
Capital and reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200,016 — — 240,985 — —
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79,372 — — 86,866 — —
Total non-interest bearing liabilities: . . . . . . 279,388 — — 327,851 — —
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,421,552 64,260 — 2,925,604 86,633 —
Analysis of Changes in Interest Revenue and Interest Expense By Volume and Rate
The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the allocation of the changes in the Bank’s interest
revenue and interest expense between average volume and changes in average rates.
Half Year Ended September 30,
2012 vs. Half Year Ended
Fiscal 2011 vs. Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2012 vs. Fiscal 2011 September 30, 2011
Increase (Decrease)(1) Due to Increase (Decrease)(1) Due to Increase (Decrease)(1) Due to
Change in Change in Change in Change in Change in Change in
Net Average Average Net Average Average Net Average Average
Change Volume Rate Change Volume Rate Change Volume Rate
Interest revenue
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,165 29,671 (5,506) 49,762 25,306 24,456 22,029 17,998 4,031
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,104 7,830 2,274 19,556 15,712 3,844 8,214 6,401 1,813
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899 770 129 (920) (1,092) 172 (116) (67) (49)
Total interest-earning
assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,168 38,271 (3,103) 68,398 39,926 28,472 30,127 24,332 5,795
Interest expenses
Saving deposits . . . . . . . . . 5,224 2,261 2,963 4,596 2,911 1,685 1,941 1,878 63
Other demand deposits . . . — — — — — — — — —
Term deposits . . . . . . . . . . 12,616 17,833 (5,217) 42,255 17,366 24,889 15,043 11,296 3,747
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,742 3,128 (1,386) 7,000 3,300 3,700 5,389 3,222 2,167
Total interest-bearing
liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . 19,582 23,222 (3,640) 53,851 23,577 30,274 22,373 16,396 5,977
Net interest revenue . . . . 15,586 15,049 537 14,547 16,349 (1,802) 7,754 7,936 (182)
(1) The changes in net interest revenue between periods have been reflected as attributed either to volume or rate changes.
71
Yields, Spreads and Margins
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the yields, spreads and interest margins on the
Bank’s interest-earning assets.
Half Year Ended
Year Ended March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2011 2012
(Rupees in million except percentages)
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116,380 151,548 219,946 101,574 131,701
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66,336 85,918 139,769 64,260 86,633
Average interest-earning assets . . . 1,401,249 1,849,163 2,333,815 2,194,250 2,682,603
Average interest-bearing
liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,357,462 1,796,818 2,272,569 2,142,164 2,597,753
Average total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,543,363 2,038,718 2,562,807 2,421,552 2,925,604
Average interest-earning assets as
a % of average total assets . . . . 90.79 90.70 91.06 90.61 91.69
Average interest-bearing liabilities
as a % of average total assets . . 87.95 88.13 88.67 88.46 88.79
Average interest-earning assets as
a % of average interest bearing
liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103.23 102.91 102.70 102.43 103.27
Yield (%)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.31 8.2 9.42 9.26 9.79
Cost of Funds (%)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89 4.78 6.15 6.00 6.65
Spread (%)(1)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 3.42 3.27 3.26 3.14
Net interest margin (%)(2)(3) . . . . . . 3.57 3.55 3.44 3.40 3.35
(1) Spread is the difference between yield on average interest-earning assets and cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
Yield on average interest-earning assets is the ratio of interest income to average interest-earning assets. Cost of average
interest-bearing liabilities is the ratio of interest expense to average interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average interest-earning assets. The difference in net interest
margin and spread arises due to the difference in amount of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing
liabilities. If average interest-earning assets exceed average interest-bearing liabilities, net interest margin is greater than
spread and if average interest-bearing liabilities exceed average interest-earning assets, net interest margin is less than
spread.
(3) Half yearly ratios are annualised.
(1) Average total assets represent monthly average balances of total assets as reported to RBI in Form X under section 27 of
the Banking Regulation Act.
(2) Net profit divided by average month-end assets for the period.
(3) Net profit divided by the daily weighted average of share capital, share premium and period end average of other
reserves and surplus.
72
Investment Portfolio (Gross)
Available for Sale (“AFS”) Investments
The following tables set forth, as at the dates indicated, information related to the Bank’s AFS investments.
As at March 31, 2010 As at March 31, 2011 As at March 31, 2012
Book Market Unrealized Unrealized Book Market Unrealized Unrealized Book Market Unrealized Unrealized
Value Value Gain Loss Value Value Gain Loss Value Value Gain Loss
(Rupees in millions)
Government
securities . . . . 60,411 60,347 44 (108) 48,280 47,755 25 (550) 106,329 105,612 122 (839)
Other debt
securities . . . . 139,915 145,833 7,212 (1,294) 193,843 196,030 4,267 (2,080) 251,424 256,118 6,376 (1,682)
Total debt
securities . . . . 200,326 206,180 7,256 (1,402) 242,123 243,785 4,292 (2,630) 357,753 361,730 6,498 (2,521)
Non-debt
securities . . . . 6,744 5,941 228 (1,031) 8,727 7,138 701 (2,290) 10,073 7,576 746 (3,243)
Total . . . . . . . . . 207,070 212,121 7,484 (2,433) 250,850 250,923 4,993 (4,920) 367,826 369,306 7,244 (5,764)
73
As at September 30, 2011 As at September 30, 2012
Book Market Unrealized Unrealized Book Market Unrealized Unrealized
Value Value Gain Loss Value Value Gain Loss
(Rupees in millions)
Government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,221 37,213 2 (10) 33,516 33,517 3 (2)
Other debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,090 26,108 30 (12) 48,254 48,310 56 —
Total debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,311 63,321 32 (22) 81,770 81,827 59 (2)
Non-debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 511 — (70) 18 22 4 —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,892 63,832 32 (92) 81,788 81,849 63 (2)
The following table sets forth, as at the date indicated, an analysis of the residual maturity profile of the
Bank’s investments in government and corporate debt securities classified as AFS securities and their weighted
average market yields.
As at September 30, 2012
Up to One to Five to More than
One Year Five Year Ten Years Ten Years
Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
(Rupees in millions)
Government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,862 7.64% 7,346 7.75% 33,207 8.20% 27,440 8.28%
Other debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55,087 8.16% 126,706 8.27% 57,600 8.74% 23,858 9.31%
Total debt securities market value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90,949 7.95% 134,052 8.25% 90,807 8.54% 51,298 8.76%
Gross book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90,238 127,522 90,356 50,765
The following table sets forth, as at the date indicated, an analysis of the residual maturity profile of the
Bank’s investments in government and corporate debt securities classified as HTM securities and their weighted
average market yields.
As at September 30, 2012
Up to One to Five to More than
One Year Five Year Ten Years Ten Years
Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
(Rupees in millions)
Government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,306 7.66% 174,530 7.53% 149,991 8.16% 127,149 8.41%
Other debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,187 5.02% 34,879 5.32% 16,091 5.40% — —
Total debt securities market value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,493 7.20% 209,409 7.16% 166,082 7.90% 127,149 8.41%
Gross book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,767 212,596 168,013 129,843
The following table sets forth, as at the date indicated, an analysis of the residual maturity profile of the
Bank’s investments in government and corporate debt securities classified as HFT securities and their weighted
average market yields.
As at September 30, 2012
Up to One to Five to More than
One Year Five Year Ten Years Ten Years
Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
(Rupees in millions)
Government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,154 7.56% 1,444 8.10% 19,601 8.77% 11,318 8.19%
Other debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44,917 8.90% 2,850 7.91% 543 5.43% — —
Total debt securities market value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46,071 8.86% 4,294 7.97% 20,144 8.68% 11,318 8.19%
Gross book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46,071 4,258 20,125 11,316
Funding
The Bank’s funding operations are designed to ensure stability, low cost of funding and effective liquidity
management. The primary source of funding is deposits raised from wholesale banking customers (term deposits
of more than Rs.50 million and current account deposits), which represented 54.78% and 52.22% of total
deposits as at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively. Retail banking deposits (term deposits of up
to Rs.50 million and savings account deposits) represented 45.22% and 47.78% of total deposits as at March 31,
2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively.
74
Total Deposits
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the Bank’s average outstanding deposits on a
quarterly average basis and the percentage composition for each category of deposits. The average cost (interest
expense divided by the average of daily balance for the relevant period) of savings deposits was 2.77% in fiscal
2010, 3.49% in fiscal 2011 and 3.95% in fiscal 2012. The average annualized cost of savings deposits was 3.90%
in the half year ended September 30, 2011 and 3.98% in the half year ended September 30, 2012. The average
cost of time deposits was 7.52% in fiscal 2010, 6.81% in fiscal 2011 and 8.92% in fiscal 2012. The average
annualized cost of time deposits was 8.72% in the half year ended September 30, 2011 and 9.16% in the half year
ended September 30, 2012. The average deposits on a quarterly average basis for the periods set forth are as
follows:
Half Year Ended
Year Ended March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
% of % of % of % of
total total total total
Amount deposits Amount deposits Amount deposits Amount deposits
Current deposits(1) . . . 239,406 20.00 295,607 18.69 365,998 18.37 377,562 16.70
Savings deposits . . . . 285,036 23.82 372,719 23.57 459,000 23.04 535,444 23.68
Time deposits . . . . . . 672,324 56.18 913,104 57.74 1,167,176 58.59 1,348,175 59.62
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,196,766 100.00 1,581,430 100.00 1,992,174 100.00 2,261,181 100.00
(1) Includes current accounts and cash floats from transactional services.
As at September 30, 2012, individual term deposits with the Bank in excess of U.S.$100,000 (approximately
Rs.5.29 million) had balance to maturity profiles as set out below.
As at September 30, 2012
Up to 3 3 to 6 6 to 9 9 to 12 More Than
Months Months Months Months 1 Year
(Rupees in million)
Balance to maturity for deposits exceeding
Rs.5.29 million each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285,180 300,568 148,434 166,074 125,310
Short-term Borrowings
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information related to the Bank’s short-term rupee
borrowings, which are comprised primarily of money-market borrowings (call borrowing and CBLO borrowing).
Short-term rupee borrowings exclude deposits and securities sold under repurchase agreements.
Half Year Ended
Year Ended March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Year end balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 4,000
Average balance during the year(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,394 3,256 6,181 5,876
Maximum outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,085 29,590 56,941 38,014
Average interest rate during the year(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23% 5.83% 7.89% 8.18%
Average interest rate at year end(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 8.10%
Subordinated Debt
The Bank obtains funds from the issuance of unsecured non-convertible subordinated debt securities, which
qualify as Tier II risk-based capital under the RBI’s guidelines for assessing capital adequacy. The Bank issued
20 tranches of subordinated debt securities, of which nine were outstanding as at September 30, 2012. These nine
tranches were issued during the fiscals 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 and 2012 at coupon rates of 7.0% to 6.5%,
8.75% to 8.32%, 10.10% to 8.95%, 11.75% to 9.95%, 9.15%, and 9.73% to 9.30%, respectively.
75
The fiscal 2004 tranches are repayable in fiscal 2014. The fiscal 2006 tranches are repayable in fiscal 2014
and 2016. The fiscal 2007 tranches are repayable in fiscal 2017. The fiscal 2009 tranches are repayable in fiscal
2019. The fiscal 2010 tranche is repayable in fiscal 2020. The fiscal 2012 tranches are repayable in fiscal 2022.
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had Rs.81.29 billion aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt
outstanding, of which Rs.76.21 billion qualified as Tier II capital
The following table sets forth, as at September 30, 2012, the details of unsecured non-convertible
subordinate debt securities issued by the Bank.
As at September 30, 2012
No. of
Date of Allotment Debentures Rate of Interest Date of Redemption Amount
(Rupees in
millions)
July 26, 2003 1,300 7.00% April 26, 2013 650
January 15, 2004 500 6.50% October 15, 2013 500
March 22, 2006 1,250 8.50% June 22, 2013 1,250
March 22, 2006 50 8.32% June 22, 2013 50
March 22, 2006 3,600 8.75% March 22, 2016 3,600
March 22, 2006 100 8.56% March 22, 2016 100
June 28, 2006 335 8.95% September 28, 2013 335
June 28, 2006 1,049 9.10% June 28, 2016 1,049
March 30, 2007 2,509 10.10% March 30, 2017 2,509
November 7, 2008 15,000 11.75% November 7, 2018 15,000
March 28, 2009 2,000 9.95% March 28, 2019 2,000
June 16, 2009 20,000 9.15% June 16, 2019 20,000
December 1, 2011 15,000 9.73% December 1, 2021 15,000
March 20, 2012 19,250 9.30% March 20, 2022 19,250
81,293
76
Asset Liability Gap and Interest Sensitivity Data
The following table sets forth the Bank’s asset-liability gap position as at September 30, 2012:
As at September 30, 2012(1)(2)(3)
1-28 29-90 3-6 6-12 1-3 3-5 Over 5
Days Days Months Months Years Years Years Total
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Cash and bank balances . . . . . . . . 124,808 8,968 11,352 14,634 8,533 7,612 23,698 199,605
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72,994 77,494 97,976 89,675 397,023 248,417 737,737 1,721,316
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,736 69,567 113,784 141,217 168,815 81,435 269,355 996,909
Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — 22,750 22,750
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49,529 — 4,342 5,030 1,503 — 25,823 86,227
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400,067 156,029 227,454 250,556 575,874 337,464 1,079,363 3,026,807
Capital and Reserves . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — 252,339 252,339
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207,305 226,880 400,909 440,191 219,198 153,911 707,797 2,356,191
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,234 12,124 37,322 28,064 46,373 96,149 81,054 328,320
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,919 4,504 — — 39,968 — 8,566 89,957
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271,458 243,508 438,231 468,255 305,539 250,060 1,049,756 3,026,807
Liquidity gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128,609 (87,479) (210,777) (217,699) 270,335 87,404 29,607
Cumulative liquidity gap . . . . . . . 128,609 41,130 (169,647) (387,346) (117,011) (29,607) —
Cumulative liabilities . . . . . . . . . . 271,458 514,966 953,197 1,421,452 1,726,991 1,977,051 3,026,807
Cumulative liquidity gap as a %
of cumulative liabilities . . . . . . 47.38% 7.99% (17.80%) (27.25%) (6.78%) (1.50%)
(1) Classification methodologies are based on the Asset Liability Management Guidelines issued by the RBI.
(2) Assets and liabilities are classified into categories as per residual maturity.
(3) Assets and liabilities that do not mature or have ambiguous maturities are classified as per historical behavioral analysis
or management judgment.
77
The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated, the Bank’s gross fund-based loans outstanding and
credit substitutes categorized by borrower industry or economic activity.
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in million, except percentages)
Telecommunication services . . . 21,953 1.88% 54,982 3.51% 29,844 1.57% 26,754 1.36%
Chemical and chemical
products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23,222 1.99% 36,451 2.32% 30,875 1.63% 27,738 1.41%
Drugs and pharmaceuticals . . . . 15,137 1.30% 19,981 1.27% 22,252 1.17% 21,968 1.12%
Agriculture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116,954 10.03% 166,249 10.60% 177,612 9.37% 126,641 6.45%
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,305 3.11% 45,429 2.90% 47,086 2.48% 47,437 2.42%
Real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,972 4.46% 68,147 4.34% 80,949 4.27% 78,878 4.02%
Transportation & Logistics . . . . 31,999 2.74% 36,048 2.30% 46,921 2.48% 46,474 2.37%
Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,944 1.80% 20,943 1.34% 21,271 1.12% 20,436 1.04%
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,575 4.42% 49,885 3.18% 55,486 2.93% 51,913 2.64%
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,957 2.14% 41,513 2.65% 59,396 3.13% 79,440 4.05%
Food Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,713 4.35% 45,611 2.91% 70,767 3.73% 74,272 3.78%
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59,872 5.13% 74,976 4.78% 100,785 5.32% 108,552 5.53%
Petrochemicals & petroleum
products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,981 2.31% 25,774 1.64% 21,933 1.16% 18,358 0.94%
Financial intermediaries —
Housing Fin Companies . . . . 33,444 2.87% 68,298 4.35% 84,291 4.45% 63,737 3.25%
Entertainment & Media . . . . . . . 11,841 1.02% 14,785 0.94% 17,021 0.90% 15,084 0.77%
Metal & Metal Products . . . . . . 53,965 4.63% 83,482 5.32% 85,737 4.52% 117,159 5.97%
Infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68,301 5.86% 92,131 5.87% 138,046 7.28% 166,345 8.47%
Paper and paper products . . . . . 16,618 1.42% 9,501 0.61% 10,678 0.56% 9,332 0.48%
Financial intermediaries —
others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92,305 7.91% 125,082 7.97% 189,103 9.98% 123,945 6.31%
Gems and jewelery . . . . . . . . . . 16,391 1.41% 37,328 2.38% 24,758 1.31% 25,816 1.32%
Sugar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,686 0.57% 10,078 0.64% 15,576 0.82% 11,810 0.60%
IT & ITES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19,150 1.64% 19,660 1.25% 25,802 1.36% 27,860 1.42%
Auto ancillaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23,496 2.01% 35,483 2.26% 53,304 2.81% 55,541 2.83%
Retail loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210,940 18.08% 281,024 17.92% 378,271 19.95% 445,555 22.70%
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80,762 6.92% 105,789 6.74% 108,007 5.70% 171,906 8.75%
Gross loans and credit
substitutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,166,483 100.00%1,568,630 100.00%1,895,771 100.00%1,962,951 100.00%
As at September 30, 2012, the aggregate exposure to the Bank’s ten largest borrowers (fund-based)
amounted to Rs.272.92 billion representing 86.20% of the Bank’s total capital of Rs.316.62 billion, comprising
Rs.219.06 billion Tier I capital and Rs.97.56 billion Tier II capital. The Bank’s single largest borrower
(fund-based) on such date had an outstanding balance of Rs.54.27 billion, representing 17.14% of the Bank’s
capital.
78
Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans and Credit Substitutes
The following tables set forth, as at September 30, 2012, the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank’s loans and
credit substitutes:
As at September 30, 2012
Due in One
One Year to Due after
Year or Five Five
Less Years Years Total
(Rupees in millions)
Interest rate classification of loans by maturity:
Variable rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272,947 587,954 742,617 1,603,518
Fixed rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,191 57,487 11,843 134,521
Gross Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338,138 645,441 754,460 1,738,039
Interest rate classification of credit substitutes by
maturity:
Variable rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,027 1,964 1,550 5,541
Fixed rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40,297 99,818 79,257 219,371
Gross Credit Substitutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,324 101,782 80,807 224,912
Interest rate classification of loans and credit
substitutes by maturity:
Variable rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274,974 589,918 744,167 1,609,059
Fixed rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105,488 157,305 91,100 353,892
Gross loans and credit substitutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380,462 747,223 835,267 1,962,951
Directed Lending
The RBI has linked the priority sector lending targets to adjusted net bank credit since April 2007 (net bank
credit plus investments made by banks in non-statutory liquidity bonds included in the held-to-maturity category
and excluding recapitalization bonds floated by the Government) or credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet
exposure, whichever is higher. Commercial banks required to lend a certain percentage of their adjusted net bank
credit to specific sectors (the priority sectors), such as agriculture, micro and small enterprises, retail trade and
housing finance. Total priority sector advances should be 40% of adjusted net bank credit with agricultural
advances required to be 18% of adjusted net bank credit and advances to weaker sections required to be 10% of
adjusted net bank credit, and 1% of the previous year’s net bank credit required to be lent under the Differential
Rate of Interest scheme. Under the revised guidelines loans up to Rs.2.5 million per borrower under housing
finance to be treated as priority sector. The guidelines have capped eligible direct agriculture finance to
non-individuals (i.e. partnership firms, corporates and institutions) at Rs.10 million per borrower. One-third of
loans in excess of Rs.10 million per borrower would also be considered as direct finance while the remaining
two-thirds would constitute indirect finance.
Any shortfall in the amount required to be lent to the priority sectors may be required to be allocated to the
Rural Infrastructure Development Fund established with the NABARD or other funds with the financial
institutions specified by the RBI. These deposits have a maturity of up to seven years and carry interest rates
lower than market rates.
A breakdown of the Bank’s priority sector lending position as at the last reporting Friday over the last three
years is as follows:
As at the last reporting Friday in
March
2010 2011 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Agricultural advances (direct & indirect) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105,367 141,489 177,115
Small-scale industry and services(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72,987 113,582 151,308
Other priority sector lending(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119,368 157,930 172,096
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297,722 413,001 500,519
79
sector lending. In accordance with this circular, the priority sector for all scheduled banks include (i) agriculture,
(ii) micro and small enterprises (“MSE”), (iii) education and (iv) housing. While export credit is no longer a
separate category under this circular, export credit for eligible activities under agriculture and MSE will be
reckoned for priority sector lending under respective categories. Under the RBI guidelines, the priority sector
lending targets are linked to adjusted net bank credit (net bank credit plus investments made by banks in
non-statutory liquidity bonds included in the held to maturity category and not taking in account the
recapitalization bonds floated by the Government) or credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet exposure,
whichever is higher, as on March 31 of the previous year.
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had a portfolio of Rs.390.73 billion in priority sector lending and the
Bank is endeavoring to achieve the RBI stipulated norm by the end of the current fiscal year.
Non-Performing Assets
The Bank has absorbed the losses arising on account of impairment of loans as some borrowers were
impacted by negative trends in the global market place, recessionary conditions in the domestic economy,
increased competition arising out of economic liberalization in India and volatility in industrial growth and
commodity prices.
Several measures have since been adopted by the Bank to refine its credit selection processes and appraisal
capabilities. These include creation of an independent Risk Department which scrutinizes all credit proposals of
Rs.10 million and above, introduction of a rigorous credit rating model, rolling out a credit monitoring tool to
evaluate the performance of accounts at certain intervals and putting in place a credit audit mechanism. As a
result of these actions, the incidence of slippage into the impaired category has been substantially reduced. As at
September 30, 2012, the gross NPAs as a proportion of gross customer assets were 1.10% and net NPAs as a
proportion of net customer assets were 0.33% The Bank held a provision coverage (as a proportion of gross
NPAs, including prudential write-offs) of 79.84% as at September 30, 2012.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information about the Bank’s NPA portfolio.
As at
As at March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
Non-Performing Assets
Corporate credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,027 11,691 13,992 17,545
Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,927 4,179 3,210 3,609
Capital markets (including application money) . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 124 861 756
Gross NPAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,180 15,994 18,063 21,910
Specific provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,990 11,867 13,239 15,256
NPA net of provisions(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,190 4,104 4,726 6,542
Gross customer assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,166,505 1,586,630 1,930,571 1,997,201
Net customer assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,156,291 1,573,483 1,915,076 1,979,539
Gross NPAs/gross customer assets (%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13 1.01 0.94 1.10
Net NPAs/net customer assets (%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36 0.26 0.25 0.33
Specific provision as a percentage of gross NPAs . . . . . . . . . 68.21 74.20 73.29 69.63
Total provisions (specific and floating) as a percentage of
gross NPAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.21 74.20 73.29 69.63
Provision cover (including prudential write-offs) . . . . . . . . . . 72.38 80.90 80.91 79.84
Note(1) Balance in sundries account (Interest capitalization — Restructured account) in respect of NPAs amounting to Rs.112
million and Rs.98 million as at September 30, 2012 and March 31, 2012, respectively, have been netted off from Net
NPA.
80
Substandard Assets
An account becomes non-performing if the interest and/or installment of principal remains overdue for more
than 90 days (an exception to this rule is advances to agricultural borrowers which will be classified as
non-performing only if the advance/loan remains overdue for more than two crop seasons in the case of short
duration crops and one crop season for long duration crops). A substandard asset is one which has remained
non-performing for a period of up to 12 months.
Doubtful Assets
A doubtful asset is one which has remained an NPA for a period greater than 12 months. Doubtful assets are
classified into Doubtful-I, Doubtful-II and Doubtful-III depending on the age of the NPAs as set out below:
(a) If the asset has remained in the doubtful category for a period of up to one year it is classified as a
Doubtful-I asset.
(b) If the asset has remained in the doubtful category for a period of more than one year but less than
three years it is classified as a Doubtful-II asset.
(c) If the asset has remained in the doubtful category for a period of more than three years it is
classified as a Doubtful-III asset.
Loss Assets
A loss asset is one considered irrecoverable with little or no salvage value.
An NPA need not go through the various stages of classification in cases of serious credit impairment and
such assets should be immediately classified as doubtful or as a loss asset, as appropriate. Erosion in the value of
security can be reckoned as significant when the realizable value of the security is less than 50% of the value
assessed by the Bank or accepted by RBI at the time of last inspection, as the case may be. Such NPAs may be
immediately classified as a Doubtful Asset.
If the realizable value of the security, as assessed by the Bank, an approved appraiser or the RBI, is less than
10% of the borrower’s outstanding accounts, the existence of security is ignored and the asset is immediately
classified as a loss that may be either written-off or fully provided for by the Bank.
Non-Accrual Policy
When an asset is classified as non-performing, interest accrual is stopped and the unrealized interest is
reversed by debit to the profit and loss account. In accordance with RBI guidelines, interest realized on NPAs
may be added to the income account provided the credits in the accounts towards interest are not out of
additional credit facilities sanctioned to the borrower. The RBI has also stipulated that in the absence of a clear
agreement between the Bank and the borrower for the purpose of appropriating recoveries in NPAs (i.e. towards
principal or interest due), banks should adopt an accounting principle and exercise the right of appropriation of
recoveries in a uniform and consistent manner. In the case of NPAs where recoveries are effected as a result of a
settlement or otherwise, the Bank’s policy is to first appropriate the same against principal amount due from the
borrower as application of interest would have ceased in such accounts. In NPA accounts where transactions
have virtually ceased, recoveries will be appropriated towards the principal amount. Only in cases where the
nature of continuing transactions allows the Bank to conclude that recovery of the principal is not in jeopardy,
are recoveries appropriated against interest.
81
Retail and Agricultural Advances
In the case of retail advances, the Bank makes provisions when the retail advances reach specified stages of
delinquency (90 days or more of delinquency), which is a more conservative approach than RBI prudential
norms. The provisions for different stages of delinquency range from 15% to 100% of the value of delinquent
loans depending on the duration of delinquency. Provisions in respect of agriculture advances classified into
sub-standard and doubtful assets are made at rates which are higher than those prescribed by the RBI.
Floating Provisions
In June 2006, the RBI issued prudential norms on creation and utilization of floating provisions (i.e.,
provisions which are not made in respect of specific NPAs or are made in excess of regulatory requirements for
provisions for standard assets). The norms state that floating provisions can be used only for contingencies under
extraordinary circumstances for making specific provisions in impaired accounts after obtaining approval from
the Board of Directors and with the prior permission of the RBI. Floating provisions for advances and
investments would be held separately and cannot be reversed by credit to the profit and loss account. Until
utilization of such provisions, they can be netted out from gross NPAs to arrive at disclosure of net NPAs.
Alternatively, floating provisions can be treated as part of Tier II capital within the overall ceiling of 1.25% of
total risk-weighted assets.
Floating provisions do not include specific voluntary provisions made by banks for advances which are
higher than the minimum provision stipulated by RBI guidelines. For the half year ended September 30, 2012
floating provisions amounting to Rs.33 million have not been netted off from gross NPAs to arrive at net NPAs
since they have been considered part of the Tier II capital of the Bank.
82
Analysis of Non-Performing Loans by Industry Sector
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the Bank’s non-performing loans, by borrowers’
industry or economic activity and as a percentage of the Bank’s loans in the respective industry or economic
activities sector. These figures do not include credit substitutes.
As at March 31, 2010 As at March 31, 2011 As at March 31, 2012 As at September 30, 2012
% of % of % of % of
Gross NPA in Gross NPA in Gross NPA in Gross NPA in
Loan NPA industry Loan NPA industry Loan NPA industry Loan NPA industry
(Rupees in millions, except percentages)
1 Telecommunication
services . . . . . . . . 21,953 194 0.88% 54,982 — — 29,844 — — 26,754 19 0.07%
2 Chemical and
chemical
products . . . . . . . . 22,222 241 1.08% 36,451 72 0.20% 30,875 — — 27,525 — —
3 Drugs and
pharmaceuticals . . 14,928 — — 19,372 419 2.16% 20,690 377 1.82% 20,668 890 4.31%
4 Agriculture . . . . . 116,954 2,628 2.25% 166,249 3,944 2.37% 177,612 4,835 2.72% 126,641 5,449 4.30%
5 Textiles . . . . . . . . 35,123 29 0.08% 41,616 962 2.31% 44,126 799 1.81% 44,538 815 1.83%
6 Real estate . . . . . . 42,527 141 0.33% 49,721 20 0.04% 68,014 26 0.04% 65,943 — —
7 Transportation &
logistics . . . . . . . . 30,333 190 0.63% 34,325 4 0.01% 46,768 1,960 4.19% 46,474 1,986 4.27%
8 Cement . . . . . . . . 18,166 — — 18,415 306 1.66% 18,820 185 0.98% 19,115 195 1.02%
9 Trading . . . . . . . . 51,575 962 1.87% 49,885 492 0.99% 55,486 639 1.15% 49,413 576 1.17%
10 Engineering . . . . . 23,157 429 1.85% 40,963 76 0.19% 57,437 43 0.07% 60,353 511 0.85%
11 Food
Processing . . . . . . 50,713 271 0.53% 45,611 208 0.46% 70,714 99 0.14% 74,272 117 0.16%
12 Power . . . . . . . . . 40,514 — — 62,348 — — 79,794 23 0.03% 86,244 23 0.03%
13 Petrochemicals &
petroleum
products . . . . . . . . 21,465 35 0.16% 23,157 142 0.61% 14,669 7 0.05% 8,408 6 0.07%
14 Financial
intermediaries —
Housing Fin
Companies . . . . . . 33,194 — — 68,298 — — 73,354 360 0.49% 50,846 — —
15 Entertainment &
Media . . . . . . . . . . 11,058 138 1.25% 10,285 32 0.31% 16,646 — — 15,084 4,093 27.13%
16 Metal & metal
products . . . . . . . . 47,220 215 0.46% 81,061 18 0.02% 73,138 2 — 88,129 35 0.04%
17 Infrastructure . . . . 55,689 1,227 2.20% 80,765 983 1.22% 99,377 90 0.09% 135,385 96 0.07%
18 Paper and paper
products . . . . . . . . 11,968 428 3.58% 9,376 282 3.01% 10,678 280 2.62% 9,332 260 2.79%
19 Financial
intermediaries —
others . . . . . . . . . . 53,378 — — 90,376 — — 144,535 — — 70,964 1,008 1.42%
20 Gems and
jewelery . . . . . . . . 16,391 372 2.27% 36,828 176 0.48% 24,258 604 2.49% 25,316 291 1.15%
21 Sugar . . . . . . . . . . 6,686 — — 10,078 — — 15,576 — — 10,811 — —
22 IT & ITES . . . . . . 19,150 — — 19,660 117 0.60% 25,769 10 0.04% 27,860 46 0.17%
23 Auto
ancillaries . . . . . . 20,799 319 1.53% 25,815 332 1.29% 44,733 3 0.01% 44,002 5 0.01%
24 Retail loans . . . . . 210,940 3,927 1.86% 281,024 4,179 1.49% 378,271 3,210 0.85% 445,555 3,609 0.81%
25 Others . . . . . . . . . 77,237 1,208 1.56% 80,313 3,106 3.87% 90,887 3,650 4.02% 158,407 1,124 0.71%
Total . . . . . . . . . . 1,053,340 12,954 1.23%1,436,974 15,870 1.10% 1,712,071 17,202 1.00% 1,738,039 21,154 1.22%
83
The following table sets forth, for the period indicated, information regarding the Bank’s ten largest
non-performing corporate loans as well as the value of the collateral securing the loan (the collateral valuations
are based on the audited financial statements of the borrower or independently arrived at by outside agencies).
However, the net realizable value of such collateral may be substantially less, if anything.
As at September 30, 2012
Principal
Outstanding Currently
Net of Servicing
Type of Gross Provisions All
Banking Principal for Credit Interest
Borrowers Industry Arrangement Outstanding Provisions Losses Security Payments
(Rupees in millions)
1 Entertainment & Media Multiple 4,093 4,093 — 6,215 No
2 Transportation & logistics Multiple 1,941 291 1,650 913 No
3 Financial intermediaries —
others Multiple 657 562 95 127 No
4 Drugs and pharmaceuticals Consortium 513 77 436 818 No
5 Hotels Consortium 431 65 366 1,256 No
6 Engineering Consortium 413 62 351 520 No
7 Textile Multiple 350 350 — 430 No
8 Gems and Jewelery Consortium 291 291 — 49 No
9 Drugs and pharmaceuticals Consortium 237 237 — 424 No
10 Paper and Paper Products Consortium 217 188 29 140 No
Total 9,143 6,216 2,927 10,892
Interest foregone
Interest foregone is the interest due on non-performing loans that has not been accrued in the Bank’s books
of accounts. The following table sets forth the outstanding amount of interest foregone on existing
non-performing loans as at the respective dates.
Year/Period Interest Foregone
(Rupees in millions)
March 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,452.72
March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,625.98
March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,099.30
September 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,559.27
Restructured Assets
The RBI has issued separate set of prudential guidelines on restructuring of advances by banks.
The guidelines essentially deal with the norms/conditions — the fulfillment of which are required to
maintain the category of the restructured account as a “standard asset”.
The following categories of advances are not eligible for being classified as a standard asset, upon
restructuring: (a) consumer and personal advances; (b) advances classified as capital market exposure and
(c) advances classified as commercial real estate exposures.
As a one-time measure/relaxation, the RBI had in December 2008 permitted restructuring of commercial
real estate exposures to be classified as standard assets. The said relaxation was available up to June 30, 2009.
The criteria to be fulfilled for the restructured advance to be treated as a standard asset includes viability of
the business, infusion of promoters’ contribution, full security coverage, cap on maximum tenor of repayment
etc.
The economic loss, if any, arising as a result of restructuring needs to be provided for in the books of the
Bank. The provision is computed as the difference between the fair value of the account before and after
restructuring.
If there is a failure to meet the payment terms of a restructured standard asset for more than 90 days, it is no
longer classified as a restructured loan and is reclassified as an NPA.
84
Corporate Debt Restructuring Mechanism
The institutional mechanism for restructuring was set up through the establishment of the corporate debt
restructuring system (“CDR system”) in 2002. The CDR system is a joint forum of all banks and financial
institutions and operates as a non-judicial body. The CDR system operates on the principle of super-majority
amongst the participating banks/financial institutions for a particular advance.
The Bank has signed the Inter-se Agreement (amongst the banks and financial institutions) and is
accordingly a member of the CDR system.
The prudential guidelines as mentioned above equally apply to the accounts restructured under the CDR
forum.
The Bank restructures debts where the borrower is genuinely unable to effect repayments vis-à-vis its
contractual obligations and the Bank is satisfied about the viability of the unit and that a restructuring is the best
means of maximizing realization of the loan.
The Bank’s gross restructured loans as a proportion of gross customer assets (the aggregate of gross
advances, credit substitutes including leased assets), for the period ended September 30, 2012 is 2.04%.
Restructured accounts that were fully liquidated in subsequent years were not considered in computing the gross
restructured loans
NPA Strategy
The Bank’s Stressed Assets Department is entrusted with the task of initiating proactive steps for arresting
the incidence of incremental impairment as well as for recovery from existing impaired accounts. A watch list
(called Special Mention Assets) is prepared using early warning signals in weak accounts which if left
unattended might result in the accounts migrating to NPA status. An illustrative list of such warning signals are:
• delay in submission of stock statement/other control statements/financial statements;
• frequent return of cheques issued by borrowers;
• devolvement of deferred payment guarantee installments and payment not being made within reasonable
period;
• frequent devolvement of LCs and payment not being made within a reasonable period;
• frequent invocation of bank guarantees and repayment not being made within a reasonable period;
• return of bills/cheques discounted;
• non-payment of bills discounted or under collection;
• poor financial performance in terms of declining sales and profits, cash losses, net losses, erosion of net
worth, etc.; and
• incomplete documentation in terms of creation, registration of charge/mortgage etc.
These accounts are closely followed in coordination with the officials of the business departments to reduce
incidences of slippage. Timely identification of weaknesses in assets provides an opportunity for the Bank to exit
from such exposure or at least reduce its exposure level. The Bank identifies exit accounts at half-yearly intervals
based on, among other things, early warning signals emanating from the accounts, downgrades in credit rating to
BB and below, persistent and serious irregularities being reported in Credit Audit Reports, perceived
deterioration in the quality of management, market developments or regulatory pronouncements which may
severely affect the viability of the Bank’s exposure.
The Stressed Assets Department works closely with other banks and financial institutions and uses outside
experts and agencies for due diligence, valuation, enforcement of securities etc. and liaises with the Law
Department to ensure quick resolution of legal cases. The Stressed Assets Department focuses on recovery and
settlement of impaired loans by employing the following broad strategies:
• rescheduling and restructuring of accounts strictly on merits and as per RBI guidelines;
• encouraging compromise settlements rather than going through a drawn-out legal process; and
• initiating legal action (including enforcement of securities through the SARFAESI Act) and effective
follow up.
85
Provisions for NPAs
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, movements in the Bank’s provisions against NPAs.
Half Year
Ended
Year Ended March 31, September 30,
Particulars 2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rs. In millions)
Specific provisions at the beginning of the period:
Corporate credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,793 6,095 8,311 9,981
Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,808 2,733 3,432 2,568
Capital markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 162 124 690
Total specific provisions at the beginning of the
period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,674 8,990 11,867 13,239
Provisions made during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,732 9,952 8,261 7,101
Reductions during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10,416) (7,075) (6,889) (5,084)
Specific provisions at the end of the period . . . . . . . 8,990 11,867 13,239 15,256
Floating provisions:
Floating provisions at the beginning of the period . . . . 33 33 33 33
Additions during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Utilizations during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Floating provisions at the end of the period . . . . . . . . . 33 33 33 33
Total specific and floating provisions at the end of
the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,023 11,900 13,272 15,289
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the allocation of the total provisions held by the
Bank.
As at
As at March 31, September 30,
Particulars 2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rs. In millions)
Corporate credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,095 8,311 9,981 11,970
Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,733 3,432 2,568 2,689
Capital markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 124 690 597
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,990 11,867 13,239 15,256
Floating provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 33 33 33
Total provisions including floating provisions . . . . . . . 9,023 11,900 13,272 15,289
86
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The information in this section has been extracted from publicly available documents including officially
prepared materials from the Government and its various ministries and the RBI and its publications, the IRDA,
Association of Mutual Funds in India, trade, industry or general publications and other third party sources as
cited in this section below. Industry websites and publications generally state that the information contained
therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable but their accuracy and completeness are not
guaranteed and their reliability cannot be assured. The industry, market and other data used in this document
has not been independently verified by the Bank, the Lead Managers or any of their affiliates or advisers.
Introduction
The RBI, the central banking and monetary authority of India, is the central regulatory and supervisory
authority for the Indian financial system. A variety of financial intermediaries in the public and private sectors
participate in India’s financial sector, including the following:
• commercial banks;
• long-term lending institutions;
• regional rural banks, co-operative banks;
• NBFCs, including housing finance companies;
• other specialized financial institutions, and state-level financial institutions;
• insurance companies; and
• mutual funds.
In 1969, 14 private banks were nationalized followed by six private banks in 1980. (Source:
http://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/chro_1968.aspx.) Since 1991, many financial reforms have been introduced,
substantially transforming the banking industry in India. Until the early 1990s, the Indian financial system was
strictly controlled. Interest rates were administered, formal and informal parameters governed asset allocation,
and strict controls limited entry into and expansion within the financial sector. The Government’s economic
reform program, which began in 1991, focused on the financial sector. The first phase of the reform process
began with the implementation of the recommendations of the Committee on the Financial System (the
“Narasimham Committee I”). The second phase of the reform process began in 1999. See “Banking Sector
Reform — Committee on Banking Sector Reform (Narasimham Committee II)”.
Commercial Banks
Commercial banks in India have traditionally focused only on meeting the short-term financial needs of
industry, trade and agriculture. As at March 31, 2012, there were 169 scheduled commercial banks in India
having 36,391 banked centers. (Source: RBI, Quarterly Statistics on Credits and Deposits, March 2012.)
Scheduled commercial banks are banks that are listed in the second schedule to the RBI Act, 1934, and are
further categorized as public sector banks, private sector banks and foreign banks. As at March 31, 2012, the
aggregate deposit of all the scheduled commercial banks in India was Rs.61.74 trillion and the gross bank credit
of all the scheduled commercial banks in India was Rs.48.22 trillion. (Source: RBI Quarterly Statistics on
Credits & Deposits, March 2012.)
87
Public Sector Banks
Public sector banks make up the largest category in the Indian banking system. As at March 31, 2012, public
sector banks had 70,314 branches. (Source: RBI Statistical Tables Relating to Banks in India 2011-2012.) As at
March 31, 2012, public sector banks had Rs.46.16 trillion of aggregate deposits and the gross bank credit of all
the public sector banks in India was Rs.35.91 trillion. (Source: RBI Quarterly Statistics on Credits & Deposits,
March 2012.)
Foreign Banks
As at March 31, 2012, foreign banks had 324 branches operating in India. (Source: Statistical Tables
Relating to Banks in India 2011-2012.) As at March 31, 2012, foreign banks had Rs.2.73 trillion in aggregate
deposits and the gross bank credit of all foreign banks in India was Rs.2.32 trillion. (Source: RBI Quarterly
Statistics on Credits & Deposits, March 2012.) As part of the liberalization process, the RBI has permitted
foreign banks to operate more freely, subject to requirements largely similar to those imposed on domestic banks.
The primary activity of most foreign banks in India has been in the corporate segment. However, in recent years,
some of the larger foreign banks have started to make consumer financing a larger part of their portfolios based
on the growth opportunities in this area in India. These banks offer products such as automobile finance, home
loans, credit cards and household consumer finance. Foreign banks operate in India through branches of the
parent bank. Certain foreign banks also have wholly-owned NBFC subsidiaries for both corporate and retail
lending. In a circular dated July 6, 2004, the RBI stipulated that banks, including foreign banks with a branch
presence in India, should not acquire any fresh stake in a bank’s equity shares, if by such acquisition, the
investing bank’s holding exceeded 5.00% of the investee bank’s equity capital. This also applies to holdings of
foreign banks with a presence in India, in Indian banks.
In February 2005, the Government and the RBI released the “Roadmap for Presence of Foreign Banks in
India” laying out a two-part gradual approach aimed at increasing the efficiency and stability of the banking
sector in India. The first part addressed the consolidation of the domestic banking system, both in the private and
public sectors and the second part addressed the gradual enhancement of the presence of foreign banks in India in
a synchronized manner. The roadmap was divided into two phases, with the first phase covering the period from
March 2005 to March 2009 and the second phase initially intended to start in April 2009 (after a review of the
implementation and results of the first phase). (Source: RBI Roadmap for presence of foreign banks in India
dated February 28, 2005 http://www.rbi.org.in/upload/content/images/RoadMap.html.) As a result of the recent
turmoil in global financial markets, uncertainties are surrounding the financial strength of banks around the
world, due to which the RBI has decided to delay the implementation of the second phase. Regulatory and
supervisory policies at national and international levels are also under review. As such, the RBI aims to continue
with its review of the policy and procedures governing the presence of foreign banks in India for the time being
and will recommence the next phase after due consultation once there is greater clarity regarding stability and the
recovery of the global financial system.
Cooperative Banks
Cooperative banks cater to the financing needs of agriculture, small industry and self-employed
businessmen in urban and semi-urban areas of India. The state land development banks and the primary land
development banks provide long-term credit for agriculture. Presently, the RBI is responsible for supervision and
regulation of urban cooperative societies, and the NABARD for State Co-operative Banks and District Central
Co-operative Banks. The Banking Regulation (Amendment) and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 2004 has
replaced the Banking Regulation (Amendment) and Miscellaneous Provisions Ordinance, 2004, promulgated on
September 24, 2004 to enable RBI to issue licenses to multi-state cooperative societies to carry on banking
business.
88
Long-Term Lending Institutions
The long-term lending institutions were established to provide medium-term and long-term financial
assistance to various industries for setting up new projects and for the expansion and modernization of existing
facilities. These institutions provide fund-based and non-fund-based assistance to industry in the form of loans,
underwriting, direct subscription to shares, debentures and guarantees. The primary long-term lending
institutions include Industrial Development Bank of India, Industrial Finance Corporation of India Limited and
Industrial Investment Bank of India.
The long-term lending institutions were expected to play a critical role in Indian industrial growth and,
accordingly, had access to concessional Government funding. However, in recent years, the operating
environment of the long-term lending institutions has changed substantially. Although the initial role of these
institutions was largely limited to providing a channel for Government funding to industry, the reform process
required them to expand the scope of their business activities. Their new activities included:
• fee-based activities such as investment banking and advisory services; and
• short-term lending activity including issuing corporate finance and working capital loans.
The primary activities of the NBFCs are consumer credit, including automobile finance, home finance and
consumer durable products finance, wholesale finance products such as bill discounting for SMEs, and fee-based
services such as investment banking and underwriting. The RBI has implemented a set of directions to regulate
the activities of the NBFCs under its jurisdiction. (Source: http://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/
BS_ViewNBFCNotification.aspx.) The directions are aimed at controlling the deposit acceptance activities of the
NBFCs. The NBFCs that accept public deposits are subject to strict supervision and the capital adequacy
requirements of the RBI. (Source: Notification as amended upto June 30, 2012 — “Non-Banking Financial
Companies Acceptance of Public Deposits (Reserve Bank) Directions, 1998” http://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/
BS_ViewMasCirculardetails.aspx?id=7403.)
89
financial corporations are expected to achieve balanced regional socio-economic growth by generating
employment opportunities and widening the ownership base of industry. At the state level, there are also state
industrial development corporations, which provide finance primarily to medium and large-sized industrial
projects.
Insurance Companies
As at September 30, 2012, there were 52 insurance companies in India, of which 24 were life insurance
companies, 27 were non-life insurers and one was a reinsurance company. As at September 30, 2012, of the
24 life insurance companies, 23 were in the private sector and one was in the public sector. As at
September 30, 2012, among the general insurance companies, 21 were in the private sector and six were in the
public sector. For the financial year 2012, the first-year premiums underwritten by life insurance companies and
the total premiums underwritten by life insurance companies were Rs.1,139.4 billion and Rs.2,870.7 billion,
respectively. For the financial year 2012, total premiums underwritten by general insurance companies were
Rs.528.8 billion. (Source: Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority, Annual Report 2011-2012.)
Mutual Funds
There were 44 mutual funds in India with total average assets under management of Rs.7,473.3 billion for
the quarter ending September 30, 2012. (Source: Association of Mutual Funds in India, Quarterly Update
September 2012.) From 1963 to 1987, Unit Trust of India was the only mutual fund operating in the country. It
was set up in 1963 at the initiative of the Government and the RBI. From 1987 onwards, several other public
sector mutual funds entered this sector. These mutual funds were established by public sector banks, LIC and
GIC. The mutual funds industry was opened up to the private sector in 1993. The industry is regulated by the
SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996, as amended. (Source: http://www.amfiindia.com/
showhtml.aspx?page=mfindustry.)
Until 1991, the financial sector in India was heavily controlled and commercial banks and long-term lending
institutions, the two dominant financial intermediaries, had mutually exclusive roles and objectives and operated
in a largely stable environment, with little or no competition. Long-term lending institutions were focused on the
achievement of the Government’s various socioeconomic objectives, including balanced industrial growth and
employment creation, especially in areas requiring development. Long-term lending institutions were extended
access to long-term funds at subsidized rates through loans and equity from the Government and from funds
guaranteed by the Government originating from commercial banks in India and foreign currency resources
originating from multilateral and bilateral agencies.
The focus of the commercial banks was primarily to mobilize household savings through demand and time
deposits and to use these deposits to meet the short-term financial needs of borrowers in industry, trade and
agriculture. In addition, the commercial banks provided a range of banking services to individuals and business
entities.
However, since 1991, there have been comprehensive changes in the Indian financial system. Various
financial sector reforms have transformed the operating environment of the banks and long-term lending
institutions. In particular, the deregulation of interest rates, emergence of a liberalized domestic capital market,
and entry of new private sector banks, along with the broadening of long-term lending institutions’ product
portfolios, have progressively intensified the competition between banks and long-term lending institutions. The
RBI has permitted the transformation of long-term lending institutions into banks subject to compliance with the
prudential standards applicable to banks. (Source: RBI Circular on Approach to Universal Banking dated
April 28, 2001 http://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/NotificationUser.aspx?Mode=0&Id=368#anx1.)
Most large banks in India were nationalized in 1969 and thereafter were subject to a high degree of control
until reform began in 1991. In addition to controlling interest rates and entry into the banking sector, these
regulations also channeled lending into priority sectors as identified by the Government. Banks were required to
fund the public sector through the mandatory acquisition of low interest-bearing Government securities or SLR
bonds to fulfill statutory liquidity requirements.
90
Committee on the Financial System (Narasimham Committee I)
The Narasimham Committee I was set up in August 1991 to recommend measures for reforming the
financial sector. Many of the recommendations made by the committee, which addressed organizational issues,
accounting practices and operating procedures, were implemented by the Government. The major
recommendations that were implemented included the following:
• with fiscal stabilization and the Government increasingly resorting to market borrowing to raise
financing, the SLR or the proportion of the banks’ NDTL that were required to be invested in
Government securities was reduced from 38.5% in the pre-reform period to 25.0% in October 1997; as at
July 31, 2012, the SLR was 24.0%; further, the SLR of scheduled commercial banks has been reduced
from 24% to 23%, with effect from the fortnight beginning August 11, 2012;
• the CRR, or the proportion of the Bank’s NDTL that were required to be deposited with the RBI, was
reduced from 15.0% in the pre-reform period to 4.5%; as at December 31, 2012, the CRR was 4.25%;
• special tribunals were created and a special legislation enacted to resolve bad debt problems;
• most of the restrictions on interest rates for deposits were removed; commercial banks were allowed to set
their own level of interest rates for all deposits except saving deposits; and
• substantial capital infusion to several state-owned banks was approved in order to bring their capital
adequacy closer to internationally accepted standards; by the end of the financial year 2002, aggregate
recapitalization amounted to Rs.217.5 billion; some of the stronger public sector banks were given
permission to issue equity to further increase capital.
Committee on Banking Sector Reform (Narasimham Committee II)
The Second Committee on Banking Sector Reform (the “Narasimham Committee II”) submitted its report
in April 1998. The major recommendations of the committee were in respect of capital adequacy requirements,
asset classification and provisioning, risk management and merger policies. The RBI accepted and began
implementing many of these recommendations in October 1998.
Committee on Capital Account Convertibility (Tarapore Committee)
In 1997, the Committee on Capital Account Convertibility (the “Tarapore Committee”), constituted by the
RBI, set out the conditions for capital account convertibility. The three main preconditions determined by the
Tarapore Committee were (i) fiscal consolidation, (ii) a mandated inflation target and (iii) the strengthening of
the financial system. The RBI set an objective of achieving these preconditions within three years from the date
upon which the Tarapore Committee was constituted. (Source: Tarapore Committee Report http://
rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/PublicationReport/Pdfs/14029.pdf.)
The Tarapore Committee also recommended changes in the legislative framework governing foreign
exchange transactions. Accordingly, with effect from June 2000, the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act 1973,
which formed the statutory basis for exchange control in India, was repealed and replaced by the Foreign
Exchange Management Act, 1999 (the “Foreign Exchange Management Act”).
The RBI appointed a committee under the chairmanship of Mr. S. S. Tarapore in March 2006 to suggest a
roadmap to increase capital account convertibility and the committee submitted its report to the RBI titled “Fuller
Capital Account Convertibility”, dated July 31, 2006. The recommendations of this committee detailed a
three-phase strategy over a five-year time frame — Phase I (2006-07); Phase II (2007-08 to 2008-09); and
Phase III (2009-10 to 2010-11) for moving towards fuller capital account convertibility.
Recent Structural Reforms and Initiatives
Corporate Debt Restructuring Forum
To put in place an institutional mechanism for the restructuring of corporate debt, the RBI has devised a
CDR system, on which RBI issued detailed guidelines through its circular dated August 23, 2001. The objective
of this framework is to ensure a timely and transparent mechanism for the restructuring of corporate debts of
viable entities facing problems, outside the purview of the Government’s Board for Industrial and Financial
Reconstruction, debt recovery tribunals and other legal proceedings. In particular, this framework aims to
preserve viable corporates that are affected by certain internal and external factors and minimize the losses to the
creditors and other stakeholders through an orderly and coordinated restructuring program. The CDR system is a
non-statutory mechanism and a voluntary system based on debtor-creditor and inter-creditor agreements.
Universal Banking Guidelines
Universal banking in the Indian context means the transformation of long-term lending institutions into
banks. The RBI constituted the Khan Working Group under Mr. S.H. Khan on December 8, 1997 to reach a
91
better understanding of the role of banks and financial institutions for greater harmonization of facilities and
obligations. The Khan Working Group submitted its report on April 24, 1998. Pursuant to the recommendations
of the Narasimham Committee II and the Khan Working Group on Harmonizing the Role and Operations of the
Development of Financial Institutions, the RBI, in its mid-term review of monetary and credit policy for the
financial year 2000, announced that long-term lending institutions would have the option of transforming
themselves into banks subject to compliance with specified cash reserve and SLRs, the prudential standards as
applicable to banks and the cessation of any activity not permissible for a bank under Section 6(1) of the Banking
Regulation Act. If a long-term lending institution chose to exercise the option available to it and formally decided
to convert itself into a universal bank, it could formulate a plan for the transition path and a strategy for smooth
conversion into a universal bank over a specified time frame. In April 2001, the RBI issued guidelines on several
operational and regulatory issues which were required to be addressed in evolving the path for transition of a
long-term lending institution into a universal bank. (Source: RBI Circular on Approach to Universal Banking
dated April 28, 2001 http://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/NotificationUser.aspx?Mode=0&Id=368#anx1.)
Pension Reforms
Currently, there are three categories of pension schemes in India: pension schemes for Government
employees, pension schemes for employees in the organized sector and voluntary pension schemes. In the case of
pension schemes for Government employees, the Government pays its employees a defined periodic benefit upon
their retirement. Further, the contribution towards the pension scheme is funded solely by the Government and
not matched by a contribution from the employees. The Employees Provident Fund, established in 1952, is a
mandatory program for employees of certain establishments. It is a contributory program that provides for
periodic contributions of 10.00% to 12.00% of the basic salary by both the employer and the employees. The
contribution is invested in prescribed securities and the accumulated balance in the fund (including the accretion
thereto) is paid to the employee as a lump sum on retirement. Besides these, there are voluntary pension schemes
administered by the Government (the Public Provident Fund to which contribution may be made up to a
maximum of Rs.100,000 per annum) or offered by insurance companies, where the contribution may be made on
a voluntary basis. Such voluntary contributions are often driven by tax benefits offered under the scheme.
In December 2003, the Government announced that the new pension scheme would be applicable to all new
recruits to Indian Government service (excluding defense personnel) from January 1, 2004. (Source:
www.pfrda.org.in.) Further, on December 30, 2004, the Government promulgated an ordinance establishing the
statutory regulatory body, Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority, to undertake promotional,
developmental and regulatory functions with respect to the pension sector. In March 2005, the Government
tabled the Pension Fund and Development Authority Bill in Parliament. With effect from May 1, 2009, the
Government extended the new pension system to all Indian citizens on a voluntary basis. (Source:
http://pfrda.org.in/writereaddata/linkimages/Press%20release%2030_04_09815593664.pdf.) Private sector
participation in managing pension assets was permitted for the first time in the financial year 2009.
92
The Base Rate could also serve as the reference benchmark rate for floating rate loan products, apart from
external market benchmark rates. The floating interest rate based on external benchmarks should, however, be
equal to or above the Base Rate at the time of sanction or renewal.
Changes in the Base Rate shall be applicable in respect of all existing loans linked to the Base Rate in a
transparent and non-discriminatory manner. Because the Base Rate will be the minimum rate for all loans, banks
are not permitted to resort to any lending below the Base Rate. Accordingly, the current stipulation of BPLR as
the ceiling rate for loans up to Rs.200,000.00 was withdrawn. It is expected that the above deregulation of
lending rate will increase the credit flow to small borrowers at reasonable rate and direct bank finance will
provide effective competition to other forms of high cost credit. The RBI will separately announce the stipulation
for export credit.
Transitional Issues
The Base Rate system would be applicable for all new loans and for old loans that come up for renewal.
Existing loans based on the BPLR system may run until their maturity. Where existing borrowers want to switch
to the new system before the expiry of the existing contracts, an option may be given to them, on mutually agreed
terms. Banks, however, should not charge any fee for such switch-over. (Source: RBI Guidelines on the Base
Rate http://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/NotificationUser.aspx?Id=5579&Mode=0.)
93
• a retention of the marginal standing facility rate, determined with a spread of 100 basis points above the
repo rate, at 9.0%;
• a retention of the bank rate at 9.0%;
• a retention of the CRR of scheduled banks at 4.75% of their NDTL; and
• a reduction of the SLR of scheduled commercial banks from 24.0% to 23.0% of their NDTL with effect
from August 11, 2012.
94
Third, foreign banks may be permitted to enter into merger and acquisition transactions with any private sector
bank in India during this phase, subject to the overall investment limit of 74.00%. (Source: RBI Roadmap for
presence of foreign banks in India dated February 28, 2005 http://www.rbi.org.in/upload/content/images/
RoadMap.html.)
Cheque Truncation
The Cheque Truncation System (“CTS”), which aims at enhancing efficiency in the retail cheque clearing
sector, was implemented on a pilot basis in the National Capital Region and Chennai with effect from
February 1, 2008 and September 24, 2011, respectively. After migration of the entire cheque volume from the
Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (the “MICR”) system to CTS, the traditional MICR-based cheque
processing has been discontinued in these two locations. (Source: RBI website, http://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/
FAQView.aspx?Id=63.)
Technology
Technology is emerging as a key-driver of business in the banking and financial services industry. Banks are
developing alternative channels of delivery such as ATMs, telebanking, remote access and internet banking.
Indian banks have been making significant investments in technology. In addition to computerization of
front-office operations, Indian banks have moved towards back-office centralization. They are also implementing
“Core Banking” or “Centralized Banking”, which provides connectivity between branches and allows the
offering of a variety of value-added products, benefiting a larger number of customers. The use of ATMs has
been growing rapidly and this has helped to optimize the investments made by Indian banks in infrastructure.
The payment and settlement system is also being modernized. The RBI is actively pursuing the objective of
establishing a RTGS system of comparable standard with that of other developed economies.
Corporate Governance
Implementation of good corporate governance practices is becoming an area of focus for banks and
regulators in India. It is becoming increasingly common that the board of directors of Indian banks comprises an
audit committee entrusted with the task of overseeing the organization, operations and quality control of the
internal audit function, reviewing financial accounts and following-up with the external auditors of the bank as
well as examinations by regulators. Disclosure levels in banks’ balance sheets have been enhanced and measures
have been initiated to strengthen corporate governance in banks.
95
Consolidation
With the increased recognition by Indian banks of the importance of size, the Government has expressed its
views of favoring consolidation in the Indian banking sector. Mergers and acquisitions are considered by Indian
banks as a means of achieving inorganic growth in size and attaining economies of scale and scope.
Notwithstanding its stakeholding in public sector banks, the Government has indicated that it would not impede
the mergers of public sector banks, provided the board of directors of the banks comes up with a proposal of
merger based on synergies and potential for improved operational efficiency. The Government has also provided
favorable tax treatments aimed at promoting mergers and acquisitions. For example, Section 72(A) of the Income
Tax Act makes the benefit of “carry forward and set-off of accumulated losses and unabsorbed depreciation”
available to the acquiring entity (which could be a company, a corresponding new bank, a banking company or a
specified bank), if the Government, on the recommendation of the relevant authority, is satisfied that the
specified conditions are being fulfilled and makes a declaration to such effect allowing such benefits to the
acquiring entity as provided thereunder.
Further, under the Finance Act, 2005 a new Section 72AA has been incorporated into the Income Tax Act
pursuant to which, during the amalgamation of a banking company with any other banking institution under a
scheme sanctioned and brought into force by the Government under Section 45 (7) of the Banking Regulation
Act, the accumulated loss and the unabsorbed depreciation of such banking company shall be deemed to be the
loss or, as the case may be, allowance for depreciation of such banking institution for the previous year in which
the scheme of amalgamation was brought into force and other provisions of the Income Tax Act relating to set-
off and the carry forward of loss, and allowance, for depreciation shall apply accordingly.
96
BUSINESS
Overview
The Bank is a leading private sector bank and financial services company in India offering a wide range of
products and services to corporate and retail customers through a variety of delivery channels. The Bank
commenced operations in April 1994, and over the last 18 years, the Bank has grown both in terms of the size of
its asset base and its physical network of branches, extension counters and ATMs. The Bank has experienced
significant growth while maintaining stable asset quality and enhancing its low-cost funding structure.
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank was the third largest private sector bank in India in terms of total assets
based on public filings of private sector banks. The Bank’s total assets as at September 30, 2012 were
Rs.3,026.81 billion as compared to Rs.2,856.28 billion as at March 31, 2012. The Bank’s net profit has grown
from Rs.33.88 billion in the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs.42.42 billion in the year ended March 31, 2012,
representing an increase of 25.19% The Bank’s net profit has increased by 22.25% from Rs.18.63 billion in the
half year ended September 30, 2011 to Rs.22.77 billion in the half year ended September 30, 2012. As at
September 30, 2012, the Bank’s net loans and net deposits amounted to Rs.1,721.32 billion and
Rs.2,356.19 billion, respectively. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had a network of 1,741 branches and
extension counters and 10,297 ATMs spread over 1,113 centers in India. In addition to the Bank’s growing
branch and ATM networks, the Bank also offers telephone banking in various cities, as well as internet banking
and mobile telephone banking. These and other resources give the Bank the capability to deliver a broad range of
banking products through multiple delivery channels that enhance convenience for customers. As at
September 30, 2012, the Bank also had seven overseas offices with branches in Singapore, Hong Kong, the
DIFC, Colombo and representative offices in Shanghai, DIFC and Abu Dhabi. The Bank’s foreign branches
primarily offer corporate banking, trade finance and treasury and risk management services.
The Bank’s core income stream comprises interest income earned on its large and mid-corporate, SME and
agriculture and retail loan portfolios, as well as its money-market operations and investment portfolio. The Bank
also earns fee and commission income from the processing of loans, documentary credits, bank guarantees,
placements and syndication, service charges, cash management services, advisory services, depository services,
capital market services, ATM interchange and cards, remittance, wealth management and sale of third party
products. Additionally, the Bank earns trading profit from proprietary trading in investments, foreign exchange
and derivatives. The Bank’s expenses consist of interest and non-interest expenses. The Bank’s major
non-interest expenses include staff cost, occupancy cost (including rent for office premises, repair and
maintenance), depreciation and other administrative costs.
The Bank obtained its certificate of incorporation on December 3, 1993 and its certificate of commencement
of business on December 14, 1993. The Bank began operations by opening its first branch in Ahmedabad on
April 2, 1994 and was one of the first private sector banks established under guidelines issued in 1993 by the RBI
in line with the Government’s policy to reform India’s financial sector. The Bank was renamed from “UTI Bank
Limited” to “Axis Bank Limited”, and the certificate of incorporation on change of name was obtained on
July 30, 2007.
Since the year ended March 31, 2011, the Bank has experienced significant growth in its customer and
geographical base, which expanded from 17.96 million retail customer accounts in 921 locations as at March 31,
2011 to 19.53 million retail customer accounts in over 1,050 locations as at March 31, 2012. As at September 30,
2012, the Bank had 20.46 million retail customer accounts in 1,113 locations. The Bank’s total assets have
increased from Rs.2,427.13 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.2,856.28 billion as at March 31, 2012, with the
retail loan portfolio increasing from Rs.277.59 billion as at March 31, 2011 to Rs.375.70 billion as at March 31,
2012. As at September 30, 2012, the total assets of the Bank was Rs.3,026.81 billion, of which retail loans
accounted for Rs.442.86 billion. Further, total deposits of the Bank grew from Rs.1,892.38 billion as at
March 31, 2011 to Rs.2,201.04 billion as at March 31, 2012, with low-cost deposits (savings bank and current
account) increasing by Rs.136.55 billion over the same period. As at September 30, 2012, total deposits were
Rs.2,356.19 billion, of which low-cost deposits accounted for Rs.955.38 billion. The Bank’s ATM network
increased from 6,270 ATMs as at March 31, 2011 to 9,924 ATMs as at March 31, 2012. The number of ATMs as
at September 30, 2012 was 10,297.
The Bank’s principal business activities are divided into two segments, Banking Operations and Treasury.
97
Banking Operations
The Bank’s operations include products and services in the following areas:
• Large and Mid-Corporate Banking offers various loan and fee-based products and services to large and
mid-corporate clients. These products and services include cash credit facilities, demand and short-term
loans, project finance, export credit, factoring, channel financing, structured products, discounting of
bills, documentary credits, guarantees, foreign exchange and derivative products, cash management
services, warrant payment services, cross-border trade and correspondent banking services and tax
collections on behalf of the central Government and various state governments in India. Liability products
including current accounts, certificates of deposit and time deposits are also offered to large and
mid-corporate clients. Loans under the large and mid-corporate banking segment amounted to
Rs.910,534 million and constituted 53.64% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio as at March 31, 2012. The
loans to large and mid-corporate clients as at September 30, 2012 amounted to Rs.920,647 million and
constituted 53.49% of the total loan portfolio.
• SME and Agriculture comprises 32 dedicated SME centers to provide decentralized loan origination,
cross-selling and monitoring functions, as well as 90 specialized clusters for agricultural clients to
coordinate appraisals and provide lending services. Loans under the SME and agriculture segment
amounted to Rs.411,358 million as at March 31, 2012 and constituted 24.23% of the Bank’s total loan
portfolio as at March 31, 2012. The loans to these segments as at September 30, 2012 amounted to
Rs.357,807 million and constituted 20.79% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio
• Retail Banking offers a variety of liability and asset products and services to retail customers. Retail
liability products include savings accounts, time deposits and customized products for certain target
groups such as high-net worth individuals, senior citizens, working mothers, armed forces personnel,
students and salaried employees. Retail asset products include home loans, personal loans, auto loans,
consumer loans, loans against gold and educational loans as well as secured loans of various types. The
Bank also offers other products and services such as debit and travel currency cards, financial advisory
services, bill payment services and wealth management services. The Bank had 19.53 million and
20.46 million retail customer accounts as at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively, The
Bank also markets third party products such as mutual funds and Government savings bonds. A wide
range of liability and asset products and services are also offered to non-resident Indians (“NRIs”).
• Business Banking offers transaction banking services, as well as current accounts for businesses and
central Government and state government agencies. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank had 1,066,485
current accounts relationships under its business banking segment. The current accounts relationships had
grown to 1,211,407 as at September 30, 2012.
Treasury
The Treasury manages the funding position of the Bank and also manages and maintains its regulatory
reserve requirements. The Treasury invests in sovereign and corporate debt instruments, and undertakes
proprietary trading in equity and fixed income securities, foreign exchange, currency futures and options. The
Treasury invests in commercial paper, mutual funds and floating rate instruments as part of the management of
short-term surplus liquidity. In addition to proprietary trading and liquidity management, the Treasury also offers
a wide range of treasury products and services to corporate customers, including derivative instruments such as
forward contracts, interest rate swaps, currency swaps and foreign currency options, as well as services such as
loan syndication and placement.
Competitive Strengths
The key features of the Bank’s growth are:
Sustained growth in net interest and fee income, reflecting the strength and diversity of the Bank’s core
earning streams
The Bank offers a wide range of products that generate interest and fee income, both of which have
sustained rapid growth. In the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, the Bank had net interest income growth of
31.14% and 22.17%, respectively, and fee income growth of 29.59% and 24.71%, respectively. For the half year
ended September 30, 2012, the Bank’s net interest income and fee income was Rs.45.07 billion and Rs.24.98
billion, respectively. The Bank believes that its combination of diverse product offerings and a customer-focused
approach has enabled it to structure solutions as per customers’ needs, resulting in sustained revenue generation,
even in recent difficult market conditions.
98
Strong presence in the Indian retail banking market through a nationwide distribution network, the growth
of the Bank’s product and customer base and the provision of high-quality customer service
The Bank has a nationwide distribution network with one of the largest numbers of branch outlets among
private sector banks. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank had a network of 1,622 branches and extension counters
and 9,924 ATMs spread over 1,050 cities and towns in India. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had a network
of 1,741 branches and extension counters and 10,297 ATMs spread over 1,113 centers in India. Since
commencing operations in April 1994, the Bank has grown in terms of its physical network of branches,
extension counters and ATMs. This extensive nationwide branch outlet network provides the Bank with a strong
sales platform, which enables the Bank to cross-sell its products and to deliver high-quality and convenient
services.
The Bank offers a wide array of traditional asset and liability products and services to its customers and is
continually working to offer additional products that are specially tailored to meet the needs of the Bank’s
diverse customers. The Bank provides internet and mobile banking services that offer 24-hour access to customer
accounts and the ability to conduct routine banking transactions, such as online bill payment and application for
lines of credit, remotely. In addition, high-quality customer service has always been a top priority for the Bank.
To improve the customer experience, the Bank provides regular staff training in customer service and engages
third-party consultants to assess the quality of service the Bank provides its customers.
The Bank believes the convenient locations and services it offers, as well as the Bank’s high-quality
customer service, provide incentives for the Bank’s customers to open and maintain accounts with the Bank.
Continued focus on improvement in asset quality with low NPA levels through disciplined credit risk
management
As at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, gross NPAs was Rs.18.06 billion and Rs.21.91 billion,
respectively, while net NPAs was Rs.4.73 billion and Rs.6.54 billion, respectively. The Bank strengthens its risk
management and internal control capabilities on an ongoing basis by improving its policies and procedures and
introducing sophisticated risk management tools. The independent risk management system seeks to identify and
manage risks at the Bank’s business group level, using technology to allow each business group to manage its
risks effectively and within the Bank’s policies. The Bank is in full compliance with Basel II and has
implemented new credit risk assessment models, independent validation of internal ratings and plans for
increased use of IT to improve the quality of loan data. The bank also conducts regular stress tests based on a
number of economic scenarios and assesses the likely impact on capital. The results of these tests are periodically
presented to the Risk Management Committee under the Board of Directors. See “— Risk Management”.
99
Advanced use of technology for cost efficiency and effective delivery of products and services to the Bank’s
customers
The Bank’s IT strategy has supported business initiatives by continuously updating technology and process
platforms. By establishing an IT system which effectively integrates customer service channels, internet banking,
customer service systems, telephone banking and information platforms, the Bank is able to provide its
management team with relevant financial and operational data on a real-time basis and better serve the Bank’s
customers in an efficient and effective manner.
Strategies
The key elements of the Bank’s business strategy going forward are:
Improve profitability by reducing costs and focusing on core income streams such as net interest income
and fee-based income
The Bank intends to implement a number of measures that it believes will both increase revenue derived
from its existing businesses and reduce existing costs. Such measures may include, for example, reducing deposit
rates to decrease maintenance costs on retail accounts, increasing low-cost current account and savings account
deposits, increasing fee-based income from the Bank’s corporate and consumer banking businesses and
broadening the Bank’s skill base and expertise in financial product development. In addition, the Bank believes it
can streamline its operations and processes and minimize costs through measures such as reducing occupancy
costs by identifying branches with underutilized floor space and moving such branches to more suitable locations
with optimal space and lower occupancy costs.
100
customers. The Bank also believes there is a potentially large business opportunity from unbanked segments in
rural India that it plans to tap by offering simple products customized to suit the needs of this previously
unbanked segment.
Banking Operations
Banking operations include products and services in the following areas:
• Large and mid-corporate banking;
• SME and agriculture;
• Retail banking; and
• Business banking.
Fund-Based Products
Fund-based limits are generally granted by way of overdrafts, cash credit, demand loans, term loans and
bills discounted. Generally, the type of facility to be granted is determined based on factors such as the loan
purpose, the security offered, the size of the advance, repayment terms and the requirements of the customer.
The following table sets forth a breakdown of the Bank’s non-retail loans (including SME and agriculture
loans) as at the dates indicated.
As at
As at March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Working Capital Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285,807 369,788 492,750 465,949
Project and Corporate Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549,395 776,698 829,142 812,505
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835,202 1,146,486 1,321,892 1,278,454
101
Working Capital Finance
Cash credit, working capital demand loans and overdraft facilities are funded facilities usually secured by
current assets such as inventory and receivables. These facilities are generally extended for a period of one year.
In almost all cases, facilities are subject to an annual review and are generally repayable on demand. Interest is
collected on a monthly basis, based on daily outstanding amounts.
Bill discounting involves discounting negotiable instruments, which are generally issued for trade
receivables. These can also be re-discounted with other banks if required.
As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s outstanding net corporate working capital loans amounted to
Rs.492.75 billion, constituting 29.03% of its net loan portfolio and as at March 31, 2011, these amounted to
Rs.369.79 billion, constituting 25.97% of the Bank’s net loan portfolio. As at September 30, 2012, net corporate
working capital loans amounted to Rs.465.95 billion, constituting 27.07% of its net loan portfolio.
Non-Fund-Based Products
Documentary Credits
The Bank provides documentary credits to customers to meet their working capital requirements as well as
for capital equipment purchases. Documentary credits are approved together with a working capital assessment
or a project finance assessment. Typically, a working capital line can be drawn down on a revolving basis over
the term of the facility. Customers pay fees for draw downs of the documentary credit, and the Bank may require
additional collateral by way of a cash margin. The percentage of any such margin is determined according to the
Bank’s perception of the transaction’s risk. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s documentary credit portfolio
amounted to Rs.302.61 billion and as at March 31, 2011, it amounted to Rs.249.28 billion. As at September 30,
2012, the documentary credit portfolio was Rs.268.97 billion
Guarantees
Guarantees, which also include standby letters of credit, can be drawn down in a revolving manner over the
life of the facility. Guarantees are also assessed during the course of working capital requirements. Guarantees
are issued for various purposes such as bid bonds, performance guarantees on behalf of borrowers for execution
of contracts, deferral or exemption from payment of statutory duties against performance obligations, advance
payments, release of retention monies and other purposes.
The term of guarantees is generally 36 months or less, although certain guarantees with a longer term may
be approved. As with documentary credits, the Bank sometimes obtains additional collateral by way of a cash
margin which, in the case of certain types of guarantees, may be as much as 100%. As at March 31, 2012, the
Bank’s outstanding guarantees amounted to Rs.566.12 billion and as at March 31, 2011, these amounted to
Rs.540.61 billion. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank’s outstanding guarantees amounted Rs.596.87 billion.
Fee-Based Services
Fee income (including merchant profit) from large and mid-corporate banking services (which also includes
fees from SME and agriculture, business banking and treasury) constitutes one of the significant revenue streams
of the Bank. Fee income accounted for 25.70% of total operating revenue of the Bank (which represents the
aggregate of net interest income and other income for the relevant period) for the year ended March 31, 2012. For
102
the half year ended September 30, 2012, fee income was 23.53% of total operating revenue of the Bank. The
Bank offers a variety of fee-based services, including cash management services, collection of commercial taxes,
trade services, remittances, collections and loan syndication. In addition to these traditional fee-generating
products and services, the Bank also offers tailor-made products on a fee-basis to address specific corporate
customer needs through a structured products group.
Pricing Policy
The Bank prices its credit products based on its assessment of the risk profile of borrowers, largely based
on:
• internal credit rating of customers;
• tenor of the loan;
• the specific structure of the product (such as embedded options);
• available collateral;
• overall relationship value; and
• market conditions.
Export Credit
As per the Master Circular on Export Credit issued on July 2, 2012, banks are able to offer Indian Rupee
export credit at interest rates at or above the Base Rate. Pre-shipment and post-shipment export credit can be
provided in both Indian Rupees and foreign currencies. Banks should endeavor to reach a level of outstanding
export credit equivalent to 12% of each bank’s adjusted net bank credit. Export credit for eligible activities under
agriculture and MSE is reckoned for priority sector lending under respective categories. The RBI provides export
refinancing for an eligible portion of total outstanding export loans at the bank rate prevailing from time to time.
Banks also earn fees and commissions from exporter customers for certain fee-based products and services
provided to them, in addition to the interest income earned on export credits. As at the last reporting Friday of the
year ended March 31, 2012, the Bank’s outstanding export credit amounted to Rs.29.73 billion, constituting
2.39% of the Bank’s adjusted net bank credit, and as at the last reporting Friday of year ended March 31, 2011,
the Bank’s outstanding export credit amounted to Rs.27.34 billion, constituting 2.94% of the Bank’s adjusted net
bank credit. As at the last reporting Friday of the half year ended September 30, 2012, the Bank’s outstanding
export credit amounted to Rs.28.65 billion, constituting 1.96% of the Bank’s adjusted net bank credit.
103
The Bank continued its focus on the SME segment during the year ended March 31, 2012 by providing
timely and adequate credit to customers with quick turnaround time. The segment offers schematic and
non-schematic products, including term loans and working capital finance, tailored to the specific requirements
of clients.
Under schematic lending, specific loan-based products have been devised to target the requirements of
specific customers and loans are made available based on predetermined features, parameters and levels. Loans
not falling under any of the product-based schematic lending schemes are treated as non-schematic lending.
The Bank’s SME business segment achieved growth by implementing comprehensive strategies and
focusing on specific industry segments and customer preferences. Loans to SMEs increased by 11.16% to
Rs.237.95 billion as at March 31, 2012 from Rs.214.06 billion as at March 31, 2011. As at September 30, 2012,
total loans to SMEs was Rs.236.28 billion. The SME segment continued its focus on increasing fee income
through non-fund based advances.
The Bank continues to pursue a two-pronged strategy of deepening existing relationships and widening its
customer base. To further increase the amount of loans and advances made to SMEs across the country, 32 SME
cells have been set-up at key locations.
Agriculture
The RBI requires the Bank to lend 18% of its adjusted net bank credit of the previous year to the agricultural
sector. In light of future business prospects in the Indian agricultural and related sectors, the Bank has identified
agricultural lending as an area of potential growth.
The Bank offers a diverse range of schematic products targeted at its agricultural loan customers, including
the “Kisan Credit Card” (credit facilities extended to farmers for various requirements), loans against pledges of
gold ornaments for farmers, a comprehensive scheme for warehouse receipt financing and cattle loans. As at
September 30, 2012, the agriculture business of the Bank is operated through 732 branches attached to
90 agricultural clusters, which facilitate the Bank’s growth in agricultural lending. In order to provide a strategic
focus to agricultural lending, the Bank has adopted a cluster-centric approach for agricultural lending in areas
where the Bank believes agriculture is very intensive and where a potential market exists for the Bank’s
agriculture finance. This initiative also aims to help the Bank in scaling up the proposed regulatory requirement
of increasing lending to small and marginal farmers. In addition, the Bank has established relationships with
various companies and cooperatives in the plantation, poultry and seed sectors to meet their project financing and
working capital requirements.
The Bank’s strategy in agricultural lending is based on a comprehensive view of the agricultural value
chain, a focus on diversification and partnerships with other companies in the agricultural sector, micro finance
and other rural institutions and non-governmental organizations (“NGOs”) that have close links to the
agricultural sector. The Bank has also devised a separate risk evaluation model for agricultural loans with an
objective to measure and mitigate the risk involved in financing this sector.
There has been considerable improvement in the rural infrastructure in select geographies in India in recent
years. The Bank’s agricultural financing initiatives are largely focused on regions where the need for credit has
consequently increased. The Bank intends to develop its agricultural finance business by:
• offering a comprehensive range of products to individual farmers in select geographies covered by an
adequate number of rural branches;
• offering suitable products to various members in the supply chain in the agriculture business (such as
warehouses and cold storage units); and
• leveraging the Bank’s technology platform to distribute its products and services conveniently and cost-
effectively in rural areas.
As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s outstanding loan portfolio in the agricultural sector was Rs.173.40 billion
as against from Rs.173.20 billion as at March 31, 2011. As at September 30, 2012, the outstanding loan portfolio
in the agricultural sector amounted to Rs.121.53 billion.
Financial Inclusion
The Bank regards financial inclusion not merely as a corporate social responsibility initiative, nor a
regulation-driven measure, but as an important business opportunity that lies untapped in the rural and untapped
portions of the urban market. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank opened more than 4.8 million “No-Frills”
accounts in over 8,070 villages through a network of 15 Business Correspondents and nearly 9,618 customer
104
service points. The Bank believes it has a strong presence in the “electronic benefit transfer” space and has
covered approximately 7,852 villages across 30 districts and 10 states to date with approximately 4.3 million
beneficiaries. The Bank’s financial inclusion efforts are not merely restricted to launching of financial inclusion
initiatives and sourcing basic No-Frills accounts, but to also promote good savings habits and enable customers
to obtain customized solutions for their financial needs. The Bank has sourced more than 50,000 micro-insurance
products (in both the life and non-life spaces) and has provided small value overdraft facilities to nearly
5,000 customers on their No-Frills accounts. The Bank also has a range of other customized products for this
customer segment such as different variants of Axis Uday No-Frills savings accounts. The Bank has also been
one of the first Indian banks to have tied-up with telecom companies in order to offer remittance led financial
inclusion services on a mobile platform.
Retail Banking
The Bank’s retail strategy focuses on network expansion, product differentiation, customer segmentation,
sales effectiveness and provision of quality customer service. To access a larger segment of India’s population,
the Bank has developed a wide network of fully inter-connected retail branches, extension counters, ATMs, asset
sales centers, an internet banking channel, a call center and mobile banking. The Bank’s branches distribute
liability accounts, debit cards, travel cards and remittance cards, and have POS terminal machines and depository
services, and sell third party products such as mutual funds and savings bonds issued by the Government. The
Bank’s asset sales centers distribute retail credit products such as mortgage loans, personal loans, vehicle loans
and educational loans. The Bank is focused on providing each customer with its choice of channel for
transactions and products to meet its financial needs and quality service.
Retail Banking includes products and services in the following areas:
• Retail Liabilities
• Investment Products
• Consumer Lending
105
Retail Liabilities
The Bank’s retail liability products include the following:
• Term Deposits. Tenure-based deposits of a fixed amount over a fixed term that accrue interest at a fixed
rate and may be withdrawn before maturity in accordance with applicable rates.
• Recurring Deposits. Tenure-based periodic deposits of a fixed amount over a fixed term that accrue
interest at a fixed rate and may be withdrawn before maturity in accordance with applicable rates by
paying penalties.
• Savings Bank Accounts. Demand deposits from retail customers are interest-bearing and offer a
withdrawal facility through cheque books and debit cards. While formerly set by the RBI, savings bank
deposit interest rates have been deregulated with effect since October 25, 2011. See “Supervision and
Regulation”.
In addition to the Bank’s conventional deposit products, it offers a variety of special value-added products
and services thereby increasing product offerings and providing greater convenience for customers. The Bank
believes it is one of the largest issuers of debit cards in India.
Adopting a customer-centric segmentation strategy, the Bank offers differentiated liability products to
various categories of customers depending on one or more factors such as age group, gender, income and
occupation. While “Axis Privee”, “Axis Wealth” and “Axis Bank Priority” services cater to high-net worth
individuals, the “Savings Bank Easy Account” serves as an entry-level product to customers. The Bank has also
launched savings bank products tailored for senior citizens, trusts and NGOs. The Bank’s payroll account scheme
offers customized products for the employees of armed services, corporations, Government and other public
sector entities. In order to maintain a continuous focus on these customer segments and to ensure quality product
management, the Bank has organized its retail banking division into two primary teams: the “channel team”,
which focuses on delivering high quality service to these customer segments, and the “retail product team”,
which manages all existing product and process management decisions.
The following provides a discussion of the products and services of the Bank’s retail liability business.
Prime Segment
The segment aims at offering prompt banking services with accessibility to the account through the Bank’s
network of 1,741 branches and extension counters, 10,297 ATMs, the internet, the Bank’s call center, a mobile
banking platform, debit cards with high withdrawal limits and its “AT PAR Chequebook” facility. This segment
offers customers products such as the “Easy Access Savings Account” (an entry level savings account), “Prime
Savings Account” (Rs.25,000 average quarterly balance requirement) and “Prime Plus Savings Account”
(Rs.100,000 average quarterly balance requirement). As at March 31, 2012, deposits under this segment
accounted for Rs.219.14 billion constituting 42.41% of the Bank’s total savings bank deposits. As at
September 30, 2012, deposits under the Prime segment increased to Rs.253.17 billion constituting 45.06% of the
Bank’s total savings bank deposits.
106
Encash 24 Account
The Bank’s Encash 24 account is a savings account linked to a time deposit product that offers the customer
the liquidity of a savings account as well as higher returns of a time deposit. This product provides weekly
automatic transfer of idle balances above a certain minimum amount from savings accounts to time deposits,
resulting in higher yields for the customer. Whenever there is a shortfall in the customer’s savings account,
deposits are automatically transferred from the time deposit account to meet the shortfall.
Investment Products
Life Insurance
The Bank has a bancassurance tie-up with a life insurance company for sales of life insurance products
through its branches. The tie-up is in the nature of a corporate agency model under which the Bank’s staff is
licensed and responsible for selling the life insurance products.
For the year ended March 31, 2012, the Bank earned fee income of Rs.2,586.20 million from its life
insurance business, which represented a growth of 94.07% from Rs.1,332.66 million in the year ended March 31,
2011. For the half year ended September 30, 2012, the Bank earned fee income of Rs.1,310.13 million from its
life insurance business,
The number of new policies entered into in the year ended March 31, 2012 was 149,708 with a total
premium collection of Rs.6.54 billion. The number of new policies entered into in the half year ended
September 30, 2012 was 73,914, with a total premium collection of Rs.3.06 billion.
General Insurance
The Bank offers general insurance through the Bank’s branch distribution network to its customers. The
Bank has a corporate agency relationship with a general insurance company. Apart from standard products, such
as motor or fire insurance products, the Bank also sells products such as health, personal accident, jewellery and
home insurance products. The Bank also sells exclusive co-branded products and products that are bundled with
the Bank’s asset products. All of these products are sold through the Bank’s branch network.
Fee income generated from the Bank’s general insurance business increased from Rs.230.4 million from the
year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs.313.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2012, which represented an increase
of 35.98%. The fee income for the half year ended September 30, 2012 was Rs.109.52 million.
107
The Bank won the “Best Mutual Fund Distributor of the Year 2010” award (Bank Distributor Category) and
was also adjudged “Growth Champion of the Year 2010” for highest Net Sales — Equity Funds in the recently
concluded Wealth Forum Advisor Award 2010.
Online Trading
The Bank offers online trading services in collaboration with ACL (formerly known as Axis Securities and
Sales Limited (which is a 100% subsidiary of the Bank)) under the name AxisDirect. Initially, AxisDirect was
available only for resident individuals with features to trade in equity and derivative markets. Within a span of
one and a half years, AxisDirect has added more product offerings, such as Equity SIP, mutual funds, investment
in products like NCDs and trading in ETFs, for its customers. The portal is now available for NRI customers as
well. As at September 30, 2012, approximately 225,000 online trading accounts were opened, out of which
approximately 150,000 accounts were opened as at March 31, 2012.
Bullion Retail
Gold bars were introduced by the Bank in April 2007 and silver bars in March 2012. Both gold and silver
bars are sold to retail and corporate customers under the brand “Mohur” through its branches across the centers.
Gold bars are available in denominations ranging from 2 grams to 100 grams and silver bars in 100 gram
denomination only. Gold and Silver bars are imported from Switzerland and are of highest purity and comes with
assay certification. The Bank also sells one kilogram gold bricks to its customers.
With the rise in precious metal prices, gold and silver bars are being bought not just on festivals and special
occasions, but they have also become a popular avenue of investment for the Bank’s customers.
During the year ended March 31, 2012, the Bank sold 1,483.77 kilograms of gold worth Rs.4,122.95 million
through its branches and earned a commission income of Rs.228.01 million. For the half year ended
September 30, 2012, the Bank sold 783.52 kilograms of gold worth Rs.2,569.40 million and 358.40 kilograms of
silver worth Rs.20.66 million through its branches and earned a commission income of Rs.140.25 million for the
sale of both gold and silver.
Axis Wealth
Axis Wealth is a product offered to the affluent clients of the Bank. The Axis Wealth proposition offers an
end-to-end solution for all financial requirements of the clients across transaction banking requirements and
investment requirements. Under Axis Wealth, the Bank offers a comprehensive product suite backed by in-depth
research and a structured advisory process. The product is delivered through the Bank’s branch network.
The Axis Wealth segment had Rs.69.85 billion of client assets under advice and more than 16,000 clients as
at March 31, 2012. As at September 30, 2012, the portfolio had increased to Rs.81.21 billion of client assets
under advice and more than 20,000 clients.
Private Banking
The Bank launched private banking in the domestic market in September 2009 to comprehensively address
the banking, investment and business needs of customers. “Axis Bank Privée”, the Bank’s branded exclusive
private investment banking solution for entrepreneurs and wealthy families, focuses on addressing both the
personal and corporate advisory needs of customers by bringing solutions offered by various business groups
within the Bank under one integrated platform. The assets under advice of Axis Bank Privée as at March 31,
2012 totaled Rs.57.57 billion. The portfolio grew to Rs.72.64 billion as at September 30, 2012.
Consumer Lending
The growth of retail and consumer lending in India is a consequence of growing affluence and changing
consumer behavior. This growth is evidenced by the utilization of credit for consumer asset acquisition. The
Bank has identified this activity as one of its core growth areas. The Bank’s focused marketing approach, product
108
innovation, risk management systems and competent back-office processes contribute to the strength of the
Bank’s retail lending strategy. The target markets identified for retail loans are salaried or self-employed
professionals and other self-employed individuals, HUFs, trusts, firms, private limited and public limited
companies.
The Bank offers a variety of retail credit products such as mortgage loans, automobile loans, commercial
vehicle loans, personal loans, education loans, credit cards, loans against time deposits and loans against
securities. The major components of the Bank’s retail asset portfolio are home and mortgage finance, personal
loans and automobile finance. As at March 31, 2012 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Bank’s net retail loan
portfolio was Rs.375.70 billion, Rs.277.59 billion and Rs.442.86 billion, respectively, constituting 22.13%,
19.49% and 25.73%, respectively, of the Bank’s net loan portfolio.
These loans are provided by the Bank directly through asset sales centers in metropolitan areas and major
cities of India and through branches in cities where the Bank does not have an asset sales center. The asset sales
centers serve as the focal point for marketing, distribution and servicing of retail loan products.
Home loans and automobile finance have been major contributors to the increase in the Bank’s retail loan
portfolio. The Bank’s retail loan portfolio also includes loans acquired through portfolio buy-outs.
The Bank’s home and mortgage finance business involves extending long-term secured housing and
commercial property loans to individuals and companies. Currently, these loans are being offered for the
purchase, construction and extension of residential and commercial premises. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s
total home and mortgage finance portfolio, which predominantly comprised floating rate loans, totaled Rs.281.99
billion, representing 75% of the Bank’s total retail asset portfolio. As at September 30, 2012, this portfolio
totaled Rs.330.54 billion, representing 75% of the Bank’s total retail asset portfolio. Automobile finance, which
includes financing four-wheelers and commercial vehicles, involves providing consumer credit for an average
period of three to five years to acquire a new or used vehicle. Automobile loans are secured by a lien on the
purchased asset. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s total automobile finance portfolio of Rs.50.40 billion
represented 13% of its total retail asset portfolio. As at September 30, 2012, automobile loan portfolio totaled
Rs.56.19 billion representing 13% of its total retail asset portfolio. The Bank has developed relationships with
several established NBFCs in India, providing both direct automobile finance (to individual borrowers) as well as
indirect automobile finance (portfolio buy-outs). Personal loans are unsecured loans provided to customers for
various purposes, such as medical expenses and social obligations, and are generally repayable over four years.
As at March 31, 2012, the Bank’s personal loan portfolio totaled Rs.21.29 billion, which represented 6% of its
total retail asset portfolio. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank’s personal loan portfolio totaled Rs.29.28 billion
representing 6% of its total retail asset portfolio.
109
Merchant acquiring
The Bank launched its merchant acquiring business in December 2003 and in nine years it has emerged as
one of the largest merchant acquirers in the country based on Bank-wise ATM/POS/CARD statistics as published
by the RBI of September 2012. Under its merchant acquiring business, the Bank focuses on strengthening its
relationship with its merchant partners to open up avenues of cross-selling the Bank’s transactional products. The
Bank has installed 208,164 terminals as at September 30, 2012. The Bank has processed more than 148 million
and 84 million card transactions amounting to Rs.352.87 billion and Rs.195.73 billion, respectively, during fiscal
2012 and the first half year ended September 30, 2012. The Bank generated total revenue of Rs.369.40 million in
fiscal 2012 and Rs.134.90 million in the half year ended September 30, 2012. Electronic data capture business
also contributed to 172,223 and 181,920 current accounts during the same period with cumulative daily average
balances of Rs.22.52 billion and Rs.24.82 billion, respectively. The Bank has launched a mobile POS solution
Swipeon, a phone based card acceptance service in July 2012. Swipeon includes a card reader attached to a
mobile phone which works as a POS terminal and customers are sent a receipt via SMS or email.
International Retail
In order to have an integrated NRI strategy for the Bank to capture the remittances and NRI business and to
achieve a leadership position in the NRI segment in the key geographies of the Gulf Cooperation Council
(“GCC”), United States of America and Canada, the Bank’s NRI business has been re-organized in 2012 by
creating a new group called “International Retail”. International Retail provides businesses related to the NRI
segment with specific focus on Overseas Sales Channel, Retail Forex and Remittances and Overseas Retail (retail
businesses in countries like Hong Kong, Sri Lanka, etc., where the Bank has a presence).
Retail Remittances
The Bank provides multiple inward remittance solutions to customers based on the target customer profile
and the geography.
AxisRemit Online is the Bank’s online remittance platform which is available to customers in the United
States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Europe, Singapore, Hong Kong and the UAE. Customers can log
on to the platform and remit money from their overseas bank account to any bank account in India.
110
AxisRemit Direct is the Bank’s Alliance management platform and is being offered to partner banks and
exchange houses in overseas locations. Banks and exchange houses can use this platform to route remittance
payments of their customers to any bank account in India. The Bank has tied up with 29 exchange houses in the
GCC region and with 24 partner banks overseas.
The Bank also offers its customers the facility to send SWIFT-enabled remittances from their overseas bank
accounts to their accounts with the Bank. The Bank facilitates these remittances in 14 currencies through its
Nostro accounts with overseas correspondent banks. Additionally, through these Nostro accounts, the Bank also
supports foreign currency cheque/draft clearing for its customers.
With the focused approach on retail remittances, a volume of U.S.$1,915 million has been processed by the
Bank during the six month period ended September 30, 2012.
Retail Forex
The products offered under the Retail Forex and Remittances include Travel Currency Cards, Inward and
Outward Wire Transfers, traveler’s cheques and currency notes.
The Bank believes it pioneered the introduction of its Travel Currency Card product in September 2003 and
has continued to maintain a market leading position in Travel Currency Cards with a sales volume of
U.S.$425 million in the half year ended September 30, 2012. Travel Currency Cards are offered in 11 currency
options.
While the foreign-currency denominated Travel Currency Cards focused on the outbound tourist segment,
the Bank has identified significant business potential in the inbound tourist segment of foreign nationals and
NRIs. Accordingly, the Bank secured the approval of the RBI and launched a rupee-denominated India Travel
Card to be offered to foreign nationals and NRIs in January 2011.
In addition to its Travel Cards portfolio, the Bank also offers foreign currency demand drafts and wire
transfer services to enable domestic accountholders to remit funds to overseas accounts. The Bank leverages its
associations with more than 200 global banks to enable delivery of outward remittance services. The Bank is also
an authorized seller of American Express Travelers Cheques and foreign currency notes which help the Bank
address the retail foreign exchange requirements of its retail customers.
With the focused approach on retail foreign exchange, a volume of U.S.$852 million has been processed by
the Bank as of September 30, 2012.
The Bank has won several awards for its branding, including CMO Asia Award for impactful retail design
and merchandizing in 2012, the second Most Trusted Private Sector Bank in India in the Brand Equity — Most
Trusted Brands Survey in 2012. In addition, the Bank was named one of the top 500 Banking Brands in the
World in a study conducted by Brand Finance in 2012.
Business Banking
The Bank focuses on procuring low cost funds by offering a range of current account products and
transactional banking solutions across all business segments such as corporates, institutions, central and state
governments and small and retail business customers. The Bank’s current account products provide flexibility to
its customers to choose from a range of products depending on their average balance requirements. In addition to
the traditional channel such as the Bank’s branches and ATMs, customers can access and conduct transactions
through the Bank’s internet banking platform. Customers can also access their account information through the
phone banking and mobile banking facilities offered by the Bank.
The Bank provides end-to-end cash management solutions by combining an efficient collections and
disbursements products, backed by state-of-the-art systems to ensure customized delivery. The Bank offers cash
management services such as collection, payment and remittance services with a focus on improving clients’
cash flows. In the cash management services business, the Bank focuses on offering customized services to its
customers to cater to specific corporate requirements and improve the existing product line to offer enhanced
features to the customers. These solutions leverage the Bank’s growing branch network and robust technology to
provide an ideal blend of structured monthly information systems and faster funds movement, so that customers
are able to enhance their fund management capabilities. Cash management products include local and remote
collections, local and remote payments through customer cheques and bulk demand drafts, electronic clearing
services, disbursement of dividend and interest and internet-based payment products along with a customized
management information system. The Bank is also focusing on host-to-host integration for both collections and
payments, such as IT integration between corporates and the Bank for seamless transactions and information
flow. The Bank provides comprehensive structured MIS reports on a daily or monthly basis or as required by
111
clients for better accounting and reporting. Cash management services is not only emerging as an important
source of fee income but is also contributing significantly towards mobilizing zero-cost funds and building strong
client relationships.
Under the custodial business segment, the Bank offers a full range of custodial services for primary and
secondary market operations involving debt, equity and money market instruments. The Bank also began
providing document verification activity for Axis AMC for the portfolio management services provided by them.
The Bank is approaching insurance companies, mutual funds, foreign corporate entities, foreign venture capital
investors and foreign institutional investors to further market these services.
The Bank has more than 1,700 branches spread across India and in addition offers services through
arrangements with reputed correspondent banks. These arrangements help to respond to increasing customer
demand and offer a broader distribution network. As a result of these correspondent banking relationships, cash
management services are provided at more than 3,100 locations in India, with a capability of extending the
network to other remote locations depending on need. The Bank also offers its services and network of 867 cash
management service locations to other private and foreign banks as a correspondent bank which ensures faster-
realization of funds. Its dedicated services desk, the Centralized Collection and Payment Hub, ensures that the
clients’ collection and payment activities are executed within minimum transit times thereby reducing interest
cost and improving clients’ liquidity.
e-Governance Initiatives
Central and state Governments have undertaken e-Governance initiatives aimed at providing better citizen
services by setting up integrated citizen facilitation centers. The Bank is aggressively seeking to participate in
e-Governance initiatives. The Bank is presently associated with the e-Governance initiatives of six state and
union territories which are Andhra Pradesh (e-Seva), Karnataka (Bangalore One and Hubli-Dharwad One),
Chandigarh UT (Sampark), Chhattisgarh (CHOiCE), Uttar Pradesh (e-Suvidha) and Rajasthan (e-Mitra). The
Bank receives fee income on all state Government revenues collected at these citizen facilitation centers and also
earns income on non-interest bearing deposits in user department accounts opened by the Bank in connection
with these services.
Additionally, the Bank also provides e-Payment facilities for payment of direct and indirect taxes as well as
state taxes in Gujarat, Delhi, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh
and West Bengal through the internet for its customers, as part of the e-Governance initiatives of Central Board
112
of Direct Taxes and Central Board of Excise & Customs and the concerned state Governments, respectively. The
Bank has strengthened its association with e-Governance initiatives of state Governments by extending its
banking services for the G2B space with e-Procurement Projects of the Government of Karnataka, Gujarat,
Bihar, Odisha, Chhattisgarh and Punjab.
The Bank also seeks to participate in the e-Governance initiatives of various government departments (such
as railways and defense establishments) by offering a single window payment system at which the Bank
undertakes payments to suppliers, contractors and other vendors through multiple electronic channels like Direct
Credit (Transfer), National Electronic Fund Transfer and real time gross settlement (“RTGS”).
As at September 30, 2012, the current account balances with the Bank was Rs.393.50 billion compared to
Rs.353.54 billion as at September 30, 2011. For the half year ended September 30, 2012, the current accounts on
a daily average basis was Rs.278.68 billion compared to Rs.260.21 billion as at September 30, 2011. In line with
the Bank’s vision to provide complete financial solutions, there is a greater focus on acquisition of high value
current account customers in fiscal year 2013. The total number of current accounts with the Bank as at
September 30, 2012 was 1,211,407.
For the half year ended September 30, 2012, the average daily balance and fee earned from current accounts
availing cash management services (collections and payments) by the Bank was. Rs.62.94 billion and Rs.0.46
billion, respectively, for the half year ended September 30, 2012.
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank maintained assets worth Rs.124.51 billion across 24 institutional clients
under its custodial business. The Bank provides DP services to 3,395 corporate and broker clients as at March 31,
2012 as compared to 3,199 accounts as at March 31, 2011. The clients availing DP services as at September 30,
2012 was 3,490. The net income earned from the custodial services and corporate demat business during the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 was Rs.34.70 million. The net income earned from the custodial services and
corporate demat business during the half year ended September 30, 2012 was Rs.10.5 million. The clients using
custody services maintained an average balance of more than Rs.0.72 billion during the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2012 in the current accounts maintained by them. The average balance maintained during the half year
ended September 30, 2012 amounted to Rs.0.13 billion.
The total Government business turnover handled by the Bank for the year ended March 31, 2012 was
Rs.943.14 billion. The business turnover handled by the Bank for the half year ended September 30, 2012 was
Rs.429.99 billion. The RBI pays a fee for all Government businesses (collections and payments) handled as its
agent and the Bank has earned fee income of Rs.458.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 under
Government business. The fee income of for the half year ended September 30, 2012 was Rs.129.6 million.
Treasury
The Treasury manages the funding position of the Bank and also manages and maintains its regulatory
reserve requirements. As part of liquidity management, the department invests in sovereign and corporate debt
instruments, commercial paper, mutual funds and floating rate instruments. The department also undertakes
proprietary trading in equity, fixed income securities, foreign exchange, currency futures and options. Apart from
proprietary trading, the department also offers a wide range of treasury products and services to customers,
including derivative instruments such as forward contracts, interest rate swaps, currency swaps, foreign currency
options and remittances.
113
The Treasury ensures day-to-day funding for branch operations and asset build-up. Since these CRR
balances earn no interest from the RBI, the funding desk also ensures that only optimal CRR balances are
maintained and that additional surpluses are deployed in the form of short-term investments in commercial paper,
CDs or debt schemes of mutual funds.
The Treasury measures and monitors the spreads of the Bank. Yields on assets and cost of funds are
monitored on an ongoing basis. Maturity profiles of new deposits are adjusted to ensure that the Bank reaches its
targeted spreads and that its liquidity profile remains comfortable.
The funding desk considers suitable hedging options for items on the balance sheet at appropriate times to
protect or increase the Bank’s spreads.
The table below provides details of the net interest income and net interest margin for the accounting
periods ended on specified dates.
For the half-
year ended
For the year ended March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
Net interest income (Rupees in millions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,044 65,630 80,178 45,068
Net interest margin (Percentage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.75 3.65 3.59 3.42
Trading Operations
The Treasury manages integrated trading operations in foreign exchange and domestic money markets. It is
responsible for maintaining regulatory reserves and using the trading portfolio to earn profits through exchange
income and capital gains.
The investment policy is designed to address the following:
• Compliance with regulatory requirements;
• Guidelines for taking exposure in various debt instruments; and
• Risk mitigation.
The Treasury maintains the RBI-mandated SLR requirements in the form of investments in Government
bonds and treasury bills. This portfolio is actively managed and churned and, depending on an internal view of
interest rates, surpluses are maintained in the trading book. The Treasury uses these surpluses to take advantage
of favorable movements in interest rates to book capital gains on the investment book. In accordance with RBI
guidelines, investments are categorized as “Held for Trading”, “Available for Sale” and “Held to Maturity”.
The size of the Bank’s equity portfolio is restricted by a ceiling imposed by the RBI on the capital market
exposure of banks to 40% of their net worth as at March 31 of the previous year. The Bank’s aggregate limit for
exposure to the capital markets for fiscal 2012 was Rs.72.73 billion (40% of its net worth as at March 31, 2011,
as adjusted for subsequent capital injection). The Bank’s exposure to the capital markets as at March 31, 2012
was Rs.47.47 billion. The Bank’s aggregate limit for exposure to the capital markets for fiscal year 2013 is
Rs.87.12 billion (40% of its net worth as at March 31, 2012 as adjusted for subsequent capital injection). The
Bank’s exposure to the capital markets as at September 30, 2012 was Rs.46.63 billion.
In general, the Bank pursues a strategy of active management of its equity portfolio to maximize its return
on investments. To ensure compliance with SEBI’s insider trading regulations (see “Indian Securities
Market — Insider Trading Regulations”), all dealings in equity investments in listed companies are
undertaken by the equity-trading desk, which is securely segregated from the Bank’s other business groups.
The Treasury also offers investment options to retail and institutional investors and servicing support
through all branches of the Bank. In this connection, the Bank facilitates the holding of government securities.
Commission and trading profits are earned through these transactions.
114
The table below describes the gross book value of the investment portfolio as at the specified dates.
As at
As at March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Investment in government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342,062 442,075 584,880 625,424
Investment in shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,177 8,577 10,205 8,774
Investment in bonds and debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,285 180,730 231,985 249,613
Investment in commercial paper (CP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,741 2,181 — 3,978
Investment in certificate of deposit (CD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,716 31,025 44,272 40,939
Investment in venture capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,723 1,854 708 414
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary/joint venture . . . . . . . . . . . 1,536 2,596 3,496 3,310
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,780 47,377 53,212 58,961
Gross investments in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554,020 716,415 928,758 991,413
Investments outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,592 6,320 7,074 7,966
Gross investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561,612 722,735 935,832 999,379
The table below presents figures relating to income earned from the following activities during specified
periods
For the half-
year ended
For the year ended March 31, September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
(Rupees in millions)
Interest earned on government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19,845 28,189 38,937 22,696
Interest earned on debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,034 13,492 20,868 11,909
Interest earned from investments in CP/CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 790 1,364 913
Dividends from investments in units of mutual funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 360 341
Dividends from investments in shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 156 126 93
Net gain from sale of government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,024 63 535 (324)
Net gain from sale of debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,118 2,388 308 956
Net gain from sale of equities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,047 151 (318) 197
Net gain from sale of CP/CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 55 127 194
Net gain from sale of units of mutual funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,249 1,006 82 —
The table below presents the maturity profile of the gross book value of government securities at the
specified dates
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
Gross Gross Gross Gross
Book % to Book % to Book % to Book % to
Maturity Buckets Value total Value total Value total Value total
(Rupees in millions, except percentage)
1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55,838 16.33% 17,699 4.00% 72,629 12.41% 65,584 10.49%
1-3 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,962 4.08% 51,606 11.67% 75,144 12.85% 91,261 14.59%
3-5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73,412 21.46% 91,445 20.69% 91,602 15.66% 95,211 15.22%
5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198,850 58.13% 281,325 63.64% 345,505 59.07% 373,368 59.70%
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342,062 100.00% 442,075 100.00% 584,880 100.00% 625,424 100.00%
115
Set out below are breakdowns of the Bank’s gross book value of its corporate bond portfolio by maturity
profile and ratings distribution
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
Gross Gross Gross Gross
Book % to Book % to Book % to Book % to
Maturity Buckets Value total Value total Value total Value total
(Rupees in millions, except percentage)
1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,766 7.79% 22,665 12.54% 41,816 18.03% 53,024 21.24%
1-3 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66,333 47.97% 67,503 37.35% 83,016 35.79% 86,019 34.46%
3-5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,008 18.08% 55,722 30.83% 41,602 17.93% 32,581 13.05%
5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,178 26.16% 34,840 19.28% 65,551 28.25% 77,989 31.25%
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,285 100.00% 180,730 100.00% 231,985 100.00% 249,613 100.00%
116
Global Financial Institutions Division (“GFID”)
The GFID under the Treasury consists of the following two sub-groups:
• Financial Institutions Relations; and
• International Trade and Bank Risk.
Financial Institutions Relations undertakes the responsibility of establishing new relationships with financial
institutions and growing the existing relationships in India and in countries around the world. Regular visits are
made by relationship managers to various countries in order to maintain and explore new relationships.
International Trade and Bank Risk is entrusted with the dual responsibility of managing allocation of
exposure for counterparty banks and is responsible for managing the Bank’s correspondent banking relationships
and developing inter-bank trade and loan products for revenue generation. At present, the Bank, including its
overseas offices, has nostro accounts in 14 different currencies. In addition, the Bank has active trade
relationships with a number of major banks in different locations globally.
GFID has been instrumental in facilitating the trade flows of customers through its correspondent banks.
The Bank arranges international guarantees and confirmation of letters of credit (“LCs”) at competitive prices.
Buyers’ credit, inter-bank loans and LC financing is also available to meet the funding requirements of
customers. GFID operations seek to increase reciprocal revenue generation from the Bank’s correspondents by
way of fee income through export LC advice, confirmations and issuing domestic guarantees against counter
guarantees of foreign banks. Income generated from the Bank’s correspondent banking business in India
increased from Rs.1,153.93 million in the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs.1,366.80 million in the year ended
March 31, 2012. Income generated from the Bank’s correspondent banking business in India was
Rs.711.84 million in the half-year ended September 30, 2012.
With the operations of the Bank’s overseas branches in Singapore, Hong Kong, Colombo and DIFC, the
Bank has generated additional revenue by way of re-issuance, risk participations and reimbursements and other
correspondent banking fees. GFID intends to expand the scope of trade operations through the Bank’s overseas
branches by projecting these branches as correspondent banks to Indian and international banks which do not
have presence in Singapore, Hong Kong, Colombo or Dubai.
Debt Syndication
The major activities carried out in this area are:
• placement and syndication in the form of Rupee term loans, external commercial borrowings and foreign
currency loans;
• assessing client debt profiles and funding requirements; and
• advising on suitable instruments and structure, including cost reduction measures, pricing and timing of
taking the instrument to market.
The Bank has developed strong relationships with other banks, financial institutions, mutual funds and
provident funds, among others. The Bank is active in the domestic debt market and syndicated approximately
Rs.231.59 billion domestically and approximately U.S.$3.45 billion in the international market during the year
ended March 31, 2012. During the half-year ended September 30, 2012, the Bank syndicated approximately
Rs.109.11 billion domestically and approximately U.S.$1.02 billion in the international market. The Bank
continued to maintain its leadership position in arranging and placement of domestic corporate bonds. During the
117
calendar year 2012, the Bank arranged Rs.450.50 billion worth of bonds. The Bank was ranked the number one
debt arranger by Bloomberg League Table for calendar year ended on December 31, 2012. As per Prime
Database the Bank was ranked as number one debt arranger for the six months period ended on September 30,
2012. The Bank received following awards namely — The Deal maker of the year in rupee bonds 2012 by
Business World, Best Domestic Bond House in India by IFR Asia and Best Domestic Bond House in India by
Asset Magazine.
While the Bank continues to handle the debt syndication activities described above, the investment banking
activities relating to equity capital markets business, mergers and acquisitions and private equity advisory are
now conducted by the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, ACL. See “— Subsidiaries”
Delivery Channels
The Bank distributes its products and services through various access points ranging from traditional bank
branches to ATMs, call centers for telephone banking, mobile banking and the internet. The Bank’s channel
migration effort is aimed at reducing costs while enhancing customer satisfaction levels by providing customers
access to their accounts at all times.
Branch Network
As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had a network of 1,732 branches, 281 service branches and central
processing centers, nine extension counters and 10,297 ATMs covering 1,113 centers across India. The Bank
undertakes a detailed study of the demographic factors of an area to assess its business potential before setting up
a branch. Branch premises are generally leased. Back-office operations are centralized at a central processing
unit in Mumbai, allowing the Bank’s branch network to focus on business acquisition and expanding customer
relationships.
The Bank finalizes its Branch Expansion Plan based on the norms and guidelines laid down by the RBI. The
RBI grants necessary authorizations for setting up the branches in Tier 1 population category centers after
assessing the Bank’s plan for opening of branches in Tiers 2 to 6 population category centers and also the Bank’s
contribution under financial inclusion and better customer service.
The state-wise distribution of the Bank’s branches as at December 31, 2012 is set forth below:
The following table sets forth the number of the Bank’s branches in India, classified by category, as at
September 30, 2012.
Number of Percentage of
Branches Total
Metro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 28.12
Urban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 29.68
Semi-urban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 31.46
Rural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 10.74
Total(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,732 100.00
(1) This excludes 281 service branches and central processing centers which conduct non-customer interface support
activities.
118
Overseas Operations
India’s growing integration with the global economy has given rise to opportunities to leverage the Bank’s
strengths in overseas markets. In order to participate in the growing trade and investment flows between India
and other major financial centers of Asia, the Bank has established branches at Singapore, Hong Kong, DIFC and
Colombo and representative offices at Shanghai, DIFC and Abu Dhabi. The total assets at the Bank’s overseas
branches amounted to Rs.320.39 billion, which constituted 10.59% of the Bank’s total assets as at September 30,
2012.
The Bank has established a subsidiary in the United Kingdom called Axis U.K. Limited (“Axis U.K.”) with
the main purpose of filing an application with the FSA for a banking license in the United Kingdom and for the
creation of the necessary infrastructure for the subsidiary to commence banking business. As at September 30,
2012, the subsidiary had not yet commenced operations.
ATMs
The Bank has one of the largest ATM networks among private sector banks, with 10,297 ATMs installed as
at September 30, 2012. The Bank believes it was among the first banks to use the concept of ATM deployment in
the country by Independent ATM Deployers with a total deployment of approximately 6,588 ATMs as at
September 30, 2012. Also, to optimize the performance of its existing network, the Bank has outsourced the
maintenance and management of the bank-owned ATMs to managed service providers.
The Bank has deployed these ATMs across the country, with approximately 79% of the ATMs located in
offsite locations in and around commercial areas, markets, residential and corporate locations, railway and metro
stations, airports, petrol pumps, etc. Almost all major cards are accepted at the Bank’s ATMs. In view of the
diversity of regional languages used in various parts of India, the Bank’s ATMs offer multilingual screens in
12 languages. In addition to basic ATM services, the Bank offers various other value-added services through its
ATMs, such as fund transfer, mobile recharging, bill payments, insurance payments and mutual fund investment.
Mobile Banking
The mobile banking channel has fast emerged as an extremely convenient option for the Bank’s customers
for information on their accounts, transferring funds and payments. SMS banking, a short message service
(“SMS”) based transaction alert system, has provided an additional level of security to the Bank’s customers, as
customers are alerted by SMS of any activity in their account above a threshold limit. In addition, customers can
request their balance or details of the last three transactions through their registered mobile phones via SMS. The
Bank has also enabled transactional banking through mobile phones through “Axis Mobile”. Customers can now
use their account with the Bank to make bill payments, transfer funds, recharge their prepaid mobile phones, log
requests for cheque books, stop cheques and change PINs via mobile phone. Customers can also make payments
to merchants by using their mobile phones. The Bank believes it was the first Indian bank to offer merchant
payments on a mobile platform. Further, the Bank has been amongst the pioneers in launching remittance
services like InterBank Mobile Payment Service for account to account transfers and merchant payments.
SMS banking has become the second most frequently used alternative delivery channel of the Bank. The
total number of subscribers as at September 30, 2012 was approximately 7.9 million for SMS alerts and
approximately 0.25 million for Axis Mobile.
119
Phone Banking Center
The Bank has an outbound phone banking center manned by trained personnel which caters to all customers.
Sales Channel
The Bank employs a frontline sales force for its liability products. The sales force, which sells a basket of
liability products, currently contributes approximately 77% of total deposits from new acquisitions and
approximately 90% of the total number of account acquisitions of the Bank and is a critical resource in the
Bank’s aggressive customer acquisition strategy. This sales force comprised 7,900 employees as at
September 30, 2012 and operates on a performance-based remuneration package. Members of the sales channel
are based at all branches and extension counters, and their performance is monitored at both the circle level, as
well as the Bank’s corporate office levels.
Operations
The Bank’s business model separates production and distribution functions within the Bank, with
transaction processing and customer databases (production technology) becoming increasingly centralized and
product sales and customer handling (the distribution technology) being the primary function at the branches.
The separation of functions has helped reduce transaction costs as well as to help ensure smoothness in
operations and increase productivity. Operational processes were constantly refined during the year from the
perspective of implementation of best practices, risk identification and containment. Operational instructions
were revisited on a continual basis and efforts were made to minimize risks at the branches.
120
The Ministry of Textiles has appointed the Bank as a “nodal bank” for granting eligibility approvals under
the Technology Upgradation Fund Scheme (“TUFS”). TUFS is a Government programme intended to provide
incentives for the modernisation of the Indian textiles industry though subsidised lending. A TUFS Cell has been
set up within the CBO Department to handle the eligibility process and subsidy claims under the scheme. The
cell also handles other subsidy schemes such as subsidies granted by the Ministry of Food Processing Industry.
121
power to authorize transactions is exercised by officials in accordance with a scheme of delegation of powers,
and monetary limits are incorporated as authorization levels in the software, which validates each payment.
Risk Management
The Bank is exposed to various risks that are an integral part of any banking business, with the major risks
being credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The Bank places emphasis on risk management measures to
ensure that there is an appropriate balance between risk and return and has implemented comprehensive policies
and procedures to identify, monitor and manage risk throughout the Bank. The risk management strategy of the
Bank is based on understanding the various types of risks, disciplined risk assessment and continuous
monitoring.
Board of Directors
The Bank has implemented policies relating to management of credit risk, market risk, operational risk and
asset-liability both for its domestic and overseas operations. The overseas policies are formulated based on the
perceived risk of the relevant economies and the Bank’s risk appetite.
The Bank has formulated a comprehensive stress testing policy to measure the probable impact of adverse
stress scenarios on the Bank’s capital adequacy.
122
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk that a borrower or counterparty may fail to meet its obligations in accordance with
agreed terms, principally the failure to make required payments on loans or obligations due to the Bank. The
Bank is exposed to credit risk through lending and capital markets activities.
The goal of credit risk management is to maintain a healthy portfolio, and the Bank places emphasis on the
evaluation and containment of credit risk of each individual counterparty as well as careful analysis of portfolio
behavior.
123
Review and Monitoring
All credit exposures, once approved, are monitored and reviewed periodically against approved limits.
Borrowers with lower credit rating are subject to more frequent review. Credit audit involves independent review
of credit risk assessment, compliance with internal policies of the Bank and with the regulatory framework,
compliance with the approval terms at disbursement, adherence to post-approval processes and procedures and
effectiveness of loan administration. Customers with emerging credit problems are identified early and classified
accordingly. Remedial action is initiated promptly to minimize the potential loss to the Bank
Concentration Risk
The Bank manages concentration risk by means of appropriate structural limits and single borrower
exposure limits based on credit-worthiness. Credit concentration in the Banks’ portfolios is monitored for the
following:
• Large exposure to individual clients or groups: the Bank has single borrower exposure ceilings based on
the internal rating of the borrower as well as group-wide borrowing limits which are continuously tracked
and monitored;
• Geographic concentration to sensitive sectors;
• Residual maturity concentration of loans and advances;
• Concentration of unsecured loans to total loans and advances; and
• Concentration by industry: industry analysis plays an important part in assessing the concentration risk
within the loan portfolio. Industries are classified into various categories based on factors such as
demand-supply, input related risks, government policy stance towards the sector and financial strength of
the sector in general. Such categorization is used in determining the expansion strategy for the particular
industry.
124
the relevance of the historical data used. The Bank typically uses 250 days of historical data or one year of
relative changes in historical rates and prices. The method, however, does not make any assumption about the
nature or type of the loss distribution. The VaR models for different portfolios are back-tested at regular intervals
and the results are used to maintain and improve the efficacy of the model. The VaR is computed on a daily basis
for the trading portfolio and reported to the senior management of the Bank.
The VaR measure is supplemented by a series of stress tests and sensitivity analysis that estimates the likely
behavior of a portfolio under extreme but plausible conditions and its impact on earnings and capital. The Bank
undertakes stress tests for market risks for its trading book, interest rate swaps, foreign exchange open position
and gaps as well as for liquidity risk at the end of each quarter. The Bank is in the process of building its
capabilities to migrate to a more advanced approach — namely, the internal models approach — for assessment
of market risk capital.
For this purpose, system capabilities are being strengthened, newer processes are being introduced and
employee skills are being improved.
Concentration Risk
The Bank has allocated internal risk limits to avoid concentration risk, wherever relevant. For example, an
aggregate gap limit is allocated to various currencies and maturities as individual gap limits to monitor
concentrations. Similarly, stop-loss limits and duration limits have been set up for different categories within a
portfolio. Within the overall PV01 limit (impact of one basis point shift on the yield curve), a sub-limit is set up
which is not expected to be breached by trades linked to any individual benchmark.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from a bank’s inability to meet
its current or future obligations on the due date. Liquidity risk is two-dimensional: the liability dimension,
comprising the risk of being unable to fund a portfolio of assets at appropriate maturity, and the asset dimension,
comprising the risk of being unable to liquidate an asset in a timely manner at a reasonable price.
The goal of liquidity risk management is to meet all commitments on the due date and also be able to fund
new investment opportunities by raising sufficient funds in the form of increasing fresh liabilities or by
expeditious asset sell-off without incurring unacceptable losses, both under normal and adverse conditions. These
objectives are ensured by setting up policies, operational level committees, measurement tools and monitoring
and reporting mechanisms making effective use of IT systems for availability of quality data.
The Bank manages its liquidity on a static as well as dynamic basis using various tools such as gap analysis,
ratio analysis, dynamic liquidity statements and scenario analysis. The Bank’s asset liability management policy
defines the tolerance limits for its structural liquidity position. The liquidity policy for the Bank’s domestic
operations as well as for its overseas branches lays down the operational framework for prudent risk management
in the Bank. The liquidity profile of the Bank is analyzed on a static basis by tracking all cash inflows and
outflows in the maturity ladder based on the expected occurrence of cash flows. The liquidity profile of the Bank
is also estimated on a dynamic basis by considering the growth in deposits and loans, investment obligations, etc.
for a short-term period of three months. The Bank undertakes behavioral analysis of the non-maturity products
viz. savings and current deposits and cash credit/overdraft accounts on a periodic basis, to ascertain the volatility
of residual balances in those accounts. The renewal pattern and premature withdrawals of term deposits and
drawdown of un-availed credit limits are also captured through behavioral studies. The concentration of large
deposits is monitored on a periodic basis.
The Bank’s ability to meet its obligations and fund itself in a crisis scenario is critical and, accordingly,
liquidity stress tests are conducted under different scenarios at periodic intervals to assess the impact on liquidity
to withstand stressed conditions. The liquidity positions of overseas branches are managed in line with the
Bank’s internal policies and host country regulations. Such positions are also reviewed centrally by the Bank’s
ALCO along with domestic positions.
Counterparty Risk
The Bank has a counterparty risk management policy incorporating well-laid guidelines, processes and
measures for counterparty risk management. The policy includes separate counterparty rating models for
commercial banks, foreign banks and co-operative banks for determining maximum permissible limits for
counterparties. Counterparty limits are monitored daily, and internal triggers are put in place to guard against any
breach in limits. Credit exposures to issuers of bonds, advances, etc. are monitored separately under the
prudential norms for exposure to a single borrower as per the Bank’s corporate credit risk policy or investment
125
policy, as applicable. The counterparty exposure limits are reviewed at periodic intervals based on financials of
the counterparties, business need, past transaction experiences and market conditions. The Bank has also put in
place the “Suitability & Appropriateness” Policy and Loan Equivalent Risk Policy to evaluate counterparty risk
arising out of all customer derivatives contracts.
Country Risk
The Bank has a comprehensive country risk management policy, which uses a seven-category classification
for monitoring country risk, namely insignificant, low, moderate, high, very high, restricted and off-credit. The
rating exercise is undertaken on the basis of ratings published by Export Credit Guarantee Corporation of India
Limited and also by the international rating agency, Dun & Bradstreet. The country ratings are undertaken at
quarterly intervals or more frequently if the situation so warrants it; for example, a significant change in the
condition of a country results in a downgrade of its rating. Country-related alerts and updates are sent to the
business departments on a real time basis. Exposure to a country includes all credit-related lending, trading and
investment activities, whether cross border or locally funded. The Bank has established exposure limits for each
risk category as well as limits for countries where the Bank has its presence. These limits are monitored at
weekly intervals. In addition, exposures to high risk, very high risk, restricted and off-credit countries are
approved on a case-by-case basis by the Risk Department. As a proactive measure for country risk management,
the Risk Department issues a “rating watch” from time to time on the basis of country-specific developments and
provides relevant business departments with news and brief reviews of countries which have a very high
probability of a rating downgrade or where there have been adverse developments.
Operational Risk
Strategies and Processes
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems,
or from external events. The operational risk management (“ORM”) framework, ORM policy, operational risk
loss data collection methodology, risk and control self-assessment framework, key risk indicator framework,
roles and responsibilities of ORM function have been approved by the Bank to ensure that operational risk within
the Bank is properly identified, assessed, monitored, controlled/mitigated and reported in a structured manner.
Based on the above framework/policy/methodologies, the Bank has initiated several measures to manage
operational risk. The Bank has put in place a hierarchical structure to effectively manage operational risk through
the formation of several internal committees, namely, the Operational Risk Management Committee (“ORMC”),
Product Management Committee (“PMC”), Change Management Committee, Outsourcing Committee, Software
Evaluation Committee and IT Security Committee. The Risk Department acts as the convenor of ORMC and
sub-ORMC and is a member in PMC, CMC, Outsourcing Committee, Software Evaluation Committee and IT
Security Committee.
The Bank has further enhanced its capability for effective management of operational risk with the
implementation of a software solution (OR Monitor) which creates a database of loss events experienced by the
different business lines of the Bank, identifies areas which manifest weak controls through a “risk and control
self assessment” and “key risk indicator” modules and, over a period, enables the Bank to adopt sophisticated
approaches for the computation of capital for operational risk.
126
Scope and Nature of Operational Risk Reporting and Measurement Systems
A systematic process for reporting risks, losses and non-compliance issues relating to operational risks has
been developed and implemented. The information gathered is being used to develop triggers to initiate
corrective actions to improve controls. All critical risks and potential loss events are reported to the Senior
Management/ORMC/Risk Management Committee as appropriate, for their direction and guidance.
Compliance
The Compliance function of the Bank is responsible for monitoring and ensuring that operating and business
units comply with regulatory and internal guidelines. Its objective is the adoption of best practices and globally
accepted standards of corporate governance. The focal point of contact with the RBI and other regulatory entities,
the Compliance department periodically apprises both the Bank’s management as well as the Board of Directors
of the compliance status of the organization and changes in the regulatory environment.
127
Guidelines, notifications and directives issued by regulatory bodies during the year were disseminated
through the Bank to ensure that business and functional units operate within the compliance parameters set by the
regulators. The level of compliance is monitored through a Compliance Testing Programme. New products and
processes launched during the year are subjected to scrutiny to ensure that these did not violate any rules, laws
and standards. The Bank has recently embarked upon an Enterprise-wide Governance Risk and Compliance
Framework. This is an online tool, which addresses operational, compliance and financial reporting risks and
helps bring efficiency to processes and improvement in compliance levels. Significant aspects of the Bank’s
compliance culture are the Whistleblower Policy and zero tolerance for fraud, corruption and financial
irregularities.
Pursuant to the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002, the Bank has implemented a policy on anti-
money laundering controls. The policy has been approved by the Board of Directors and is being followed by
each of the Bank’s branches. The Bank’s KYC policy, which consists of customer identification procedures and
customer acceptance policies, forms the basis of the Bank’s anti-money laundering controls. Activities in
accounts are also monitored by a central team using a dedicated software for identification of suspicious
activities. In addition, transactions crossing a threshold amount of Rs.1.0 million are monitored with the help of
reports generated by the Bank’s data center. The money laundering reporting officer who is a senior Bank official
oversees the anti-money laundering activities and ensures compliance with the Bank’s policy.
Competition
The Bank faces strong competition in all of its principal lines of business. The Bank’s primary competitors
are large public sector banks, other private sector banks, foreign banks and, in some product areas, development
financial institutions.
128
Other private sector banks also compete in the corporate banking market on the basis of efficiency, service
delivery and technology. However, the Bank’s management believes that its product portfolio, credit selection
strategy, response time, service quality and the strength of its established relationships, provide it with a
competitive edge over these other private sector banks.
The Bank also faces competition from foreign banks, with foreign banks traditionally having been active in
providing trade finance, fee-based services and other short-term financing products to top-tier Indian
corporations. The Bank has established strong ties in trade finance, strong fee-based cash management services
and competes with foreign banks using its broader branch network in the country, innovative products and
competitive pricing.
Retail Banking
In retail banking, the Bank’s principal competitors are the large public sector banks, which have much larger
deposit bases and branch networks, as well as aggressive new private sector banks and foreign banks. The retail
deposit share of foreign banks in India is quite small in comparison to the public sector banks, and has also
declined in the last five years, which the Bank’s management attributes principally to competition from new
private sector banks. However, some foreign banks have a significant presence among NRIs and also compete for
non-branch-based products such as auto loans.
The Bank faces significant competition primarily from foreign banks in the debit card segment. In mutual
fund sales and other investment-related products, the Bank’s principal competitors are brokers, foreign banks and
new private sector banks.
Treasury
In its treasury advisory services for corporate clients, the Bank competes principally with foreign banks in
foreign exchange and derivatives, as well as public sector banks in the foreign exchange and money markets
business.
Employees
The Bank has built up a team of professionals comprising experts in risk management, credit analysis,
treasury, merchant banking, relationship management, retail products, marketing and IT, as well as general
banking professionals. As at March 31, 2012, the Bank had 31,738 employees, compared to 26,435 as at
March 31, 2011 and 21,640 as at March 31, 2010. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had 35,819 employees,
18,052 of whom were professionally qualified in management, accounting, economics, banking, engineering, IT
or law.
Set forth below is a breakdown of the number of employees of the Bank between corporate headquarters,
corporate office verticals, circle offices and branches.
As at March 31, As at September 30,
2010 2011 2012 2012
Corporate Headquarters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,312 2,544 1,561 1,649
Corporate Office Verticals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —(1) 3,451 5,498 5,786
Zonal Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,987 —(1) —(1) —(1)
Circle Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (1) 781 982 1,129
Branches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,246 19,555 23,579 27,135
Overseas Branches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 104 118 120
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,640 26,435 31,738 35,819
(1) The corporate office verticals and the circle office structure was implemented after March 31, 2010 and the zonal office
concept was discontinued in 2011. Employees attached to corporate office departments but posted in non-corporate
office locations are classified in the corporate office verticals category. A circle is an administrative unit that controls a
cluster of branches. There are currently 26 circles.
Training is an area of continuing focus for the Bank to ensure that its professionals are equipped to render
quality customer service and also be aware of the latest developments in their respective fields. The depth and
breadth of training is continually improved and refined in consultation with the business departments. Training
programmes are also devised and revised based on feedback from participants in the various programmes, circle
offices, business departments, Internal Audit, Risk and Compliance departments. While the induction, refresher
and orientation training covering functional inputs are conducted by the in-house faculty, sales-focused training,
behavioral training and trainings where specialized domain skills need to be are covered are conducted by
129
specialists in the respective fields who are invited from outside the Bank. Some senior functionaries are also
nominated to external programmes that are conducted by management institutes and professional training
institutes for honing their skills and taking on newer challenges. Continuous training, the opportunity to work on
challenging tasks and job rotation are all a part of the Bank’s talent retention strategy.
To improve leadership capability within the organization, the Bank has teamed up with among the best
leadership trainers in the countries that it operates in. The intention is to reach out to the key position holders in
the Bank and to strengthen their potential. The Bank also runs a series of programmes titled the “Inspired
Leadership Programme” which focuses on the fundamentals of self and team leadership though a series of
in-house leadership workshops targeting the middle and top management.
Employee engagement is the key theme adopted by senior management and the human resources
department to ensure two-way communication across the Bank. The key communication platforms are
(a) quarterly messages from MD & CEO; (b) iAxis — intranet of the Bank; (c) Axis Ratna (an employee
appreciation and recognition platform) and CareerNext (an Internal Job posting site).
The Bank has a performance management system which helps in the alignment of the employees’ individual
performance with the Bank’s corporate objectives. This is done by adopting the Balanced Score Card
methodology which helps in attaining organization sustainability through strategic alignment and ownership at
all levels.
Employee compensation is structured in terms of fixed pay and variable pay. To create a sense of ownership
among the Bank employees and also to serve as a retention tool, employee stock option plans are granted to only
senior level employees. Variable pay and stock options are strongly contingent on performance and are designed
to encourage team effort. To drive a performance driven culture in the Bank, employees who deliver a
performance which either meets or exceeds expectations are entitled to earn an annual bonus.
Apart from the various components of compensation mentioned above, all Bank employees are entitled to
avail of various benefits in the form of loans at concessional rates of interest, company lease, company car
facility, etc. Retirement benefits by way of provident fund and gratuity payment are in line with statutory
requirements. Additionally, the Bank provides personal accident and health insurance coverage to its employees.
The Bank considers its relations with its employees to be cordial.
All compensation and benefits proposals are first referred to the HR and Remuneration Committee of the
Board which recommends them to the Board of Directors for approval.
None of the Bank’s employees belong to a trade union.
Information Technology
The Information Technology (“IT”) Department of the Bank manages all banking applications through a
central team having strong domain capabilities in banking, treasury, channels, payments and collections, along
with technical capabilities. The IT operations are managed through five main verticals, namely the IT
Infrastructure Group, Systems and Solution Group, Business Relations and Project Management Group, System
Architecture and Strategy Group and Information Security Group. The central IT team manages both domestic
and overseas operations.
The IT infrastructure of the Bank is centralized and operated from two data centers located in Mumbai and
Bangalore. The applications are delivered to the domestic and overseas branches and offices through a highly
redundant wide area network consisting of leased and multiprotocol label switching (“MPLS”) connectivity. The
core banking platforms support multi-branch, multi-currency and multi-general ledger accounting standards. The
treasury operations are integrated with the core banking applications.
The IT operations are divided between the production center in Mumbai and the disaster recovery (“DR”)
center in Bangalore. All applications and data of the critical banking applications supporting banking transactions
and customer services are replicated at the DR location on a real time basis. The DR location is connected
through a redundant wide-area network to the Mumbai data center, all branches and offices. Scheduled drills for
switching IT operations to the DR site are conducted at routine intervals to test DR readiness.
Technology risks in the Bank are periodically assessed and appropriate actions initiated wherever necessary
through a dedicated Information Security Group, with support from a managed security service from an external
security expert company. The Bank has well-defined information systems security policies drawn on the basis of
ISO standards, regulatory guidelines and industry best practices. All of the Bank’s systems and applications
undergo various security tests, such as vulnerability assessments and penetration tests and application security
tests before going into production. The Bank is in the final stages of the ISO 27001 certification process for its
data production center in Mumbai and its business continuity center in Bangalore.
130
Insurance
The Bank maintains its own insurance policies and coverage that it deems to be appropriate. The Bank’s
insurance policies include a banker’s indemnity insurance policy, which is a comprehensive insurance policy that
offers coverage for various forms of risk. Some of the items covered under this insurance policy include:
(a) money (cash and precious metals) on premises;
(b) money (cash and precious metals) in transit;
(c) cash in ATMs/dispensers owned by the Bank;
(d) losses from external/internal fraud;
(e) losses from bank card fraud.
In addition, the Bank also obtains insurance to cover its fixed assets and the liability of the directors, officers
and other key management members of the Bank and its subsidiaries. The Bank carries insurance coverage at
levels it believes are customary for a bank of its size and nature.
Properties
The Bank’s registered office is located at “TRISHUL”, Third Floor, Opposite Samartheshwar Temple, Near
Law Garden, Ellisbridge, Ahmedabad 380 006, Gujarat, India. The Bank’s corporate office is located at Axis
House, Wadia International Center, Pandurang Budhkar Marg, Worli, Mumbai 400 025, India. The Bank owns
the following properties:
(a) the building housing its corporate headquarters;
(b) part of a branch located on J M Road, Pune;
(c) the space occupied by its data center located in Corporate Park II, Chembur, Mumbai;
(d) the space occupied by its National Processing Center II located at Mind Space, near Sanskriti
Township, Hyderabad;
(e) the space occupied by its Business Continuity Center located at Electronic City, Phase II,
Bangalore; and
(f) one residential apartment in Jolly Maker III, Cuffe Parade, Mumbai.
The aggregate book value, as at September 30, 2012, of all the properties capitalized by the Bank, was
Rs.8,705.00 million.
Apart from the above properties, all other properties used by the Bank and its branches, offices and off-site
ATM centers are leased. As at September 30, 2012, the Bank had a domestic network of 1,732 branches,
281 service branch and central processing centers, nine extension counters and 10,297 ATMs spread across 1,113
centers in India. In addition, the Bank has four overseas branches in Singapore, Hong Kong, Colombo and DIFC
and three overseas representative offices in Shanghai, Dubai and Abu Dhabi.
Subsidiaries
The Bank has set up six subsidiaries, namely Axis Capital Limited (“ACL”), Axis Private Equity Limited
(“Axis PE”), Axis Trustee Services Limited (“Axis TS”), Axis Asset Management Company Limited (“Axis
AMC”), Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Limited (“Axis MFT”) and Axis U.K. Limited (“Axis UK”).
131
loss of Rs.89.25 million. At the end of fiscal 2012, ACL had 51 branch offices for sales across India with a staff
of 8,085 employees involved in the marketing and distribution of financial products of the Bank, providing retail
end support and support services for collection and recovery of dues from customers and in the business of retail
broking.
132
In September 2012, the Bank entered into a strategic tie up with Schroders plc pursuant to which Schroder
Investment Management (Singapore) Limited (SIMSL) through its wholly owned subsidiary, Schroder Singapore
Holdings Private Limited (SSHPL), both subsidiaries of Schroders plc, acquired 25% of the total issued and paid
up equity share capital plus one equity share in Axis MFT.
133
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
The following description is a summary of certain laws and regulations in India, which are applicable to the
Bank. The regulations set out below may not be exhaustive, and are only intended to provide general information
to the investors and are neither designed nor intended to be a substitute for professional legal advice.
The main legislation governing commercial banks in India is the Banking Regulation Act. Other important
laws include the RBI Act and the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. Additionally, the RBI, from time to time,
issues guidelines to be followed by banks. Banking companies are also subject to the purview of the Companies
Act, to the extent applicable, and if such companies are listed on a stock exchange in India then various
regulations of the SEBI would additionally apply to such companies, including the Equity Listing Agreements.
Banking Regulations
Banking Regulation Act, 1949
Commercial banks in India are required to obtain a license from the RBI to carry on banking business in
India. Such license is granted to the bank subject to compliance of certain conditions including (i) that the bank
has the ability to pay its present and future depositors in full as their claims accrue; (ii) that the affairs of the bank
will not be or are not likely to be conducted in a manner detrimental to the interests of present or future
depositors; (iii) that the bank has adequate capital and earnings prospects; and (iv) that public interest will be
served if such license is granted to the bank. The RBI has the power to cancel the license if the bank fails to meet
the qualifications or if the bank ceases to carry on banking operations in India. Additionally, the RBI has issued
various reporting and record keeping requirements for such commercial banks. The appointment of the auditors
of the banks is subject to the approval of the RBI. The RBI can direct a special audit in the interest of the
depositors or in the public interest. It also sets out the provisions in relation to the loan granting activities of a
banking company. The Banking Regulation Act specifies the business activities in which a bank may engage.
Banks are prohibited from engaging in business activities other than the specified activities. No shareholder in a
bank can exercise voting rights on poll in excess of 10% of total voting rights of all the shareholders of the bank.
However, the RBI may increase this ceiling to 26% in a phased manner.
Further, the Banking Regulation Act, as amended, requires any person to seek prior approval of the RBI, to
acquire or agree to acquire, shares or voting rights of a bank, by himself or with persons acting in concert,
wherein such acquisition (taken together with shares or voting rights held by him or his relative or associate
enterprise or persons acting in concert with him) results in aggregate shareholding of such person to be 5% or
more of paid up capital of a bank or entitles him to exercise 5% or more of the voting rights in a bank. Further,
the RBI may, by passing an order, restrict any person holding more than 5% of the total voting rights of a bank
from exercising voting rights in excess of 5%, if such person is deemed to be not fit and proper by the RBI.
Further, the RBI requires the banks to create a reserve fund to which it must transfer not less than 20% of
the profits of each year before dividends. If there is an appropriation from this account, the bank is required to
report the same to the RBI within 21 days, explaining the circumstances leading to such appropriation.
Recent amendments also permit the RBI to establish a “Depositor Education and Awareness Fund”, which
will take over the deposit accounts which have not been claimed or operated for a period of 10 years or more.
The recent amendments also confer power on the RBI (in consultation with the central government) to
supersede the board of directors of a banking company for a period not exceeding a total period of 12 months, in
public interest or for preventing the affairs of the bank from being conducted in a manner detrimental to the
interest of the depositors or any banking company or for securing the proper management of any banking
company.
The RBI may impose penalties on banks and its employees in case of infringement of regulations under the
Banking Regulation Act. The penalty may be a fixed amount or may be related to the amount involved in any
contravention of the regulations. The penalty may also include imprisonment. The banks are also required to
disclose the penalty in their annual report.
134
Regulatory Reporting and Examination Procedures
The RBI is empowered under the Banking Regulation Act to inspect a bank. The RBI monitors prudential
parameters at quarterly intervals. To this end and to enable off-site monitoring and surveillance by the RBI,
banks are required to report to the RBI on various aspects. The RBI also conducts periodical on-site inspections
on matters relating to the bank’s portfolio, risk management systems, internal controls, credit allocation and
regulatory compliance, at intervals ranging from one to three years. The RBI also conducts on-site supervision of
selected branches with respect to their general operations and foreign exchange related transactions.
Maintenance of Records
The Banking Regulation Act specifically requires banks to maintain books and records in a particular
manner and file the same with the Registrar of Companies on a periodic basis. The provisions for production of
documents and availability of records for inspection by shareholders as stipulated under the Companies Act and
the rules thereunder would apply to the Bank as in the case of any company. The “KYC / AML Guidelines”
framed by the RBI also provide for certain records to be maintained for a minimum period of ten years from the
cessation of relationship with the client.
135
Prudential norms on income recognition, asset classification and provisioning pertaining to advances
(“Prudential Norms”)
The RBI, pursuant to its “Master Circular on Prudential Norms on Income Recognition, Asset Classification
and Provisioning Pertaining to Advances” (“Prudential Norms”) issued on July 2, 2012, has classified NPAs as
(i) sub-standard assets; (ii) doubtful assets; and (iii) loss assets. These guidelines specify provisioning
requirements specific to the classification of the assets.
In July 2005, the RBI issued guidelines on sales and purchases of NPAs between banks, financial
institutions and NBFCs. These guidelines require that the board of directors of a bank must establish a policy for
purchases and sales of NPAs. An asset must have been classified as non-performing for at least two years by the
seller bank to be eligible for sale. In October 2007, the RBI issued guidelines regarding valuation of NPAs being
put up for sale. Further, the RBI has advised banks to maintain provisioning coverage ratio of at least 70%.
The RBI has also issued a separate set of prudential guidelines on restructuring of advances by banks in
relation to the norms/conditions, which must be fulfilled in order to maintain the category of the restructured
account as a ‘standard asset’. The earlier guidelines issued by the RBI on restructuring of advances specified that
“standard” advances should be re-classified as a “sub-standard” immediately on restructuring. Post August 2008
the RBI has issued a series of circulars on special regulatory treatment on restructuring of advances by banks.
The RBI has specified that during the pendency of the application for restructuring of the advance, the usual asset
classification norms continue to apply. However, as an incentive for quick implementation of the package, if the
approved package is implemented by the bank as per the specified time schedule (within 120 days from the date
of approval under the corporate debt restructuring (“CDR”) mechanism or within 90 days from the date of
receipt of application by the bank in cases other than those restructured under the CDR mechanism), the asset
classification status may be restored to the position which existed when the reference was made to the CDR cell
in respect of cases covered under the CDR mechanism or when the restructuring application was received by the
bank in non-CDR cases. This special regulatory treatment is not applicable to consumer and personal advances,
advances classified as capital market exposures and advances classified as commercial real estate exposures.
Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002
(“SARFAESI Act”)
The SARFAESI Act provides for sale of financial assets by banks and financial institutions to asset
reconstruction companies. The Prudential Norms issued by the RBI describe the process to be followed for sales
of financial assets to asset reconstruction companies. The banks may not sell financial assets at a contingent price
with an agreement to bear a part of the shortfall on ultimate realization. However, banks may sell specific
financial assets with an agreement to share in any surplus realized by the asset reconstruction company in the
future. Consideration for the sale may be in the form of cash, bonds or debentures or security receipts or PTCs
issued by the asset reconstruction company or trusts set up by it to acquire the financial assets.
136
Export credit
As per the Master Circular on Export Credit issued on July 2, 2012, banks can offer export credit at interest
rates at or above the Base Rate. Pre-shipment and post-shipment export credit can be provided in both Indian
Rupees and foreign currencies. Banks are required to reach a level of outstanding export credit equivalent of 12%
of each bank’s adjusted net bank credit.
Exposure norms
As a prudent measure aimed at better risk management and avoidance of concentration of credit risk, the
RBI has prescribed credit exposure limits for banks and long-term lending institutions in respect of their lending
to individual borrowers and to all companies in a single group (or sponsor group). The RBI has prescribed
exposure ceiling for a single borrower as 15% of capital funds and group exposure limit as 40% of capital funds.
Relaxations are permitted in exceptional circumstances and lending to infrastructure sector. The total exposure to
a single NBFC has been limited to 10% of the bank’s capital funds while exposure to non-banking asset finance
company has been restricted to 15% of the bank’s capital funds. The limit may be increased to 15% and 20%,
respectively, provided that the excess exposure is on account of funds lent by the NBFC to the infrastructure
sector.
The aggregate exposure of a bank to the capital markets in all forms (both fund based and non-fund based)
should not exceed 40% of its net worth, on both standalone and consolidated basis as on March 31 of the
previous year.
Regulations relating to interest rates on Rupee deposits held in domestic, Ordinary Non-Resident (“NRO”)
and Non-Resident (External) (“NRE”) accounts
As per the master circular on “Interest Rates on Rupee Deposits held in Domestic, Ordinary Non-Resident
(NRO) and Non-Resident (External) (NRE) Accounts”, dated July 2, 2012, the RBI has permitted banks to
independently determine their interest rates on savings and term deposits (minimum period of 7 days) under
domestic/NRO accounts. Banks are also free to determine interest rates for savings deposits and term deposits of
maturity of one year and above under NRE deposit accounts. However, interest rates offered by banks on NRO
and NRE deposits cannot be higher than those offered by them on comparable domestic rupee deposits.
137
Regulations relating to maintenance of statutory reserves
A bank is required to maintain, on a daily basis, CRR, which is a specified percentage of its NDTL,
excluding interbank deposits, by way of a balance in a current account with the RBI. At present the required CRR
is 4.25%. The RBI does not pay any interest on CRR balances. The CRR has to be maintained on an average
basis for a fortnightly period and should not be below 70% of the required CRR on any day of the fortnight. The
RBI may impose penal interest at the rate of 3% above the bank rate on the amount by which the reserve falls
short of the CRR required to be maintained on a particular day and if the shortfall continues further the penal
interest charged shall be increased to a rate of 5% above the bank rate in respect of each subsequent day during
which the default continues.
In addition to the CRR, a bank is required to maintain SLR, a specified percentage of its NDTL by way of
liquid assets like cash, gold or approved unencumbered securities. The percentage of this liquidity ratio is fixed
by the RBI from time to time, pursuant to Section 24 of the Banking Regulation Act. At present, the RBI requires
banks to maintain SLR of 23%. Further, in December 2011, the RBI has permitted banks to avail funds from the
RBI on an overnight basis, under the Marginal Standing Facility, against their excess SLR holdings.
Additionally, they can also avail themselves of funds, on an overnight basis below the stipulated SLR, up to 1%
of their respective NDTL outstanding at the end of the second preceding fortnight.
Regulations relating to authorized dealers for foreign exchange and cross-border business transactions
The foreign exchange and cross border transactions undertaken by banks are subject to the provisions of the
Foreign Exchange Management Act. All branches should monitor all non-resident accounts to prevent money
laundering. The RBI master circular on External Commercial Borrowings and Trade Credits, dated July 2, 2012,
states that no financial intermediary, including banks, will be permitted to raise external commercial borrowings
or provide guarantees in favor of overseas lenders for external commercial borrowings.
The RBI master circular on risk management and interbank dealings, dated July 2, 2012, states that all
categories of overseas foreign currency borrowings of banks, including existing external commercial borrowings
and loans or overdrafts from their head office, overseas branches and correspondents and overdrafts in nostro
accounts (not adjusted within five days), shall not exceed 50% of their unimpaired Tier I capital or
U.S$ 10.00 million (or its equivalent), whichever is higher. Overseas borrowings for the purpose of financing
export credit, capital funds raised/augmented by the issue of innovative perpetual debt instruments and debt
capital instruments in foreign currency, subordinated debt placed by head offices of foreign banks with their
branches in India as Tier II capital and any other overseas borrowings with the specific approval of the RBI
would continue to be outside the limit of 50%.
Secrecy obligations
A bank’s obligations relating to maintaining secrecy arise out of Section 13 of the Banking Companies
(Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1980 (for public sector banks specifically) and common law
principles governing its relationship with its customers. Subject to certain exceptions, a bank cannot disclose any
information to third parties. Further, the RBI may, in the public interest, publish the information obtained from
the bank.
Ownership restrictions
In terms of the Consolidated FDI Policy effective from April 10, 2012 (the “FDI Policy”) and the RBI
Master Circular on Foreign Investment in India, effective from July 2, 2012, the total foreign ownership in a
private sector bank cannot exceed 74% (49% under the automatic route and beyond 49% and up to 74% under
the approval route) of the paid-up capital subject to guidelines for setting up branches or subsidiaries of foreign
banks issued by the RBI. Shares held by foreign institutional investors within this limit of 74% cannot exceed
49% of the paid-up capital of the bank. The RBI’s acknowledgement is required for the acquisition or transfer of
a bank’s shares, which will take the aggregate holding (both direct and indirect, beneficial or otherwise) of an
individual or a group to equivalent of 5% or more of its total paid up capital. Further, the Banking Regulation
Act, as amended, requires any person to seek prior approval of the RBI, to acquire or agree to acquire, shares or
voting rights of a bank, by himself or with persons acting in concert, wherein such acquisition (taken together
with shares or voting rights held by him or his relative or associate enterprise or persons acting in concert with
him) results in aggregate shareholding of such person to be 5% or more of paid up capital of a bank or entitles
him to exercise 5% or more of the voting rights in a bank. The RBI may grant acknowledgement for acquisition
or transfer of shares that takes the acquirer’s shareholding to 10% or more and up to 30% of a private sector
bank’s paid-up capital subject to consideration of various additional factors.
138
Guidelines for merger and amalgamation of private sector banks
The RBI issued guidelines in May 2005 on mergers and amalgamation of private sector banks. The
guidelines relate to: (i) an amalgamation of two banking companies; and (ii) an amalgamation of a NBFC with a
banking company. In the case of an amalgamation of two banking companies, the draft scheme of amalgamation
must be approved by the board and majority of the shareholders of each of the banking companies. Additionally,
such approved draft scheme must also be submitted to the RBI for sanction.
Where a NBFC is proposed to be amalgamated into a banking company, the banking company should obtain
the approval of the board and the RBI before it is submitted to the relevant high court for approval.
139
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
Age
Name Position (in completed years)
Dr. Adarsh Kishore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman 66
Ms. Shikha Sharma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Director and CEO 54
Mr. K. N. Prithviraj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 65
Mr. V. R. Kaundinya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 56
Mr. S. B. Mathur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 68
Mr. Prasad R. Menon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 67
Mr. R. N. Bhattacharyya . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 70
Prof. Samir K. Barua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 61
Mr. A. K. Dasgupta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 60
Mr. Som Mittal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 60
Mr. Somnath Sengupta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Director and Head 57
(Corporate Center)
Mr. V. Srinivasan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Director and Head 48
(Corporate Banking)
Ms. Ireena Vittal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 44
Mr. Rohit Bhagat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director 48
* The term of Dr. Adarsh Kishore will expire on March 7, 2013. The Board of Directors have, in their meeting held on
January 16, 2013, appointed Dr. Sanjeev Misra as the non-executive chairman of the Bank with effect from March 8,
2013, subject to approval of the RBI.
The business address for the Bank’s Directors and senior managers is its corporate headquarters, Axis
House, Wadia International Center, Pandurang Budhkar Marg, Worli, Mumbai 400 025, India.
140
The following are brief biographies of the Bank’s Directors as at January 18, 2013.
Directors
Name of Director Experience
Dr. Adarsh Kishore Dr. Adarsh Kishore is currently the Chairman of the Board of the Bank. He was
a member of the Indian Administrative Service from 1969 to 2006. He is a
former finance secretary to the Government of India and executive director of
the International Monetary Fund in Washington D.C., representing Bangladesh,
Bhutan, India and Sri Lanka. Dr. Adarsh Kishore was also district collector and
district development officer for eight years in rural districts of Rajasthan, where
he dealt with issues in rural economy, development and poverty and agriculture.
He handled a variety of economic and financial issues and issues in different
industries, particularly small-scale industries, as director of Industries and a
special secretary to the State Government of Rajasthan. Mr. Kishore also has
experience with matters concerning heavy industries and state enterprises as
secretary to the Government of India. Additionally, he has dealt with economic
issues on a national scale, including budget, expenditure and economic policy, as
well as a range of issues in economics and finance as the finance secretary to the
Government of India. Mr. Kishore has an M.A. in Political Science and a Ph.D.
in Political Economy.
Ms. Shikha Sharma Ms. Shikha Sharma has been the Managing Director and CEO of the Bank since
June 2009. Ms. Sharma started her career with the ICICI Group and worked
across several practices including project finance, retail banking and investment
banking. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Sharma was Managing Director and
CEO of ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company, a leading private sector life
insurance company in India. Ms. Sharma is a recipient of many business awards,
including the “Transformational Business Leader of the Year” award at the All
India Management Association’s AIMA Managing India Awards 2012, as well
as the “Woman Leader of the Year” award at Bloomberg-UTV’s Financial
Leadership Awards 2012. She has also been featured in prominent publications,
including the Forbes List of Asia’s 50 Power Businesswomen 2012, Indian
Express’s Most Powerful Indians in 2012 and India Today’s Power List of
25 Most Influential Women 2012.
Ms. Shikha Sharma has a B.A. (Hons.) in Economics and received a PGDM
from the Indian Institute of Management (“IIM”), Ahmedabad in 1980. She has
a Post Graduate Diploma in Software Technology, from the National Center for
Software Technology, Mumbai.
Mr. K. N. Prithviraj Mr. K. N. Prithviraj is currently the administrator of SUUTI. Formerly, he was
the chairman and managing director of Oriental Bank of Commerce and the
executive director of United Bank of India. He has also served in various
capacities at Punjab National Bank, where he worked from 1969 through 2003.
Mr. Prithviraj has a Masters degree in Economics.
Mr. V. R. Kaundinya Mr. V. R. Kaundinya has been working in the field of agriculture since 1979.
Mr. Kaundinya’s work has put him in touch with farmers, scientists, policy
makers, input industry, trade and other stakeholders who are involved in
agriculture in India and abroad. He has specialized in areas including crop
protection, seeds, other agronomic practices and farming economics. He was a
member of the Dr. Swaminathan Committee to develop India’s biotech policy.
He has also held various leadership positions in industry associations such as the
Indian Crop Protection Association, the Association of Seed Industry and the All
India Crop Biotech Association. He is currently the chairman of the Agriculture
Group in the Association of Biotech Led Enterprises. He has developed case
studies and taken courses on agricultural marketing and rural development at
various management institutes including IIM, Ahmedabad. Mr. Kaundinya has a
degree in Agriculture from Andhra Pradesh Agricultural University, Hyderabad
and a PGDM with a specialization in Agriculture from IIM, Ahmedabad.
141
Name of Director Experience
Mr. S. B. Mathur Mr. S. B. Mathur is the current director of the NSE and a former chairman of
LIC. Prior to serving as chairman of LIC, Mr. Mathur was executive director of
marketing and international operations at LIC. He has also held various senior
positions at LIC and attended several seminars at national and international
forums. He was appointed by the Government of India to serve as the
administrator of SUUTI from December 2004 to November 2007. Mr. Mathur is
a chartered accountant, registered with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India. He has also been trained at the Institute of Costs and Works Accountants,
London.
Mr. Prasad R. Menon Mr. Prasad R. Menon is a chemical engineer with over 40 years of diverse
experience in premier multinational and Indian companies in the chemical and
power industry. In October 2000, Mr. Menon took over as the managing director
of Tata Chemicals Limited where he helped complete the successful acquisition
and integration of Brunner Mond (U.K.) Limited, Magadi Soda Company
(Kenya) and Indo Maroc Phosphore S.A. (Morocco). In October 2006,
Mr. Menon took over as the managing director of Tata Power Limited. He has
championed sustainability as a key strategic initiative in the organization.
Mr. Menon serves on the boards of directors of several major Tata Group
companies, as well as on the supervisory board of Sanmar Group in Chennai. He
is on the steering committee of Combat Climate Change, a group of 66 global
companies committed to policy change and implementation of climate change
initiatives. He is the first chairperson of the Association of Power Producers, an
association of private-sector power generating companies, the chairperson of the
Group Safety Committee and a member of other key Tata Group
committees, including the Climate Change Committee and Business Excellence
Committee. Mr. Menon holds a degree from the Indian Institute of Technology
(“IIT”) Kharagpur.
Mr. R. N. Bhattacharyya Mr. R. N. Bhattacharyya was a member of the local board of the State Bank of
India at the Kolkata region from June 2010 to January 2011 and is a 36-year
veteran of the Indian Police Service. From July 2006 to July 2009,
Mr. Bhattacharyya served as a nominee director on the board of directors of
Hindustan Aeronautics Limited, Bangalore. He was also the director of insurance
in the Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance, from 1984 to 1986
and the director of the Department of Steel, Ministry of Steel and Mines, from
1981 to 1984. In addition, Mr. Bhattacharyya has served as government director
on the boards of Oriental Insurance Company in Delhi, United India Insurance
Company in Chennai and New India Assurance Company in Mumbai from 1984
to 1986.
Mr. Bhattacharyya has a Masters degree in Economics from Calcutta University
and has worked for two years as a lecturer at WB educational services.
Prof. Samir K. Barua Prof. Samir K. Barua is currently the director of IIM, Ahmedabad, where he has
served on the faculty for the past 30 years and held various administrative
positions. Prof. Barua brings considerable expertise in financial markets and risk
management. He is an independent director on the boards of many corporations,
including Coal India Limited, Torrent Power Limited and IOT Infrastructure and
Energy Services Limited.
Prof. Barua has a Masters degree in Technology from IIT, Kanpur and a Ph.D. in
Management from IIM, Ahmedabad.
142
Name of Director Experience
Mr. A. K. Dasgupta Mr. A. K. Dasgupta was the managing director of LIC from April 3, 2007
through his retirement on January 31, 2012. In addition to his role as managing
director, Mr. Dasgupta also served in a variety of other capacities during his
career at LIC. Before taking over as managing director, he was executive
director of the International Operations and Corporate Communications
Departments at LIC’s corporate headquarters. He has also served as senior
divisional manager of Guwahati and Karnal; deputy general manager of LIC
(International) Bahrain; regional manager (marketing) of Western Zone,
Mumbai; the chief executive of LIC Housing Finance, Mumbai; and the zonal
manager of LIC, Central Zone, Bhopal.
While at LIC, Mr. Dasgupta was associated with many organizational
development programs and involved in introducing several new initiatives
designed to advance the corporation into the future including LIC’s successful
initial GDR issuance.
Mr. Dasgupta has a B.Sc. (Hons.) and a diploma in Personnel Management and
Labor Welfare from Punjab University. He is a licentiate of the Federation of
Insurance Institute and a direct recruit officer of the tenth batch at LIC.
Mr. Som Mittal Mr. Som Mittal is the chairman of the IT Strategy Committee of the Board of the
Bank. He is also currently the president of the National Association of Software
and Services Companies, a trade organization for the IT-BPO industry in India.
Mr. Mittal has over 23 years of experience in the IT industry handling both
domestic and international operations. He has served as a managing director and
chief executive of many companies, including listed companies, where he has
become familiar with operations and governance structure. From 1989 to 1994,
Mr. Mittal was the chief executive of the PC Server and Services Division of
Wipro Limited, an Indian multinational provider of IT services. From 1994 to
1999, he was the managing director of Digital Equipment India Limited, a
company engaged in providing technology solutions to corporations including
banks and financial institutions. From 1999 to 2006, he was the managing
director of Digital GlobalSoft, a subsidiary of Hewlett-Packard and a software
services company providing global solutions. From 2006 to 2007, he was
Hewlett-Packard’s senior vice president, Asia Pacific and Japan.
Mr. Mittal has a B.Tech. from IIT, Kanpur and a PGDM from IIM, Ahmedabad.
Mr. Somnath Sengupta Mr. Somnath Sengupta joined the Bank in 1996 and is presently the Bank’s
Executive Director (board position) and Head (Corporate Center) of the Bank.
Mr. Sengupta also served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank from
October 1, 2009 through July 1, 2012, prior to which he served as the head of the
Finance and Accounts Department beginning from June 2, 2003. Mr. Sengupta
has been Executive Director (a non-board position) of the Bank since October 1,
2009.
Mr. Sengupta has been in the banking industry for 35 years, including 20 years
with the State Bank of India group, and has extensive experience in foreign
exchange, treasury operations and finance and accounts. In 2009 and 2010,
Mr. Sengupta was the recipient of CNBC TV 18’s Best CFO award.
Mr. Sengupta has a B.A. in Economics from the University of Delhi.
Mr. V. Srinivasan Mr. V. Srinivasan is currently the Executive Director (board position) and Head
(Corporate Banking) of the Bank. He joined the Bank in September 2009 as the
Executive Director of Corporate Banking (a non-board position). Mr. Srinivasan
began his career in the financial services industry in 1990 with ICICI Limited,
working in its Merchant Banking Division. He was a part of the start-up team of
ICICI Securities and Finance Co. Limited, a joint venture between ICICI and J.P.
Morgan, where he headed the Fixed Income Department. Since 1999, he has
worked with J.P. Morgan, India, where he most recently served as managing
director and head of markets, wherein he had the dual responsibility of acting as
CEO of J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, Mumbai Branch and Chairman of J.P. Morgan
Securities (I) Private Limited.
143
Name of Director Experience
He has served on various RBI Committees, including the Technical Advisory
Committee of RBI, Committee of Repos, STRIPS and others, and is a member of
the Banking Committee, CII. He has also served as a Chairman of FIMMDA, the
key self-regulatory body for market participants, and PDAI, the self-regulatory
organization for primary dealers.
Mr. Srinivasan qualified as an engineer from the College of Engineering, Anna
University, Chennai and received an MBA from IIM, Calcutta in 1990.
Ms. Ireena Vittal Ms. Ireena Vittal is an independent strategic advisor, with significant knowledge
in agriculture and urban development in India and emerging markets. She
worked at McKinsey & Company for 16 years, where she assisted local and
multinational companies in driving profitable growth. Ms. Vittal has also
co-authored several studies relating to agriculture and urbanization.
Ms. Vittal has a B.Sc. in Electronics from Osmania University and a PGDM
from IIM, Calcutta.
Mr. Rohit Bhagat Mr. Rohit Bhagat is former senior managing director and chairman of Asia
Pacific, BlackRock Inc. and former member of its global executive committee.
He has over 20 years of extensive global experience in financial services
industry having worked in India, Hong Kong and USA in business leadership,
consulting and advisory space. He has held several directorships with various
entities of BlackRock Inc. Prior to BlackRock Inc., he was the global chief
operating officer for Barclays Global Investors prior to which he was the senior
partner and co-leader of the United States Financial Services practice at Boston
Consulting Group. Mr. Bhagat has a B. Tech degree in mechanical engineering,
M.S. in engineering from University of Texas and an MBA from Kellogg
Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.
144
SENIOR MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE
Managing Director
and CEO
Executive Director & Executive Director – President Executive Director & Executive Trustee & CEO
Head – Corporate Banking Retail Banking Human Resources Head – Corporate Center (Axis Bank Foundation)
President Treasury,
President President President
International Business & President & CFO
Large Corporate Distribution Stressed Assets
Business Banking
President &
Chief Audit Executive
The following are brief biographies of the Bank’s senior management team.
Mr. R. K. Bammi, Executive Director Mr. R. K. Bammi has served as the Bank’s Executive Director of
— Retail Banking Retail Banking (a non-board position) since May 2011. Mr. Bammi
brings extensive knowledge and experience in retail banking and
related areas, especially in branch banking, having had 13 years of
experience in the banking industry before joining the Bank in 1994 as
a credit officer. Mr. Bammi started his career as a lecturer in
Economics at Delhi University, where he worked from 1976 to 1981.
Mr. Bammi has a Masters degree in Economics and is a CAIIB.
Mr. P. Mukherjee, President — Mr. P. Mukherjee joined the Bank in 1994. He has extensive foreign
Treasury, International Business & exchange and treasury management skills acquired during his
Business Banking 30 years in the banking industry, including 12 years with the State
Bank of India. While at the State Bank of India, he was posted at its
New York branch as a dealer. Mr. Mukherjee is a graduate in Science.
Mr. S. S. Bajaj, President and Chief Mr. S. S. Bajaj joined the Bank in June 1995. He has worked as
Audit Executive branch head in various branches of the Bank and has also handled
credit, foreign exchange and audit desks. Before joining the Bank,
Mr. Bajaj worked for the State Bank of India group from December
1976 to December 1994 in the capacities of branch manager, chief
manager and senior manager in various departments. Mr. Bajaj is a
graduate in Arts.
Mr. Vinod George, President Mr. Vinod George joined the Bank in 1995 and currently heads the
(Wholesale Banking Operations) Wholesale Banking Operations Department. He is a specialist in
merchant banking and corporate banking. Prior to joining the Bank,
he worked for the State Bank of India group for 15 years. Mr. George
is a graduate in science and also has a degree in Management.
Mr. M. V. Subramanian, President Mr. M. V. Subramanian joined the Bank in 2002. He has handled
(Rural & Inclusive Banking) credit and risk management areas in the Bank and currently heads the
Rural and Inclusive Banking Department. Mr. Subramanian has
several years of experience in the banking industry, working in
commercial banking at the Bank of Baroda from January 1978 to
January 1987, and thereafter joining Standard Chartered Bank where
he worked in various capacities from 1987 to 2001. Immediately
before joining the Bank, he worked in Transmerica Finance as vice
president of Credit and Operations from March 2001 to November
2002. Mr. Subramanian is a graduate in Physics with CAIIB
certification.
145
Mr. S. K. Mitra, President Mr. S. K. Mitra joined the Bank in February 1995 as a credit officer.
(Distribution) During his career at the Bank, he served as branch head in various
branches and was the head of the Bank’s Eastern Zonal Office until
April 2010. Mr. Mitra was promoted to the grade of President in
January 2007 and now heads the Distribution Department of the
Bank. Before joining the Bank, Mr. Mitra had more than 20 years of
banking experience at the State Bank of India, working
predominantly in the credit area. Mr. Mitra has a B.Sc. (Hons.) in
Physics from Delhi University, a PGDM and CAIIB certification.
Mr. B. Gopalakrishnan, President Mr. B. Gopalakrishnan joined the Bank in March 2000 and was
(Law) promoted to the grade of President in November 2008. He started his
career in private practice in 1976 after enrolling with the Kerala Bar
Council. He joined the Unit Trust of India in 1989 where he served as
a deputy general manager (legal) prior to joining the Bank.
Mr. Gopalakrishnan has a B.A., an M.B.A. and a postgraduate
qualification in law.
Mr. Bapi Munshi, President and Chief Mr. Bapi Munshi joined the Bank in 1994, and worked in areas of
Risk Officer credit and foreign exchange and as head of the Bank’s Baroda branch
before becoming head of the Risk Department. He was promoted to
the grade of President in November 2008. Mr. Munshi started his
banking career with the State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur in 1979. He
has a postgraduate degree in science from IIT, Kharagpur and is a
certified Junior Associate of Indian Institute of Banking.
Mr. C. Babu Joseph, Executive Mr. C. Babu Joseph joined the Bank in 1995 and served at different
Trustee and CEO (Axis Bank branches before moving to the corporate headquarters in 2005 to head
Foundation) the Advances Department. He was promoted to the grade of President
in November 2008. He has been heading the Axis Bank Foundation
since May 2010. Prior to his career at the Bank, Mr. Joseph worked at
the State Bank of Travancore, beginning as a probationary officer in
1979 and serving as branch manager of its Pune branch from 1992 to
1995. Mr. Joseph has a Masters degree with CAIIB certification.
Mr. Sanjeev K. Gupta, President & Mr. Sanjeev K. Gupta currently serves as the Bank’s Chief Financial
Chief Financial Officer Officer. He was promoted to the grade of President in 2009. Before
joining the Bank, Mr. Gupta worked with State Bank of Bikaner and
Jaipur from November 1986 to December 1994 in various aspects of
banking, handling issues in credit, finance and foreign exchange.
Mr. Gupta has a Masters degree in Commerce and an MBA with
CAIIB certification. He is a fellow member of the Association of
Chartered Certified Accountants of the U.K. and is a Certified
General Accountant in Canada.
Mr. V. K. Bajaj, President (Mid Mr. V. K. Bajaj joined the Bank in 1995 and served at different
Corporates and SME) branches and offices before moving to the central office in 2009 to
head the Mid-Corporates and SME Department. Prior to joining the
Bank, Mr. Bajaj worked at the State Bank of India, where he began in
1982 as a trainee officer. He has extensive experience dealing in
foreign exchange and money market operations. Mr. Bajaj has a
postgraduate degree in Commerce with CAIIB certification.
Mr. Sidharth Rath, President (Large Mr. Sidharth Rath is currently the head of the Large Corporates
Corporate) Department. He joined the Bank in September 2001 with the Capital
Markets Department and subsequently became head of the
department. He was promoted to the grade of President in 2009. Prior
to joining the Bank, Mr. Rath worked at IFCI Limited, which he
joined in 1992. He has work experience in different capacities in the
credit operations and monitoring, corporate restructuring and
corporate credit divisions. Mr. Rath has a PGDM in Finance.
146
Mr. A. R. Gokulakrishnan, President Mr. A. R. Gokulakrishnan joined the Bank in December 1997 and
(Stressed Assets) was promoted to the grade of President in April 2010. He currently
heads the Stressed Assets Department of the Bank.
Mr. Gokulakrishnan has vast experience in the Bank’s capital
markets, credit risk and compliance divisions. Prior to joining the
Bank, he had over 20 years of banking experience with the State Bank
of India, where he worked in various capacities. Mr. Gokulakrishnan
has a B.Sc. and CAIIB certification.
Mr. Rajendra Adsul, President (SME) Mr. Rajendra Adsul joined the Bank in 1994 as a credit officer. He
worked in various capacities in the Bank’s Credit and Relationship
Management Department before being promoted to the grade of
President in April 2010. Mr. Adsul now heads the SME Department
of the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, he had nine years of banking
experience predominantly in the area of credit. Mr. Adsul is a first
class commerce graduate with CAIIB certification.
Mr. R. V. S. Sridhar, President (IT & Mr. R.V. S. Sridhar joined the Bank in 1995 and was promoted to the
Retail Operations) grade of President in April 2010. Mr. Sridhar has extensive
experience in dealing with forex and the Bank’s Treasury division.
Prior to joining the Bank, he had ten years of banking experience at
the State Bank of India, where he was promoted to the grade of
Middle Management Scale II. While at the State Bank of India,
Mr. Sridhar was posted at its Tokyo branch for two years.
Mr. R.V. S. Sridhar has an M.B.A. degree in Finance with CAIIB
certification.
Mr. Lalit Chawla, President Mr. Lalit Chawla joined the Bank in November 2001, specializing in
(Corporate Credit) large corporate and mid-corporate credit. He was promoted to
President of Corporate Credit in April 2010 and now heads the
Corporate Credit Department of the Bank. Mr. Chawla began his
career as a trainee officer at the State Bank of India in 1982. Mr. Lalit
Chawla has a postgraduate degree in Commerce with CAIIB
certification.
Mr. Rajesh Kumar Dahiya, President Mr. Rajesh Kumar Dahiya joined the Bank in June 2010. He began
(Human Resources) his career in 1990 with Rallis India Limited, a Tata Group company,
as a trainee and subsequently became manager of Personnel and
Administration. He held various positions in the company, including
factory manager, exports manager and head of distribution and
institutional business, before ultimately becoming the head of human
resources. In 2005, he moved within the Tata Group to Tata Sons
Limited as vice president of Group Talent Acquisition and the head of
Tata Administrative Services. As a human resources professional,
Mr. Dahiya has wide experience at the shop floor level and also in
corporate human resources. In his last assignment he was part of a
senior level strategic team working on a joint venture between Tata
Tea and Pepsi focusing on nutritional beverages. Mr. Dahiya is a civil
engineer with a Masters degree in Human Resources Management
from UBS Chandigarh.
Mr. Nilesh Shah, President Mr. Nilesh Shah joined the Bank in March 2011. He has more than
(Investment Banking) 20 years of experience in capital markets and market related
investments and has managed money across equity, fixed income
securities and real estate for local and global investors. Mr. Shah has
been recognized in his field and was the recipient of the inaugural
Business Standard Fund Manager of the Year (Debt) Award in 2003
and the inaugural ICAI Award in the Professional Manager (Private
Sector) Category in 2008. Mr. Shah is a qualified chartered
accountant, registered with the ICAI, and was the top scoring
qualifier of his class in 1991.
147
Corporate Governance
The Bank’s corporate governance policies recognize the accountability of the Board and the importance of
transparency to all its constituents, including employees, customers, investors and the regulatory authorities and
of demonstrating that the shareholders are the ultimate beneficiaries of the Bank’s economic activities.
The Bank’s corporate governance philosophy encompasses not only regulatory and legal requirements but
also other practices aimed at a high level of business ethics, effective supervision and enhancement of value for
all shareholders. The Board’s role, functions, responsibility and accountability are clearly defined. In addition to
its primary role of monitoring corporate performance, the Board also carries out functions such as taking care of
all statutory agenda, approving a business plan, reviewing and approving annual budgets and borrowing limits,
fixing exposure limits and ensuring that the Bank’s shareholders are kept informed about the Bank’s plans,
strategies and performance. To enable the Board of Directors to discharge these responsibilities effectively,
management gives detailed reports on the Bank’s performance to the Board on a quarterly basis.
The Board of Directors functions either as a full Board or through various committees such as the
Committee of Directors, the Audit Committee, the HR and Remuneration Committee, the Nomination
Committee, the Risk Management Committee, the Shareholders/Investors Grievance Committee, the Customer
Service Committee, the Special Committee of the Board of Directors for monitoring large value frauds, the
Acquisitions, Divestments and Mergers Committee, the IT Strategy Committee and the Committee of
Whole-Time Directors. These Board committees meet regularly. The constitution of the various committees as at
December 31, 2012 and its main functions are given below.
The Bank is in compliance with Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement relating to corporate governance.
Committee of Directors
The Committee of Directors comprises seven Directors: Ms. Shikha Sharma, Mr. S. B. Mathur,
Mr. K. N. Prithviraj, Mr. Prasad R Menon, Mr. R. N. Bhattacharyya, Mr. Somnath Sengupta and
Mr. V. Srinivasan. The committee is chaired by Mr. K. N. Prithviraj. The functions of the Committee of
Directors include providing approvals for loans above certain stipulated limits, discuss strategic issues in relation
to credit policy, and deliberate on the quality of the credit portfolio, monitoring the exposures (both credit and
investment) of the Bank, sanctioning expenditures above certain stipulated limits, approving expansion of the
location of the Bank’s Network of offices, branches, extension counters, ATMs and currency chests, reviewing
investment strategy and approve investment related proposals above certain limits, approving proposals relating
to the Bank’s operations covering all departments and business segments, ensuring compliance with the
statutory/ regulatory framework, etc.; and discussing issues relating to day to day affairs/problems and to take
such steps as may be deemed necessary for the smooth functioning of the Bank (all routine matters other than the
strategic matters and review of policies other than strategic policies like credit policy, investment policy and
other policies which the Committee of Directors may consider necessary or RBI may specifically require to be
reviewed by the Board).
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises four Directors: Mr. S. B. Mathur, Mr. V. R. Kaundinya,
Mr. K. N. Prithviraj and Prof. Samir K. Barua. The Committee is chaired by Mr. S. B. Mathur. The function of
the Audit Committee is to review internal and external audit reports and compliance matters. The responsibilities
of the Audit Committee include overseeing the financial reporting process to ensure fairness, sufficiency and
credibility of financial statements, review of annual financial statements before submission to the Board of
Directors, review of the adequacy of internal control systems and the internal audit function, review of
compliance with the inspection and audit reports of the RBI and reports of statutory auditors, review of the
findings of internal investigations, discussion on the scope of audit with internal auditors and examination of
reasons for substantial defaults, if any. All audit services provided by the Bank’s statutory auditors are
pre-approved by the Audit Committee.
148
approval increases in manpower cost budget of the Bank as a whole for the next year, reviewing and
recommending to the Board for approval the talent management and succession policy and process in the Bank
for ensuring business continuity, especially at the level of Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, the
other full-time Directors, senior managers one level below the Board position and other key roles, reviewing
organizational health through feedback from employee surveys conducted on a regular basis, reviewing the Code
of Conduct and HR strategy, policy and performance appraisal process within the Bank, as well as any
fundamental changes in organizational structure which could have wide ranging or high risk implications,
reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval the creation of new positions at the level of Executive
Director and above, reviewing appointments, promotions and exits of senior managers one level below the Board
position, setting goals, objectives and performance benchmarks for the Bank and for the Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer, the other Whole-time Directors and Executive Directors for the financial year and over
the medium to long term, reviewing the performance of the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer,
other Whole-time Directors and Executive Directors at the end of each year, recommending to the Board the
remuneration package for the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, the other Whole-time Directors
and senior managers one level below the Board and recommending to the Board the compensation payable to the
Chairman of the Bank.
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises three Directors: Mr. S. B. Mathur, Mr. V. R. Kaundinya and
Prof. Samir K. Barua. The Committee is chaired by Mr. S. B. Mathur. The functions of the Nomination
Committee include undertaking a process of due diligence to determine the suitability of any person for
appointment/continuing to hold appointment as a director on the Board, based upon qualification, expertise, track
record, integrity and other “fit and proper” criteria, examining the vacancies that will come up at the Board on
account of retirement or otherwise, evaluating the skills that exist, and those that are absent but needed at the
Board level, and searching for appropriate candidates who have the profile to provide such skill sets, creating a
recommended list for deliberation and decision-making at the Board level and reviewing the composition of
Committees of the Board, and identifying and recommending to the Board the Directors who can best serve as
members of each Board Committee.
Special Committee of the Board of Directors for Monitoring of Large Value Frauds
The Special Committee for Monitoring Large Value Frauds comprises five Directors: Ms. Shikha Sharma,
Mr. V. R. Kaundinya, Mr. R. N. Bhattacharyya, Prof. Samir K. Barua and Mr. A. K. Dasgupta. The committee is
chaired by Ms. Shikha Sharma. The Special Committee for Monitoring Large Value Frauds was constituted in
response to an RBI circular in relation to fraudulent activity involving Rs.10 million and above. The major
149
functions of the Special Committee are to monitor and review all the frauds of Rs.10 million and above, so as to
identify the systemic lacunae, if any, which facilitated perpetration of the fraud and put in place remedial
measures, identify the reasons for delay, if any, in detection and reporting to the Bank’s senior management and
the RBI, monitor progress of CBI/police investigations and recovery position, ensure that staff accountability is
examined at all levels in all the cases of frauds and staff related action, if required, is completed in a timely
manner, review the efficacy of the remedial action taken to prevent recurrence of frauds, such as, strengthening
of internal controls and put in place other relevant measures to strengthen preventive measures against frauds.
IT Strategy Committee
The IT Strategy Committee comprises four Directors: Mr. Som Mittal, Ms. Shikha Sharma, Mr. Prasad
R. Menon and Mr. Somnath Sengupta. The Committee is chaired by Mr. Som Mittal. The function of the
Committee is to approve IT strategy and policies, ensure that management has an effective strategic planning
process in place, ensure that the business strategy is aligned with the IT strategy, ensure that the IT organizational
structure serves business requirements and direction, oversee implementation of processes and practices that
ensures IT delivers value to businesses, monitor the method that management uses to determine the IT resources
needed to achieve strategic goals and provide high-level direction for sourcing and use of IT resources, ensure
proper balance of IT investments for sustaining the Bank’s growth, assess exposure to IT risks and its controls
and evaluating effectiveness of management’s monitoring of IT risks, assess management’s performance in
implementing IT strategies, assess whether IT architecture has been designed to derive maximum business value
and review IT performance measurement and contribution to businesses.
150
shareholders, but in no event shall an amount greater than the amount recommended by the Board of Directors be
approved. Under the Articles, no Director shall be required to hold any Equity Shares as qualification shares.
Under Section 300 of the Companies Act, no director of a company shall, as a director, take part in the discussion
of, or vote on, any contract or arrangement entered into, or to be entered into, by or on behalf of the company, if
he is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, concerned or interested in the contract or arrangement.
The AGM is held during business hours at the Bank’s registered office or at such other place in Ahmedabad
as the Board of Directors may determine. The Board may also call an EGM. The Board of Directors is required
to call an EGM upon the request of a set number of shareholders, as set forth in the Companies Act. Under the
Articles, every member present in person, on a show of hands, shall have one vote and upon a poll every member
present in person or by proxy shall have the right to vote (in proportion to his share of the paid equity capital of
the Bank) in accordance with the provisions of applicable law. However, according to section 12(2) of the
Banking Regulation Act, no person holding shares in a banking company shall, in respect of any shares held by
such person, exercise voting rights on poll in excess of 10% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders of
the banking company. The RBI, in accordance with the Banking Regulation Act, as amended, may increase the
limit on voting rights from 10% to 26% in a phased manner.
Under Article 52A, the acquisition of Equity Shares by a person or group which would take its holding to a
level of 5% or more of the total paid-up capital of the Bank (or such other percentage as may be prescribed by the
RBI from time to time) requires the prior approval of the RBI.
Under Section 106 of the Companies Act, where the share capital of a company is divided into different
classes of shares, the rights attached to the shares of any class may be varied with the written consent of the
holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution
passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class, if provision with respect to such
variation is contained in the memorandum or articles of association of the company, or in the absence of any such
provision in the memorandum or articles of association, if such variation is not prohibited by the terms of issue of
the shares of that class.
Under the Companies Act, any business to be transacted by an ordinary resolution requires simple majority,
with votes cast in favor of the resolution should be more than the votes cast against the resolution. Further, any
business to be transacted by way of a special resolution requires the approval of 75% of the shareholders present
at the meeting. The votes cast in favor of the resolution should be at least three-fourth of the total votes cast with
respect to the resolution.
The subscribed capital of the Bank shall not, at any time, be less than one-half of the authorized share
capital of the Bank, and the paid-up share capital of the Bank shall not be less than one-half of the subscribed
share capital of the Bank. The RBI may, however, extend the period of time within which the Bank must achieve
these proportions, not to exceed two years from the date of the increase.
The Directors have the authority to issue, allot or otherwise dispose of Equity Shares to such persons and on
such terms and conditions as they see fit. In addition, the Bank may determine in a General Meeting of
shareholders to issue further shares out of the authorized but unissued capital of the Bank and may determine that
any shares shall be offered to such persons in such proportions and on such terms and conditions as determined
by the shareholders in such a General Meeting. The Bank may reduce its share capital in accordance with the
provisions of the Companies Act and the Articles.
(a) Promoters
The Bank has identified the following entities as its Promoters.
• Administrator of the Specified Undertaking of the Unit Trust of India (UTI-1)
• Life Insurance Corporation of India (“LIC”)
• General Insurance Corporation of India (“GIC”) and four Government-owned general insurance
companies — New India Assurance Company Limited, National Insurance Company Limited, Oriental
Insurance Company Limited and United India Insurance Company Limited.
151
(c) Relatives of Key Management Personnel
Mr. Sanjaya Sharma, Mrs. Usha Bharadwaj, Mr. Tilak Sharma, Ms. Tvisha Sharma, Dr. Sanjiv Bharadwaj,
Dr. Prashant Bharadwaj, Dr. Brevis Bharadwaj, Dr. Reena Bharadwaj, Mrs. Swapna Chakraborty, Mr. Hirendra
Nath Chakraborty, Mr. Rajat Chakraborty, Mrs. Devikalpa Chakraborty (Kundu), Master Ahan Chakraborty,
Mr. Nabakumar Chakraborty, Mr. Prabir Chakraborty, Mrs. Minati Chakraborty, Mrs. Krishna Chakraborty,
Mrs. Sipra Chakraborty, Ms. Shikha Bhattacharya, Ms. Shila Chakraborty, Mr. Asim Kumar Chakraborty,
Mr. Arunabha Bhattacharya.
(e) Associates
• Bussan Auto Finance India Private Limited
Based on RBI guidelines, details of transactions with Associates are not disclosed since there is only one
entity/party in this category.
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended March 31, 2012 are
given below:
152
The balances payable to /receivable from the related parties of the Bank as at March 31, 2012 are given
below.
The maximum balances payable to /receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
March 31, 2012 are given below:
153
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The shareholding pattern of the Bank as on December 31, 2012 is as indicated in the table below:
Total no. of
Equity Shares
held in Total Shareholding as Equity Shares pledged
Sr. Category of No. of Total no. of Dematerialized a % of total no. of or
no. Shareholder Shareholders Equity Shares Form Equity Shares otherwise encumbered
As a % of
Number of Total no.
As a % As a % of Equity of Equity
of (A+B) (A+B+C) Shares Shares
(A) Shareholding of Promoter
and promoter group
(1) Indian
Financial Institutions/ Banks . . . . 10 151,767,952 151,767,952 38.97 35.53 0 0.00
Sub Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 151,767,952 151,767,952 38.97 35.53 0 0.00
(2) Foreign
Total shareholding of Promoter
and promoter group (A) . . . . . 10 151,767,952 151,767,952 38.97 35.53 0 0.00
(B) Public Shareholding
(1) Institutions
Mutual Funds / UTI . . . . . . . . . . . 225 18,108,421 18,108,421 4.65 4.24 0 0.00
Financial Institutions / Banks . . . . 36 6,021,923 6,021,523 1.55 1.41 0 0.00
Insurance Companies . . . . . . . . . . 138 23,201,924 23,201,924 5.96 5.43 0 0.00
Foreign Institutional Investors . . . 651 148,775,084 148,775,084 38.20 34.83 0 0.00
Sub Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,050 196,107,352 196,106,952 50.36 45.91 0 0.00
(2) Non-Institutions
Bodies Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,911 8,358,310 7,148,138 2.15 1.96 0 0.00
Individuals
Individual shareholders holding
nominal share capital up to
Rs.0.1 million . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162,305 18,731,912 16,292,992 4.81 4.39 0 0.00
Individual shareholders holding
nominal share capital in excess
of Rs.0.1 million . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 12,006,828 12,006,828 3.08 2.81 0 0.00
Any Others (Specify) . . . . . . . . . 6,346 2,452,071 2,452,071 0.63 0.57 0 0.00
Hindu Undivided Families . . . . . . 2,023 230,744 230,744 0.06 0.05 0 0.00
Trusts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 312,870 312,870 0.08 0.07 0 0.00
Clearing Members . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 962,575 962,575 0.25 0.23 0 0.00
Foreign Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3,439 3,439 0.00 0.00 0 0.00
Foreign Bodies- DR . . . . . . . . . . . 2 36,401 36,401 0.01 0.01 0 0.00
Foreign Nationals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 100 100 0.00 0.00 0 0.00
Non Resident Indians . . . . . . . . . . 4,065 905,942 905,942 0.23 0.21 0 0.00
Sub Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170,738 41,549,121 37,900,029 10.67 9.73 0 0.00
Total Public shareholding (B) . . 171,788 237,656,473 234,006,981 61.03 55.64 0 0.00
Total (A)+(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171,798 389,424,425 385,774,933 100.00 91.17 0 0.00
(C) Shares held by Custodians
and against which
Depository Receipts
have been issued
(1) Promoter and promoter
group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0 0.00
(2) Public . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 37,731,208 37,731,208 0.00 8.83 0 0.00
Sub Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 37,731,208 37,731,208 0.00 8.83 0 0.00
Total (A)+(B)+(C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 171,800 427,155,633 423,506,141 0.00 100.00 0 0.00
154
The following table sets forth the shareholding of the Promoters as at December 31, 2012 and the number of
shares proposed to be allotted to some of the Promoters in the Preferential Allotment as approved by the
shareholders of the Bank on January 28, 2013.
(1) Simultaneously with the Issue, the Bank is conducting the Preferential Allotment. The adjustment does not include the
effects of any take-up by the Promoters of any of the Equity Shares offered in the Preferential Allotment.
The following table sets forth the shareholders of the Bank, other than the shareholders belonging to the
Promoters, holding more than 1% of the Bank’s paid-up capital as at December 31, 2012
155
ISSUE PROCEDURE
The following is a summary intended to present a general outline of the procedure relating to the
application, payment, Allocation and Allotment. The procedure followed in the Issue may differ from the one
mentioned below and the investors are assumed to have apprised themselves of the same from the Bank or the
Book Running Lead Managers. The investors are advised to inform themselves of any restrictions or limitations
that may be applicable to them. See “Selling Restrictions” and “Transfer Restrictions”.
156
The Issue has been authorized and approved by the Board of Directors on December 17, 2012 and by the
shareholders of the Bank through a resolution passed through postal ballot on January 28, 2013.
The eligible securities including equity shares allotted to a QIB pursuant to a QIP shall not be sold for a
period of one year from the date of allotment, except on the floor of a recognized stock exchange in India.
Allotments made to FVCIs, VCFs and AIFs in the Issue are subject to the rules and regulations that are
applicable to them, including in relation to lock-in requirements.
The Equity Shares offered hereby have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act and may
not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (as defined in
Regulation S) except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being
offered and sold (a) in the United States only to persons reasonably believed to be Qualified Institutional Buyers
(as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, and
(b) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the
Securities Act. For a description of certain restrictions on transfer of the Equity Shares, see “Transfer
Restrictions”.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any
such jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
Issue Procedure
1. The Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers shall circulate serially numbered copies of the
Preliminary Placement Document and the Application Forms, either in electronic form or physical form, to not
more than 49 QIBs.
2. The list of QIBs to whom the Application Form is delivered shall be determined by the Book Running
Lead Managers in consultation with the Bank. Unless a serially numbered Preliminary Placement Document
along with the Application Form is addressed to a particular QIB, no invitation to subscribe shall be
deemed to have been made to such QIB. Even if such documentation were to come into the possession of any
person other than the intended recipient, no offer or invitation to offer shall be deemed to have been made to such
person.
3. QIBs may submit an Application Form, including any revisions thereof, to the Book Running Lead
Managers during the Bid/Issue Period.
4. QIBs will be required to indicate the following in the Application Form:
a. Name of the QIB to whom Equity Shares are to be Allotted;
b. Number of Equity Shares Bid for;
c. Price at which they offer to apply for the Equity Shares, provided that the QIBs may also indicate
that they are agreeable to submit a Bid in respect of the Equity Shares at “Cut-off Price” which shall be any
price as may be determined by the Bank in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers at or above
the Floor Price or the Floor Price net of such discount as approved in accordance with SEBI Regulations;
d. Details of the depository account to which the Equity Shares should be credited; and
e. A representation that it is either (i) outside the United States, or (ii) an institutional investor meeting
the requirements of a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A, and (iii) it has agreed to
certain other representations set forth in the Application Form.
Note: Each sub-account of an FII other than a sub-account which is a foreign corporate or a foreign
individual will be considered as an individual QIB and separate Application Forms would be required
from each such sub-account for submitting Application Forms.
5. Once a duly filled Application Form is submitted by a QIB, such Application Form constitutes an
irrevocable offer and cannot be withdrawn after the Bid/Issue Closing Date.
The Bid/Issue Closing Date shall be notified to the Stock Exchanges and the QIBs shall be deemed to have
been given notice of such date after the receipt of the Application Form.
The Bids made by the asset management companies or custodian of Mutual Funds shall specifically state the
names of the concerned schemes for which the Bids are made. In case of a Mutual Fund, a separate Bid can be
made in respect of each scheme of the Mutual Fund registered with SEBI and such Bids in respect of more than
157
one scheme of the Mutual Fund will not be treated as multiple Bids provided that the Bids clearly indicate the
scheme for which the Bid has been made. Application by various schemes or funds of a Mutual Fund will be
treated as one application from the Mutual Fund.
Bidders are advised to ensure that any single Bid from them does not exceed the investment limits or
maximum number of Equity Shares that can be held by them under applicable laws.
6. Upon receipt of the Application Form, the Bank, after closure of the Issue, shall determine the final terms,
including the Issue Price of the Equity Shares to be issued in consultation with the Book Running Lead
Managers. On determination of the final terms of the Equity Shares, the Book Running Lead Managers on behalf
of the Bank will send the CAN, along with serially numbered Placement Document, to the QIBs who have been
Allocated Equity Shares. The dispatch of the CAN shall be deemed a valid, binding and irrevocable contract for
the QIBs to pay the Issue Price for the Equity Shares Allocated to such QIBs. The CAN shall contain details such
as the number of Equity Shares Allocated to the QIB and payment instructions including the details of the
amounts payable by the QIB for Allotment in its name and the Pay-in Date as applicable to the respective QIB.
Please note that the Allocation will be at the absolute discretion of the Bank and will be based on the
recommendation of the Book Running Lead Managers.
7. Pursuant to receiving the CAN, each QIB shall be required to make the payment of the entire application
monies for the Equity Shares indicated in the CAN at the Issue Price, through electronic transfer to the
designated bank account of the Bank by the Pay-in Date as specified in the CAN sent to the respective QIBs.
8. Upon receipt of the application monies from the QIBs, the Bank shall Allot Equity Shares to the Bidders
as per the details in the CAN sent to them. The Bank shall not Allot to more than 49 QIBs. The Bank will
intimate to the Stock Exchanges the details of the Allotment and apply for approvals for listing of the Equity
Shares on the Stock Exchanges prior to crediting the Equity Shares into the beneficiary account maintained with
the Depository Participant by the QIBs.
9. After receipt of the listing approval from the Stock Exchanges, the Bank shall credit the Equity Shares
into the Depository Participant accounts of the respective QIBs. The Bank shall then apply for the trading
permissions from the Stock Exchanges.
10. The Equity Shares that have been credited to the beneficiary account with the Depository Participant of
the QIBs shall be eligible for trading on the Stock Exchanges only upon the receipt of final trading and listing
approvals from the Stock Exchanges.
11. Upon receipt of intimation of final trading and listing approval from the Stock Exchanges, the Bank may
inform the QIBs who have received an Allotment of the receipt of such approval. The Bank shall not be
responsible for any delay or non-receipt of the communication of the final trading and listing permissions from
the Stock Exchanges or any loss arising from such delay or non-receipt. Final listing and trading approvals
granted by the Stock Exchanges are also placed on their respective websites. QIBs are advised to apprise
themselves of the status of the receipt of the permissions from the Stock Exchanges or the Bank.
158
• Provident funds with a minimum corpus of Rs.250 million;
• Pension funds with a minimum corpus of Rs.250 million;
• National Investment Fund set up by the Government;
• Insurance funds set up and managed by the army, navy or air force of the Union of India; and
• Insurance funds set up and managed by the Department of Posts, India.
Under Regulation 86(1)(b) of the SEBI Regulations, no Allotment shall be made, either directly or
indirectly, to any QIB who is a Promoter of the Bank or any person related to the Promoters.
For this purpose, any QIB who has all or any of the following rights shall be deemed to be a person related
to the Promoter(s):
• rights under a shareholders’ agreement or voting agreement entered into with Promoters or persons
related to the Promoters;
• veto rights; or
• the right to appoint a nominee director on the Board.
unless such QIB has acquired any of these rights in its capacity as a lender to the Bank and such QIB does not
hold any Equity Shares.
Non-resident QIBs can participate in the Issue under Schedule 1 of the Foreign Exchange
Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000, as
amended.
FIIs are permitted to participate in the Issue subject to compliance with all applicable laws and such
that the shareholding of the FIIs does not exceed specified limits as prescribed under applicable laws in
this regard.
No single FII can hold more than 10% of the post Issue paid-up capital of the Bank. In respect of an FII
investing in the Equity Shares on behalf of its eligible sub-accounts, the investment on behalf of each eligible sub
account shall not exceed 10% of the Bank’s total issued capital or 5% of the total issued capital of the Bank in
case such eligible sub-account is a foreign corporate or an individual. The shareholders of the Bank have passed a
special resolution dated October 23, 2001 increasing the investment limits by FIIs up to 49% of the share capital
of the Bank.
The Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers are not liable for any amendment or modification or
change to applicable laws or regulations, which may occur after the date of this Placement Document.
QIBs are advised to make their independent investigations and satisfy themselves that they are eligible to
apply. QIBs are advised to ensure that any single application from them does not exceed the investment
limits or maximum number of Equity Shares that can be held by them under applicable law or regulation
or as specified in this Placement Document. Further, QIBs are required to satisfy themselves that their
Application Form would not eventually result in triggering a tender offer under the Takeover Code.
A minimum of 10% of the Equity Shares in the Issue shall be Allocated to Mutual Funds. If no
Mutual Fund is agreeable to take up the Mutual Fund Portion, such Mutual Fund Portion or part thereof
may be Allotted to other QIBs by the Bank.
No person holding shares in a banking company shall, in respect of any shares held by him, exercise voting
rights on poll in excess of 10% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders of the banking company. Provided
that the RBI may, increase such ceiling on voting rights from 10% to 26%, in a phased manner.
Note: Affiliates or associates of the Book Running Lead Managers who are QIBs may participate in
the Issue in compliance with applicable laws.
Application Form
QIBs shall only use the serially numbered Application Form supplied by the Book Running Lead Managers
in either electronic form or by physical delivery for the purpose of making a Bid (including revision of Bid) in
terms of the Preliminary Placement Document.
By making a Bid (including the revision thereof) for the Equity Shares through an Application Form and
pursuant to the terms of the Preliminary Placement Document, each QIB will be deemed to have made the
following representations and warranties and the representations, warranties and agreements made under the
159
sections and paragraphs “Notice to Investors — Representation by Investors”, “Selling Restrictions” and
“Transfer Restrictions”:
1. it is a QIB in terms of Regulation 2(1)(zd) of the SEBI Regulations and not excluded under
Regulation 86 of the SEBI Regulations, has a valid and existing registration under the applicable laws in
India (as applicable) and is eligible to participate in the Issue;
2. it is not a Promoter of the Bank and is not a person related to the Promoters, either directly or
indirectly, and its Bid does not directly or indirectly represent the Promoters or promoter group or persons
related to the Promoter(s);
3. it has no rights under a shareholders’ agreement or voting agreement with the Promoters or persons
related to the Promoters, no veto rights or right to appoint any nominee director on the Board other than that
acquired in the capacity of a lender not holding any Equity Shares, which shall not be deemed to be a person
related to the Promoters;
4. it has no right to withdraw its Bid after the Bid/Issue Closing Date;
5. if the Equity Shares are Allotted pursuant to the Issue, the QIB shall not, for a period of one year
from Allotment, sell such Equity Shares so acquired otherwise than on the floor of the Stock Exchanges;
6. it is eligible to Bid and hold any of the Equity Shares so Allotted. The QIB further confirms that the
holding of the QIB, does not and shall not, exceed the permissible limits as per any regulations applicable to
the QIB;
7. its Bids would not eventually result in triggering a tender offer under the Takeover Code;
8. that to the best of its knowledge and belief, together with other QIBs in the Issue that belong to the
same group or are under common control, the Allotment to the QIB shall not exceed 50% of the Issue Size.
For the purposes of this statement:
a. The expression “belongs to the same group” shall be interpreted by applying the concept of
“companies under the same group” as provided in sub-section (11) of Section 372 of the Companies
Act; and
b. “Control” shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it by Regulation 2(1)(e) of the
Takeover Code.
9. it shall not undertake any trade in the Equity Shares credited into the beneficiary account maintained
with the Depository Participant by the QIBs until such time that the final listing and trading approvals for
the Equity Shares are issued by the Stock Exchanges;
10. it acknowledges, represents and agrees that its total Holding in the paid-up share capital of the
Bank, when aggregated together with any existing Holding and/or Holding of any of its “relative” or
“associated enterprises” (as defined under Section 92A of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961), does not
exceed 5% of the total paid-up share capital of the Bank, unless it is an existing shareholder who already
holds 5% or more of the underlying paid up share capital of the Bank pursuant to the acknowledgment of the
RBI, provided that its Holding does not, without the further acknowledgment of the RBI, exceed its existing
Holding after Allotment; and
11. it acknowledges that as specified by RBI in its letter dated January 7, 2013 and as required in terms
of the RBI circular dated April 20, 2010, the Bank shall apply for a post facto approval from the RBI in
respect of this Issue, upon completion of the Allotment process. In the event that RBI does not grant the post
facto approval in respect of Allotment to any Allottee(s), such Allottee shall be required to comply with the
instructions that may be received from the RBI, in this regard.
QIBS WOULD NEED TO PROVIDE THEIR DEPOSITORY ACCOUNT DETAILS, PAN, THEIR
DEPOSITORY PARTICIPANT’S NAME, DEPOSITORY PARTICIPANT IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER AND BENEFICIARY ACCOUNT NUMBER IN THE APPLICATION FORM. QIBS MUST
ENSURE THAT THE NAME GIVEN IN THE APPLICATION FORM IS EXACTLY THE SAME AS
THE NAME IN WHICH THE DEPOSITORY ACCOUNT IS HELD. FOR THIS PURPOSE, ELIGIBLE
SUB ACCOUNTS OF AN FII WOULD BE CONSIDERED AS AN INDEPENDENT QIB.
Demographic details such as address and bank account will be obtained from the Depositories as per the
beneficiary account details given above.
The submission of an Application Form by the QIBs shall be deemed a valid, binding and irrevocable offer
for the QIB to pay the Issue Price for the Equity Shares (as indicated by the CAN) and becomes a binding
160
contract on the QIB, upon issuance of the CAN by the Book Running Lead Managers on behalf of the Bank in
favor of the QIB.
Method of Allocation
The Bank shall determine the Allocation in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers on a
discretionary basis and in compliance with Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations.
Application Forms received from the QIBs at or above the Issue Price shall be grouped together to
determine the total demand for each type of Equity Share. The Allocation to all such QIBs will be made at the
Issue Price. Allocation to Mutual Funds for up to a minimum of 10% of the applicable Issue size shall be
undertaken subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Issue Price.
THE DECISION OF THE BANK AND THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS IN RESPECT
OF ALLOCATION SHALL BE BINDING ON ALL QIBs. QIBs MAY NOTE THAT ALLOCATION IS
AT THE SOLE AND ABSOLUTE DISCRETION OF THE BANK AND QIBS MAY NOT RECEIVE
ANY ALLOCATION EVEN IF THEY HAVE SUBMITTED VALID APPLICATION FORMS AT OR
ABOVE THE ISSUE PRICE. NEITHER THE BANK NOR THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS
ARE OBLIGED TO ASSIGN ANY REASONS FOR SUCH NON-ALLOCATION.
All Application Forms duly completed along with payment and a copy of the PAN card or PAN allotment
letter shall be submitted to the Book Running Lead Managers as per the details provided in the respective CAN.
CAN
Based on the Application Forms received, the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers, in their sole and
absolute discretion, decide the list of QIBs to whom the serially numbered CAN shall be sent, pursuant to which
the details of the Equity Shares Allocated to them and the details of the amounts payable for Allotment of such
Equity Shares in their respective names shall be notified to such QIBs. Additionally, the CAN will include details
of the relevant Escrow Bank Account into which such payments would need to be made, address where the
161
application money needs to be sent, Pay-in Date as well as the probable designated date, being the date of credit
of the Equity Shares to the QIB’s account, as applicable to the respective QIBs (“Designated Date”).
The QIBs who have been Allocated Equity Shares would also be sent a serially numbered Placement
Document either in electronic form or by physical delivery along with the serially numbered CAN.
The dispatch of the serially numbered Placement Document and the CAN to the QIB shall be deemed a
valid, binding and irrevocable contract for the QIB to furnish all details that may be required by the Book
Running Lead Managers and to pay the entire Issue Price for all the Equity Shares Allocated to such QIB.
QIBs are advised to instruct their Depository Participant to accept the Equity Shares that may be
Allotted to them pursuant to the Issue.
Payment Instructions
The payment of application money shall be made by the QIBs to the relevant Escrow Bank Account
identified in the CAN, in the name of “Axis Bank Limited — QIP Escrow Account” as per the payment
instructions provided in the CAN.
QIBs may make payment only through electronic fund transfer.
Note: Payments through cheques are liable to be rejected.
Other Instructions
Permanent Account Number or PAN
Each QIB should mention its PAN allotted under the I.T. Act in the Application Form. Applications without
this information will be considered incomplete and are liable to be rejected. It is to be specifically noted that
applicants should not submit the GIR number instead of the PAN as the Application Form is liable to be rejected
on this ground.
162
Right to Reject Applications
The Bank, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers, may reject Bids, in part or in full,
without assigning any reasons whatsoever. The decision of the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers in
relation to the rejection of Bids shall be final and binding.
163
PLACEMENT
Placement Agreement
The Book Running Lead Managers have entered into a placement agreement with the Bank dated
January 28, 2013 (the “Placement Agreement”), pursuant to which the Book Running Lead Managers have
agreed to manage the Issue and procure subscription on a best effort basis for the Equity Shares to be placed with
the QIBs, pursuant to Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations.
The Placement Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, as well as indemnities from
us and is subject to termination in accordance with the terms contained therein.
Applications shall be made to list the Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Issue and admit them to trading
on the Stock Exchanges. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity or sustainability of the trading market for
such Equity Shares, the ability of holders of the Equity Shares to sell their Equity Shares or the price at which
holders of the Equity Shares will be able to sell their Equity Shares.
This Placement Document has not been, and will not be, registered as a prospectus with the RoC and, no
Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Issue will be offered in India or overseas to the public or any members of
the public in India or any class of investors, other than QIBs.
In connection with the Issue, the Book Running Lead Managers (or their affiliates) may, for their own
accounts, subscribe to the Equity Shares or enter into asset swaps, credit derivatives or other derivative
transactions relating to the Equity Shares to be issued pursuant to the Issue at the same time as the offer and sale
of the Equity Shares, or in secondary market transactions. As a result of such transactions, the Book Running
Lead Managers may hold long or short positions in such Equity Shares. These transactions may comprise a
substantial portion of the Issue and no specific disclosure will be made of such positions.
Affiliates of the Book Running Lead Managers may purchase Equity Shares and be Allotted Equity Shares
for proprietary purposes and not with a view to distribute or in connection with the issuance of P-Notes.
The Book Running Lead Managers and their affiliates may engage in transactions with and perform services
for the Bank and its subsidiaries, group companies or affiliates in the ordinary course of business and have
engaged, or may in the future engage, in commercial banking and investment banking transactions with the Bank
and its subsidiaries, group companies or affiliates, for which they have received compensation and may in the
future receive compensation.
Lock-up
The Bank shall not, for a period commencing the date of the Placement Agreement and ending 180 days
from the date of the Allotment, without the prior written consent of the Book Running Lead Managers, directly
or indirectly (a) offer, sell or announce the intention to sell, pledge, issue, contract to issue, grant any option,
right or warrant for the issuance and allotment, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or establish or increase a put
equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position with respect to, any Equity Shares or
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Equity Shares (including any warrants or other
rights to subscribe for any Equity Shares), (b) enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that
transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences associated with the
ownership of any of the Equity Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Equity Shares (regardless of whether any of the transactions described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by the
delivery of Equity Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), or (c) deposit Equity Shares with any
other depositary in connection with a depositary receipt facility, or (d) enter into any transaction (including a
transaction involving derivatives) having an economic effect similar to that of a sale or deposit of the Equity
Shares in any depository receipt facility; or (e) publicly disclose any intention to enter into any transaction falling
within (a) to (d) above or enter into any transaction falling within (a) to (d) above.
Provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) issuance of Equity Shares pursuant to the Issue,
(b) any Equity Shares issued or options to purchase Equity Shares granted pursuant to existing employee benefit
plans of the Bank referred to in the Preliminary Placement Document or (c) any Equity Shares issued pursuant to
the Preferential Allotment.
164
SELLING RESTRICTIONS
The distribution of this Placement Document and the offer, sale or delivery of the Equity Shares is restricted
by law in certain jurisdictions. Persons who come into possession of this Placement Document are advised to
take legal advice with regard to any restrictions that may be applicable to them and to observe such restrictions.
This Placement Document may not be used for the purpose of an offer or sale in any circumstances in which such
offer or sale is not authorized or permitted.
General
No action has been taken or will be taken that would permit a public offering of the Equity Shares to occur
in any jurisdiction, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this Placement Document or any other
material relating to the Bank or the Equity Shares in any jurisdiction where action for such purpose is required.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this Placement
Document nor any offering materials or advertisements in connection with the Equity Shares may be distributed
or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with
any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction. The Issue will be made in compliance
with the applicable SEBI Regulations. Each purchaser of the Equity Shares in the Issue will be required to make,
or be deemed to have made, as applicable, the acknowledgments and agreements as described under “Transfer
Restrictions”.
Republic of India
This Placement Document may not be distributed directly or indirectly in India or to residents of India and
any Equity Shares may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in India to, or for the account or benefit of,
any resident of India except as permitted by applicable Indian laws and regulations, under which an offer is
strictly on a private and confidential basis and is limited to eligible and not exceeding 49 QIBs and is not an offer
to the public. This Placement Document is neither a public issue nor a prospectus under the Companies Act or an
advertisement and should not be circulated to any person other than to whom the offer is made. This Placement
Document has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in India.
Canada
The Equity Shares will not be qualified for sale under the securities laws of any province or territory of
Canada. Each Book Running Lead Manager has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or distributed
and will not offer, sell or distribute any securities, directly or indirectly, in Canada or to or for the benefit of any
resident of Canada, other than in compliance with applicable securities laws. Each Book Running Lead Manager
has also represented and agreed that it has not distributed or delivered and will not distribute or deliver the
Placement Document, or any other offering material in connection with any offering of the Equity Shares, in
Canada other than in compliance with applicable securities laws.
165
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any
Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the
terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any securities,
as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that
Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto,
including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and
includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD
Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU and includes any relevant implementing measure in each
Relevant Member State.
Hong Kong
The contents of this Placement Document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong
Kong. Prospective investors are advised to exercise caution in relation to the Issue. If prospective investors are in
any doubt about any of the contents of this Placement Document, they should obtain independent professional
advice. Please note that (1) Equity Shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of this or any other
document other than to professional investors within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 to the Securities and
Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong (Cap. 571) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances
which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong
(Cap. 32) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purposes of the CO or the
SFO, and (2) no person shall issue, or possess for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, any
advertisement, invitation or document relating to Equity Shares which is directed at, or the contents of which are
likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws
of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the Equity Shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to
persons outside Hong Kong or only to such professional investors.
Japan
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange
Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended; the “FIEL”) The Book Running Lead Managers have
represented and agreed that they will not offer or sell any Equity Shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or
for the benefit of, any resident in Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including
any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or
indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, a resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws,
regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Singapore
This Placement Document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore
under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “Securities and Futures Act”).
Accordingly, the Equity Shares may not be offered or sold or made the subject of an invitation for subscription or
purchase nor may this Placement Document or any other document or material in connection with the offer or
sale or invitation for subscription or purchase of any Equity Shares be circulated or distributed, whether directly
or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor pursuant to Section 274 of the
Securities and Futures Act, (b) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the Securities
and Futures Act, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures
Act, or (c) pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities
and Futures Act.
Each of the following relevant persons specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act who has
subscribed for or purchased shares, namely a person who is:
(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments
and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited
investor; or
(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments
and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, should note that shares, debentures and units of shares and
debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable
166
for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the Securities
and Futures Act except:
(1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act or to a relevant
person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the Securities and Futures Act, and in accordance
with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act;
(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
(3) by operation of law.
United Kingdom
Each of the Book Running Lead Managers has represented and agreed that:
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be
communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section
21 of the FSMA in connection with the issue or sale of any Equity Shares in circumstances in which section
21(1) of FSMA does not apply to the Bank; and
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything
done by it in relation to the Equity Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
United States
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered
or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in either case, pursuant
to an effective registration statement or in accordance with an applicable exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold only (1) in the
United States to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) pursuant to
the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the
Securities Act and (2) outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S.
Each purchaser of the Equity Shares will be deemed to have made the representations, agreements and
acknowledgements as described under the section titled — “Transfer Restrictions”.
167
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
Due to the following restrictions, investors are advised to consult legal counsel prior to purchasing Equity
Shares or making any resale, pledge or transfer of the Equity Shares.
Purchasers are not permitted to sell the Equity Shares Allotted pursuant to the Issue, for a period of one year
from the date of Allotment, except on the Stock Exchanges. Allotments made to FVCIs, VCFs and AIFs in the
Issue are subject to the rules and regulations that are applicable to them, including in relation to lock-in
requirements. Additional transfer restrictions applicable to the Equity Shares are listed below.
Each purchaser of the Equity Shares in the United States or a U.S. person is deemed to have
represented, agreed and acknowledged as follows:
• It (A) is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A) and (B) is aware that the sale of the
Equity Shares to it is being made in reliance on an exemption under the Securities Act.
• It is acquiring the Equity Shares for its own account or for the account of one or more eligible U.S.
investors (i.e., “qualified institutional buyers”, as defined above), each of which is acquiring beneficial
interests in the Equity Shares for its own account.
• It understands that the Equity Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering
in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, that the Equity Shares have not been and
will not be registered under the Securities Act and that if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or
otherwise transfer any of the Equity Shares, such Equity Shares may be offered, resold, pledged or
otherwise transferred in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws only
outside the United States to a purchaser not known by it to be a U.S. person in a transaction complying
with the provisions of Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or in a transaction otherwise exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
• It understands and agrees that if it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer any of the Equity
Shares in accordance with the restrictions set forth herein, it shall obtain from the transferee a
representation letter in substantially the same form as the representations in this section. Such a letter will
not be required for a non-prearranged transaction executed on the BSE Limited or the National Stock
Exchange of India Limited or any other recognized stock exchange where the Equity Shares are listed.
• It will deliver to the Bank an exit letter upon the resale of the Equity Shares purchased in the Issue stating
that the Equity Shares were sold in compliance with the above restriction.
• It will notify the executing broker and any other agent involved in any resale of the Equity Shares of the
forgoing restrictions applicable to the Equity Shares and instruct such broker or agent to abide by such
restrictions.
• It understands that the Bank has not been and will not be registered under the Investment Company Act
and investors will not be entitled to the benefits of the Investment Company Act.
• It acknowledges that if at any time its representations cease to be true, it agrees to resell the Equity Shares
at the Bank’s request.
• It is a sophisticated investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial, business and
investments as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Equity Shares. It is
experienced in investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a similar stage of
development and in similar jurisdictions. It and any accounts for which it is subscribing to the Equity
Shares (i) are each able to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Equity Shares, (ii) will not look
to the Bank or any of the Book Running Lead Managers for all or part of any such loss or losses that may
be suffered, (iii) are able to sustain a complete loss on the investment in the Equity Shares, (iv) have no
need for liquidity with respect to the investment in the Equity Shares, and (v) have no reason to anticipate
any change in its or their circumstances, financial or otherwise, which may cause or require any sale or
distribution by it or them of all or any part of the Equity Shares. It acknowledges that an investment in the
Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk and that the Equity Shares are, therefore, a speculative
investment. It is seeking to subscribe to the Equity Shares in this Issue for its own investment and not
with a view to distribution.
168
• It has been provided access to the Preliminary Placement Document and the Placement Document which
it has read in its entirety.
• It agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank and each of the Book Running Lead Managers harmless from
any and all costs, claims, liabilities and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising out of or in
connection with any breach of these representations and warranties. It will not hold any of the Bank or the
Book Running Lead Managers liable with respect to its investment in the Equity Shares. It agrees that the
indemnity set forth in this paragraph shall survive the resale of the Equity Shares.
• Where it is subscribing to the Equity Shares for one or more managed accounts, it represents and warrants
that it is authorized in writing, by each such managed account to subscribe to the Equity Shares for each
managed account and to make (and it hereby makes) the acknowledgements and agreements herein for
and on behalf of each such account, reading the reference to “it” to include such accounts.
• It acknowledges that the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers and their respective affiliates and
others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgements, representations and
agreements and agrees that, if any of such acknowledgements, representations or agreements is no longer
accurate, it will promptly notify the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers.
Each purchaser of the Equity Shares outside the United States that is not a U.S. person is deemed to
have represented, agreed and acknowledged as follows:
• It is authorized to consummate the purchase of the Equity Shares in compliance with all applicable laws
and regulations.
• It acknowledges (or if it is a broker-dealer acting on behalf of a customer, its customer has confirmed to it
that such customer acknowledges) that the Equity Shares are being issued in reliance upon Regulation S
and such Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act.
• It certifies that either (A) it is, or at the time the Equity Shares are purchased will be, the beneficial owner
of the Equity Shares and it is not a U.S. person and is located outside the United States (within the
meaning of Regulation S) or (B) it is a broker-dealer acting on behalf of its customer and its customer has
confirmed to it that (i) such customer is, or at the time the Equity Shares are purchased will be, the
beneficial owner of the Equity Shares, and (ii) such customer is not a U.S. person and is located outside
the United States (within the meaning of Regulation S).
• It is aware of the restrictions of the offer, sale and resale of the Equity Shares pursuant to Regulation S.
• The Equity Shares have not been offered to it by means of any “directed selling efforts” as defined in
Regulation S.
• It understands that the Equity Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering
in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, that the Equity Shares have not been and
will not be registered under the Securities Act and that if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or
otherwise transfer any of the Equity Shares, such Equity Shares may be offered, resold, pledged or
otherwise transferred in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws only
outside the United States to a purchaser not known by it to be a U.S. person in a transaction complying
with the provisions of Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or in a transaction otherwise exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
• It is a sophisticated investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial, business and
investments as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Equity Shares. It is
experienced in investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a similar stage of
development and in similar jurisdictions. It and any accounts for which it is subscribing to the Equity
Shares (i) are each able to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Equity Shares, (ii) will not look
to the Bank or any of the Book Running Lead Managers for all or part of any such loss or losses that may
be suffered, (iii) are able to sustain a complete loss on the investment in the Equity Shares, (iv) have no
need for liquidity with respect to the investment in the Equity Shares, and (v) have no reason to anticipate
any change in its or their circumstances, financial or otherwise, which may cause or require any sale or
distribution by it or them of all or any part of the Equity Shares. It acknowledges that an investment in the
Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk and that the Equity Shares are, therefore, a speculative
investment. It is seeking to subscribe to the Equity Shares in this Issue for its own investment and not
with a view to distribution.
• It has been provided access to the Preliminary Placement Document and the Placement Document which
it has read in its entirety.
169
• It agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank and each of the Book Running Lead Managers harmless from
any and all costs, claims, liabilities and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising out of or in
connection with any breach of these representations and warranties. It will not hold any of the Bank or the
Book Running Lead Mangers liable with respect to its investment in the Equity Shares. It agrees that the
indemnity set forth in this paragraph shall survive the resale of the Equity Shares.
• Where it is subscribing to the Equity Shares for one or more managed accounts, it represents and warrants
that it is authorized in writing, by each such managed account to subscribe to the Equity Shares for each
managed account and to make (and it hereby makes) the acknowledgements and agreements herein for
and on behalf of each such account, reading the reference to “it” to include such accounts.
• It acknowledges that the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers and their respective affiliates and
others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgements, representations and
agreements and agrees that, if any of such acknowledgements, representations or agreements is no longer
accurate, it will promptly notify the Bank and the Book Running Lead Managers.
170
THE SECURITIES MARKET OF INDIA
The information in this section has been extracted from documents available on the website of SEBI and the
Stock Exchanges and has not been prepared or independently verified by the Bank or the Book Running Lead
Managers or any of their respective affiliates or advisors.
India has a long history of organized securities trading. In 1875, the first stock exchange of Asia was
established in Mumbai.
Listing of Securities
The listing of securities on a recognized Indian stock exchange is regulated by the applicable Indian laws
including the Companies Act, the SCRA, the SCRR, the SEBI Act and various guidelines and regulations issued
by the SEBI and the listing agreements of the respective stock exchanges. The SCRA empowers the governing
body of each recognized stock exchange to suspend trading of or withdraw admission to dealings in a listed
security for breach of or non compliance with any conditions or breach of company’s obligations under such
listing agreement or for any reason, subject to the issuer receiving prior written notice of the intent of the
exchange and upon granting of a hearing in the matter. SEBI also has the power to amend such equity listing
agreements and bye-laws of the stock exchanges in India, to overrule a stock exchange’s governing body and
withdraw recognition of a recognized stock exchange.
SEBI has notified the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations,
2009 in relation to the voluntary and compulsory delisting of equity shares from the stock exchanges. In addition,
certain amendments to the SCRR have also been notified in relation to delisting.
Pursuant to an amendment of the SCRR in June 2010, all listed companies (except public sector
undertakings) are required to maintain a minimum public shareholding of 25% and have been given a period of
three years to comply with such requirement.
171
In addition to the market-wide index-based circuit breakers, there are currently in place individual
scrip-wise price bands of 20% movements either up or down. However, no price bands are applicable on scrips
on which derivative products are available or scrips included in indices on which derivative products are
available.
The stock exchanges in India can also exercise the power to suspend trading during periods of market
volatility. Margin requirements are imposed by stock exchanges that are required to be paid by the stockbrokers.
BSE
Established in 1875, it is the oldest stock exchange in India. In 1956, it became the first stock exchange in
India to obtain permanent recognition from the Government under the SCRA. As at December 31, 2012, the one
month average daily traded value of the capital market segment was Rs.25,189 million. As at December 31, 2012
there were 5,191 scripts traded on the BSE and the estimated market capitalization of stocks trading on the BSE
as at December 31, 2012 was Rs.69,218,152 million. (Source: www.bseindia.com.)
NSE
The NSE was established by financial institutions and banks to provide nationwide online, satellite-linked,
screen-based trading facilities with market-makers and electronic clearing and settlement for securities including
government securities, debentures, public sector bonds and units. The NSE was recognized as a stock exchange
under the SCRA in April 1993 and commenced operations in the wholesale debt market segment in June 1994.
The capital market (equities) segment commenced operations in November 1994 and operations in the
derivatives segment commenced in June 2000. NSE launched the NSE 50 Index, now known as S&P CNX
NIFTY, on April 22, 1996 and the Mid-cap Index on January 1, 1996. The securities in the NSE 50 Index are
highly liquid.
On December 31, 2012, the average daily traded value of the capital market segment was
Rs.130,258 million. As at December 31, 2012, there were 1,625 listed companies trading on the NSE. As at
December 31, 2012, the estimated market capitalization of stock trading on the NSE was Rs.67,637,814 million.
(Source: www.nseindia.com.)
Trading Hours
Trading on both the BSE and the NSE occurs from Monday through Friday, from 9.00 a.m. to 3.30 p.m.
Indian Standard Time. The BSE and the NSE are closed on public holidays. The recognized stock exchanges
have been permitted by SEBI to set their own trading hours (in cash and derivatives segments) subject to the
condition that (i) the trading hours are between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.; and (ii) the stock exchange has in place risk
management system and infrastructure commensurate to the trading hours.
Trading Procedure
In order to facilitate smooth transactions, the BSE replaced its open outcry system with BSE On-line
Trading (or “BOLT”) facility in 1995. This totally automated screen based trading in securities was put into
practice nation-wide. This has enhanced transparency in dealings and has assisted considerably in smoothening
settlement cycles and improving efficiency in back-office work.
NSE has introduced a fully automated trading system called National Exchange for Automated Trading (or
“NEAT”), which operates on strict time/price priority besides enabling efficient trade. NEAT has provided depth
in the market by enabling large number of members all over India to trade simultaneously, narrowing the
spreads.
Takeover Code
Disclosure and mandatory bid obligations for listed Indian companies under Indian law are governed by the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011
172
(the “Takeover Code”) which provides specific regulations in relation to substantial acquisition of shares and
takeover. Once the equity shares of a company are listed on a stock exchange in India, the provisions of the
Takeover Code will apply to any acquisition of the company’s shares/voting rights/control. The Takeover Code
prescribes certain thresholds or trigger points in the shareholding a person or entity has in the listed Indian
company, which give rise to certain obligations on part of the acquirer. Acquisitions up to a certain threshold
prescribed under the Takeover Code mandate specific disclosure requirements, while acquisitions crossing
particular thresholds may result in the acquirer having to make an open offer of the shares of the target company.
The Takeover Code also provides for the possibility of indirect acquisitions, imposing specific obligations on the
acquirer in case of such indirect acquisition.
Depositories
The Depositories Act provides a legal framework for the establishment of depositories to record ownership
details and effect transfer in book-entry form. Further, SEBI framed regulations in relation to the registration of
such depositories, the registration of participants as well as the rights and obligations of the depositories,
participants, companies and beneficial owners. The depository system has significantly improved the operation
of the Indian securities markets.
173
DESCRIPTION OF THE EQUITY SHARES
The following is information relating to the Equity Shares including a brief summary of the Memorandum
and Articles of Association and the Companies Act. Prospective investors are urged to read the Memorandum
and Articles of Association carefully, and consult with their advisers, as the Memorandum and Articles of
Association and applicable Indian law, and not this summary, govern the rights attached to the Equity Shares.
General
The Bank’s authorized share capital consists of 850,000,000 Equity Shares. As of December 31, 2012
427,155,633 Equity Shares of the Bank are issued and outstanding. The Equity Shares are listed on the NSE and
the BSE.
Dividends
Under Indian law, a company pays dividends upon a recommendation by its board of directors and approval
by a majority of the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of shareholders held within six months of the
end of each fiscal year. The Articles authorize, the shareholders to decrease but not increase the dividend amount
recommended by the Board of Directors. Dividends are generally declared as a percentage of face value and
distributed and paid to shareholders in proportion to the paid up value of their equity shares. Under the listing
agreements with the Stock Exchanges, listed companies are required to declare and disclose their dividends only
on a per share basis. The Companies Act provides that shares of a company of the same class must receive equal
dividend treatment.
These distributions and payments are required to be deposited into a separate bank account and paid to
shareholders within 30 days of the Annual General Meeting where the resolution for declaration of dividend is
approved.
The Companies Act states that any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed after the 30 day period are to
be transferred to a special unpaid dividend bank account held with a scheduled bank within a further period of
seven days. Any money that remains unclaimed for seven years from the date of the transfer is to be transferred
by the Bank to the Investor Education and Protection Fund created by the Government. No claims for the
payment of dividends unpaid or unclaimed for a period of seven years shall lie against the Investor Education and
Protection Fund or against the Bank.
The Articles authorize the Board of Directors to declare interim dividends, the amount of which must, in
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, be deposited in a separate bank account within five days
and paid to the shareholders within 30 days of declaration of such interim dividend.
Under the Companies Act, dividends payable can be paid only in cash to the registered shareholder at the
record date fixed prior to the relevant Annual General Meeting, to his order or to the order of his banker.
Before paying any dividend on the Equity Shares, the Bank is required under the Banking Regulation Act to
completely write off all capitalized expenses (including preliminary expenses, organization expenses, share-
selling commission, brokerage, amounts of losses incurred or any other item of expenditure not represented by
tangible assets). The Bank is permitted to declare dividend up to 40% of current year’s profit without prior RBI
approval subject to compliance with certain prescribed requirements, including maintenance of capital adequacy
and net NPA ratios. Further, upon compliance with the prescribed requirements, the Bank is also permitted to
declare interim dividends subject to the above mentioned cap computed for the relevant accounting period.
Dividends may only be paid out of the Bank’s profits for the relevant year and in certain contingencies out
of the reserves of the company. Before declaring dividends, the Bank is required, under the Banking Regulation
Act and the Articles to transfer 20% of the balance of profits of each year to a reserve fund.
Bonus Shares
The Articles permit the Bank by a resolution of the shareholders in a general meeting to resolve in certain
circumstances that certain amounts standing to the credit of certain reserves or securities premium can be
capitalized by the issue of fully paid bonus shares or by crediting shares not fully paid-up with the whole or part
of any sum outstanding. Bonus shares must be issued pro rata to the amount of capital paid-up on existing
shareholdings. Any issue of bonus shares would be subject to the guidelines issued by SEBI in this regard.
174
and voting at a general meeting. Under the Companies Act and the Bank’s Articles, in the event of an issuance of
securities, subject to the limitations set forth above, the Bank must first offer the new equity shares to the holders
of equity shares on a fixed record date. The offer, required to be made by notice, must include:
• the right, exercisable by the shareholders of record, to renounce the equity shares offered in favor of any
other person;
• the number of equity shares offered; and
• the period of the offer, which may not be less than 15 days from the date of the offer. If the offer is not
accepted, it is deemed to have been declined.
The Board of Directors is permitted to distribute equity shares not accepted by existing shareholders in the
manner it deems beneficial for the Bank in accordance with the Companies Act.
Under the provisions of the Companies Act, new shares may be offered to any persons whether or not those
persons include existing shareholders, if a special resolution to that effect is passed by the shareholders of a
company in a general meeting.
The Articles also provide that if at any time the Bank’s share capital is divided into different classes of
shares, the rights attached to any one class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that
class) may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class,
or with the sanction of a special resolution, passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.
Voting Rights
A shareholder has one vote for each equity share and voting may be by a show of hands or on a poll.
However, under the Banking Regulation Act, on poll, a shareholder cannot exercise voting rights in excess of
10% of the total voting rights of all shareholders. Voting is by show of hands, unless a poll is ordered by the
chairman of the meeting or demanded by a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of the voting rights
in respect of the resolution or by those holding paid-up capital of at least Rs.50,000 (that is, 5,000 shares of Rs.10
each). The chairman of the meeting has a casting vote. The quorum for a general meeting is five members
personally present. Generally, resolutions may be passed by simple majority of the shareholders present and
voting at any general meeting. However, special resolutions require that the votes cast in favor of the resolution
must be at least three times the votes cast against the resolution. As provided in the Bank’s Articles, a
shareholder may exercise its voting rights by proxy to be given in the form prescribed by the Bank. This proxy,
however, is required to be lodged with the Bank at least 48 hours before the time of the relevant meeting. A
shareholder may, by a single power of attorney, grant general power of representation covering several general
meetings. A proxy may not vote except on a poll and does not have a right to speak at meetings. A corporate
shareholder is also entitled to nominate a representative to attend and vote on its behalf at all general meetings.
The Companies Act has been amended to provide for passing of resolutions in relation to specified matters,
which have been notified by the Government, by means of a postal ballot. A notice to all the shareholders shall
be sent along with a draft resolution explaining the reasons therefore and requesting them to send their assent or
dissent in writing on a postal ballot within a period of 30 days from the date of posting the letter. Postal ballot
includes voting by electronic mode.
Transfer of Shares
Shares held through depositories are transferred in the form of book entries or in electronic form in
accordance with the regulations laid down by SEBI. These regulations provide the regime for the functioning of
175
the depositories and the participants and set out the manner in which the records are to be kept and maintained
and the safeguards to be followed in this system. Transfers of beneficial ownership of shares held through a
depository are exempt from stamp duty. The Bank has entered into an agreement for such depository services
with the NSDL and the CSDL. SEBI requires that the Bank’s shares for trading and settlement purposes be in
book-entry form for all investors, except for transactions that are not made on a stock exchange and transactions
that are not required to be reported to the stock exchange. The Bank shall keep a book in which every transfer or
transmission of shares will be entered.
Pursuant to the Equity Listing Agreements, in the event the Bank has not effected the transfer of shares
within fifteen days or where the Bank has failed to communicate to the transferee any valid objection to the
transfer within the stipulated time period of fifteen days, it is required to compensate the aggrieved party for the
opportunity loss caused during the period of the delay. The shares of the Bank shall be freely transferable. Under
the Equity Listing Agreements, notice of such refusal must be sent to the transferee within fifteen days of the
date on which the transfer was lodged with the Bank.
The Articles also provide that acquisitions of shares by a person or group which would take the shareholding
of such person or group to 5% or more of the paid up capital of the Bank shall require prior approval of the RBI.
Liquidation Rights
Subject to the rights of depositors, creditors, employees, the Government or any State government in the
event of the Bank’s winding up, the holders of the Equity Shares are entitled to be repaid the amounts of capital
paid up or credited as paid up on these Equity Shares. All surplus assets remaining after the above payments are
made belong to the holders of the Equity Shares in proportion to the amount paid up or credited as paid up on
these Equity Shares, respectively, at the commencement of the winding-up.
176
TAXATION
The information provided below sets out the possible tax benefits available to the shareholders in a
summary manner only and is not a complete analysis or listing of all potential tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposal of equity shares under the current tax laws presently in force in India. Several of these
benefits are dependent on us or our shareholders fulfilling conditions prescribed under relevant tax laws. We may
not choose to fulfill such conditions. This information is not exhaustive or comprehensive and is not intended to
be a substitute for professional advice. Investors are advised to consult their own tax consultant with respect to
the tax implications of an investment in the Equity Shares. Investors should note that a draft of the Direct Tax
Code Bill has been placed before the Indian Parliament which has been referred to Parliamentary Standing
Committee. The said committee has suggested major modifications which are under consideration of Ministry of
Finance. If that law comes into effect, there could be an impact on the tax provisions mentioned below.
Further, the Government has already introduced the provisions relating to general anti-avoidance rules
(“GAAR”). With regard to GAAR, the provisions have been introduced by the Finance Act, 2012, scheduled to
come into effect from the financial year starting from April 1, 2013. The GAAR provisions are intended to catch
arrangements declared as “impermissible avoidance arrangements”, which is defined in the Finance Act, 2012 as
any arrangement, the main purpose or one of the main purposes of which is to obtain a tax benefit and which
satisfy at least one of the following tests: (i) creates rights, or obligations, which are not ordinarily created
between persons dealing at arm’s length; (ii) results, directly or indirectly, in misuse, or abuse, of the provisions
of the Income Tax Act, 1961; (iii) lacks commercial substance or is deemed to lack commercial substance, in
whole or in part; or (iv) is entered into, or carried out, by means, or in a manner, which are not ordinarily
employed for bona fide purposes. The onus to prove that the transaction is an “impermissible avoidance
agreement” is on the tax authorities. If GAAR provisions are invoked, then the tax authorities have wide powers,
including the denial of tax benefit or the denial of a benefit under a tax treaty otherwise allowable in normal
scenario. An Expert Committee was constituted by the Prime Minister to undertake stakeholder consultations and
to finalize the GAAR guidelines. The Finance Minister came out with a press statement dated January 14, 2013
stating that the Government has carefully considered the report of the Expert Committee and accepted major
recommendations of the Expert Committee with some modifications. It is therefore expected that the upcoming
budget for the year 2013 would bring more changes in the Income tax Act, 1961 relating to the GAAR
provisions.
The law stated below is as per the Income tax Act, 1961 as amended by the Finance Act, 2012.
Indian Taxation
Under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (unless otherwise specified, all sections hereinafter referred to shall be
meant to have meaning as provided in the Income Tax Act, 1961), “Non-Resident” means a person who is not a
resident in India. An individual is considered to be a resident of India during any financial year if he or she is in
India in that year for:
(a) a period or periods amounting to 182 days or more; or
(b) a period or periods amounting to 60 days or more if, within the four preceding years, he/she has been in
India for a period or periods amounting to 365 days or more; provided that:
(i) in the case of a citizen of India who leaves India as a member of the crew of an Indian ship or for
the purposes of employment outside India, the words “60 days” in paragraph (b) above shall be substituted
by words “182 days”; or
(ii) in the case of a citizen of India or a person of Indian origin living abroad who visits India, the
words “60 days” in paragraph (b) above shall be substituted by words “182 days”.
A company is resident in India if it is an Indian Company or in case of a company other than the Indian
Company the control and management of its affairs is situated wholly in India. An Indian Company as defined in
section 2(26) means a company formed and incorporated in accordance with the Companies Act 1956 and its
registered or principal office is in India. A firm or other association of persons is resident in India except where
the control and management of its affairs is situated wholly outside India.
177
2. Dividends from domestic companies earned by the Bank are exempt from tax in accordance with and
subject to the provisions of Section 10 (34) read with Section 115-O. However, as per Section 94(7), losses
arising from sale/ transfer of shares, where such shares are purchased within three months prior to the record date
and sold within three months from the record date, will be disallowed to the extent such loss does not exceed the
amount of dividend claimed exempt.
3. Income earned by the Bank from investment in units of mutual fund specified under Section 10(23D) or
income received in respect of units from the administrator of the specified undertaking or income received in
respect of units from a specified company is exempt from tax under Section 10(35). However, as per Section 94(7),
losses arising from the sale/ redemption of units purchased within three months prior to the record date (for
entitlement to receive income) and sold within nine months from the record date, will be disallowed to the extent
such loss does not exceed the amount of income claimed exempt. Under Section 94(8), losses arising from sale/
transfer of units of mutual funds specified under section 10(23D) or of Unit Trust of India, where such units are
purchased within three months prior to the record date, additional units are allotted without payment based on
holdings on such date and all or any units initially purchased are sold within nine months from the record date while
continuing to hold all or any additional units, will be ignored for computing chargeable income. Such loss ignored
will be considered as the cost of acquisition of the additional units held on the date of sale/transfer.
4. Section 14A provides that any expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income is not allowable as
deduction in computing total income. In case the tax officer is not satisfied with the correctness of the claim of
the taxpayer or in case the taxpayer contends that no expenditure have been incurred towards earning exempt
income, disallowance under section 14A shall be computed as per Rule 8D of the Income-tax Rules, 1962.
5. Any income realized from the sale/ transfer of capital assets (including equity shares in a company or
units of equity oriented mutual funds) held by the Bank as part of its stock-in-trade would be included in the
income computed under the head “profits and gains of business or profession” as per the provisions of the Act.
6. Under Section 32, the Bank can claim depreciation allowance at the prescribed rates on tangible assets
such as building, machinery, plant or furniture and intangible assets such as know-how, patents, copyrights,
trademarks, licenses, franchises or other business or commercial rights of similar nature, subject to satisfaction of
conditions. In terms of sub section (2) of Section 32, the Bank is entitled to carry forward and set off the
unabsorbed depreciation arising due to absence/ insufficiency of profits or gains chargeable for the previous year.
The amount is allowed to be carried forward and set off in the succeeding previous years against any income (not
restricted to business income), without any time limit.
7. Deduction for expenses incurred while computing the Bank’s income under the head “Profits and gains of
business or profession’ is available in terms of provisions of Sections 29 to 43D.
8. Under Sections 35D, 35DD and 35DDA the Bank will be entitled to a deduction equal to one fifth of the
expenditure incurred of the nature specified in that section by way of amortization over a period of 5 successive
years, subject to the limits specified in the section.
9. Under Section 36(1)(vii), any bad debt or part thereof written off as irrecoverable in the accounts of the
Bank is allowable as a deduction. The deduction of bad debts is limited to the amount, by which such bad debts
or part thereof, exceeds the credit balance in the provision for bad and doubtful debts account made under
Section36(1)(viia).
10. Under Section 36(1)(viia), a deduction is allowable in respect of any provision made for bad and
doubtful debts, by an amount not exceeding 7.5% of total income (computed before making any deduction under
this Clause and Chapter VIA) and an amount not exceeding 10% of the aggregate average advances made by
rural branches of the Bank.
11. Under Section 36(1)(xv), securities transaction tax paid by a taxpayer in respect of taxable securities
transactions entered into in the course of its business, would be allowed as a deduction if the income arising from
such taxable securities transactions is included in the income computed under the head “Profits and gains of
business or profession”.
12. Interest income on certain categories of bad and doubtful debts, as specified in Rule 6EA of the Income-
tax Rules, 1962, is chargeable to tax only in the year of receipt or credit to the profit & loss account of the Bank
whichever is earlier, in accordance with the provisions of Section 43D.
13. As per provisions of Section 72, the Bank is entitled to carry forward business losses that cannot be set
off against permitted sources of income in the relevant assessment year, for a period of 8 consecutive assessment
years immediately succeeding the assessment year when the losses were first computed, and set off such losses
against income chargeable under the head “Profits and gains from business or profession” in such assessment
year. The set off is permissible even if the business in which the loss was sustained is not carried on in the year of
set off.
178
14. Under Section 74, short-term capital loss suffered during the year is allowed to be carried forward and
set-off against short-term as well as long-term capital gains of a subsequent year. Such loss is permitted to be
carried forward for eight years immediately succeeding the year in which such loss arises, for claiming set-off
against subsequent years’ short-term as well as long term capital gains. Long-term capital loss suffered during
the year is allowed to be set-off against long-term capital gains. Balance loss, if any, could be carried forward for
eight years for claiming set-off against subsequent years’ long-term capital gains.
Tax Rates
1. The tax rate applicable to the Indian banks for the Assessment Year (AY) 2013-14 relevant to financial
year 2012-13 is 30%. A surcharge on income tax of 5% would be levied if the total income exceeds Rs.10
million. Education cess of 2% and Secondary Higher Education cess of 1% is levied on the amount of tax and
surcharge.
2. Under section 115BBD, any dividend received by an Indian company from a specified foreign company
in which Indian company holds 26% or more in nominal value of the equity share capital of such company is
taxable at 15% for the assessment year 2013-14, relevant to the financial year 2012-13.
3. As per Section 115JB, Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”) is payable by the Bank @18.5% of the Book
profits computed in accordance with the provisions of this section, where income-tax computed under the normal
provisions of the Act is less than 18.5% of the Book profits as computed under the said section. A surcharge on
income tax of 5% would be levied if the total income exceeds Rs.10 million. Education cess of 2% and
Secondary Higher Education cess of 1% is levied on the amount of tax and surcharge.
Under Section 115JAA(1A), credit is allowed in respect of any MAT paid under Section 115JB for any
assessment year commencing on or after April 1, 2006. Tax credit eligible to be carried forward will be the
difference between MAT paid and the tax computed as per the normal provisions of the Act for that assessment
year. Such MAT credit is allowed to be carried forward to be set off against the difference between normal tax
liability and MAT, for a period of up to ten years succeeding the year in which the MAT credit arises.
4. The tax rate on distributed profits of the Bank/ dividends covered under Section 115-O viz. Dividend
Distribution Tax (DDT) is 15%. A surcharge of 5% would be levied on the amount of DDT. Further, Education
cess of 2% and Secondary Higher Education cess of 1% is levied on the amount of tax and surcharge. The
amount of dividend shall be reduced by the amount of dividend received from a subsidiary company (i.e. a
company in which the domestic company holds more than half of voting power), if the subsidiary has paid tax on
such dividends under section 115-O, irrespective of whether the domestic company is a subsidiary of another
company or not.
179
2. Where the gains on sale/transfer of shares are characterized as business profits, the same would be subject
to tax at the normal rates applicable (plus applicable surcharge and education cess).
2.1 If trading in securities other than the eligible transaction of trading in derivatives is carried out
without obtaining delivery of securities, such transactions would be deemed to be speculative transactions
and consequentially, gains are taxed as ‘speculative income’ whereas losses are allowed to be set off only
against speculative gains. Also a contract in respect of stocks and shares entered into by a dealer or investor
therein to guard against loss in his holding of stock and shares thru through price fluctuations shall not be
treated as speculative transaction as defined under section 43(5).
2.2 Explanation to section 73 of the Act which provides that the purchase and sale of shares are deemed
to be carrying on speculative business should not be applicable to the Scheduled Commercial Banks, public
financial institutions, state industrial development corporations as its a company the principal business of
which is the business of banking or the granting of loans and advances
2.3 Under Section 36(1)(xv), STT paid by a taxpayer in respect of taxable securities transactions
entered into in the course of its business, would be allowed as a deduction if the income arising from such
taxable securities transactions is included in the income computed under the head “Profits and gains of
business or profession”.
2.4 Section 14A provides that any expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income is not allowable
as deduction in computing total income. In case the tax officer is not satisfied with the correctness of the
claim of the taxpayer or in case the taxpayer contends that no expenditure have been incurred towards
earning exempt income, disallowance under section 14A shall be computed as per Rule 8D of the Income-
tax Rules, 1962.
3. Where the shares acquired of the Bank are treated as investments giving rise to capital gains on its
transfer, the taxation of such gains is as under:
Equity Shares of a company held for a period of more than 12 months with an intention to hold as
“investments” are treated as long-term capital assets. If the Equity Shares are held for a period of 12 months or
less than 12 months, the capital gain arising on the sale thereof is to be treated as short-term capital gain.
In accordance with and subject to provisions of Section 48, in order to arrive at quantum of capital gains, the
following amounts would be deductible from the full value of consideration:
(a) Cost of acquisition of the shares
(b) Cost of improvement, if any
(c) Expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with the transfer of shares
In computing long term capital gain, cost of acquisition and cost of improvement is substituted by indexed
cost of acquisition and indexed cost of improvement using the cost inflation index notified by the Government.
180
• Short Term Capital gains on sale of unlisted equity shares and short term capital gains on sale of listed
Indian equity shares otherwise than on a recognized stock exchange and as a result no STT is paid, are
chargeable to tax at 30% plus applicable surcharge and education cess in case of resident company and
firms.
4. Under Section 54EC and subject to the conditions and to the extent specified therein, long-term capital
gains (other than those exempt under Section 10(38)) arising on transfer of Bank’s shares would be exempt from
tax if such capital gain is invested within 6 months after the date of such transfer in the bonds (long term
specified assets) issued on or after April 1, 2007 by:
(a) National Highways Authority of India constituted under Section 3 of The National Highways
Authority of India Act, 1988; or
(b) Rural Electrification Corporation Limited, a company formed and registered under the Companies
Act, 1956.
The investment in the long term specified assets is eligible for such deduction to the extent of Rs.5 million
during a financial year.
If only part of the capital gain is so reinvested, the exemption available shall be in the same proportion as
the cost of long term specified assets bears to the whole of the capital gain, However, in case the long term
specified asset is transferred or converted into money within three years from the date of its acquisition, the
amount so exempted shall be chargeable to tax during the year of such transfer or conversion.
However in case of companies, such exempt capital gains cannot be reduced from “book profits” under
Section 115JB and the company will be required to pay Minimum Alternate Tax at 18.5% (plus applicable
surcharge and education cess) on such book profits if 18.5% of ‘book profits” is higher than tax liability under
normal provisions of the Act.
5. Under Section 74, a short-term capital loss can be set off against capital gain, whether short-term or long
term. To the extent that the loss is not absorbed in the year of transfer, it would be carried forward for eight
subsequent years. Long-term loss arising from a transfer of a capital asset can only be set off against long-term
capital gain. The excess/ balance loss, if any, can be carried forward for eight years for claiming setoff against
subsequent years’ long-term capital gains. Long term capital loss on sale of listed equity shares in respect of
which STT has been paid is not allowed to be set- off and carried forward since the gains in respect of such
shares is exempt under section 10(38).
181
2. Any gains or loss on realization of investments shall be added or deducted, if such gain or loss is not
credited or debited to the profit and loss account
3. Any provision for diminution in the value of investments debited to profit and loss account shall be
added back
4. Amount carried to reserve for unexpired risk shall be allowed as a deduction as prescribed in rule 6E
of the Income Tax Rules, 1962.
Tax rate: For Life Insurance Companies: 12.5% on profits from life insurance business and 30% on other
than life insurance business income as increased by surcharge and education cess. The tax authorities may
contend that income from investments made by life insurance companies is not income from life insurance
business but income from other sources and hence should be charged to tax @ 30% (plus surcharge and
education cess as applicable). Therefore, the matter is litigative in nature.
For general insurance companies: 30% of profits as increased by surcharge and education cess.
B.2.2 Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) (including multi-lateral and bilateral development financial
institutions excluding foreign corporations and foreign individuals)
1. Dividends earned on shares of the Bank are exempt from tax in accordance with and subject to the
provisions of Section 10(34) read with Section 115-O.
182
2. As per Section 115AD, FIIs will be taxed at:
a) 10% (plus applicable surcharge and Education cess) on long-term capital gains, where STT is not
payable on the transfer of the shares.
b) 15% (plus applicable surcharge and Education cess) on short-term capital gains arising on the sale of
the shares of the Indian company which is subject to STT.
c) 30% (plus applicable surcharge and Education cess) on short-term capital gains arising on the sale of
the shares of the Indian Company which is not subject to STT.
3. As per Section 10(38), Long-term capital gains on sale of equity share of a company listed on recognized
stock exchange which is held for a period of more than twelve months, would not be taxable, provided STT has
been paid on the sale transaction.
The FII eligible to avail DTAA benefits shall obtain TRC from the Government of the Country of its
residence or specified territory containing the prescribed particulars which has been notified by the CBDT
through insertion of Rule 21AB in the Income Tax Rules, 1962.
183
2. For Seller: The transaction for sale of equity shares entered into on a recognized stock exchange and
settled by actual delivery or transfer is liable to STT @ 0.1%. The transaction for sale of equity shares entered
into on a recognized stock exchange and not settled by actual delivery or transfer is liable to STT @ 0.025%.
The foregoing does not purport to be a complete analysis of the potential tax considerations relating
to the Issue, and should not be construed as tax advice/opinion. Prospective investors should consult their
own tax advisors as to the particular tax considerations applicable to them relating to the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Equity Shares, including the applicability of the local tax laws or non-tax
laws, any changes in applicable tax laws and any pending or proposed laws or regulations.
184
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION
The following summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of ownership of the Equity
Shares is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative
practice and judicial decisions in effect at the date of this Placement Document. Legislative, judicial or
administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements
and conclusions set forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations may be retroactive and could affect the tax
consequences to holders of the Equity Shares. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address
all tax aspects that may be relevant to a holder of the Equity Shares.
185
For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Equity Shares that is for
United States federal income tax purposes,
• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
• a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
• an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
• a trust that(1)is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of
one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect
under the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Equity Shares that is not a U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in
a partnership, or other entity taxable as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, that holds
Equity Shares, your tax treatment generally will depend on your status and the activities of the partnership.
U.S. Holders
Taxation of Distributions on the Equity Shares
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions to you with respect to the
Equity Shares generally will be included in your gross income in the year received as foreign source ordinary
dividend income, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of the Bank’s current or accumulated
earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal income tax principles). To the extent that the
amount of the distribution exceeds the Bank’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated
first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Equity Shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution
exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. However, the Bank does not intend to calculate
its earnings and profits under United States federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect
that a distribution will generally be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a
non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. The dividends will not be eligible
for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S.
corporations.
Subject to applicable limitations, with respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individual U.S.
Holders), dividends may constitute “qualified dividend income” that is taxed at the lower applicable capital gains
rate provided that (1) the Bank is not a PFIC (as discussed below) for either the taxable year in which the
dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, (2) certain holding period requirements are met, and (3) the Bank
is eligible for the benefits of the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the
Government of the Republic of India for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion
with Respect to Taxes on Income. Non-corporate U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors
regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to the Equity Shares.
The amount of any distribution paid in Indian rupees will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such Indian
rupees on the date such distribution is received by the U.S. Holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact
converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Gain or loss, if any, realized on the sale or other disposition of such
Indian rupees will generally be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. The amount of any distribution of property
other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of distribution.
For foreign tax credit purposes, dividends distributed with respect to Equity Shares will generally constitute
“passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income”. A
U.S. Holder will not be able to claim a U.S. foreign tax credit for Indian taxes for which the Bank is liable and
must pay with respect to distributions on Equity Shares. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S.
foreign tax credit are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether and to
what extent a credit would be available in their particular circumstances.
186
Because gains on a disposition of an Equity Share generally will be treated as U.S. source, the use of foreign
tax credits relating to any Indian income tax imposed upon gains in respect of Equity Shares may be limited. U.S.
Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of Indian taxes to a disposition of an Equity
Share and their ability to credit an Indian tax against their United States federal income tax liability.
187
your adjusted basis in such Equity Shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted
basis of the Equity Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions
are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Equity Shares included in your income
for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the
actual sale or other disposition of the Equity Shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also
applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the Equity Shares, as well as to any loss realized
on the actual sale or disposition of the Equity Shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed
the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Equity Shares. Your basis in the Equity Shares will be
adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make such an election, the tax rules that apply to
distributions by corporations that are not PFICs generally would apply to distributions by the Bank, except that
the lower applicable capital gains rate with respect to qualified dividend income (discussed above) would not
apply.
The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other
than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter on a qualified exchange or other
market, as defined in the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, a
“qualified exchange” includes a foreign exchange that is regulated by a governmental authority in the jurisdiction
in which the exchange is located and in respect of which certain other requirements are met. U.S. Holders of
Equity Shares should consult their own tax advisors as to whether the Equity Shares would qualify for the
mark-to-market election.
If you hold Equity Shares in any year in which the Bank is a PFIC, you will be required to file Internal
Revenue Service Form 8621 regarding distributions received on the Equity Shares and any gain realized on the
disposition of the Equity Shares. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR
TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO YOUR INVESTMENT
IN EQUITY SHARES, AND THE AVAILABILITY AND ADVISABILITY OF ANY ELECTIONS.
Non-U.S. Holders
Subject to the below discussions about backup withholding and FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder generally
should not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any distributions made on the Equity Shares
or gain from the sale, redemption or other disposition of the Equity Shares unless: (i) that distribution and/or gain
is effectively connected with the conduct by that Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States; or
(ii) in the case of any gain realized on the sale or exchange of an Equity Share by an individual Non-U.S. Holder,
that Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale,
exchange or retirement and certain other conditions are met.
188
The new withholding regime will be phased in beginning January 1, 2014 for payments from sources within
the United States and will apply to “foreign passthru payments” (a term not yet defined) no earlier than
January 1, 2017.
The United States and a number of other jurisdictions have announced their intention to negotiate
intergovernmental agreements to facilitate the implementation of FATCA (each, an “IGA”). Pursuant to FATCA
and the “Model 1” and “Model 2” IGAs released by the United States, an FFI in an IGA signatory country could
be treated as a “Reporting FI” not subject to withholding under FATCA on any payments it receives. Further, an
FFI in a Model 1 IGA jurisdiction would not be required to withhold under FATCA or an IGA (or any law
implementing an IGA) (any such withholding being “FATCA Withholding”) from payments it makes (unless it
has agreed to do so under the U.S. “qualified intermediary,” “withholding foreign partnership,” or “withholding
foreign trust” regimes). The Model 2 IGA leaves open the possibility that a Reporting FI might in the future be
required to withhold as a Participating FFI on foreign passthru payments. Under each Model IGA, a Reporting FI
would still be required to report certain information in respect of its account holders and investors to its home
government or to the IRS.
If the Bank and other FFIs in its group do not become Participating FFIs, Reporting FIs, or are not treated as
exempt from or in deemed compliance with FATCA, the Bank and other FFIs in its group may be subject to
FATCA Withholding on payments received from U.S. sources and Participating FFIs. Any such withholding
imposed on the Bank or other FFIs in its group may have a material adverse effect on the group’s business,
prospects, results of operations and financial position.
If the Bank becomes a Participating FFI under FATCA, the Bank and financial institutions through which
payments on the Equity Shares are made may be required to withhold FATCA Withholding if any FFI through or
to which payment on such Equity Shares is made is not a Participating FFI, a Reporting FI, or otherwise exempt
from or in deemed compliance with FATCA.
If an amount in respect of FATCA Withholding were to be deducted or withheld from any payments, neither
the Bank nor any other person will pay additional amounts as a result of the deduction or withholding.
FATCA is particularly complex and its application is uncertain at this time. The above description is
based in part on regulations, official guidance and model IGAs, all of which are subject to change or may
be implemented in a materially different form. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers on
how these rules may apply to payments they may receive in connection with the Equity Shares.
189
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Other than as mentioned below, the Bank is not a party to any proceedings which, if adversely determined,
might have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations. However, the Bank is
involved in legal proceedings, including criminal cases, before various courts and other forums in the ordinary
course of business and its usual course of banking.
1. The Bank has filed two original applications before the Debt Recovery Tribunal at Hyderabad for
recovery of dues from a borrower company (“Borrower”) in an amount of Rs.4.28 billion. The Bank has also
invoked the personal guarantees issued by certain directors of the Borrower (“Guarantors”) and suits have been
filed against the Guarantors for recovery. The Bank has initiated proceedings against the Borrower and certain
directors under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881 before the Additional Chief Metropolitan
Magistrate. The Bank is also in the process of initiating winding up proceedings against the Borrower for
recovery of the amount at issue.
2. The Bank received a show cause notice dated October 3, 2012 (“Notice”) from SEBI alleging violations
under Merchant Banking Regulations, Insider Trading Regulations and the Takeover Code, for trading in shares
of two companies during the period the Bank was engaged as a merchant banker with respect to open offers of
the aforementioned companies. Subsequently, the Bank conducted inspection of the documents referred to in the
Notice and submitted a response with SEBI on January 14, 2013.
190
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
The financial statements (consolidated and non-consolidated) of the Bank as at and for the years ended
March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 included in this Placement Document have been audited by Deloitte
Haskins & Sells, Chartered Accountants. The financial statements (consolidated and non-consolidated) of the
Bank as at and for the year ended March 31, 2010 included in this Placement Document have been audited by
S.R. Batliboi & Co., Chartered Accountants. The interim results for the half year ended September 30, 2012 and
for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 have been reviewed by Deloitte Haskins & Sells, Chartered
Accountants. The financial statements and the interim results have been prepared in accordance with Indian
GAAP as applicable to banks. The independent auditors have issued standard audit opinions or review reports, as
the case may be, on these financial statements and interim results.
191
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. The Bank was incorporated on December 3, 1993 for an indefinite period as “UTI Bank Limited” with the
registration number 04-20769 issued by the Registrar of Companies, Gujarat, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, India. The
name of the Bank was changed to Axis Bank Limited with effect from July 30, 2007. The Bank has been allotted
Corporate Identity Number L65110GJ1993PLC020769 under the Companies Act. The registered office of the
Bank is situated at “TRISHUL”, 3rd Floor, Opposite Samartheshwar Temple, Near Law Garden, Ellisbridge,
Ahmedabad 380 006, India.
2. The Issue was authorized and approved by the Board of Directors through the resolution passed on
December 17, 2012 and approved by the Bank’s shareholders through the resolution passed through postal ballot
on January 28, 2013.
3. The Bank has received in-principle approvals each dated January 28, 2013 from the BSE and the NSE, to
list the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges.
4. Copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association will be available for inspection during usual
business hours on any weekday between 9:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. (except Saturdays and public holidays), during
the Bid/Issue Period at the Registered Office.
5. The Bank has obtained necessary consents, approvals and authorizations required in connection with the
Issue including in principle approval from the RBI dated January 7, 2013. As required by the RBI in its letter
dated January 7, 2013 and circular dated April 20, 2010 the Bank shall apply for a post facto approval from the
RBI in respect of the Issue, upon completion of the allotment process.
6. There has been no significant change in the financial or trading position of the Bank or the Group since
December 31, 2012.
7. The Bank’s statutory auditors, Deloitte Haskins & Sells, Chartered Accountants have (i) audited the
financial statements (consolidated and unconsolidated) as of and for the fiscal years 2012 and 2011; and
(ii) conducted limited review on the unconsolidated financial results for the six months ended September 30,
2012 and nine months ended December 31, 2012 and S.R. Batliboi & Co. Chartered Accountants have audited
the financial statements (consolidated and unconsolidated) as of and for the fiscal year 2010, included in this
Placement Document, together with their report in relation thereto.
8. The Bank confirms that it is in compliance with the minimum public shareholding requirements as
specified in the SCRR.
9. The Floor Price for the Issue is Rs.1,398.56 per Equity Share. The Floor Price has been calculated in
accordance with Chapter VIII of the SEBI Regulations. The committee of the Board approved discount of
Rs.8.56 to the Floor Price of Rs.1,398.56 in accordance with the approval of the shareholders accorded on
January 28, 2013 and Regulation 85(1) of the SEBI Regulations.
192
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES AMONG INDIAN GAAP AND U.S. GAAP
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies followed by the
Bank which conform to India GAAP and RBI Guidelines as applicable to the Bank. The following are significant
differences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP limited to those significant differences that are appropriate to
the Bank’s financial statements. However, they should not be construed as being exhaustive, and no attempt has
been made to identify possible future differences between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP as a result of prescribed
changes in accounting standards nor to identify future differences that may affect the Bank’s financial statements
as a result of transactions or events that may occur in the future. The financial statements reflect applicable
statutory requirements, regulatory guidelines and accounting practices in India; these requirements, guidelines
and practices change from time to time and may have been applied prospectively. As a result, the financial
statements of the Bank on a period-by-period basis may not be directly comparable.
193
Indian GAAP U.S. GAAP
194
Indian GAAP U.S. GAAP
195
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
AUDITORS’ REPORT
TO
THE MEMBERS OF AXIS BANK LIMITED
1. We have audited the attached Balance Sheet of AXIS BANK LIMITED (“the Bank”) as at 31 March
2012, the Profit and Loss Account and the Cash Flow Statement of the Bank for the year ended on that
date, both annexed thereto. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s Management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
2. We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those
Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and the disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by the Management, as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides reasonable
basis for our opinion.
3. The Balance Sheet and the Profit and Loss Account are drawn up in conformity with Forms A and B
(revised) of the Third Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, read with Section 211 of the
Companies Act, 1956.
4. Without qualifying our report, we invite attention to Note 1(a) of Schedule 18 regarding the Scheme of
Arrangement for the demerger of Enam Securities Private Ltd. with the Bank’s subsidiary. For the
reasons stated therein, no effect to the proposed Scheme has been given in the accounts.
5. We further report as follows:
(a) we have obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of oar knowledge and
belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit and have found them to be satisfactory;
(b) in our opinion, the transactions of the Bank which have come to our notice have been within its
powers;
(c) in our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Bank so far as it
appears from our examination of those books;
(d) the financial accounting systems of the Bank are centralised and, therefore, accounting returns are
not required to be submitted by the Branches;
(e) the Balance Sheet, the Profit and Loss Account and the Cash Flow Statement dealt with by this
report are in agreement with the books of account;
(f) in our opinion, the Balance Sheet, the Profit and Loss Account and the Cash Flow Statement dealt
with by this report comply with the Accounting Standards referred to in Section 211 (3C) of the
Companies Act, 1956, insofar as they apply to banks;
(g) in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the
said accounts give the information required by the Companies Act, 1956 in the manner so required
for banking companies and the Guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India from time to time
and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in
India:
(i) in the case of the Balance Sheet, of the state of the affairs of the Bank as at 31 March 2012;
(ii) in the case of the Profit and Loss Account, of the profit of the Bank for the year ended on that
date and
(iii) in the case of Cash Flow Statement, of the cash flows of the Bank for the year ended on that
date.
6. On the basis of the written representations received from the Directors as on 31st March 2012 and as per
the information and representation provided to us by the Bank, taken on record by the Board of
Directors, we report that none of the Directors is disqualified as on 31st March 2012 from being
appointed as a director in terms of Section 274(l)(g) of the Companies Act, 1956.
F-2
7. We report that during the course of our audit we have visited 56 Branches. Since the key operations of
the Bank are completely automated with the key applications integrated to the core banking systems, the
audit is carried out centrally at the Head Office as all the necessary records and data required for the
purposes of our audit are available therein and the Branches are not required to submit any financial
returns.
Z. F. Billimoria
(Membership No.42791)
Partner
Place: Mumbai
Date: 27th April 2012
F-3
NON-CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF 31 MARCH 2012
Schedule As of As of
No. 31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4,132 4,105
Reserves & Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 223,953 185,883
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2,201,043 1,892,378
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 340,717 262,679
Other liabilities and provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 86,433 82,089
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,856,278 2,427,134
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 107,029 138,862
Balance with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 32,310 75,225
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 931,921 719,916
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1,697,595 1,424,078
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 22,593 22,732
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 64,830 46,321
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,856,278 2,427,134
Contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4,802,374 4,453,914
Bills for collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346,346 324,731
Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 & 18
F-4
NON-CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2012
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Profit & Loss Account.
F-5
NON-CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2012
Year ended
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62,878 51,357
Adjustments for:
Depreciation & impairment provision on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,422 2,896
Depreciation on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 993
Amortisation of premium on Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 605
Provision for Non Performing Advances/ Investments (including bad debts) . . . . . . . . . . . 8,604 9,551
Provision on Standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,503 1,662
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5
Provision for interest tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3
(Profit)/Loss on sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (203) 70
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 24
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 150
Provision for other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (198) 412
78,156 67,728
Adjustments for:
(Increase)/Decrease in investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (165,599) (35,372)
(Increase)/Decrease in advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (282,226) (390,403)
Increase/(Decrease) in borrowings
Increase/(Decrease) in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308,665 479,376
(Increase)/Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15,673) (5,451)
Increase/(Decrease) in other liabilities & provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,757 17,665
Direct taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (23,350) (19,292)
Net cash flow from operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (98,270) 114,251
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3,843) (13,603)
Increase in Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (48,105) (126,380)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762 130
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (51,186) (139,853)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of Subordinated debt, Perpetual Debt
& Upper Tier II instruments (net of repayments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,808 (1,626)
Increase/(Decrease) in borrowings (excluding subordinated debt,
perpetual debt & upper Tier II instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,230 92,610
Proceeds from issue of Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 53
Proceeds from share premium (net of share issue expenses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,337 2,354
Payment of Dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (6,698) (5,694)
Net cash generated from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72,704 87,697
Effect of exchange fluctuation translation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,004 (47)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (74,748) 62,048
Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214,087 152,039
Cash and cash equivalents as at end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139,339 214,087
Note:
1. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash on hand (including foreign currency notes), balances with
Reserve Bank of India, balances with banks and money at call & short notice (refer Schedules 6 and 7 of the
Balance Sheet).
F-6
SCHEDULES TO THE NON-CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF 31 MARCH 2012 AND
NON-CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2012
SCHEDULE 1 — CAPITAL
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
Authorised Capital
500,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 5,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up capital# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,132 4,105
# 413,203,952 and (410,545,843 Previous year) equity shares of Rs. 10/- each fully paid up as of 31 March
2012 and 31 March 2011 respectively.
F-7
SCHEDULE 3 — DEPOSITS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
A.I. Demand Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,981 14,305
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376,560 354,866
II. Savings Bank Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516,679 408,503
III. Term Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,944 76,751
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,185,879 1,037,953
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,201,043 1,892,378
B.I. Deposits of branches in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,094,496 1,826,772
II. Deposits of branches outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105,647 65,606
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,201,043 1,892,378
SCHEDULE 4 — BORROWINGS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
I. Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,150 —
(ii) Other Banks# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,472 14,237
(iii) Other institutions & agencies** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121,211 64,072
II. Borrowings outside India$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213,884 184,370
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340,717 262,679
Secured borrowing included in I & II above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
# Borrowings from other Banks include Subordinated Debt of Rs. 3,646 million and Rs. 3,596 million in the
nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively, Rs. Nil
million and Rs. Nil of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively, and
Rs. 591 million and Rs. 591 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012
respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
** Borrowings from other institutions & agencies include Subordinated debt of Rs. 49,667 million and
Rs. 83,917 million in the nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012
respectively, Rs. 2,140 million and Rs. 2,140 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2012 respectively and Rs. 2,484 million and Rs. 2,484 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March
2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
$ Borrowings outside India include Rs. 2,051 million and Rs. 2,340 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March
2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively and Rs. 9,353 million and Rs. 10,672 million of Upper Tier II
instruments as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.3)].
F-8
SCHEDULE 6 — CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
I. Cash in hand & in ATM
(including foreign currency notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,957 22,083
II. Balances with Reserve Bank of India:
(i) in Current Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71,072 116,779
(ii) in Other Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107,029 138,862
SCHEDULE 7 — BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
I. In India
(i) Balance with Banks
(a) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,516 4,408
(b) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,147 49,184
(ii) Money at Call and Short Notice
(a) With banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 30
(b) With other institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,663 53,622
II. Outside India
i) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,666 4,836
ii) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,846 10,658
iii) Money at Call & Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,135 6,109
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,647 21,603
GRAND TOTAL (I+II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,310 75,225
SCHEDULE 8 — INVESTMENTS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
I. Investments in India in —
(i) Government Securities##** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584,162 441,550
(ii) Other approved securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,400 6,929
(iv) Debentures and Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231,508 180,705
(v) Investments in Subsidiaries/Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,495 2,596
(vi) Others@ (Mutual Fund units, CD / CP, NABARD Deposits, PTC etc.) . . . . . . . . 98,083 82,406
Total Investments in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924,649 714,184
II. Investments outside India in —
(i) Government Securities (including local authorities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,170 430
(ii) Subsidiaries and/or joint ventures abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,103 5,302
Gross Investments outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,273 5,732
GRAND TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931,921 719,916
## Includes securities costing Rs. 44,249 million and Rs. 44,272 million as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2012 respectively pledged for availment of fund transfer facility, clearing facility and margin requirement.
@ Includes priority sector shortfall deposits Rs. 40,647 million and Rs. 51,005 million as of 31 March 2011
and 31 March 2012 respectively and PTC’s Rs. 2,130 million and Rs. 2,047 million as of 31 March 2011
and 31 March 2012 respectively.
** Inclusive of Repo Lending of Rs. Nil million and Rs. 36,750 as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012
respectively and net of repo borrowing of Rs. Nil million and Rs. 31,408 as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2012 respectively under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility in line with the RBI requirements.
F-9
SCHEDULE 9 — ADVANCES
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
A.(i) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,089 34,813
(ii) Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468,609 349,803
(iii) Term loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,189,897 1,039,462
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,697,595 1,424,078
B.(i) Secured by tangible assets# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,417,163 1,131,027
(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees&& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,234 32,394
(iii) Unsecured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230,198 260,657
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,697,595 1,424,078
C.I. Advances in India
(i) Priority Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484,792 412,891
(ii) Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,536 30,039
(iii) Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,478 2,408
(iv) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923,768 782,964
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,444,574 1,228,302
II. Advances Outside India
(i) Due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,128 4,197
(i) Due from others —
(a) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,438 6,265
(b) Syndicate loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108,035 70,389
(c) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137,420 114,925
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253,021 195,776
GRAND TOTAL (CI + CII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,697,595 1,424,078
* Net of borrowing under Bills rediscounting Scheme Rs. 18,000 and Rs. 34,800 million as of 31 March 2011
and 31 March 2012 respectively.
@ Net of borrowing under Inter Bank Participation Certificate Rs. Nil and Rs. 604 million as of 31 March
2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively.
# Net of borrowing under Inter Bank Participation Certificate Rs. 34,010 and Rs. 79,682 million as of
31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively.
$ Includes advances against book debts.
&& Includes advances against L/Cs issued by Banks.
F-10
SCHEDULE 10 — FIXED ASSETS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
I. Premises
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,117 891
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 8,245
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (212) (19)
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,002 9,117
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 162
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 46
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (82) (10)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 198
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,740 8,919
II. Other Fixed Assets (including Furniture & Fixtures)
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,148 20,189
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,266 5,704
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,579) (745)
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,835 25,148
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,562 9,266
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,276 2,849
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,149) (553)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,689 11,562
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,146 13,586
III. CAPITAL WORK-IN-PROGRESS (including Capital Advances) . . . . . . . . . . . 707 227
GRAND TOTAL (I+II+III+IV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,593 22,732
# Includes deferred tax assets Rs. 8,169 million and Rs. 10,274 million as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2012 respectively.
F-11
SCHEDULE 12 — CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
I. Claims against the bank not acknowledged as debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,602 2,344
II. Liability for partly paid investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
III. Liability on account of outstanding
Forward exchange and derivative contracts
a) Forward Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,009,255 1,854,438
b) Interest Rate Swaps, Currency Swaps, Forward Rate Agreement &
Interest Rate Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,752,491 1,647,016
c) Foreign Currency Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130,543 141,259
TOTAL (a+b+c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,892,289 3,642,713
IV. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents
In India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467,506 464,333
Outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98,613 76,278
V Acceptances and endorsements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302,613 249,277
VI Other items for which the Bank is Contingently liable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,751 18,969
TOTAL (I+II+III+IV+V+VI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,802,374 4,453,914
F-12
SCHEDULE 16 — OPERATING EXPENSES
Year ended
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
I. Payments to and provisions for employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,802 16,139
II. Rent, taxes and lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,564 6,798
III. Printing and stationery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935 1,096
IV. Advertisement and publicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881 790
V. Depreciation on bank’s property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,422 2,896
VI. Directors’ fees, allowance and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6
VII. Auditor’s fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 8
VIII. Law Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 134
IX. Postage, Telegrams, Telephones, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,587 1,985
X. Repairs and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,295 3,839
XI. Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,313 1,849
XII. Other Expenditure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,071 12,254
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60,070 47,794
2 Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention on the
accrual basis of accounting, and comply with the generally accepted accounting principles, statutory
requirements prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the circulars and guidelines issued by the
Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) from time to time and the Accounting Standards notified under the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, to the extent applicable and current practices prevailing within the banking
industry in India.
3 Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles
requires the Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Management believes that the estimates used in the
preparation of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Any revisions to the accounting estimates are
recognised prospectively in the current and future periods.
F-13
Investments that are held principally for sale within a short period are classified as HFT securities. As per
the RBI guidelines, HFT securities, which remain unsold for a period of 90 days are reclassified as AFS
securities as on that date.
Investments that the Bank intends to hold till maturity are classified under the HTM category. All other
investments are classified as AFS securities.
However, for disclosure in the Balance Sheet, investments in India are classified under six categories —
Government Securities, Other approved securities, Shares, Debentures and Bonds, Investment in Subsidiaries/
Joint Ventures and Others.
Investments made outside India are classified under three categories — Government Securities, Subsidiaries
and/or Joint Ventures abroad and Others.
Acquisition cost
Costs including brokerage, commission pertaining to investments, paid at the time of acquisition, are
charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Broken period interest is charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Cost of investments is computed based on the weighted average cost method.
Valuation
Investments classified under the HTM category are carried at acquisition cost unless it is more than the face
value, in which case the premium is amortised over the period remaining to maturity. In terms of RBI guidelines,
discount on securities held under HTM category is not accrued and such securities are held at the acquisition cost
till maturity.
Investments classified under the AFS and HFT categories are marked to market. The market/fair value of
quoted investments included in the ‘AFS’ and ‘HFT’ categories is the market price of the scrip as available from
the trades/quotes on the stock exchanges or prices declared by Primary Dealers Association of India (‘PDAI’)
jointly with Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association of India (‘FIMMDA’), periodically. Net
depreciation, if any, within each category of each investment classification is recognised in the Profit and Loss
Account. The net appreciation if any, under each category of each investment classification is ignored. The book
value of individual securities is not changed consequent to the periodic valuation of investments.
Treasury Bills, Exchange Funded Bills, Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposits being discounted
instruments, are valued at carrying cost.
Units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.
Market value of investments where current quotations are not available, is determined as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI as under:
• in case of unquoted bonds, debentures and preference shares where interest/dividend is received regularly
(i.e. not overdue beyond 90 days), the market price is derived based on the YTM for Government
Securities as published by FIMMDA/PDAI and suitably marked up for credit risk applicable to the credit
rating of the instrument. The matrix for credit risk mark-up for each categories and credit ratings along
with residual maturity issued by FIMMDA is adopted for this purpose;
• in case of bonds and debentures (including Pass Through Certificates) where interest is not received
regularly (i.e. overdue beyond 90 days), the valuation is in accordance with prudential norms for
provisioning as prescribed by RBI;
• equity shares, for which current quotations are not available or where the shares are not quoted on the
stock exchanges, are valued at break-up value (without considering revaluation reserves, if any) which is
ascertained from the company’s latest Balance Sheet. In case the latest Balance Sheet is not available, the
shares are valued at Re 1 per company;
• units of Venture Capital Funds (VCF) held under AFS category where current quotations are not available
are marked to market based on the Net Asset Value (NAV) shown by VCF as per the latest audited
financials of the fund. In case the audited financials are not available for a period beyond 18 months, the
F-14
investments are valued at Re 1 per VCF. Investment in unquoted VCF after 23rd August 2006 are
categorised under HTM category for the initial period of three years and valued at cost as per RBI
guidelines;
• investments in Credit Linked Notes (‘CLNs’), are valued based on current quotations where the same are
available. In the absence of quotes, the same are valued based on internal valuation methodology using
appropriate mark-up and other estimates such as price of the underlying Foreign Currency Convertible
Bond (FCCB), rating category of the CLN etc. and
• security receipts are valued as per the Net Asset Value (NAV) obtained from the issuing Reconstruction
Company / Securitisation Company.
Investments in subsidiaries/joint ventures are categorised as HTM and assessed for impairment to determine
permanent diminution, if any, in accordance with the RBI guidelines.
Realised gains on investments under the HTM category are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account and
subsequently appropriated to Capital Reserve account in accordance with the RBI guidelines. Losses are
recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
All investments are accounted for on settlement date except investments in equity shares which are
accounted for on trade date as the corporate actions are effected in equity on the trade date.
5.2 Advances
Advances are classified into performing and non-performing advances (‘NPAs’) as per the RBI guidelines
and are stated net of specific provisions made towards NPAs and floating provisions. Further, NPAs are
classified into sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on the criteria stipulated by the RBI. Provisions for
NPAs are made for sub-standard and doubtful assets at rates as prescribed by the RBI with the exception for
agriculture advances and schematic retail advances. In respect of schematic retail advances, provisions are made
in terms of a bucket-wise policy upon reaching specified stages of delinquency (90 days or more of delinquency)
under each type of loan, which satisfies the RBI prudential norms on provisioning. Provisions in respect of
agriculture advances classified into sub-standard and doubtful assets are made at rates which are higher than
those prescribed by the RBI.
Loss assets and unsecured portion of doubtful assets are provided/written off as per the extant RBI
guidelines. NPAs are identified by periodic appraisals of the loan portfolio by the Management.
Amounts recovered against debts written off are recognised in the profit and loss account.
For restructured/rescheduled assets, provision is made in accordance with the guidelines issued by RBI,
which requires the diminution in the fair value of the assets to be provided at the time of restructuring.
A general provision @ 0.25% in case of direct advances to agricultural and SME sectors, 1% in respect of
advances classified as commercial real estate, 2% in respect of housing loans at teaser rates and certain class of
restructured assets and 0.40% for all other advances is made as prescribed by the RBI.
5.4 Securitisation
The Bank enters into purchase/sale of corporate and retail loans through direct assignment/Special Purpose
Vehicle (‘SPV’). In most cases, post securtisation, the Bank continues to service the loans transferred to the
F-15
assignee/SPV. The Bank also provides credit enhancement in the form of cash collaterals and/or by subordination
of cash flows to Senior Pass Through Certificate (‘PTC’) holders. In respect of credit enhancements provided or
recourse obligations (projected delinquencies, future servicing etc.) accepted by the Bank, appropriate provision/
disclosure is made at the time of sale in accordance with AS 29, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingent Assets as notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
In accordance with RBI guidelines of 2nd February 2006, on ‘Guidelines on Securitisation of Standard
Assets’, gain on securtisation transactions is recognised over the period of the underlying securities issued by the
SPV. Loss on securtisation is immediately debited to the Profit and Loss Account.
F-16
India guidelines. Pursuant to the RBI guidelines any receivables under derivative contracts comprising of
crystallised receivables as well as positive Mark to Market (MTM) in respect of future receivables which remain
overdue for more than 90 days are reversed through the profit and loss account and are held in separate Suspense
account.
F-17
5.9 Lease transactions
Assets given on operating lease are capitalised at cost. Rentals received by the Bank are recognised in the
Profit and Loss Account on accrual basis.
Leases where the lessor effectively retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership over the lease
term are classified as operating lease. Lease payments for assets taken on operating lease are recognised as an
expense in the Profit and Loss Account on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Gratuity
The Bank contributes towards gratuity fund (defined benefit retirement plan) administered by the Life
Insurance
Corporation of India (‘LIC’), Metlife Insurance Company Limited (‘Metlife’), HDFC Standard Life
Insurance Company Limited (‘HDFC Life’), ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited (‘ICICI Pru’)
and Bajaj Life Insurance Company Limited (‘BLIC’) for eligible employees. Under this scheme, the settlement
obligations remain with the Bank, although LIC/Metlife/HDFC Life/ICICI Pru/BLIC administer the scheme and
determine the contribution premium required to be paid by the Bank. The plan provides a lump sum payment to
vested employees at retirement or termination of employment based on the respective employee’s salary and the
years of employment with the Bank. Liability with regard to gratuity fund is accrued based on actuarial valuation
conducted by an independent actuary using the Projected Unit Credit Method as at 31 March each year.
Leave Encashment
Short term compensated absences are provided for based on estimates. The Bank provides leave encashment
benefit (long term), which is a defined benefit scheme based on actuarial valuation conducted by an independent
actuary. The actuarial valuation is carried out as per the Projected Unit Credit Method as at 31 March each year.
Superannuation
Employees of the Bank are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s Superannuation scheme
either under a cash-out option through salary or under a defined contribution plan. Through the defined
contribution plan, the Bank contributes annually a specified sum of 10% of the employee’s eligible annual basic
salary to LIC, which undertakes to pay the lump sum and annuity benefit payments pursuant to the scheme.
Superannuation contributions are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account in the period in which they accrue.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to the Profit and Loss Account and are not deferred.
5.12 Taxation
Income tax expense is the aggregate amount of current tax and deferred tax charge. Current year taxes are
determined in accordance with the Income tax Act, 1961. Deferred income taxes reflects the impact of current
year timing differences between taxable income and accounting income for the year and reversal of timing
differences of earlier years.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rates and the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the
Balance Sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists
to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
relate to the taxes on income levied by same governing taxation laws.
F-18
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future
taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised. The impact of changes in
the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
Deferred tax assets are recognised and reassessed at each reporting date, based upon the Management’s
judgement as to whether realisation is considered as reasonably certain. Deferred tax assets are recognised on
carry forward of unabsorbed depreciation and tax losses only if there is virtual certainty that such deferred tax
asset can be realised against future profits.
F-19
18 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 MARCH 2012 (CURRENCY: IN INDIAN RUPEES)
1 a) On 17 November 2010, the Board of Directors of the Bank had approved the acquisition of certain
financial services businesses undertaken by Enam Securities Private Limited (ESPL) directly and through its
wholly owned subsidiaries, by Axis Securities and Sales Limited (ASSL), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank
by way of a demerger. However, pursuant to conditions prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India, certain
modifications have been carried out to the demerger structure in terms of a revised Scheme of Arrangement
under Sections 391-394 and other relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. Accordingly, the acquisition
will now comprise of (a) a demerger of the financial services businesses from ESPL to the Bank, in consideration
of which the Bank will issue shares to the shareholders of ESPL, and (b) immediately upon completion of the
demerger under the Scheme, a simultaneous sale of the financial services businesses will be undertaken from the
Bank to ASSL for a cash consideration, with both the aforesaid steps occurring simultaneously. The Reserve
Bank of India has on 30 March 2012, conveyed its no objection to the Scheme. Further, on 27 April 2012, the
Board of Directors of the Bank have approved the reassessment of the valuation of the ESPL business at
Rs. 13,958 million and consequently, in consideration for the demerger of the financial services business of
ESPL, the Bank will issue shares in the ratio of 5 equity shares of the Bank (aggregating 120,90,000 equity
shares) of the face value of Rs. 10 each for every 1 equity share (aggregating 2,418,000 equity shares) of Rs. 10
each held by the shareholders of ESPL. The sale of the financial services businesses will be simultaneously
undertaken from the Bank to ASSL for a cash consideration of Rs. 2,742 million only. The appointed date under
the Scheme is 1 April 2010, and the parties shall proceed with filing the Revised Scheme and other necessary
documents with the relevant High Courts and other regulatory authorities for their approval.
b) The Board of Directors of the Bank have, on 27 April 2012, approved a proposal to induct Schroder
Singapore Holdings Private Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Schroders plc, as a 25% shareholder in Axis
Asset Management Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. The transaction is subject to
regulatory approvals.
F-20
2.1.2 The capital adequacy ratio of the Bank, calculated as per the RBI guidelines (Basel II requirement
being higher) is set out below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Capital adequacy
Tier I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218,861 185,035
Tier II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97,588 63,669
Total capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316,449 248,704
Total risk weighted assets and contingents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,317,114 1,965,626
Capital ratios
Tier I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45% 9.41%
Tier II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21% 3.24%
CRAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.66% 12.65%
Amount raised by issue of Innovative Perpetual Debt
Instruments (IPDI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Amount raised by issue of Upper Tier II instruments . . . . . . . . . . — —
Amount of Subordinated Debt raised as Tier II capital
(details given below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 34,250 million —
During the year ended 31 March 2012, the Bank raised subordinated debt of Rs. 34,250 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of allotment Period Coupon Amount
1 December 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.73% Rs. 15,000 million
20 March 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.30% Rs. 19,250 million
The Bank has not raised any subordinated debt during the year ended 31 March 2011.
During the year ended 31 March 2012, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 50 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
26 April 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 months 6.70% Rs. 50 million
During the year ended 31 March 2011, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 1,550 million, the
details of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
4 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 months 5.75% Rs. 1,500 million
20 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 months 9.05% Rs. 50 million
2.1.3 The Bank has not raised any hybrid capital during the years ended 31 March 2012 and 31 March
2011.
2.1.4 The key business ratios and other information is set out below:
As at 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
% %
Interest income as a percentage to working funds# . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.71 7.49
Non-interest income as a percentage to working funds# . . . . . . . . 2.15 2.29
Operating profit as a percentage to working funds# . . . . . . . . . . . 2.94 3.17
Return on assets (based on working funds)# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.68 1.68
Business (deposits less inter bank deposits plus advances) per
employee** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 128 million Rs. 137 million
Profit per employee** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 1 million Rs. 1 million
Net non performing assets as a percentage of net customer
assets* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 0.26
# Working funds represent average of total assets as reported to RBI in Form X under Section 27 of the
Banking Regulation Act, 1949 during the year.
* Net Customer assets include advances and credit substitutes.
** Productivity ratios are based on average employee numbers for the year.
F-21
2.1.5 The provisioning coverage ratio of the Bank computed in terms of the RBI guidelines as on 31 March
2012 was 80.91% (previous year 80.90%).
2.1.6 Asset Quality
i) Net non-performing assets to net advances is set out below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
% %
Net non performing assets as a percentage of net
advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.27 0.29
ii) Movement in gross non-performing assets is set out below:
31 March 2012
Advances Investments Others* Total
(Rs. in million)
Gross NPAs as at the beginning of the year . . 15,870 124 — 15,994
Transfer from advances to others . . . . . . . . . . (53) — 53 —
Additions (fresh NPAs) during the year . . . . . 17,728 679 13 18,420
F-22
iv) Movement in provisions for non-performing assets is set out below:
31 March 2012
Advances Investments Others Total
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,743 124 — 11,867
Provisions made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,688 519 55 8,262
Transfer to restructuring provision . . . . . . . . . . (14) — — (14)
Write-offs/(write back) of excess provisions . . (6,868) (8) — (6,876)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . 12,549 635 55 13,239
31 March 2011
Advances Investments Others Total
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,828 162 — 8,990
Provisions made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,843 — — 9,843
Transfer from restructuring provision . . . . . . . . 110 — — 110
Write-offs/(write back) of excess provision . . . (7,038) (38) — (7,076)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . 11,743 124 — 11,867
* includes 0.01% (previous year Nil) NPAs in respect of commercial real estate and 0.16% (previous year
0.11%) in respect of trade segment.
2.1.7 Movement in floating provision is set out below:
For the year ended 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 33
Provisions made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Draw down made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 33
The Bank has not made any draw down out of the floating provision during the current and the
previous year.
2.1.8 Provision on Standard Assets
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Provision towards Standard Assets [includes Rs. 216 million,
(previous year Rs. 167 million) of standard provision on derivative
exposures] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,800 6,297
F-23
2.1.9 Amount of provisions made for income-tax during the year:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Provision for Income Tax
a) Current tax for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,562 19,530
b) Deferred tax for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,106) (2,055)
c) Provision for fringe benefit tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (3)
20,456 17,472
F-24
2.1.11 A summary of lending to sensitive sectors is set out below:
As at 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
A. Exposure to Real Estate Sector
1) Direct Exposure
(i) Residential mortgages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307,750 206,469
— of which housing loans eligible for inclusion in priority
sector advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102,488 69,783
(ii) Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112,923 90,292
(iii) Investments in Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and other
securitised exposures —
a. Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
b. Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
2) Indirect Exposure
Fund based and non-fund based exposures on National Housing
Bank (NHB) and Housing Finance Companies (HFCs) . . . . . . . . . . . 106,631 97,252
Total Exposure to Real Estate Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527,304 394,013
B. Exposure to Capital Market
1. Direct investments in equity shares, convertible bonds,
convertible debentures and units of equity-oriented mutual
funds the corpus of which is not exclusively invested in
corporate debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,269 9,997
2. Advances against shares/bonds/debentures or other securities
or on clean basis to individuals for investment in shares
(including IPOs/ESOPs), convertible bonds, convertible
debentures, and units of equity-oriented mutual funds . . . . . . . . 25 57
3. Advances for any other purposes where shares or convertible
bonds or convertible debentures or units of equity-oriented
mutual funds are taken as primary security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,481 2,568
4. Advances for any other purposes to the extent secured by the
collateral security of shares or convertible bonds or convertible
debentures or units of equity-oriented mutual funds i.e. where
primary security other than shares/ convertible bonds/
convertible debentures/units of equity-oriented mutual funds
does not fully cover the advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 76
5. Secured and unsecured advances to stockbrokers and
guarantees issued on behalf of stockbrokers and
marketmakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,219 19,662
6. Loans sanctioned to corporates against the security of shares/
bonds/debentures or other securities or on clean basis for
meeting promoter’s contribution to the equity of new
companies in anticipation of raising resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,031 474
7. Bridge loans to companies against expected equity
flows/issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 3
8. Underwriting commitments taken up in respect of primary
issue of shares or convertible bonds or convertible debentures
or units of equity-oriented mutual funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
9. Financing to stock brokers for margin trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
10. All exposures to Venture Capital Funds (both registered and
unregistered) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,409 2,581
Total exposure to Capital Market (Total of 1 to 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,469 35,418
F-25
2.1.12 Details of loan assets subjected to restructuring during the years ended 31 March 2012 and 31 March
2011 are given below:
31 March 2012
CDR SME Debt
Particulars Mechanism Restructuring Others
(Rs. in million)
i) Standard No. of borrowers 16 4 82
advances Amount outstanding — Restructured 8,811 648 3,544
restructured** facility#
Amount outstanding — Other facilities 150 — 98
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 1,462 16 24
ii) Sub-Standard No. of borrowers — — —
advances Amount outstanding — Restructured — — —
restructured facility
Amount outstanding — Other facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) — — —
iii) Doubtful No. of borrowers — — —
advances Amount outstanding — Restructured — — —
restructured facility
Amount outstanding — Other facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) — — —
Total No. of borrowers 16 4 82
Amount outstanding — Restructured 8,811 648 3,544
facility
Amount outstanding — Other facilities 150 — 98
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 1,462 16 24
** Asset classification as on the date of reference to CDR / date of application for Non-CDR cases.
# Amount subjected to restructuring determined as on the date of approval of restructuring proposal.
31 March 2011
CDR SME Debt
Particulars Mechanism Restructuring Others
(Rs. in million)
i) Standard No. of borrowers 2 4 1,17
advances Amount outstanding — Restructured 966 472 2,600
restructured** facility#
Amount outstanding — Other facilities 29 55 153
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 142 40 26
ii) Sub-Standard No. of borrowers — — —
advances Amount outstanding — Restructured — — —
restructured facility
Amount outstanding — Other facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) — — —
iii) Doubtful No. of borrowers — — —
advances Amount outstanding — Restructured — — —
restructured facility
Amount outstanding — Other facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) — — —
Total No. of borrowers 2 4 117
Amount outstanding — Restructured 966 472 2,600
facility
Amount outstanding — Other facilities 29 55 153
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 142 40 26
** Asset classification as on the date of reference to CDR / date of application for Non-CDR cases.
# Amount subjected to restructuring determined as on the date of approval of restructuring proposal.
F-26
2.1.13 There are no advances as on 31 March 2012 (previous year: Nil) for which intangible securities have
been taken as collateral by the Bank.
2.1.14 Details of Non-SLR investment portfolio are set out below:
i) Issuer composition as at 31 March 2012 of non-SLR investments*:
Extent of
“below
Extent of investment Extent of Extent of
Total private grade” “unrated” “unlisted”
No. Issuer Amount placement securities securities securities
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(Rs. in million)
i. Public Sector Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,201 22,028 1,670 — 100
ii. Financial Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96,812 78,244 — — 51,005
iii. Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,607 25,314 — — 44,272
iv. Private Corporates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162,710 131,345 4,863 1,756 7,437
v. Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,496 3,496 — — 3,496
vi. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,126 2,581 — — 2,907
vii. Provision held towards depreciation on
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,558) — — — —
viii Provision held towards non performing (635) — — — —
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347,759 263,008 6,533 1,756 109,217
Amounts reported under columns (4), (5), (6) and (7) above are not mutually exclusive.
Issuer composition as at 31 March 2011 of non-SLR investments*:
Extent of
“below
Extent of investment Extent of Extent of
Total private grade” “unrated” “unlisted”
No. Issuer Amount placement securities securities securities
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(Rs. in million)
i. Public Sector Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,077 10,813 10 — 100
ii. Financial Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71,581 49,467 — — 41,146
iii. Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40,872 16,877 100 — 31,025
iv. Private Corporates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135,522 109,869 5,351 2,299 12,265
v. Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,595 2,595 — — 2,595
vi. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,013 8,472 — — 4,074
vii. Provision held towards depreciation on
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,169) — — — —
viii Provision held towards non performing (124) — — — —
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278,367 198,093 5,461 2,299 91,205
Amounts reported under columns (4), (5), (6) and (7) above are not mutually exclusive.
* Excludes investments in Non-SLR Government Securities amounting to Rs. 1,567 million (previous year
Rs. 1,580 million).
ii) Non-performing non SLR investments is set out below:
F-27
2.1.15 Details of securities sold/purchased (in face value terms) during the years ended 31 March 2012 and
31 March 2011 under repos/reverse repos (excluding LAF transactions):
Minimum Maximum Daily Average
outstanding outstanding outstanding As at
Year ended 31 March 2012 during the year during the year during the year 31 March 2012
(Rs. in million)
Securities sold under repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . — 1,222 263 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . — — — —
Securities purchased under reverse repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . — 19,524 1,055 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . — — — —
Minimum Maximum Daily Average
outstanding outstanding outstanding As at
Year ended 31 March 2011 during the year during the year during the year 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Securities sold under repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . — 2,200 309 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . — — — —
Securities purchased under reverse repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . — 39,198 342 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . — — — —
2.1.16 Details of financial assets sold to Securtisation/Reconstruction companies for Asset Reconstruction:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Number of accounts* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Book value of loan asset securitized* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Aggregate value (net of provisions) of accounts sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Aggregate consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Additional consideration realized in respect of accounts transferred in
earlier years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Aggregate gain/loss over net book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
* Excludes 71 accounts already written-off from books amounting to Rs. 2,777 million (Previous year
50 accounts amounting to Rs. 2,443 million).
2.1.17 During the years ended 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2011 there were no Non-Performing Financial
Assets Purchased or Sold (excluding accounts previously written off) by the Bank.
2.1.18 Details of securtisation transactions undertaken by the Bank during the year are as follows:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Number of loan accounts securitised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3
Book value of loan assets securitised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3,017
Sale consideration received for the securtised assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3,090
Net gain/loss over net book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 73
Net gain/loss recognised in the Profit and Loss Account . . . . . . . . . . . . — 73
The information on securtisation activity of the Bank as an originator as at 31 March 2012 and 31 March
2011 is given below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Outstanding credit enhancement (cash collateral) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Outstanding liquidity facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Outstanding servicing liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Outstanding investment in PTCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
F-28
2.1.19 The information on concentration of deposits is given below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Total deposits of twenty largest depositors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311,177 345,405
Percentage of deposits of twenty largest depositors to total deposits . . 14.14 18.25
2.1.20 The information on concentration of advances* is given below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Total advances to twenty largest borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403,592 421,702
Percentage of advances to twenty largest borrowers to total advances
of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.87 13.63
* Advances represent credit exposure (funded and non-funded) including derivative exposure as defined by
RBI.
2.1.21 The information on concentration of exposure* is given below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Total exposure to twenty largest borrowers/customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457,920 531,840
Percentage of exposures to twenty largest borrowers/customers to
total exposure on borrowers/customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29 15.13
* Exposure includes credit exposure (funded and non-funded), derivative exposure and investment exposure
(including underwriting and similar commitments).
2.1.22 During the year, the Bank’s credit exposure to single borrower and group borrowers was within the
prudential exposure limits prescribed by RBI.
During the year ended 31 March 2011, the Bank’s credit exposure to single borrower was within the
prudential exposure limits prescribed by RBI except in 2 cases, where the single borrower limit was exceeded
upto an additional exposure of 5%, the details of which are set out below:
% of excess
limit Exposure
sanctioned Ceiling as
Original over on Exposure as
Exposure Limit original 31 March on 31 March
Name of the Borrower Period Ceiling Sanctioned ceiling 2011 2011
(Rs. in million)
Housing Development
Finance Corporation
Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb 2011 and March 2011 33,462 42,277 26.34 33,462 44,190#
LIC Housing Finance
Ltd.@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 2011 33,462 35,639 6.51 33,462 31,308
# the excess of the limit of Rs. 42,277 million over the original exposure ceiling was approved by the
Committee of Directors. However, the excess of the exposure as on 31 March 2011 over the limit approved
by the Committee is subject to ratification of the Committee.
@ the excess of the limit of Rs. 35,639 million over the original exposure ceiling is subject to ratification by
the Committee of Directors.
During the year ended 31 March 2011, the Bank’s credit exposure to group borrowers was within the
prudential exposure limits prescribed by RBI.
F-29
2.1.23 Details of Risk Category wise Country Exposure:
2.1.24 A maturity pattern of certain items of assets and liabilities at 31 March 2012 and Year ended
31 March 2011 is set out below:
Over Over Over Over
29 days 3 months 6 months 1 year 3 years
Year ended 2 days to 8 days to 15 days to and upto and upto and upto and upto and upto Over
31 March 2012 1 day 7 days 14 days 28 days 3 months 6 months 1 year 3 years 5 years 5 years Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19,597 71,356 75,962 76,814 237,750 258,084 533,592 182,319 138,447 607,122 2,201,043
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,071 12,200 11,520 15,321 93,629 109,888 114,775 390,024 237,917 685,250 1,697,595
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,156 49,678 36,912 58,746 135,060 74,634 151,728 137,432 69,971 199,604 931,921
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 4,644 19,072 14,202 28,008 43,171 22,217 35,049 65,979 108,375 340,717
Foreign Currency Assets . . . . . . . . 14,321 19,563 6,297 6,706 29,498 24,974 21,390 60,678 59,435 81,926 324,788
Foreign Currency Liabilities . . . . . 7,312 36,624 23,787 22,893 53,578 42,651 48,824 27,820 61,656 46,558 371,703
Over Over Over Over
29 days 3 months 6 months 1 year 3 years
Year ended 2 days to 8 days to 15 days to and upto and upto and upto and upto and upto Over
31 March 2011 1 day 7 days 14 days 28 days 3 months 6 months 1 year 3 years 5 years 5 years Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,454 74,238 48,356 75,211 235,286 179,307 370,573 268,103 118,666 506,184 1,892,378
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,744 36,358 10,030 24,408 95,874 81,622 118,154 352,369 194,595 481,924 1,424,078
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,446 17,949 32,472 46,094 103,507 53,190 93,351 134,170 81,819 148,918 719,916
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,115 9,811 446 12,934 49,343 23,845 25,377 36,481 20,365 82,962 262,679
Foreign Currency Assets . . . . . . . . . 14,369 10,541 3,225 13,496 28,107 32,732 29,277 47,735 47,648 38,386 265,516
Foreign Currency Liabilities . . . . . . 7,602 16,205 2,521 19,678 52,842 43,583 45,064 25,529 19,923 42,152 275,099
Classification of assets and liabilities under the different maturity buckets is based on the same estimates
and assumptions as used by the Bank for compiling the return submitted to the RBI, which has been relied upon
by the auditors. Maturity profile of foreign currency assets and liabilities is excluding forward contracts.
2.1.25 Disclosure in respect of Interest Rate Swaps (IRS), Forward Rate Agreement (FRA) and Cross
Currency Swaps (CCS) outstanding is set out below:
As at As at
Sr. No. Items 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal of swap agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,752,491 1,646,972
ii) Losses which would be incurred if counterparties failed to fulfil their
obligations under the agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,996 14,445
iii) Collateral required by the Bank upon entering into swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,606 1,234
iv) Concentration of credit risk arising from the swaps
Maximum single industry exposure with Banks (previous year with
Banks)
— Interest Rate Swaps/FRAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23,347 21,750
— Cross Currency Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,615 4,015
v) Fair value of the swap book (hedging & trading)
— Interest Rate Swaps/FRAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,159 11
— Currency Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,678 611
F-30
The nature and terms of the IRS as on 31 March 2012 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Hedging ........... 5 4,500 MIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 1,058 651,078 MIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 1,020 609,760 MIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 154 61,610 MIFOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 112 44,020 MIFOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 60 25,601 INBMK Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 74 46,280 INBMK Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Hedging ........... 21 64,103 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 122 61,202 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 180 84,738 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 1 1,500 OTHERS Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
Trading ........... 1 4,197 LIBOR Pay cap/receive floor
Trading ........... 1 4,197 LIBOR Pay floor/receive cap
Trading ........... 8 4,019 LIBOR Floating payable v/s floating receivable
2,817 1,666,805
The nature and terms of the IRS as on 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Hedging ........... 13 29,433 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 1,338 635,200 MIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 1,319 619,675 MIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 118 46,395 MIFOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 101 34,690 MIFOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 62 26,211 INBMK Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 73 45,890 INBMK Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 108 35,760 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 148 53,419 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 1 1,500 OTHERS Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
Trading ........... 3 1,382 LIBOR Floating payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 1 3,679 LIBOR Pay cap / receive floor
Trading ........... 1 3,679 LIBOR Pay floor / receive cap
3,286 1,536,913
The nature and terms of the FRA’s as on 31 March 2012 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2,035 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . 9 5,088 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
13 7,123
The nature and terms of the FRA’s as on 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . 80 29,900 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . 73 28,401 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
153 58,301
F-31
The nature and terms of the CCS as on 31 March 2012 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Hedging ........... 1 702 Principal & Coupon Swap Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
Hedging ........... 1 2,544 Principal & Coupon Swap Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 34 26,754 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading ........... 24 21,336 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 1 458 LIBOR/INBMK Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 4 2,152 Principal Only Fixed receivable
Trading ........... 25 9,828 Principal Only Fixed payable
Trading ........... 1 763 Principal Only Floating payable
Trading ........... 1 763 Principal Only Floating receivable
Trading ........... 22 13,263 Principal & Coupon Swap Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
114 78,563
Agreements with Banks/Financial Institutions and corporates are under approved credit lines.
The nature and terms of the CCS as on 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . 22 17,282 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . 21 19,362 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Hedging ........... 2 1,296 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Hedging ........... 3 3,054 Principal & Coupon Swap Fixed receivable v/s fixed payable
Hedging ........... 1 1,338 LIBOR Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 1 401 LIBOR/INBMK Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading ........... 5 4,286 Principal & Coupon Swap Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
Trading ........... 2 979 Principal Only Fixed receivable
Trading ........... 8 2,422 Principal Only Fixed payable
Trading ........... 1 669 Principal Only Floating receivable
Trading ........... 1 669 Principal Only Floating payable
67 51,758
Agreements with Banks/Financial Institutions and corporates are under approved credit lines.
Details of Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives for the year ended 31 March 2012 are set out below:
Sr. As at
No. Particulars 31 March 2012
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
undertaken during the year
91 day T-Bill — July 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
50
ii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
outstanding as on 31 March 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
—
iii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
outstanding as on 31 March 2012 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
iv) Mark-to-market value of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
outstanding as on 31 March 2012 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
F-32
Details of Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives for the year ended 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Sr. As at
No. Particulars 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
undertaken during the year
90 day euro $ Future — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
10 years 7% GOI Security — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
208
ii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
outstanding as on 31 March 2011
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
45
iii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
outstanding as on 31 March 2011 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
iv) Mark-to-market value of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
outstanding as on 31 March 2011 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
F-33
(b) Accounting policy for recording hedge and non-hedge transactions, recognition of income, premiums
and discounts, valuation of outstanding contracts
The Hedging Policy approved by the RMC governs the use of derivatives for hedging purpose. Subject to
the prevailing RBI guidelines, the Bank deals in derivatives for hedging fixed rate and floating rate coupon or
foreign currency assets/liabilities. Transactions for hedging and market making purposes are recorded separately.
For hedge transactions, the Bank identifies the hedged item (asset or liability) at the inception of the transaction
itself. The effectiveness is ascertained at the time of inception of the hedge and periodically thereafter. Hedge
derivative transactions are accounted for in accordance with the hedge accounting principles. Derivatives for
market making purpose are marked to market and the resulting gain/loss is recorded in the Profit and Loss
Account. The premium on option contracts is accounted for as per FEDAI guidelines. Derivative transactions are
covered under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements with respective
counterparties. The exposure on account of derivative transactions is computed as per the RBI guidelines and is
marked against the credit limits approved for the respective counterparties.
Derivative transactions comprise of swaps and options which are disclosed as contingent liabilities. The
swaps are categorised as trading or hedging and all the options are categorised as the trading book. Trading
swaps/options are revalued at the Balance Sheet date with the resulting unrealised gain or loss being recognised
in the Profit and Loss Account and correspondingly in other assets or other liabilities respectively. Hedged swaps
are accounted for as per the RBI guidelines. Pursuant to the RBI guidelines, any receivables (crystallised
receivables as well as positive MTM) under derivatives contracts, which remain overdue for more than 90 days,
are reversed through the Profit and Loss Account and are held in a separate suspense account.
Collateral requirements for derivative transactions are laid down as part of credit sanction terms on a case
by case basis. Such collateral requirements are determined, based on usual credit appraisal process. The Bank
retains the right to terminate transactions as a risk mitigation measure in certain cases.
The credit risk in respect of customer derivative transactions is sought to be mitigated through a laid down
policy on sanction of Loan Equivalent Risk (LER) limits, monitoring mechanism for LER limits and trigger
events for escalation/margin calls/termination.
Quantitative Disclosure:
As at 31 March 2012
Currency Derivatives
Sr. Forward Interest rate
No. Particulars Contracts CCS Options Derivatives
(Rs. in million)
1 Derivatives (Notional Principal Amount)
a) For hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67,372 3,246 — 68,603
b) For trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,941,883 75,317 125,114 1,605,325
2 Marked to Market Positions#
a) Asset (+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,581 1,841 61 367
b) Liability (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
3 Credit Exposure@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76,969 12,137 2,640 27,767
4 Likely impact of one percentage change in interest rate
(100*PV01) (as at 31 March 2012)
a) on hedging derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 125 — 2,831
b) on trading derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 487 17 724
5 Maximum and Minimum of 100*PV01 observed during
the year
a) on hedging
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,273
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 127 — 2,867
b) on Trading
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 13 21
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 888 72 927
F-34
As at 31 March 2011
Currency Derivatives Interest
Sr. Forward rate
No. Particulars Contracts CCS Options Derivatives
(Rs. in million)
1 Derivatives (Notional Principal Amount)
a) For hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44,709 5,688 — 29,433
b) For trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,809,729 46,070 131,304 1,565,781
2 Marked to Market Positions#
a) Asset (+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,162 358 — —
b) Liability (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — (46) (740)
3 Credit Exposure@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69,541 7,608 2,859 25,420
4 Likely impact of one percentage change in interest rate
(100*PV01) (as at 31 March 2011)
a) on hedging derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 — 1,358
b) on trading derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 — 386
5 Maximum and Minimum of 100*PV01 observed during the
year
a) on hedging
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1 — 758
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 18 — 1,786
b) on Trading
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 — 303
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 — 1,376
F-35
2.1.31 a) During the year ended 31 March 2011, an amount of Rs. 3,389 million being 10% of the net
profit for that year was transferred to the general reserve in terms of the provisions of the
Transfer of Profits to Reserve Rules under the Companies Act, 1956. During the current year, the
Bank has been advised by RBI that in respect of transfer of profits to reserve fund, the Bank
should be guided by the provisions of Section 17(1) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949
relating to transfer to Statutory Reserve. Accordingly, no appropriation is proposed to be made to
the general reserve for the current year.
b) During the current year, pursuant to receipt of final instalment from the Government of India
under the Agricultural Debt Waiver and Debt Relief Scheme, 2008, an amount of Rs. 9 million
being the provision held for loss in present value terms on the claim amount, has been transferred
to the General Reserve in accordance with RBI guidelines.
F-36
2.2.2 Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’)
The details of EPS computation is set out below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
Basic and Diluted earnings for the year (Net profit after tax) (Rs. in
million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,422 33,885
Basic weighted average no. of shares (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 408
Add: Equity shares for no consideration arising on grant of stock
options under ESOP (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Diluted weighted average no. of shares (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 415
Basic EPS (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.94 82.95
Diluted EPS (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.20 81.61
Nominal value of shares (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 10.00
Dilution of equity is on account of 2,991,727 (previous year 6,721,352) stock options.
2.2.3 Employee Stock Options Scheme (‘the Scheme’)
In February 2001, pursuant to the approval of the shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting, the
Bank approved an Employee Stock Option Scheme. Under the Scheme, the Bank is authorised to issue upto
13,000,000 equity shares to eligible employees. Eligible employees are granted an option to purchase shares
subject to vesting conditions. The options vest in a graded manner over 3 years. The options can be exercised
within 3 years from the date of the vesting. Further, over the period June 2004 to June 2010, pursuant to the
approval of the shareholders at Annual General Meetings, the Bank approved an ESOP scheme for additional
options aggregating 27,517,400. Within the overall ceiling of 40,517,400 stock options approved for grant by the
shareholders as stated earlier, the Bank is also authorised to issue options to employees and directors of the
subsidiary companies.
36,622,890 options have been granted under the Scheme till the previous year ended 31 March 2011.
On 22 April 2011, the Bank granted 3,096,500 stock options (each option representing entitlement to one
equity share of the Bank) to its employees including the MD & CEO and 172,200 stock options to employees of
Axis Asset Management Company Limited, a subsidiary of the Bank. These options can be exercised at a price
of Rs. 1,447.55 per option.
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2012 is set out below:
Weighted
average Weighted average
Range of exercise exercise remaining
Options prices price contractual life
outstanding (Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . 11,122,518 232.10 to 1,245.45 712.90 2.86
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,268,700 1,447.55 1,447.55 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (243,596) 232.10 to 1,447.55 960.75 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (61,265) 232.10 to 468.90 406.46 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,658,109) 232.10 to 1,159.30 512.92 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,428,248 319.00 to 1,447.55 965.90 2.79
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,983,892 319.00 to 1,245.45 717.76 1.53
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 1,200.12.
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2011 is set out below:
Weighted
average Weighted average
Range of exercise exercise remaining
Options prices price contractual life
outstanding (Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year . . . . . . 13,897,518 97.62 to 907.25 514.27 2.87
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,915,200 1,159.30 to 1,245.45 1,163.05 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (295,348) 232.10 to 1,214.80 658.88 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (23,128) 97.62 to 319.00 264.72 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5,371,724) 97.62 to 824.40 448.22 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . 11,122,518 232.10 to 1,245.45 712.90 2.86
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . 4,479,300 232.10 to 907.25 525.53 1.49
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 1,324.47.
F-37
Fair Value Methodology
Applying the fair value based method in Guidance Note on ‘Accounting for Employee Share-based
Payments’ the impact on reported net profit and EPS would be as follows:
31 March 31 March
2012 2011
Net Profit (as reported) (Rs. in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,422 33,885
Add: Stock based employee compensation expense included in net income
(Rs. in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Less: Stock based employee compensation expense determined under fair value
based method (proforma) (Rs. in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,472) (1,080)
Net Profit (Proforma) (Rs. in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40,950 32,805
Earnings per share: Basic (in Rs.)
As reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.94 82.95
Proforma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.37 80.31
Earnings per share: Diluted (in Rs.)
As reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.20 81.61
Proforma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98.65 79.01
The fair value of the options is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing
model, with the following assumptions:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.23% 1.24% to 1.32%
Expected life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 years 2-4 years
Risk free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.05% to 8.10% 5.98% to 7.17%
Volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.43% to 53.33% 54.72% to 61.66%
Volatility is the measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a
period. The measure of volatility used in the Black-Scholes options pricing model is the annualised standard
deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the stock over a period of time. For calculating
volatility, the daily volatility of the stock prices on the National Stock Exchange, over a period prior to the date
of grant, corresponding with the expected life of the options has been considered.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended 31 March 2012 is Rs. 559.31
(previous year Rs. 485.98).
2.2.4 Dividend paid on shares issued on exercise of stock options
The Bank may allot shares between the Balance Sheet date and record date for the declaration of dividend
pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock options. These shares will be eligible for full dividend for the year
ended 31 March 2012, if approved at the ensuing Annual General Meeting. Dividend relating to these shares has
not been recorded in the current year.
Appropriation to proposed dividend during the year ended 31 March 2012 includes dividend of
Rs. 19 million (previous year Rs. 25 million) paid pursuant to exercise of 1,153,890 employee stock options after
the previous year end but before the record date for declaration of dividend for the year ended 31 March 2011.
F-38
2.2.5 Segmental reporting
The business of the Bank is divided into four segments: Treasury, Retail Banking, Corporate/Wholesale
Banking and Other Banking Business. These segments have been identified based on the RBI’s revised
guidelines on Segment Reporting issued on 18 April 2007 vide Circular No.
DBOD.No.BP.BC.81/21.04.018/2006-07. The principal activities of these segments are as under.
Segment Principal Activities
Treasury Treasury operations include investments in sovereign and
corporate debt, equity and mutual funds, trading operations,
derivative trading and foreign exchange operations on the
proprietary account and for customers and central funding.
Retail Banking Constitutes lending to individuals/small businesses subject to the
orientation, product and granularity criterion and also includes
low value individual exposures not exceeding the threshold limit
of Rs. 50 million as defined by RBI. Retail Banking activities
also include liability products, card services, internet banking,
ATM services, depository, financial advisory services and NRI
services.
Corporate / Wholesale Banking Includes corporate relationships not included under Retail
Banking, corporate advisory services, placements and
syndication, management of public issue, project appraisals,
capital market related services and cash management services.
Other Banking Business Includes para banking activities like third party product
distribution and other banking transactions not covered under
any of the above three segments.
Revenues of the Treasury segment primarily consist of fees and gains or losses from trading operations and
interest income on the investment portfolio. The principal expenses of the segment consist of interest expense on
funds borrowed from external sources and other internal segments, premises expenses, personnel costs, other
direct overheads and allocated expenses.
Revenues of the Corporate/Wholesale Banking segment consist of interest and fees earned on loans given to
customers falling under this segment and fees arising from transaction services and merchant banking activities
such as syndication and debenture trusteeship. Revenues of the Retail Banking segment are derived from interest
earned on loans classified under this segment and fees for banking and advisory services, ATM interchange fees
and cards products. Expenses of the Corporate/Wholesale Banking and Retail Banking segments primarily
comprise interest expense on deposits and funds borrowed from other internal segments, infrastructure and
premises expenses for operating the branch network and other delivery channels, personnel costs, other direct
overheads and allocated expenses.
Segment income includes earnings from external customers and from funds transferred to the other
segments. Segment result includes revenue as reduced by interest expense and operating expenses and
provisions, if any, for that segment. Segment-wise income and expenses include certain allocations. Inter
segment interest income and interest expense represent the transfer price received from and paid to the Central
Funding Unit (CFU) respectively. For this purpose, the funds transfer pricing mechanism presently followed by
the Bank, which is based on historical matched maturity and market-linked benchmarks, has been used.
Operating expenses other than those directly attributable to segments are allocated to the segments based on an
activity-based costing methodology. All activities in the Bank are segregated segment-wise and allocated to the
respective segment.
F-39
Segmental results are set out below:
31 March 2012
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 59,925 112,922 47,099 — 219,946
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,037 28,009 12,388 3,768 54,202
Total income as per Profit and Loss Account . . . . . . 69,962 140,931 59,487 3,768 274,148
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . 289,924 30,936 72,750 1 393,611
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359,886 171,867 132,237 3,769 667,759
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 87,471 2,147 50,151 — 139,769
Less: Inter segment interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258,179 93,358 42,074 — 393,611
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,263 17,355 37,596 856 60,070
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,973 59,007 2,416 2,913 74,309
Less: Provision for non-performing assets/others . . . . . 1,608 7,356 2,463 4 11,431
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,365 51,651 (47) 2,909 62,878
Less: Provision for tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,456
Extraordinary profit/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,422
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,083,942 1,176,471 582,584 1,686 2,844,683
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,595
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,856,278
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,164,455 512,610 943,058 195 2,620,318
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,875
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,628,193
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (80,513) 663,861 (360,474) 1,491 228,085
Capital expenditure for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 970 2,138 52 3,363
Depreciation on fixed assets for the year . . . . . . . . . 207 987 2,175 53 3,422
F-40
31 March 2011
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 47,517 70,830 33,201 — 151,548
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,230 22,894 9,905 2,292 46,321
Total income as per Profit and Loss
Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58,747 93,724 43,106 2,292 197,869
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . 185,420 23,787 50,154 5 259,366
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244,167 117,511 93,260 2,297 457,235
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 53,272 1,476 31,154 16 85,918
Less: Inter segment interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178,322 55,541 25,503 — 259,366
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,845 14,405 28,572 972 47,794
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,728 46,089 8,031 1,309 64,157
Less: Provision for non-performing assets/others . . . . . 1,405 7,259 4,129 7 12,800
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,323 38,830 3,902 1,302 51,357
Less: Provision for tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,472
Extraordinary profit/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,885
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944,753 1,043,023 428,967 1,761 2,418,504
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,630
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,427,134
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,053,924 464,629 710,949 243 2,229,745
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,400
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,237,145
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (109,171) 578,394 (281,982) 1,518 189,989
Capital expenditure for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 4,684 8,599 246 13,948
Depreciation on fixed assets for the year . . . . . . . . . 87 973 1,785 51 2,896
Geographic Segments
Domestic International Total
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011
(Rs. in million)
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257,868 186,789 16,280 11,080 274,148 197,869
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,533,254 2,190,863 323,024 236,271 2,856,278 2,427,134
2.2.6 Related party disclosure
The related parties of the Bank are broadly classified as:
a) Promoters
The Bank has identified the following entities as its Promoters.
• Administrator of the Specified Undertaking of the Unit Trust of India (UTI-1)
• Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC)
• General Insurance Corporation and four Government-owned general insurance companies—New India
Assurance Co. Ltd., National Insurance Co. Ltd., United India Insurance Co. Ltd. and The Oriental
Insurance Co. Ltd.
b) Key Management Personnel
• Mrs. Shikha Sharma (Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer)
• Mr. Sisir Kumar Chakrabarti (Deputy Managing Director) upto 30 September 2011.
F-41
c) Relatives of Key Management Personnel
Mr. Sanjaya Sharma, Mrs. Usha Bharadwaj, Mr. Tilak Sharma, Ms. Tvisha Sharma, Dr. Sanjiv Bharadwaj,
Dr. Prashant Bharadwaj, Dr. Brevis Bharadwaj, Dr. Reena Bharadwaj, Mrs. Swapna Chakraborty, Mr. Hirendra
Nath Chakraborty, Mr. Rajat Chakraborty, Mrs. Devikalpa Chakraborty (Kundu), Master Ahan Chakraborty,
Mr. Nabakumar Chakraborty, Mr. Prabir Chakraborty, Mrs. Minati Chakraborty, Mrs. Krishna Chakraborty,
Mrs. Sipra Chakraborty, Mrs. Shikha Bhattacharya, Ms. Shila Chakraborty, Mr. Asim Kumar Chakraborty,
Mr. Arunabha Bhattacharya.
d) Subsidiary Companies
• Axis Securities and Sales Limited
• Axis Private Equity Limited
• Axis Trustee Services Limited
• Axis Asset Management Company Limited
• Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Limited
• Axis U.K. Limited
e) Associate
• Bussan Auto Finance India Private Limited
The above investment does not fall within the definition of a Joint Venture as per AS-27, Financial
Reporting of Interest in Joint Ventures, notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, and
the said accounting standard is thus not applicable. However, pursuant to RBI guidelines, the Bank has classified
the same as investment in joint ventures in the Balance Sheet. Such investment has been accounted as an
Associate in Consolidated Financial Statements notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2006. Based on RBI guidelines, details of transactions with Associates are not disclosed since there is only
one entity/party in this category.
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2012 are
given below:
Relatives of
Key Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,142 1 — — 2,143
Dividend received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 11 11
Interest paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,405 — — 77 5,482
Interest received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 900 900
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . . — 18 — — 18
Investment of related party in Subordinated
Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Redemption of subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Purchase of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Sale of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,448 — — — 2,448
Management contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 55 — 69 124
Contribution to employee benefit fund . . . . . . 138 — — — 138
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 160 160
Advance granted (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 — — — 6
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Receiving of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 — — 1,409 1,924
Rendering of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 — — 125 142
Other reimbursements from related party . . . . — — — 103 103
Other reimbursements to related party . . . . . . 10 — — 17 27
F-42
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2012 are given
below:
Relatives of
Key Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56,935 3 3 1,166 58,107
Placement of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 2 — — 439
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 3,106 3,106
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . 1,545 — — — 1,545
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 — — 160 190
Investment of related party in Subordinated
Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . 28,373 — — — 28,373
Advance for rendering of services . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 345 345
Other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 212 212
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2012 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56,936 12 27 1,850 58,825
Placement of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 3 — — 485
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 3,106 3,106
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . 1,551 1 — — 1,552
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 — — 160 190
Investment of related party in Subordinated
Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . 28,373 — — — 28,373
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 345 345
Other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 228 228
F-43
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2011 are
given below:
Relatives of
Key Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,847 — — — 1,847
Dividend received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 8 8
Interest paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,897 1 — 32 3,930
Interest received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,060 1,060
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . . — 23 — — 23
Investment of related party in Subordinated
Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Purchase of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 — — — 102
Sale of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,632 — — — 5,632
Management contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 55* — 47 102
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Advance granted (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1 — — 1
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Contribution to employee benefit fund . . . . . . 152 — — — 152
Receiving of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 — — 1,053 1,355
Rendering of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 — — 109 134
Other reimbursements to related party . . . . . . 2 — — 5 7
Other reimbursements from related party . . . . — — — 57 57
F-44
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2011 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,161 39 50 818 48,068
Placement of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,325 4 — 3 1,332
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 2,206 2,206
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . 1,562 — — — 1,562
Investment of related party in Subordinated
Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . 28,250 — — — 28,250
Advance for rendering of services . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 72 72
Other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 163 163
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — — 390
Details of transactions with Axis Mutual Fund and Axis Infrastructure Fund-I, the funds floated by Axis
Asset Management Company Ltd. and Axis Private Equity Ltd., the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries have not
been disclosed since these entities do not qualify as Related Parties as defined under the Accounting Standard 18,
Related Party Disclosure, as notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006 and as per RBI
guidelines.
2.2.7 Leases
F-45
2.2.9 The major components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities arising out of timing
differences are as under:
As at 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Deferred tax assets on account of provisions for doubtful debts . . . . . . . . 7,432 5,742
Deferred tax assets on account of amortisation of HTM investments . . . . 1,841 1,641
Deferred tax assets on account of provision for employee benefits . . . . . . 826 707
Deferred tax liability on account of depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . . . (230) (327)
Deferred tax assets on account of other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 134
Other deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 272
Net deferred tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,275 8,169
Provident Fund
The contribution to the employee’s provident fund amounted to Rs. 679 million (previous year Rs. 418
million) for the year.
The rules of the Bank’s Provident Fund administered by a Trust require that if the Board of Trustees are
unable to pay interest at the rate declared for Employees’ Provident Fund by the Government under para 60 of
the Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme, 1952 for the reason that the return on investment is less or for any other
reason, then the deficiency shall be made good by the Bank. Based on an actuarial valuation conducted by an
independent actuary, there is no deficiency as at the Balance Sheet date. The principal assumptions used by the
actuary are as under.
31 March 2012
Discount rate for the term of the obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35%
Average historic yield on the investment portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.09%
Discount rate for the remaining term to maturity of the investment portfolio . . . . . . . . . . 8.45%
Expected investment return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99%
Guaranteed rate of return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25%
Superannuation
The Bank contributed Rs. 139 million (previous year Rs. 102 million) to the employees’ superannuation
plan for the year.
Leave Encashment
The actuarial liability of compensated absences of accumulated privileged and sick leaves of the employees
of the Bank is given below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Privileged leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,524 2,174
Sick leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 186
Total actuarial liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,727 2,360
Assumptions
Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35% p.a. 8.05% p.a.
Salary escalation rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% p.a. 6.00% p.a.
F-46
Gratuity
The following tables summarise the components of net benefit expenses recognised in the Profit and Loss
Account and funded status and amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet for the Gratuity benefit plan.
Balance Sheet
Details of provision for gratuity
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Fair Value of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 635
Present Value of Funded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (934) (607)
Net Asset/(Liability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 28
Amounts in Balance Sheet
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 28
Net Asset/(Liability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 28
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Change in Defined Benefit Obligation
Opening Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 426
Current Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 90
Interest Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 39
Actuarial Losses / (Gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 (1)
Past service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (37) 87
Benefits Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (49) (34)
Closing Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934 607
F-47
Experience adjustments
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008
(Rs. in million)
Defined Benefit Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934 607 426 364 234
Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 635 440 298 177
Surplus/(Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 28 14 (66) (57)
Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 14 12 34 36
Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 (8) 5 (7) (2)
Major categories of plan assets (managed by Insurers) as a percentage of fair value of total plan assets
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
% %
Government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.81 40.48
Bonds, debentures and other fixed income instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.85 34.66
Money market instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.89 18.34
Equity shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31 5.20
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14 1.32
b) Movement in provision for debit/credit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 184
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 83
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (20) (17)
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 250
F-48
c) Movement in provision for other contingencies (including derivatives) is set out below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 —
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 364
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (360) —
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 364
F-49
d) Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations
These include documentary credit issued by the Bank on behalf of its customers and bills drawn by the
Bank’s customers that are accepted or endorsed by the Bank.
e) Other items
Other items represent outstanding amount of bills rediscounted by the Bank, estimated amount of contracts
remaining to be executed on capital account and commitments towards underwriting and investment in equity
through bids under Initial Public Offering (IPO) of corporates as at the year end.
2.2.15 Previous year figures have been regrouped and reclassified, where necessary to conform to current
year’s presentation.
F-50
Auditors’ Report
To
The members of Axis Bank Limited
1. We have audited the attached Balance Sheet of AXIS BANK LIMITED (“the Bank”) as at 31 March
2011, the Profit and Loss Account and the Cash Flow Statement of the Bank for the year ended on that
dated, both annexed thereto. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s Management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
2. We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those
Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and the disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by the Management, as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides reasonable
basis for our opinion.
3. The Balance Sheet and the Profit and Loss Account are drawn up in conformity with Forms A and B
(revised) of the Third Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, read with Section 211 of the
Companies Act, 1956.
4. Without qualifying our report, we invite attention to Note 1 of Schedule 18 regarding the Scheme of
Arrangement for the demerger of Enam Securities Private Ltd. with the Bank’s subsidiary. For the
reasons stated therein, no effect to the proposed Scheme has been given in the accounts.
5. We further report as follows:
(a) we have obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and
belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit and have found them to be satisfactory;
(b) in our opinion, the transactions of the Bank which have come to our notice have been within its
powers;
(c) in our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Bank so far as it
appears from our examination of those books;
(d) the financial accounting systems of the Bank are centralised and, therefore, accounting returns are
not required to be submitted by the Branches;
(e) the Balance Sheet, the Profit and Loss Account and the Cash Flow Statement dealt with by this
report are in agreement with the books of account;
(f) in our opinion, the Balance Sheet, the Profit and Loss Account and the Cash Flow Statement dealt
with by this report comply with the Accounting Standards referred to in Section 211 (3C) of the
Companies Act, 1956, insofar as they apply to banks;
(g) in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the
said accounts give the information required by the Companies Act, 1956 in the manner so required
for banking companies and the Guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India from time to time
and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in
India:
(i) in the case of the Balance Sheet, of the state of the affairs of the Bank as at 31 March 2011;
(ii) in the case of the Profit and Loss Account, of the profit of the Bank for the year ended on that
date and
(iii) in the case of Cash Flow Statement, of the cash flows of the Bank for the year ended on that
date.
6. On the basis of the written representations received from the Directors as on 31 March 2011 taken on
record by the Board of Directors, we report that none of the Directors is disqualified from being
appointed as a director in terms of Section 274(1)(g) of the Companies Act, 1956.
For DELOITTE HASKINS & SELLS
Chartered Accountants
(Registration no: 117365W)
Nalin M. Shah
Partner
(Membership No. 15860)
Place: Mumbai
Date: 22nd April 2011
F-51
Non-consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2011
Schedule As of As of
No. 31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4,105 4,052
Reserves & Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 185,883 156,393
Employees’ Stock Options Outstanding (Net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17(5.15) — 2
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1,892,378 1,413,002
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 262,679 171,695
Other liabilities and provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 82,089 61,335
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,427,134 1,806,479
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 138,862 94,820
Balances with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 75,225 57,219
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 719,916 559,748
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1,424,078 1,043,410
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 22,732 12,224
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 46,321 39,058
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,427,134 1,806,479
Contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4,539,973 3,182,812
Bills for collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324,731 192,929
Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 & 18
F-52
Non-consolidated Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31 March 2011
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Profit and Loss Account
F-53
Non-consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 March 2011
Year ended
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,357 38,513
Adjustments for:
Depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,896 2,343
Depreciation on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 (222)
Amortisation of premium on Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 830
Provision for Non Performing Advances/Investments (including bad debts) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,551 13,570
Provision on Standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,662 (9)
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3
Provision for interest tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 —
Loss on sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 39
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 (15)
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 565
Provision for other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 —
Amortisation of deferred employee compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
67,728 55,617
Adjustments for:
(Increase) /Decrease in investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (35,372) (49,860)
(Increase) /Decrease in advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (390,403) (241,787)
Increase /(Decrease) in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479,376 239,261
(Increase) /Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5,451) 169
Increase /(Decrease) in other liabilities & provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,665 13,728
Direct taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (19,292) (15,147)
Net cash flow from operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114,251 1,981
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (13,603) (4,066)
(Increase)/Decrease in Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (126,380) (47,353)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 189
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (139,853) (51,230)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of Subordinated debt, Perpetual Debt & Upper Tier II instruments
(net of repayments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,626) 18,214
Increase /(Decrease) in borrowings (excluding subordinated debt, perpetual debt & upper
Tier II instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92,610 (1,717)
Proceeds from issue of Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 462
Proceeds from share premium (net of share issue expenses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,354 38,570
Payment of Dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5,694) (4,205)
Net cash generated from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87,697 51,324
Effect of exchange fluctuation translation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (47) (205)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62,048 1,870
Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,039 150,169
Cash and cash equivalents as at end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214,087 152,039
Note:
1. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash on hand (including foreign currency notes), balances with
Reserve Bank of India, balances with banks and money at call & short notice (refer Schedules 6 and 7 of the
Balance Sheet).
F-54
Schedules to the Non-consolidated Balance Sheet
as of 31 March 2011 and
Non-consolidated Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended 31 March 2011
SCHEDULE 1 — CAPITAL
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
Authorised Capital
500,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 5,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up capital# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,105 4,052
# 405,174,119 and 410,545,843 equity shares of Rs. 10/- each fully paid up as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2011 respectively.
F-55
SCHEDULE 3 — DEPOSITS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A. I Demand Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,305 13,565
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354,866 308,113
II Savings Bank Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408,503 338,618
III Term Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76,751 41,073
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,037,953 711,633
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,892,378 1,413,002
B. I Deposits of branches in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,826,772 1,371,814
II Deposits of branches outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,606 41,188
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,892,378 1,413,002
SCHEDULE 4 — BORROWINGS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(ii) Other Banks# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,237 4,535
(iii) Other institutions & agencies** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64,072 69,317
II . Borrowings outside India$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184,370 97,843
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262,679 171,695
Secured borrowing included in I & II above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
# Borrowings from other Banks include Subordinated Debt of Rs. 3,845 million and Rs. 3,646 million in the
nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively, Rs. 50 million
and Rs. Nil of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively, and Rs. 640 million
and Rs. 591 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively.
[Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
** Borrowings from other institutions & agencies include Subordinated debt of Rs. 51,019 million and
Rs. 49,667 million in the nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011
respectively, Rs. 2,090 million and Rs. 2,140 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2011 respectively and Rs. 2,435 million and Rs. 2,484 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
$ Borrowings outside India include Rs. 2,065 million and Rs. 2,051 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively and Rs. 9,415 million and Rs. 9,353 million of Upper Tier II
instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.3)].
F-56
SCHEDULE 6 — CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Cash in hand & in ATM (including foreign currency notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,083 19,007
II Balances with Reserve Bank of India:
(i) in Current Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116,779 75,813
(ii) in Other Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,862 94,820
SCHEDULE 7 — BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I In India
(i) Balance with Banks
(a) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,408 7,922
(b) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49,184 34,402
(ii) Money at Call and Short Notice
(a) With banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 5
(b) With other institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53,622 42,329
II Outside India
i) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,836 9,079
ii) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,658 5,811
iii) Money at Call & Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,109 —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,603 14,890
GRAND TOTAL (I+II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75,225 57,219
SCHEDULE 8 — INVESTMENTS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Investments in India in —
(i) Government Securities## . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441,549 341,959
(ii) Other approved securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,929 5,296
(iv) Debentures and Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180,705 138,232
(v) Investments in Subsidiaries / Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,595 1,536
(vi) Others (Mutual Fund units, CD / CP, NABARD Deposits, PTC etc.)@ . . . . . . . . 82,406 65,941
Total Investments in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714,184 552,964
II Investments outside India in —
(i) Government Securities (including local authorities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 —
(ii) Subsidiaries and / or joint ventures abroad (amount less than Rs. 1,000 for
current year, previous year Rs. nil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,302 6,784
Total Investments outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,732 6,784
GRAND TOTAL (I + II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719,916 559,748
## Includes securities costing Rs. 42,376 million and Rs. 44,249 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2011 respectively pledged for availment of fund transfer facility, clearing facility and margin requirement.
@ Includes deposits with NABARD Rs. 30,027 million and Rs. 40,647 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2011 respectively and PTC’s Rs. 3,513 million and Rs. 2,130 million, net of depreciation as of
31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively.
F-57
SCHEDULE 9 — ADVANCES
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A.(i) Bills purchased and discounted* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,813 34,501
(ii) Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349,803 260,136
(iii) Term loans# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,039,462 748,773
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,424,078 1,043,410
B.(i) Secured by tangible assets$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,131,027 865,762
(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees&& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,394 16,368
(iii) Unsecured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260,657 161,280
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,424,078 1,043,410
C.I Advances in India
(i) Priority Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412,891 299,404
(ii) Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,039 32,048
(iii) Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,408 3,826
(iv) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782,964 584,824
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,228,302 920,102
II Advances Outside India
(i) Due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,197 333
(i) Due from others —
(a) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,265 4,316
(b) Syndicated loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70,389 63,702
(c) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114,925 54,957
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195,776 123,308
GRAND TOTAL (CI + CII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,424,078 1,043,410
* Net of borrowing under Bills rediscounting Scheme Rs. Nil and Rs. 18,000 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2011 respectively.
# Net of borrowing under Inter Bank Participation Certificate Rs. Nil and Rs. 34,010 million as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively.
$ Includes advances against book debts
&& Includes advances against L/Cs issued by Bank.
F-58
SCHEDULE 10 — FIXED ASSETS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Premises
Gross Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891 891
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,245 —
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (19) —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,117 891
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 117
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 45
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10) —
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 162
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,919 729
II Other Fixed Assets (including Furniture & Fixtures)
Gross Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,188 16,528
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,704 4,068
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (744) (407)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,148 20,189
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,266 7,147
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,849 2,299
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (553) (180)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,562 9,266
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,586 10,923
III CAPITAL WORK-IN-PROGRESS (including Capital Advances) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 572
GRAND TOTAL (I+II+III) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,732 12,224
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Inter-office adjustments (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
II Interest Accrued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,166 12,771
III Tax paid in advance / tax deducted at source (net of provisions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 643
IV Stationery and stamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 10
V Non banking assets acquired in satisfaction of claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 22
VI Others# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,689 25,612
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46,321 39,058
# Includes deferred tax assets Rs. 6,113 million and Rs. 8,169 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2011 respectively
F-59
SCHEDULE 12 — CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Claims against the bank not acknowledged as debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,344 2,712
II Liability for partly paid investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
III Liability on account of outstanding Forward exchange and derivative contracts
a) Forward Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,940,497 1,265,355
b) Interest Rate Swaps, Currency Swaps, Forward Rate Agreement & Interest
Rate Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,647,016 1,317,575
c) Foreign Currency Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141,259 56,163
Total: (a+b+c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,728,772 2,639,093
IV Guarantees given on behalf of constituents
In India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464,333 332,316
Outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76,278 41,767
V Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249,277 164,634
VI Other items for which the Bank is Contingently liable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,969 2,290
GRAND TOTAL (I+II+III+IV+V+VI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,539,973 3,182,812
Year ended
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Interest/discount on advances / bills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104,031 79,866
II Income on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44,387 34,283
III Interest on balances with Reserve Bank of India and other inter-bank funds . . . . . . . . 1,826 1,200
IV Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,304 1,031
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151,548 116,380
F-60
SCHEDULE 15 — INTEREST EXPENDED
Year ended
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Interest on deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74,985 57,145
II Interest on Reserve Bank of India / Inter-bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,610 1,494
III Others@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,323 7,697
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85,918 66,336
F-61
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011
1 Background
Axis Bank Limited (‘the Bank’) was incorporated in 1993 and provides a complete suite of corporate and
retail banking products.
2 Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention on the
accrual basis of accounting, and comply with the generally accepted accounting principles, statutory
requirements prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the circulars and guidelines issued by the
Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) from time to time and the Accounting Standards notified under the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, to the extent applicable and current practices prevailing within the banking
industry in India.
3 Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles
requires the Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Management believes that the estimates used in the
preparation of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Any revisions to the accounting estimates are
recognised prospectively in the current and future periods.
F-62
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
However, for disclosure in the Balance Sheet, investments in India are classified under six categories —
Government Securities, Other approved securities, Shares, Debentures and Bonds, Investment in Subsidiaries/
Joint Ventures and Others.
Investments made outside India are classified under three categories — Government Securities, Subsidiaries
and/or Joint Ventures abroad and Others.
Acquisition cost
Costs including brokerage, commission pertaining to investments, paid at the time of acquisition, are
charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Broken period interest is charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Cost of investments is computed based on the weighted average cost method.
Valuation
Investments classified under the HTM category are carried at acquisition cost. Any premium on acquisition
over face value is amortised on a constant yield to maturity basis over the remaining period to maturity. In terms
of RBI guidelines, discount on securities held under HTM category is not accrued and such securities are held at
the acquisition cost till maturity.
Investments classified under the AFS and HFT categories are marked to market. The market/fair value of
quoted investments included in the ‘Available for Sale’ and ‘Held for Trading’ categories is the market price of
the scrip as available from the trades/quotes on the stock exchanges, SGL account transactions, price list of RBI
or prices declared by Primary Dealers Association of India (‘PDAI’) jointly with Fixed Income Money Market
and Derivatives Association of India (‘FIMMDA’), periodically. Net depreciation, if any, within each category of
each investment classification is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account. The net appreciation if any, under
each category of each investment classification is ignored. The book value of individual securities is not changed
consequent to the periodic valuation of investments.
Treasury Bills, Exchange Funded Bills, Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposits being discounted
instruments, are valued at carrying cost.
Units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.
Market value of investments where current quotations are not available, is determined as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI as under:
• market value of unquoted Government Securities is derived based on the Prices/Yield to Maturity
(‘YTM’) rate for Government Securities of equivalent maturity as notified by FIMMDA jointly with the
PDAI at periodic intervals;
• in case of Central Government Securities, which do not qualify for SLR requirement, the market price is
derived by adding the appropriate mark up to the Base Yield Curve of Central Government Securities as
notified by FIMMDA;
• market value of unquoted State Government Securities is derived by adding the appropriate mark up
above the Base Yield Curve of the Central Government Securities of equivalent maturity as notified by
the FIMMDA/PDAI at periodic intervals;
• in case of unquoted bonds, debentures and preference shares where interest/dividend is received regularly,
the market price is derived based on the YTM for Government Securities as notified by FIMMDA/PDAI
and suitably marked up for credit risk applicable to the credit rating of the instrument. The matrix for
credit risk mark-up for each categories and credit ratings along with residual maturity issued by
FIMMDA is adopted for this purpose;
• in case of preference shares where dividend is not received regularly, the price derived on the basis of
YTM is discounted in accordance with the RBI guidelines;
• in case of bonds and debentures (including PTCs) where interest is not received regularly, the valuation is
in accordance with prudential norms for provisioning as prescribed by RBI;
F-63
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
• equity shares, for which current quotations are not available or where the shares are not quoted on the
stock exchanges, are valued at break-up value (without considering revaluation reserves, if any) which is
ascertained from the company’s latest Balance Sheet. In case the latest Balance Sheet is not available, the
shares are valued at Re 1 per company;
• units of Venture Capital Funds (VCF) held under AFS category where current quotations are not available
are marked to market based on the Net Asset Value (NAV) shown by VCF as per the latest audited
financials of the fund. In case the audited financials are not available for a period beyond 18 months, the
investments are valued at Re 1 per VCF. Investment in unquoted VCF after 23 August 2006 are
categorised under HTM category for the initial period of three years and valued at cost as per RBI
guidelines; and
• investments in Credit Linked Notes (‘CLNs’), are valued based on current quotations where the same are
available. In the absence of quotes, the same are valued based on internal valuation methodology using
appropriate mark-up and other estimates such as price of the underlying Foreign Currency Convertible
Bond (FCCB), rating category of the CLN etc.
Investments in subsidiaries/joint ventures are categorised as HTM and assessed for impairment to determine
permanent diminution, if any, in accordance with the RBI guideline.
Realised gains on investments under the HTM category are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account and
subsequently appropriated to Capital Reserve account in accordance with the RBI guidelines. Losses are
recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
All investments are accounted for on settlement date except investments in equity shares which are
accounted for on trade date as the corporate actions are effected in equity on the trade date.
5.2 Advances
Advances are classified into performing and non-performing advances (‘NPAs’) as per the RBI guidelines
and are stated net of specific provisions made towards NPAs and floating provisions. Further, NPAs are
classified into sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on the criteria stipulated by the RBI. Provisions for
NPAs are made for sub-standard and doubtful assets at rates as prescribed by the RBI with the exception for
agriculture advances and schematic retail advances. In respect of schematic retail advances, provisions are made
in terms of a bucket-wise policy upon reaching specified stages of delinquency (90 days or more of delinquency)
under each type of loan, which satisfies the RBI prudential norms on provisioning. Provisions in respect of
agriculture advances classified into sub-standard and doubtful assets are made at rates which are higher than
those prescribed by the RBI.
Loss assets and unsecured portion of doubtful assets are provided/written off as per the extant RBI
guidelines. NPAs are identified by periodic appraisals of the loan portfolio by the Management.
For restructured/rescheduled assets, provision is made in accordance with the guidelines issued by RBI,
which requires the diminution in the fair value of the assets to be provided at the time of restructuring.
A general provision @ 0.25% in case of direct advances to agricultural and SME sectors, 1% in respect of
advances classified as commercial real estate, 2% in respect of housing loans at teaser rates and 0.40% for all
other advances is made as prescribed by the RBI.
F-64
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
5.4 Securitisation
The Bank enters into purchase/sale of corporate and retail loans through direct assignment/Special Purpose
Vehicle (‘SPV’). In most cases, post securitisation, the Bank continues to service the loans transferred to the
assignee/SPV. The Bank also provides credit enhancement in the form of cash collaterals and/or by subordination
of cash flows to Senior Pass Through Certificate (‘PTC’) holders. In respect of credit enhancements provided or
recourse obligations (projected delinquencies, future servicing etc.) accepted by the Bank, appropriate provision/
disclosure is made at the time of sale in accordance with AS 29, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingent Assets.
Gain on securitisation transaction is recognised over the period of the underlying securities issued by the
SPV. Loss on securitisation is immediately debited to the Profit and Loss Account.
F-65
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
Fees and commission income is recognised when due, except for guarantee commission which is recognised
pro-rata over the period of the guarantee.
Dividend is accounted on an accrual basis when the right to receive the dividend is established.
Gain/loss on sell down of loans and advances through direct assignment is recognised at the time of sale.
Gain or loss arising on sale of NPAs is accounted as per the guidelines prescribed by the RBI, which require
provisions to be made for any deficit (where sale price is lower than the net book value), while surplus (where
sale price is higher than the net book value) is ignored.
Arrangership/syndication fee is accounted for on completion of the agreed service and when right to receive
is established.
F-66
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
5.12 Taxation
Income tax expense is the aggregate amount of current tax and deferred tax charge. Current year taxes are
determined in accordance with the Income tax Act, 1961. Deferred income taxes reflects the impact of current
year timing differences between taxable income and accounting income for the year and reversal of timing
differences of earlier years.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rates and the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the
Balance Sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists
to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
relate to the taxes on income levied by same governing taxation laws.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future
taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised. The impact of changes in
the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
Deferred tax assets are recognised and reassessed at each reporting date, based upon the Management’s
judgement as to whether realisation is considered as reasonably certain. Deferred tax assets are recognised on
carry forward of unabsorbed depreciation and tax losses only if there is virtual certainty that such deferred tax
asset can be realised against future profits.
F-67
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
F-68
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 On 17 November 2010, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved the acquisition of certain businesses
undertaken by Enam Securities Private Limited (ESPL) through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Axis
Securities and Sales Limited (ASSL), by way of a demerger. It is envisaged that these businesses will be
transferred to ASSL, pursuant to a Scheme of Arrangement, as may be approved by the relevant High
Courts under Sections 391 to 394 and other relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and subject to
receipt of necessary requisite approvals. The appointed date for the purpose of the Demerger under the
Scheme shall be 1 April 2010. The valuation of the ESPL business was assessed at Rs. 20,674 million and in
consideration for the demerger, the Bank will issue shares in the ratio of 5.7 equity shares of the Bank
(aggregating 13,782,600 equity shares) of the face value of Rs. 10 each for every 1 equity share
(aggregating 2,418,000 equity shares) of Rs. 10 each held by the shareholders of ESPL.
2.1.2 In terms of its guidelines for implementation of the new capital adequacy framework issued on
27 April 2007, RBI directed banks with overseas branches to migrate to the revised framework for capital
computation (under Basel II) with effect from 31 March 2008. The minimum capital to be maintained by banks
under the Revised Framework is subject to a prudential floor of 80% of the capital requirement under Basel I.
The capital adequacy ratio of the Bank, calculated as per the RBI guidelines (Basel II requirement being
higher) is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Capital adequacy
Tier I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185,035 157,894
Tier II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,669 65,185
Total capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248,704 223,079
Total risk weighted assets and contingents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,965,626 1,411,698
Capital ratios
Tier I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41% 11.18%
Tier II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24% 4.62%
CRAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.65% 15.80%
Amount raised by issue of Innovative Perpetual Debt
Instruments (IPDI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Amount raised by issue of Upper Tier II instruments . . . . . . . . . — —
Amount of Subordinated Debt raised as Tier II capital (details
given below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — Rs. 20,000 million
F-69
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The Bank has not raised any subordinated debt during the year ended 31 March 2011.
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank raised subordinated debt of Rs. 20,000 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of allotment Period Coupon Amount
16 June 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.15% Rs. 20,000.00 million
During the year ended 31 March 2011, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 1,550 million, the
details of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
4 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 months 5.75% Rs. 1,500 million
20 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 months 9.05% Rs. 50 million
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 300 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
26 April 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 months 6.50% Rs. 300 million
2.1.3 The Bank has not raised any hybrid capital during the years ended 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2010.
2.1.4 The key business ratios and other information is set out below:
As at
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
% %
Interest income as a percentage to working funds# . . . 7.49 7.73
Non-interest income as a percentage to working
funds# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 2.62
Operating profit as a percentage to working funds# . . 3.17 3.48
Return on assets (based on working funds)# . . . . . . . . 1.68 1.67
Business (deposits less inter bank deposits plus
advances) per employee** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 137 million Rs. 111 million
Profit per employee** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 1.40 million Rs. 1.20 million
Net non performing assets as a percentage of net
customer assets* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.26 0.36
# Working funds represent average of total assets as reported to RBI in Form X under Section 27 of the
Banking Regulation Act, 1949 during the year
* Net Customer assets include advances and credit substitutes
** Productivity ratios are based on average employee numbers for the year
2.1.5 The provisioning coverage ratio of the Bank computed in terms of the RBI guidelines as on
31 March 2011 was 80.90% (previous year 72.38%).
F-70
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-71
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2010
Advances Investments Total
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . 5,634 73 5,707
Provisions made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,642 91 13,733
Write-offs/(write back) of excess provisions . . . . . . . . . (10,415) (2) (10,417)
Reclassification of floating provision* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (33) — (33)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,828 162 8,990
* includes Nil (previous year 0.06%) NPAs in respect of commercial real estate and 0.11% (previous year
0.39%) in respect of trade segment
2.1.7 Movement in floating provision is set out below:
For the year ended 31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 33
Provisions made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Draw down made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 33
The Bank has not made any draw down out of the floating provision during the current and the
previous year.
2.1.8 Provision on Standard Assets
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Provision towards Standard Assets [includes Rs. 167 million, (previous
year Rs. 51 million) of standard provision on derivative exposures] . . . 6,297 4,635
F-72
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-73
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-74
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.12 Details of loan assets subjected to restructuring during the years ended 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2010 are given below:
31 March 2011
CDR SME Debt
Particulars Mechanism Restructuring Others
(Rs. in million)
i) Standard No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 117
advances Amount outstanding-Restructured facility# . . . . . . . . . . . 966 472 2600
restructured Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 55 153
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 40 26
ii) Sub-Standard No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
advances Amount outstanding-Restructured facility . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
restructured Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
iii) Doubtful No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
advances Amount outstanding-Restructured facility . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
restructured Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Total No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 117
Amount outstanding-Restructured facility . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 472 2600
Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 55 153
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 40 26
31 March 2010
CDR SME Debt
Particulars Mechanism Restructuring Others
(Rs. in million)
i) Standard No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 37 287
advances Amount outstanding-Restructured facility# . . . . . . . . . . . 4,237 2,509 9,585
restructured Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 773 2,281
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 53 89
ii) Sub-Standard No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
advances Amount outstanding-Restructured facility . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
restructured Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
iii) Doubtful No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
advances Amount outstanding-Restructured facility . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
restructured Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Total No. of borrowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 37 287
Amount outstanding-Restructured facility . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,237 2,509 9,585
Amount outstanding — Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 773 2,281
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 53 89
# Amount subjected to restructuring determined as on the date of approval of restructuring proposal
F-75
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.13 There are no advances as on 31 March 2011 (previous year: Nil) for which intangible securities has
been taken as collateral by the Bank.
2.1.14 Details of Non-SLR investment portfolio are set out below:
i) Issuer composition as at 31 March 2011 of non-SLR investments:
Extent of Extent of “below Extent of Extent of
Total private investment grade” “unrated” “unlisted”
No. Issuer Amount placement securities securities securities
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(Rs. in million)
i. Public Sector Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,077 10,813 10 — 100
ii. Financial Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71,581 49,467 — — 41,145
iii. Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40,871 16,877 100 — 31,025
iv. Private Corporates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135,522 109,869 5,351 2,299 12,265
v. Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,596 2,595 — — 2,596
vi. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,013 8,472 — — 4,074
vii. Provision held towards depreciation on
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,169)
viii Provision held towards non performing
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (124)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278,367 198,093 5,461 2,299 91,205
Amounts reported under columns (4), (5), (6) and (7) above are not mutually exclusive.
Issuer composition as at 31 March 2010 of non-SLR investments:
Extent of Extent of “below Extent of Extent of
Total private investment grade” “unrated” “unlisted”
No. Issuer Amount placement securities securities securities
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(Rs. in million)
i. Public Sector Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,619 9,206 123 — 100
ii. Financial Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66,525 49,745 — — 32,763
iii. Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,469 6,509 100 — 22,716
iv. Private Corporates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90,926 79,630 12,438 7,865 12,295
v. Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,535 1,535 — — 1,535
vi. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,476 7,718 70 — 8,476
vii. Provision held towards depreciation on
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,599)
viii Provision held towards non performing
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (162)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217,789 154,343 12,731 7,865 77,885
Amounts reported under columns (4), (5), (6) and (7) above are not mutually exclusive.
ii) Non-performing non SLR investments is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 73
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 160
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 (7)
Closing balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 226
Total provisions held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 162
F-76
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.15 Details of securities sold/purchased (in face value terms) during the years ended 31 March 2011 and
31 March 2010 under repos/reverse repos (excluding LAF transactions):
Minimum Maximum Daily Average As at
outstanding outstanding outstanding 31 March
Year ended 31 March 2011 during the year during the year during the year 2011
(Rs. in million)
Securities sold under repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 2,200 309 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Securities purchased under reverse repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 39,198 342 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Minimum Maximum Daily Average
outstanding outstanding outstanding As at
Year ended 31 March 2010 during the year during the year during the year 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Securities sold under repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . . — 3,350 270 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . . . — — — —
Securities purchased under reverse repos
i. Government Securities . . . . . . . . . . — 149 2 —
ii. Corporate debt Securities . . . . . . . . — — — —
2.1.16 Details of financial assets sold to Securitisation/Reconstruction companies for Asset Reconstruction:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Number of accounts* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1
Book value of loan asset securitised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 132
Aggregate value (net of provisions) of accounts sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Aggregate consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 90
Additional consideration realised in respect of accounts transferred in
earlier years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Aggregate gain/loss over net book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 90
F-77
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
* Advances represent credit exposure (funded and non-funded) including derivative exposure as defined
by RBI
2.1.21 The information on concentration of exposure is given below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Total exposure to twenty largest borrowers/customers* . . . . . . . . . . . . 531,840 446,597
Percentage of exposures to twenty largest borrowers/customers to
total exposure on borrowers/customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.13 13.32
* Exposure includes credit exposure (funded and non-funded), derivative exposure and investment
exposure (including underwriting and similar commitments)
2.1.22 During the year, the Bank’s credit exposure to single borrower was within the prudential exposure
limits prescribed by RBI except in 2 cases, where the single borrower limit was exceeded upto an additional
exposure of 5%, the details of which are set out below:
% of excess
limit Exposure
sanctioned Ceiling
Original over as on Exposure as
Exposure Limit original 31 March on 31 March
Name of the Borrower Period Ceiling Sanctioned ceiling 2011 2011
(Rs. in million)
Housing Development
Finance Corporation
Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb 2011 and March 2011 33,462 42,277 26.34 33,462 44,190#
LIC Housing Finance
Ltd.@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 2011 33,462 35,639 6.51 33,462 31,308
# the excess of the limit of Rs. 42,277 million over the original exposure ceiling was approved by the
Committee of Directors. However, the excess of the exposure as on 31 March 2011 over the limit approved
by the Committee is subject to ratification of the Committee.
@ the excess of the limit of Rs. 35,639 million over the original exposure ceiling is subject to ratification by
the Committee of Directors.
During the year, the Bank’s credit exposure to group borrowers was within the prudential exposure limits
prescribed by RBI.
F-78
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank’s credit exposure to single borrower was within the
prudential exposure limits prescribed by RBI except in one case, where single borrower limit was exceeded upto
an additional exposure of 5% with the approval of the Board of Directors. The details of such cases are set out
below:
% of excess
limit Exposure
sanctioned Ceiling Exposure
Original over as on as on
Exposure Limit original 31 March 31 March
Name of the Borrower Period Ceiling Sanctioned ceiling 2010 2010
(Rs. in million)
UTI Asset Management
Company Ltd. . . . . . . . . . April 2009 and May 2009 22,542 23,000 2.03% 31,192 31,100
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank’s credit exposure to group borrowers was within the
prudential exposure limits prescribed by RBI.
2.1.23 Details of Risk Category wise Country Exposure:
Exposure Provision Exposure Provision
(Net) as at Held as at (Net) as at Held as at
Risk Category 31 March 2011 31 March 2011 31 March 2010 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Insignificant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,595 — 5,972 —
Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91,607 48 74,899 24
Moderate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,478 — 6,628 —
High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,679 — 909 —
Very High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,390 — 29 —
Restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 8 —
Off-Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128,749 48 88,445 24
2.1.24 A maturity pattern of certain items of assets and liabilities at 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2010 is
set out below:
Over 3 Over 3
29 days and months and Over 6 Over 1 year years and
Year ended 2 days to 7 8 days to 14 15 days to 28 upto 3 upto 6 months and and upto 3 upto 5 Over 5
31 March 2011 1 day days days days months months upto 1 year years years years Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits . . . . . . . 16,454 74,238 48,356 75,211 235,286 179,307 370,573 268,103 118,666 506,184 1,892,378
Advances . . . . . . 28,744 36,358 10,030 24,408 95,874 81,622 118,154 352,369 194,595 481,924 1,424,078
Investments . . . . 8,446 17,949 32,472 46,094 103,507 53,190 93,351 134,170 81,819 148,918 719,916
Borrowings . . . . 1,115 9,811 446 12,934 49,343 23,845 25,377 36,481 20,365 82,962 262,679
Foreign
Currency
Assets . . . . . . 14,369 10,541 3,225 13,496 28,107 32,732 29,277 47,735 47,648 38,386 265,516
Foreign
Currency
Liabilities . . . 7,602 16,205 2,521 19,678 52,842 43,583 45,064 25,529 19,923 42,152 275,099
Over 3 Over 3
29 days and months and Over 6 Over 1 year years and
Year ended 2 days to 7 8 days to 14 15 days to 28 upto 3 upto 6 months and and upto 3 upto 5 Over 5
31 March 2010 1 day days days days months months upto 1 year years years years Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits . . . . . . . 26,994 43,794 30,595 41,155 156,477 197,899 283,574 234,181 4,700 393,633 1,413,002
Advances . . . . . . 7,367 24,131 11,248 10,577 56,903 55,570 111,833 118,614 123,187 523,980 1,043,410
Investments . . . . 8,856 9,862 25,625 39,914 77,246 62,784 78,734 114,037 24,368 118,322 559,748
Borrowings . . . . 2,514 2,694 1,309 1,347 11,193 13,309 34,091 21,819 4,224 79,196 171,696
Foreign
Currency
Assets . . . . . . 14,871 3,761 1,174 3,956 27,188 22,753 27,552 34,127 29,210 21,705 186,297
Foreign
Currency
Liabilities . . . 10,548 10,633 2,494 2,351 17,186 28,616 35,040 21,287 864 35,026 164,045
Classification of assets and liabilities under the different maturity buckets is based on the same estimates
and assumptions as used by the Bank for compiling the return submitted to the RBI, which has been relied upon
by the auditors. Maturity profile of foreign currency assets and liabilities is excluding forward contracts.
F-79
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.25 Disclosure in respect of Interest Rate Swaps (IRS), Forward Rate Agreement (FRA) and Cross
Currency Swaps (CCS) outstanding is set out below:
Sr. As at As at
No. Items 31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal of swap agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,646,972 1,316,963
ii) Losses which would be incurred if counterparties failed to fulfil their . . . . . . . 14,445 13,355
obligations under the agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii) Collateral required by the Bank upon entering into swaps** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,234 228
iv) Concentration of credit risk arising from the swaps
Maximum single industry exposure with Banks (previous year with
Banks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
— Interest Rate Swaps / FRAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,750 20,516
— Cross Currency Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,015 4,005
v) Fair value of the swap book (hedging & trading) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
— Interest Rate Swaps / FRAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 375
— Currency Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 115
** Total cash collaterals taken from counterparties having outstanding derivative contracts
The nature and terms of the IRS as on 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 29,433 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,338 635,200 MIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,319 619,675 MIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 46,395 MIFOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 34,690 MIFOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 26,211 INBMK Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 45,890 INBMK Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 35,760 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 53,419 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1,500 OTHERS Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1,382 LIBOR Floating payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3,679 LIBOR Pay Cap / receive Floor
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3,679 LIBOR Pay Floor / receive Cap
3,286 1,536,913
The nature and terms of the IRS as on 31 March 2010 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 10,000 MIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1,000 MIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 13,919 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,233 517,200 MIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,242 536,475 MIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 30,455 MIFOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 27,895 MIFOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 29,461 INBMK Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 34,640 INBMK Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 19,339 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 20,024 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 898 LIBOR Floating payable v/s fixed receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1,500 OTHERS Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
3,001 1,242,806
F-80
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The nature and terms of the FRA’s as on 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 29,900 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 28,401 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
153 58,301
The nature and terms of the FRA’s as on 31 March 2010 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 18,200 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 16,314 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
47 34,514
The nature and terms of the CCS as on 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 22 17,282 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 21 19,362 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Hedging Swaps . . . . . . . . 2 1,296 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Hedging Swaps . . . . . . . . 3 3,054 Principal & Coupon Swap Fixed receivable v/s fixed payable
Hedging Swaps . . . . . . . . 1 1,338 LIBOR Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 1 401 LIBOR/INBMK Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 5 4,286 Principal & Coupon Swap Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 2 979 Principal Only Fixed receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 8 2,422 Principal Only Fixed payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 1 669 Principal Only Floating receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . 1 669 Principal Only Floating payable
67 51,758
Agreements with Banks/Financial Institutions and corporates are under approved credit lines.
The nature and terms of the CCS as on 31 March 2010 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading Swaps ................ 22 18,838 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading Swaps ................ 12 15,339 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps ................ 1 404 LIBOR/INBMK Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps ................ 1 674 Principal Only Fixed receivable
Trading Swaps ................ 3 1,695 Principal Only Fixed payable
Trading Swaps ................ 1 673 Principal Only Floating receivable
Trading Swaps ................ 1 673 Principal Only Floating payable
Hedging Swaps ................ 1 1,347 LIBOR Floating receivable v/s floating payable
42 39,643
Agreements with Banks/Financial Institutions and corporates are under approved credit lines.
F-81
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Details of Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives for the year ended 31 March 2011 are set out below:
Sr. As at
No. Particulars 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives undertaken
during the year
90 day Euro $ Future — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
10 Years 7% GOI Security — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
208
ii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as
on 31 March 2011
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
45
iii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as
on 31 March 2011 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
iv) Mark-to-market value of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as on
31 March 2011 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
Details of Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives for the year ended 31 March 2010 are set out below:
Sr. As at
No. Particulars 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives undertaken
during the year
10 Year Long Gilt Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,672
10 Year Long Gilt Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,903
90 Day Euro $ Futures — December 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,167
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
90 Day Euro $ Futures — March 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
90 Day Euro $ Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,302
AUST 10Y Bond Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
AUST 10Y Bond Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
EURO-BUND Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,336
EURO-BUND Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49,849
EURO-SCHATZ Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,957
EURO-SCHATZ Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,506
JPN 10Y BOND (TSE) — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
US 10 Years Note Future — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,514
US 10 Years Note Future — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,251
10 Years 7% GOI Security — December 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
10 Years 7% GOI Security — March 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
10 Years 7% GOI Security — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
125,476
ii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as
on 31 March 2010
90 Day Euro $ Futures — March 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
90 Day Euro $ Futures — September 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
90 Day Euro $ Futures — December 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
10 years 7% GOI Security — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
612
iii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as
on 31 March 2010 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
iv) Mark-to-market value of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as on
31 March 2010 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
F-82
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Qualitative disclosures:
(a) Structure and organisation for management of risk in derivatives trading, the scope and nature of risk
measurement, risk reporting and risk monitoring systems and strategies and processes for monitoring the
continuing effectiveness of hedges/mitigants:
Derivatives are financial instruments whose characteristics are derived from an underlying asset, or from
interest and exchange rates or indices. The Bank undertakes derivative transactions for Balance Sheet
management and also for proprietary trading/market making whereby the Bank offers derivative products to the
customers to enable them to hedge their earnings risks within the prevalent regulatory guidelines.
Proprietary trading includes Interest Rate Futures and Rupee Interest Rate Swaps under different
benchmarks (viz. MIBOR, MIFOR and INBMK), Currency Futures and Currency Options for USD/INR pair
(both OTC and exchange traded). The Bank also undertakes transactions in Cross Currency Swaps, Principal
Only Swaps, Coupon Only Swaps, and Long Term Forex Contracts (LTFX) for hedging its Balance Sheet and
also offers them to its customers. These transactions expose the Bank to various risks, primarily credit, market
and operational risk. The Bank has adopted the following mechanism for managing risks arising out of the
derivative transactions.
There is a functional separation between the Treasury Front Office, Risk and Treasury Back Office to
undertake derivative transactions. The derivative transactions are originated by Treasury Front Office, which
ensures compliance with the trade origination requirements as per the Bank’s policy and the RBI guidelines. The
Market Risk Group within the Bank’s Risk Department independently identifies, measures and monitors the
market risks associated with derivative transactions and appraises the Asset Liability Management Committee
(ALCO) and the Risk Management Committee of the Board (RMC) on the compliance with the risk limits. The
Treasury Back Office undertakes activities such as confirmation, settlement, ISDA documentation, accounting
and other MIS reporting.
The derivative transactions are governed by the derivative policy, hedging policy and the suitability and
appropriateness policy of the Bank as well as by the extant RBI guidelines. The Bank has also put in place a
detailed process flow for customer derivative transactions for effective management of operational risk/
reputation risk.
Various risk limits are set up and actual exposures are monitored vis-à-vis the limits. These limits are set up
taking into account market volatility, business strategy and management experience. Risk limits are in place for
risk parameters viz. PV01, VaR, stop loss, Delta, Gamma and Vega. Actual positions are monitored against these
limits on a daily basis and breaches, if any, are reported promptly. Risk assessment of the portfolio is undertaken
periodically. The Bank ensures that the Gross PV01 (Price value of a basis point) position arising out of all
non-option rupee derivative contracts are within 0.25% of net worth of the Bank as on Balance Sheet date.
Hedging transactions are undertaken by the Bank to protect the variability in the fair value or the cash flow
of the underlying Balance Sheet item. These deals are accounted on an accrual basis except the swap designated
with an asset/liability that is carried at market value or lower of cost or market value. In that case, the swap is
marked to market with the resulting gain or loss recorded as an adjustment to the market value of designated
asset or liability. These transactions are tested for hedge effectiveness and in case any transaction fails the test,
the same is re-designated as a trading deal with the approval of the competent authority and appropriate
accounting treatment is followed.
(b) Accounting policy for recording hedge and non-hedge transactions, recognition of income, premiums
and discounts, valuation of outstanding contracts
The Hedging Policy approved by the Risk Management Committee of the Board (RMC) governs the use of
derivatives for hedging purpose. Subject to the prevailing RBI guidelines, the Bank deals in derivatives for
hedging fixed rate and floating rate coupon or foreign currency assets/liabilities. Transactions for hedging and
market making purposes are recorded separately. For hedge transactions, the Bank identifies the hedged item
(asset or liability) at the inception of the transaction itself. The effectiveness is ascertained at the time of
inception of the hedge and periodically thereafter. Hedge derivative transactions are accounted for in accordance
with the hedge accounting principles. Derivatives for market making purpose are marked to market and the
resulting gain/loss is recorded in the Profit and Loss Account. The premium on option contracts is accounted for
F-83
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
as per Foreign Exchange Dealers’ Association of India guidelines. Derivative transactions are covered under
International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements with respective counterparties. The
exposure on account of derivative transactions is computed as per the RBI guidelines and is marked against the
credit limits approved for the respective counterparties.
(c) Provisioning, collateral and credit risk mitigation
Derivative transactions comprise of swaps and options which are disclosed as contingent liabilities. The
swaps/options are segregated as trading or hedging. Trading swaps/options are revalued at the Balance Sheet date
with the resulting unrealised gain or loss being recognised in the Profit and Loss Account and correspondingly in
other assets or other liabilities respectively. Hedged swaps are accounted for as per the RBI guidelines. Pursuant
to the RBI guidelines, any receivables under derivatives contacts, which remain overdue for more than 90 days,
are reversed through the Profit and Loss Account and are held in a separate suspense account.
Collateral requirements for derivative transactions are laid down as part of credit sanction terms on a case
by case basis. Such collateral requirements are determined, based on usual credit appraisal process. The Bank
retains the right to terminate transactions as a risk mitigation measure in certain cases.
The credit risk in respect of customer derivative transactions is sought to be mitigated through a laid down
policy on sanction of Loan Equivalent Risk (LER) limits, monitoring mechanism for LER limits and trigger
events for escalation/margin calls/termination.
Quantitative Disclosure:
As at 31 March 2011
Currency Derivatives Interest rate
Sr. No. Particulars CCS Options Derivatives
(Rs. in million)
1 Derivatives (Notional Principal Amount)
a) For hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,688 — 29,433
b) For trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46,070 131,304 1,565,781
2 Marked to Market Positions#
a) Asset (+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 — —
b) Liability (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (46) (740)
3 Credit Exposure@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,608 2,859 25,420
4 Likely impact of one percentage change in interest rate
(100*PV01) (as at 31 March 2011)
a) on hedging derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 — 1,358
b) on trading derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 — 386
5 Maximum and Minimum of 100*PV01 observed during the year
a) on hedging
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 — 758
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 — 1,786
b) on Trading
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 — 303
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 — 1,376
F-84
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
As at 31 March 2010
Currency Derivatives Interest rate
Sr. No. Particulars CCS Options Derivatives
(Rs. in million)
1 Derivatives (Notional Principal Amount)
a) For hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,347 — 24,919
b) For trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,296 56,163 1,252,400
2 Marked to Market Positions#
a) Asset (+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 157 —
b) Liability (-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — (10)
3 Credit Exposure@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,588 2,582 22,863
4 Likely impact of one percentage change in interest rate
(100*PV01) (as at 31 March 2010)
a) on hedging derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 546
b) on trading derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 — 730
5 Maximum and Minimum of 100*PV01 observed during the year
a) on hedging
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 322
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 — 616
b) on Trading
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 — 62
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 — 741
F-85
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.33 The Bank has not sponsored any special purpose vehicle which is required to be consolidated in the
consolidated financial statements as per accounting norms.
2.1.34 Amount of total assets, non-performing assets and revenue of overseas branches is given below:
Particulars 31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222,446 139,214
Total NPAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,081 6,044
2.2 Other disclosures
2.2.1 During the year, the Bank has appropriated Rs. 48 million (previous year Rs. 2,239 million), net of
taxes and transfer to statutory reserves to Capital Reserve, being the gain on sale of HTM investments in
accordance with the RBI guidelines.
2.2.2 Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’)
The details of EPS computation is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
Basic and Diluted earnings for the year (Net profit after tax) (Rs. in
million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,885 25,145
Basic weighted average no. of shares (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 382
Add: Equity shares for no consideration arising on grant of stock options
under ESOP (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9
Diluted weighted average no. of shares (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 391
Basic EPS (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.95 65.78
Diluted EPS (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.61 64.31
Nominal value of shares (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 10.00
Dilution of equity is on account of 6,721,352 (previous year 8,708,581) stock options.
2.2.3 Employee Stock Options Scheme (‘the Scheme’)
In February 2001, pursuant to the approval of the shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting, the
Bank approved an Employee Stock Option Scheme. Under the Scheme, the Bank is authorised to issue upto
13,000,000 equity shares to eligible employees. Eligible employees are granted an option to purchase shares
subject to vesting conditions. The options vest in a graded manner over 3 years. The options can be exercised
within 3 years from the date of the vesting. Further, over the period June 2004 to June 2010, pursuant to the
approval of the shareholders at Annual General Meetings, the Bank approved an ESOP scheme for additional
options aggregating 27,517,400. Within the overall ceiling of 40,517,400 stock options approved for grant by the
shareholders as stated earlier, the Bank is also authorised to issue options to employees and directors of the
subsidiary companies.
33,707,690 options have been granted under the Scheme till the previous year ended 31 March 2010.
F-86
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
On 20 April 2010, the Bank granted 2,723,500 stock options (each option representing entitlement to one
equity share of the Bank) to its employees and the MD & CEO. These options can be exercised at a price of
Rs. 1,159.30 per option. Further, on 7 and 8 June 2010, the Bank also granted 10,000 and 181,700 stock options
(each option representing entitlement to one equity share of the Bank) to an employee (on joining the Bank) and
employees of Axis Asset Management Company Limited, a subsidiary of the Bank respectively. These options
can be exercised at a price of Rs. 1,245.45 and Rs. 1,214.80 per option respectively.
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2011 is set out below:
Weighted
average
Weighted remaining
Options Range of exercise average contractual
outstanding prices exercise price life
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . 13,897,518 97.62 to 907.25 514.27 2.87
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,915,200 1,159.30 to 1,245.45 1,163.05 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (295,348) 232.10 to 1,214.80 658.88 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (23,128) 97.62 to 319.00 264.72 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5,371,724) 97.62 to 824.40 448.22 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,122,518 232.10 to 1,245.45 712.90 2.86
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,479,300 232.10 to 907.25 525.53 1.49
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 1,324.47.
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2010 is set out below:
Weighted
average
Weighted remaining
Options Range of exercise average contractual
outstanding prices exercise price life
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . 13,852,974 39.77 to 824.40 459.87 2.95
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,413,990 503.25 to 907.25 513.15 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (252,757) 97.62 to 824.40 356.51 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (24,320) 39.77 to 232.10 212.48 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,092,369) 39.77 to 824.40 330.99 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,897,518 97.62 to 907.25 514.27 2.87
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,599,878 97.62 to 824.40 434.75 1.58
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 964.16.
F-87
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The fair value of the options is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing
model, with the following assumptions:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24% to 1.32% 1.32%
Expected life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 years 2-4 years
Risk free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.98% to 7.17% 3.87% to 6.80%
Volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.72% to 61.66% 54.00% to 67.11%
Volatility is the measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a
period. The measure of volatility used in the Black-Scholes options pricing model is the annualised standard
deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the stock over a period of time. For calculating
volatility, the daily volatility of the stock prices on the National Stock Exchange, over a period prior to the date
of grant, corresponding with the expected life of the options has been considered.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended 31 March 2011 is Rs. 485.98
(previous year Rs. 205.72).
2.2.4 Dividend paid on shares issued on exercise of stock options
The Bank may allot shares between the Balance Sheet date and record date for the declaration of dividend
pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock options. These shares will be eligible for full dividend for the year
ended 31 March 2011, if approved at the ensuing Annual General Meeting. Dividend relating to these shares has
not been recorded in the current year.
Appropriation to proposed dividend during the year ended 31 March 2011 includes dividend of
Rs. 25 million (previous year Rs. 5 million) paid pursuant to exercise of 1,766,860 employee stock options after
the previous year end and record date for declaration of dividend for the year ended 31 March 2010.
2.2.5 Segmental reporting
The business of the Bank is divided into four segments: Treasury, Retail Banking, Corporate/Wholesale
Banking and Other Banking Business. These segments have been identified based on the RBI’s revised
guidelines on Segment Reporting issued on 18 April 2007 vide Circular No.
DBOD.No.BP.BC.81/21.04.018/2006-07. The principal activities of these segments are as under.
Segment Principal Activities
Treasury Treasury operations include investments in sovereign and corporate debt,
equity and mutual funds, trading operations, derivative trading and foreign
exchange operations on the proprietary account and for customers and
central funding.
Retail Banking Constitutes lending to individuals/small businesses subject to the
orientation, product and granularity criterion and also includes low value
individual exposures not exceeding the threshold limit of Rs. 50 million as
defined by RBI. Retail Banking activities also include liability products,
card services, internet banking, ATM services, depository, financial
advisory services and NRI services.
Corporate / Wholesale Banking Includes corporate relationships not included under Retail Banking,
corporate advisory services, placements and syndication, management of
public issue, project appraisals, capital market related services and cash
management services.
Other Banking Business. Includes para banking activities* like third party product distribution and
other banking transactions not covered under any of the above three
segments.
F-88
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Revenues of the Corporate/Wholesale Banking segment consist of interest and fees earned on loans given to
customers falling under this segment and fees arising from transaction services and merchant banking activities
such as syndication and debenture trusteeship. Revenues of the Retail Banking segment are derived from interest
earned on loans classified under this segment and fees for banking and advisory services, ATM interchange fees
and cards products. Expenses of the Corporate/Wholesale Banking and Retail Banking segments primarily
comprise interest expense on deposits and funds borrowed from other internal segments, infrastructure and
premises expenses for operating the branch network and other delivery channels, personnel costs, other direct
overheads and allocated expenses.
Segment income includes earnings from external customers and from funds transferred to the other
segments. Segment result includes revenue as reduced by interest expense and operating expenses and
provisions, if any, for that segment. Segment-wise income and expenses include certain allocations. Inter
segment interest income and interest expense represent the transfer price received from and paid to the Central
Funding Unit (CFU) respectively. For this purpose, the funds transfer pricing mechanism presently followed by
the Bank, which is based on historical matched maturity and market-linked benchmarks, has been used.
Operating expenses other than those directly attributable to segments are allocated to the segments based on an
activity-based costing methodology. All activities in the Bank are segregated segment-wise and allocated to the
respective segment.
Segmental results are set out below:
31 March 2011
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Segment Revenue Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 47,517 70,830 33,201 — 151,548
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,232 22,916 9,949 2,224 46,321
Total income as per Profit and Loss Account . . . . . . 58,749 93,746 43,150 2,224 197,869
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . 190,155 23,787 45,420 5 259,367
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248,904 117,533 88,570 2,229 457,236
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 57,462 1,476 26,964 16 85,918
Less: Inter segment interest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178,323 55,541 25,503 — 259,367
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,956 14,405 28,461 972 47,794
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,163 46,111 7,642 1,241 64,157
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . 1,405 7,259 4,129 7 12,800
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,759 38,852 3,513 1,233 51,357
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,472
Extraordinary profit/ loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,885
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944,753 1,043,023 428,967 1,761 2,418,504
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,630
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,427,134
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,121,253 464,629 643,620 243 2,229,745
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,400
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,237,145
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (176,500) 578,394 (214,653) 1,518 189,989
F-89
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2010
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Segment Revenue Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,513 49,667 30,198 2 116,380
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,000 15,460 9,179 1,819 39,458
Total income as per Profit and Loss Account . . . . . . . . 49,513 65,127 39,377 1,821 155,838
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,649 14,014 38,312 2 190,977
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188,162 79,141 77,689 1,823 346,815
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . 42,282 — 24,044 10 66,336
Less: Inter segment interest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132,714 39,761 18,502 — 190,977
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,963 9,217 24,092 825 37,097
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,203 30,163 11,051 988 52,405
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . . . . (42) 6,261 7,669 4 13,892
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,245 23,902 3,382 984 38,513
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,368
Extraordinary profit/ loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,145
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723,025 688,161 388,430 34 1,799,650
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,829
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,806,479
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719,599 356,782 563,317 29 1639,727
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,307
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,646,034
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,426 331,379 (174,887) 5 160,445
Geographic Segments
Domestic International Total
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010
(Rs. in million)
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . 186,789 149,794 11,080 6,044 197,869 155,838
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,204,688 1,667,265 222,446 139,214 2,427,134 1,806,479
2.2.6 Related party disclosure
The related parties of the Bank are broadly classified as:
a) Promoters
The Bank has identified the following entities as its Promoters.
• Administrator of the Specified Undertaking of the Unit Trust of India (UTI-1)
• Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC)
• General Insurance Corporation and four Government-owned general insurance companies — New India
Assurance Co. Ltd., National Insurance Co. Ltd., United India Insurance Co. Ltd. and The Oriental
Insurance Co. Ltd.
b) Key Management Personnel
• Mrs. Shikha Sharma (Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer)
• Mr. M. M. Agrawal (Erstwhile Deputy Managing Director) upto 31 August 2010
• Mr. Sisir Kumar Chakrabarti (Deputy Managing Director) with effect from 27 September 2010
c) Relatives of Key Management Personnel
Mr. Sanjaya Sharma, Mrs. Usha Bharadwaj, Mr. Tilak Sharma, Ms. Tvisha Sharma, Dr. Sanjiv Bharadwaj,
Dr. Prashant Bharadwaj, Dr. Brevis Bharadwaj, Dr. Reena Bharadwaj, Mrs. Bharti Agrawal, Mr. Vedprakash
F-90
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Agrawal, Mrs. Gayatri Devi Agrawal, Mr. Amit M. Agrawal, Mrs. Rinki Agrawal, Master Kaustubh Agrawal,
Ms. Prashasti Agrawal, Mr. Anand Agrawal, Mr. Praveen Agrawal, Mrs. Rekha Agrawal, Mrs. Renu Agrawal,
Mrs. Meenu Agrawal, Mrs. Swapna Chakraborty, Mrs. Shikha Bhattacharya, Ms. Shila Chakraborty,
Mr. Hirendra Nath Chakraborty, Mr. Rajat Chakraborty, Mrs. Devikalpa Chakraborty (Kundu), Master Ahan
Chakraborty, Mr. Nabakumar Chakraborty, Mr. Prabir Chakraborty, Mrs. Minati Chakraborty, Mrs. Krishna
Chakraborty, Mrs. Sipra Chakraborty, Mr. AsimKumar Chakraborty, Mr. Arunabha Bhattacharya
d) Subsidiary Companies
• Axis Securities and Sales Limited
• Axis Private Equity Limited
• Axis Trustee Services Limited
• Axis Asset Management Company Limited
• Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Limited
• Axis U.K. Limited
e) Associate
• Bussan Auto Finance India Private Limited
The above investment does not fall within the definition of a Joint Venture as per AS-27, Financial
Reporting of Interest in Joint Ventures, notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, and
the said accounting standard is thus not applicable. However, pursuant to RBI guidelines, the Bank has classified
the same as investment in joint ventures in the Balance Sheet. Such investment has been accounted as an
Associate from the current year in line with AS-23, Accounting for Investment in Associates in Consolidated
Financial Statements notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006. Based on RBI
guidelines, details of transactions with Associates are not disclosed since there is only one entity / party in this
category.
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2011 are
given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,847 — — — 1,847
Dividend Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 8 8
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,897 1 — 32 3,930
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 — — 3
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,060 1,060
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . . — 23 — — 23
Investment in Subordinated Debt / Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Purchase of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 — — — 102
Sale of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,632 — — — 5,632
Management Contracts and Other reimbursements . . — 55* — 103 158
Purchase of Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Advance granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1 — — 1
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Receiving of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 — — 1,053 1,507
Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 — — 109 134
Other Reimbursements to Related Parties . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 5 7
F-91
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2011 are given
below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,161 2 2 714 47,879
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 3 — — 433
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 2,206 2,206
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 1,528 — — — 1,528
Repo Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 — — — 30
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,250 — — — 28,250
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements availed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 6 6
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 143 143
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2011 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,161 39 50 818 48,068
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,325 4 — 3 1,332
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 2,206 2,206
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 1,562 — — — 1,562
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,250 — — — 28,250
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements availed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 72 72
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 163 163
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — — 390
F-92
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2010 are
given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,520 — — — 1,520
Dividend Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,469 — — 9 2,478
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 560 560
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 3,606 — — — 3,606
Investment in Subordinated Debt / Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,550 — — — 10,550
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 — — — 50
Sale of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,375 — — — 5,375
Management Contracts and Other
reimbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 26 — 32 76
Purchase of Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 — — — 1
Advance granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Receiving of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 — — 943 1,104
Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 — — 77 97
Other Reimbursements to Related Parties . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2010 are given
below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,620 17 7 216 36,860
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 4 — — 506
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,146 1,146
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 1,562 — — — 1,562
Repo Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — — 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements availed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 72 72
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 80 80
F-93
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2010 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,620 104 6 466 37,196
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 4 — 1 598
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,146 1,146
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 1,567 1 — — 1,568
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 — — — 391
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements availed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP Arrangements Provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 72 72
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 150 150
2.2.7 Leases
F-94
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Provident Fund
The contribution to the employee’s provident fund amounted to Rs. 418 million (previous year
Rs. 371 million) for the year.
The rules of the Bank’s Provident Fund administered by a Trust require that if the Board of Trustees are
unable to pay interest at the rate declared for Employees’ Provident Fund by the Government under para 60 of
the Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme, 1952 for the reason that the return on investment is less or for any other
reason, then the deficiency shall be made good by the Bank. Having regard to the assets of the Fund and the
return on the investments, the Bank does not expect any deficiency in the foreseeable future. There has also been
no such deficiency since the inception of the Fund.
Superannuation
The Bank contributed Rs. 102 million (previous year Rs. 97 million) to the employees’ superannuation plan
for the year.
Leave Encashment
The Bank charged an amount of Rs. 707 (previous year Rs. 365 million) million towards leave encashment
for the year.
Gratuity
The following tables summarise the components of net benefit expenses recognised in the Profit and Loss
Account and funded status and amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet for the Gratuity benefit plan.
F-95
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Balance Sheet
Details of provision for gratuity
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Present Value of Funded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 426
Fair Value of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (635) (440)
Net Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (28) (14)
Amounts in Balance Sheet
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 14
Net Asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (28) (14)
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Change in Defined Benefit Obligation
Opening Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 365
Current Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 87
Interest Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 29
Actuarial Losses / (Gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1) (37)
Past service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 —
Benefits Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (34) (18)
Closing Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 426
F-96
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Experience adjustments
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2011 2010 2009 2008 2007
(Rs. in million)
Defined Benefit Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 426 364 234 143
Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 440 298 177 119
Surplus / (Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 14 (66) (57) (24)
Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities . . . . . 14 12 34 36 23
Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . (8) 5 (7) (2) 1
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
The major categories of plan assets* as a percentage of fair value of total
plan assets — Insurer Managed Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 100
31 March 2010
Principal actuarial assumptions at the Balance Sheet date:
Discount Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90% p.a.
Expected rate of Return on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50% p.a.
Salary Escalation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% p.a.
Employee Turnover
— 21 to 44 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00%
— 45 to 64 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00%
The estimates of future salary increases considered in actuarial valuation take account of inflation, seniority,
promotion and other relevant factors.
The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on the average long-term rate of return expected on
investments of the Fund during the estimated term of the obligations.
As the contribution expected to be paid to the plan during the annual period beginning after the balance
sheet date is based on various internal/external factors, a best estimate of the contribution is not determinable.
The above information is as certified by the actuary and relied upon by the auditors.
2.2.11 Provisions and contingencies
a) Movement in provision for frauds included under other liabilities is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 45
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 —
Reductions on account of payments during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (2)
Reductions on account of reversals during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (41)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 2
F-97
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
b) Movement in provision for credit enhancements on securitised assets is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
c) Movement in provision for debit/credit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 100
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 93
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (17) (9)
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 184
d) Movement in provision for other contingencies (including derivatives) is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 —
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 —
F-98
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-99
Auditors’ Report
To
The Members of Axis Bank Limited
1. We have audited the attached balance sheet of Axis Bank Limited (‘the Bank’) as at 31 March 2010 and
also the profit and loss account and cash flow statement for the year ended on that date, annexed thereto.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
2. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those
Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
3. The balance sheet and profit and loss account are drawn up in conformity with Forms A and B (revised)
of the Third Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, read with Section 211 of the Companies
Act, 1956.
4. We report that:
a) We have obtained all the information and explanations, which to the best of our knowledge and
belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit and have found them to be satisfactory;
b) In our opinion, the transactions of the Bank which have come to our notice have been within its
powers;
c) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Bank so far as
appears from our examination of those books and proper returns adequate for the purposes of our
audit have been received from the Bank’s branches;
d) The balance sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow statement dealt with by this report are in
agreement with the books of account;
e) In our opinion, the balance sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow statement dealt with by this
report comply with the accounting standards referred to in sub-section (3C) of Section 211 of the
Companies Act, 1956, insofar as they apply to banks;
f) On the basis of written representations received from the directors, as on 31 March 2010, and taken
on record by the Board of Directors, we report that none of the directors is disqualified from being
appointed as a director in terms of clause (g) of sub-section (1) of Section 274 of the Companies
Act, 1956;
g) In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the
said accounts give the information required by the Companies Act, 1956 in the manner so required
for banking companies, and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles
generally accepted in India;
i. in case of the balance sheet, of the state of the affairs of the Bank as at 31 March 2010;
ii. in case of the profit and loss account, of the profit for the year ended on that date; and
iii. in case of cash flow statement, of the cash flows for the year ended on that date.
Place: Mumbai
Date: 20 April 2010
F-100
Non-consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2010
Balance Sheet
Schedule As of As of
No. 31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4,052 3,590
Reserves & Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 156,393 98,546
Employees’ Stock Options Outstanding (Net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17(5.16) 2 12
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1,413,002 1,173,741
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 171,695 155,198
Other liabilities and provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 61,335 46,133
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,806,479 1,477,220
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 94,739 94,192
Balances with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 57,326 55,977
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 559,748 463,303
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1,043,431 815,568
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 12,224 10,729
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 39,011 37,451
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,806,479 1,477,220
Contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 3,182,053 2,092,603
Bills for collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192,929 139,573
Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 & 18
F-101
Non-consolidated Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31 March 2010
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Profit and Loss Account
F-102
Non-consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 March 2010
Year ended on
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,513 27,852
Adjustments for:
Depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,343 1,887
Depreciation on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (222) 1,078
Amortisation of premium on Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 928
Provision for Non Performing Advances/Investments (including bad debts) . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,570 7,322
General provision on securitised assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (7)
Provision on Standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (9) 1,055
Provision for loss in present value for agricultural assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 7
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3
Loss on sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 82
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15) 4
Contingent provision against derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (720)
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 655
Amortisation of deferred employee compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (3)
55,617 40,143
Adjustments for:
(Increase)/Decrease in investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (49,860) (35,356)
(Increase)/Decrease in advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (241,809) (225,885)
Increase/(Decrease) in borrowings (excluding subordinated debt, perpetual debt and
upper Tier II instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,717) 45,614
Increase/(Decrease) in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239,261 297,479
(Increase)/Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 (8,263)
Increase/(Decrease) in other liabilities & provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,728 2,829
Direct taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15,147) (11,045)
Net cash flow from operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 105,516
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,066) (3,867)
(Increase)/Decrease in Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (47,353) (93,951)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 398
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (51,230) (97,420)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of Subordinated debt, Perpetual Debt & Upper Tier II instruments
(net of repayments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,214 19,051
Proceeds from issue of Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 13
Proceeds from share premium (net of share issue expenses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,570 376
Payment of Dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,205) (2,516)
Net cash generated from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53,041 16,924
Effect of exchange fluctuation translation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (205) 107
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,895 25,127
Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150,169 125,042
Cash and cash equivalents as at end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,064 150,169
Note:
Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash on hand & in ATM, balances with Reserve Bank of India,
balances with banks and money at call & short notice (refer schedule 6 and 7 of the Balance Sheet).
F-103
Schedules to the Non-Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2010
and Non-Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended 31 March 2010
SCHEDULE 1 — CAPITAL
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
Authorised Capital
500,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each.
(Previous year — 500,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10 each) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 5,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up capital# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,052 3,590
# 405,174,119 and 359,005,118 equity shares of Rs. 10/- each fully paid up as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2009 respectively. [Included above are 33,899,480 and 27,847,621 GDRs representing 33,899,480
and 27,847,621 equity shares as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively].
F-104
SCHEDULE 3 — DEPOSITS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A. I. Demand Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,565 13,316
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308,113 234,900
II. Savings Bank Deposits 338,618 258,221
III. Term Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41,073 55,642
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711,633 611,662
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,413,002 1,173,741
B. I. Deposits of branches in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,371,814 1,149,494
II. Deposits of branches outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41,188 24,247
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,413,002 1,173,741
SCHEDULE 4 — BORROWINGS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 10,795
(ii) Other Banks# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,535 8,973
(iii) Other institutions & agencies** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69,317 50,726
II. Borrowings outside India$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97,843 84,704
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171,695 155,198
Secured borrowing included in I & II above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
# Borrowings from other Banks include Subordinated Debt of Rs. 3,845 million and Rs. 4,564 million as of
31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively, in the nature of Non Convertible Debentures,
Rs. 50 million and Rs. 140 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively
and Rs. 640 million and Rs. 1,270 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
** Borrowings from other institutions & agencies include Subordinated Debt of Rs. 51,019 million and
Rs. 30,600 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively, in the nature of Non-Convertible
Debentures, Rs. 2,090 million and Rs. 2,000 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively and Rs. 2,435 million and Rs. 1,805 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
$ Borrowings outside India includes Rs. 2,065 million and Rs. 2,333 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively and Rs. 9,415 million and Rs. 10,633 million of Upper Tier II
instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively [Also refer 18(2.1.3)].
F-105
SCHEDULE 5 — OTHER LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Bills payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,104 19,368
II. Inter — office adjustments (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
III. Interest accrued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,480 2,386
IV. Proposed dividend (includes tax on dividend ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,670 4,200
V. Contingent Provision against Standard Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,635 4,644
VI Others (including provisions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,446 15,535
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61,335 46,133
SCHEDULE 7 — BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. In India
(i) Balance with Banks
(a) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,916 5,406
(b) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,520 38,764
(ii) Money at Call and Short Notice
(a) with banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(b) with other institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,436 44,170
II. Outside India
i) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,078 8,529
ii) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,812 1,369
iii) Money at Call & Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1,909
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,890 11,807
GRAND TOTAL (I+II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57,326 55,977
F-106
SCHEDULE 8 — INVESTMENTS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Investments in India in —
(i) Government Securities##** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341,959 284,182
(ii) Other approved securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,296 4,201
(iv) Debentures and Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,232 133,797
(v) Investments in Subsidiaries/Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,536 976
(vi) Others@ (Mutual Fund units, CD/CP, NABARD Deposits, PTC etc.) . . . . . . . . . 65,941 32,262
Total Investments in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552,964 455,418
II. Investments outside India in —
(i) Government Securities (including local authorities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(ii) Subsidiaries and/or joint ventures abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,784 7,886
Total Investments outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,784 7,886
GRAND TOTAL (I + II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559,748 463,304
@ Includes deposits with NABARD Rs. 30,027 million and Rs. 19,799 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2009 respectively and PTCs Rs. 3,513 million and Rs. 9,440 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2009 respectively
## Includes securities costing Rs. 42,376 million and Rs. 68,400 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively, pledged for availment of fund transfer facility, clearing facility and margin requirements.
** Net of Repo borrowing of Rs. Nil and Rs. 8,410 million under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility as of
31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively, in line with Reserve Bank of India requirements.
F-107
SCHEDULE 9 — ADVANCES
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A. (i) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,500 24,653
(ii) Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260,136 213,671
(iii) Term loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748,795 577,244
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,043,431 815,568
B. (i) Secured by tangible assets$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865,784 696,011
(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees&& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,367 9,929
(iii) Unsecured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161,280 109,628
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,043,431 815,568
C. I. Advances in India
(i) Priority Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299,404 229,491
(ii) Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,047 1,582
(iii) Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,826 185
(iv) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584,846 482,648
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920,123 713,906
II. Advances Outside India
(i) Due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 683
(i) Due from others — . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(a) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,316 3,802
(b) Syndicated loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,702 30,906
(c) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54,957 66,271
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123,308 101,662
GRAND TOTAL (CI + CII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,043,431 815,568
F-108
SCHEDULE 10 — FIXED ASSETS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Premises
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891 500
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 391
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (162) (117)
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729 774
II. Other Fixed Assets (including Furniture & Fixtures)
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,528 12,582
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,068 4,186
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (407) (241)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (9,266) (7,147)
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,923 9,380
III. Assets on Lease
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 765
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (765)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
11,652 10,154
IV. CAPITAL WORK-IN-PROGRESS (including Capital Advances) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 575
GRAND TOTAL (I+II+III+IV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,224 10,729
# Includes deferred tax assets Rs. 6,113 million and Rs. 4,561 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively
F-109
SCHEDULE 12 — CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Claims against the bank not acknowledged as debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,953 1,650
II. Liability for partly paid investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
III. Liability on account of outstanding Forward exchange and derivative contracts
a) Forward Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,265,355 829,419
b) Interest Rate Swaps, Currency Swaps, Forward Rate Agreement & Interest
Rate Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,317,575 804,211
c) Foreign Currency Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56,163 84,621
Total: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,639,093 1,718,251
IV. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents
In India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332,316 180,725
Outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41,767 20,085
V Acceptances, endorsements and obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164,634 159,487
VI Other items for which the Bank is Contingently liable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,290 12,405
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,182,053 2,092,603
F-110
SCHEDULE 15 — INTEREST EXPENDED
Year ended
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Interest on deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57,145 62,089
II. Interest on Reserve Bank of India/Inter-bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,494 2,853
III. Others@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,696 6,551
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66,335 71,493
F-111
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010
1 Background
Axis Bank Limited (‘the Bank’) was incorporated in 1993 and provides a complete suite of corporate and
retail banking products.
2 Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention on the
accrual basis of accounting, unless otherwise stated, and comply with generally accepted accounting principles,
statutory requirements prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, circulars and guidelines issued by the
Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) from time to time and Accounting Standard notified by the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, (as amended) to the extent applicable and current practices prevailing
within the banking industry in India.
3 Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles,
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the
financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Any revisions to the accounting estimates are recognised
prospectively in the current and future periods.
F-112
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
Valuation
Investments classified under the HTM category are carried at acquisition cost. Any premium on acquisition
over face value is amortised on a constant yield to maturity basis over the remaining period to maturity.
Investments classified under the AFS and HFT category are marked to market. The market/fair value for the
purpose of periodical valuation of quoted investments included in the ‘Available for Sale’ and ‘Held for Trading’
categories is the market price of the scrip as available from the trades/quotes on the stock exchanges, SGL
account transactions, price list of RBI or prices declared by Primary Dealers Association of India jointly with
Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association of India, periodically. Net depreciation, if any, within
each category of investments is recognised in the profit and loss account. The net appreciation if any, under each
category is ignored, except to the extent of depreciation previously provided. The book value of individual
securities is not changed consequent to the periodic valuation of investments.
Treasury Bills, Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposits being discounted instruments, are valued at
carrying cost.
Units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.
Market value of investments where current quotations are not available, is determined as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI as under:
• market value of unquoted Government securities is derived based on the Prices/Yield to Maturity
(‘YTM’) rate for Government securities of equivalent maturity as notified by Fixed Income Money
Market and Derivatives Association of India (‘FIMMDA’) jointly with the Primary Dealers Association
of India (‘PDAI’) at periodic intervals;
• in case of Central Government Securities, which do not qualify for SLR requirement, the market price is
derived by adding the appropriate mark up to the Base Yield Curve of Central Government Securities as
notified by FIMMDA;
• market value of unquoted State Government securities is derived by adding the appropriate mark up
above the Base Yield Curve of the Central Government Securities of equivalent maturity as notified by
the FIMMDA/PDAI at periodic intervals;
• in case of unquoted bonds, debentures and preference shares where interest/dividend is received regularly,
the market price is derived based on the YTM for Government securities as notified by FIMMDA/PDAI
and suitably marked up for credit risk applicable to the credit rating of the instrument. The matrix for
credit risk mark-up for each categories and credit ratings along with residual maturity issued by
FIMMDA is adopted for this purpose;
• in case of preference shares where dividend is not received regularly, the price derived on the basis of
YTM is discounted in accordance with the RBI guidelines;
• in case of bonds and debentures where interest is not received regularly, the valuation is in accordance
with prudential norms for provisioning as prescribed by RBI; and
equity shares, for which current quotations are not available or where the shares are not quoted on the stock
exchanges, are valued at break-up value (without considering revaluation reserves, if any) which is ascertained
from the company’s latest balance sheet (which is not more than one year prior to the date of valuation). In case
the latest balance sheet is not available, the shares are valued at Re 1 per company.
Investments in subsidiaries/joint ventures are categorised as HTM in accordance with RBI guidelines.
F-113
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
Realised gains on investments under HTM category are recognised in the profit and loss account and
subsequently appropriated to capital reserve account in accordance with RBI guidelines. Losses are recognised in
the profit and loss account.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions
Repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions are accounted as outright sale and outright purchase
respectively. The difference between the clean price of the first leg and clean price of the second leg is
recognised as interest expense/income over the period of the transaction. However, depreciation in their value, if
any, compared to their original cost, is recognised in the profit and loss account.
5.2 Advances
Advances are classified into performing and non-performing advances (‘NPAs’) as per RBI guidelines and
are stated net of specific provisions made towards NPAs and floating provisions. Further, NPAs are classified
into sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on the criteria stipulated by RBI. Provisions for NPAs are made
for sub-standard and doubtful assets at rates as prescribed by RBI with the exception for agriculture advances and
schematic retail advances. In respect of schematic retail advances, provisions are made in terms of a bucket-wise
policy upon reaching specified stages of delinquency (90 days or more of delinquency) under each type of loan,
which satisfies the RBI prudential norms on provisioning. Provisions in respect of agriculture advances classified
into sub-standard and doubtful assets are made at rates which are higher than those prescribed by the RBI.
Loss assets and unsecured portion of doubtful assets are provided/written off as per the extant RBI
guidelines. NPAs are identified by periodic appraisals of the loan portfolio by management.
For restructured/rescheduled assets, provision is made in accordance with the guidelines issued by RBI,
which requires the diminution in the fair value of the assets be provided at the time of restructuring.
A general provision @ 0.25% in case of direct advances to agricultural and SME sectors, 1.00% in respect
of advances classified as commercial real estate and 0.40% for all other advances is made as prescribed by RBI,
against provision ranging between 0.25% to 2.00% as prescribed hitherto. However, the excess provision held as
of 14 November 2008, is not reversed as per RBI guidelines.
5.4 Securitisation
The Bank enters into purchase/sale of corporate and retail loans through direct assignment/Special Purpose
Vehicle (‘SPV’). In most cases, post securitisation, the Bank continues to service the loans transferred to the
assignee/SPV. The Bank also provides credit enhancement in the form of cash collaterals and/or by subordination
of cash flows to Senior Pass Through Certificate (‘PTC’) holders. In respect of credit enhancements provided or
recourse obligations (projected delinquencies, future servicing etc.) accepted by the Bank, appropriate provision/
disclosure is made at the time of sale in accordance with AS 29, Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent
assets.
Gain on securitisation transaction is recognised over the period of the underlying securities issued by the
SPV. Loss on securitisation is immediately debited to profit and loss account.
F-114
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
Financial statements of foreign branches classified as non-integral foreign operations are translated as
follows:
• Assets and liabilities (both monetary and non-monetary as well as contingent liabilities) are translated at
closing rates notified by FEDAI at the year end.
• Income and expenses are translated at the rates prevailing on the date of the transactions.
• All resulting exchange differences are accumulated in a separate ‘Foreign Currency Translation Reserve’
till the disposal of the net investments.
Outstanding forward exchange contracts (excluding currency swaps undertaken to hedge foreign currency
assets/liabilities and funding swaps which are not revalued) and spot exchange contracts are revalued at year end
exchange rates notified by FEDAI. The resulting gains or losses on revaluation are included in the profit and loss
account in accordance with RBI/FEDAI guidelines. The forward exchange contracts of longer maturities where
exchange rates are not notified by FEDAI are revalued at the forward exchange rates implied by the swap curves
in respective currencies. The resultant gains or losses are recognised in the profit and loss account.
Premium/discount on currency swaps undertaken to hedge foreign currency assets and liabilities and
funding swaps is recognised as interest income/expense and is amortised on a pro-rata basis over the underlying
swap period.
Contingent liabilities on account of foreign exchange contracts/options, guarantees, acceptances,
endorsements and other obligations denominated in foreign currencies are disclosed at closing rates of exchange
notified by FEDAI.
F-115
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
Depreciation (including on assets given on operating lease) is provided on the straight-line method from the
date of addition. The rates of depreciation prescribed in Schedule XIV to the Companies Act, 1956 are
considered as the minimum rates. If the management’s estimate of the useful life of a fixed asset at the time of
acquisition of the asset or of the remaining useful life on a subsequent review is shorter, then depreciation is
provided at a higher rate based on management’s estimate of the useful life/remaining useful life. Pursuant to this
policy, depreciation has been provided using the following estimated useful lives:
Asset Estimated useful life
Owned premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 years
Assets given on operating lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 years
Computer hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 years
Application software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 years
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 years
EPABX, telephone instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 years
CCTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 years
Mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years
Locker cabinets/cash safe/strong room door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 years
Assets at staff residence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 years
All other fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 years
All fixed assets individually costing less than Rs. 5,000 are fully depreciated in the year of installation.
Depreciation on assets sold during the year is recognised on a pro-rata basis to the profit and loss account
till the date of sale.
The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date to ascertain if there is any indication
of impairment based on internal/external factors. An impairment loss is recognised wherever the carrying amount
of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of the asset’s net selling price
and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value at
the weighted average cost of capital. After impairment, depreciation is provided on the revised carrying amount
of the asset over its remaining useful life.
Gratuity
The Bank contributes towards gratuity fund (defined benefit retirement plan) administered jointly by the
Life Insurance Corporation of India (‘LIC’) and Metlife Insurance Company Limited (‘Metlife’) for eligible
employees. Under this scheme, the settlement obligations remain with the Bank, although LIC/Metlife administer
the scheme and determine the contribution premium required to be paid by the Bank. The plan provides a lump
sum payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment based on the respective
employee’s salary and the years of employment with the Bank. Liability with regard to gratuity fund is accrued
based on actuarial valuation conducted by an independent actuary using the Projected Unit Credit Method as at
31 March each year.
F-116
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
Leave Encashment
Short term compensated absences are provided for based on estimates. The Bank provides leave encashment
benefit (long term), which is a defined benefit scheme based on actuarial valuation as at the balance sheet date
conducted by an independent actuary. The actuarial valuation is carried out as per the Projected Unit Credit
Method as at 31 March each year.
Superannuation
Employees of the Bank are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s Superannuation scheme
either under a cash-out option through salary or under a defined contribution plan. Through the defined
contribution plan the Bank contributes annually a specified sum of 10% of the employee’s eligible annual basic
salary to LIC, which undertakes to pay the lump sum and annuity benefit payments pursuant to the scheme.
Superannuation contributions are recognised in the profit and loss account in the period in which they accrue.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to profit and loss account and are not deferred.
5.12 Taxation
Income tax expense is the aggregate amount of current tax and deferred tax charge. Current year taxes are
determined in accordance with the Income tax Act, 1961. Deferred income taxes reflects the impact of current
year timing differences between taxable income and accounting income for the year and reversal of timing
differences of earlier years.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rates and the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the
balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to
set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate
to the taxes on income levied by same governing taxation laws.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future
taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised. The impact of changes in
the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in the profit and loss account.
Deferred tax assets are recognised and reassessed at each reporting date, based upon management’s
judgement as to whether realisation is considered as reasonably certain.
F-117
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
Exchange Board of India (SEBI) (Employees Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme)
Guidelines, 1999. The Bank follows the intrinsic value method to account for its stock based employee
compensation plans as per the Guidance Note on ‘Accounting for Employee Share-based Payments’ issued by
the ICAI. Options are granted at an exercise price, which is equal to/less than the fair market price of the
underlying equity shares. The excess of such fair market price over the exercise price of the options as at the
grant date is recognised as a deferred compensation cost and amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting
period of such options.
The fair market price is the latest available closing price, prior to the date of grant, on the stock exchange on
which the shares of the Bank are listed. If the shares are listed on more than one stock exchange, then the stock
exchange where there is highest trading volume on the said date is considered.
F-118
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 Share Capital
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank raised additional equity capital in the form of 5,055,500
Global Depository Receipts (GDRs) (each GDR representing 1 underlying equity share of Rs. 10/- each), at a
price of US$ 18.90 per GDR. The Bank also undertook a Qualified Institutional Placement (QIP) of 33,044,500
shares and a preferential allotment of 3,976,632 shares at a price of Rs. 906.70 per share. As a consequence, the
paid-up share capital of the Bank has increased by Rs. 421 million and the reserves of the Bank have increased
by Rs. 37,256 million after charging of issue related expenses.
The funds mobilised from the equity raising (through GDR, QIP and Preferential issue) were utilised for
enhancing the capital adequacy ratio and for general corporate purposes.
The Bank has incurred expenses of Rs. 428 million towards payment of commission to the lead managers in
connection with the capital issue, which exceeds the limit prescribed under Section 13 of the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949 and has adjusted this amount against the Share Premium account. The Bank has sought approval from
the Reserve Bank of India to pay the excess amount to the lead managers.
2.1.2 In terms of its guidelines for implementation of the new capital adequacy framework issued on
27 April 2007, RBI has directed banks with overseas branches to migrate to the revised framework for capital
computation (under Basel II) with effect from 31 March 2008. The migration is proposed in a phased manner
over a three-year period during which banks are required to compute their capital requirements in terms of both
Basel I and Basel II. The minimum capital to be maintained by banks under the Revised Framework is subject to
a prudential floor of 100%, 90% and 80% of the capital requirement under Basel I over the years March 2008,
2009 and 2010 respectively.
F-119
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The capital adequacy ratio of the Bank, calculated as per RBI guidelines (Basel II requirement being higher)
is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Capital adequacy
Tier I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157,894 101,630
Tier II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,185 48,646
Total capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223,079 150,276
Total risk weighted assets and contingents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,411,698 1,097,875
Capital ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tier I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.18% 9.26%
Tier II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.62% 4.43%
CRAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.80% 13.69%
Amount raised by issue of IPDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Amount raised by issue of Upper Tier II instruments . . . . . — —
Amount of Subordinated Debt raised as Tier II capital
(details given below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 20,000 million Rs. 17,000 million
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank raised subordinated debt of Rs. 20,000 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of allotment Period Coupon Amount
16 June 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.15% Rs. 20,000 million
During the year ended 31 March 2009, the Bank raised subordinated debt of Rs. 17,000 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of allotment Period Coupon Amount
7 November 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 11.75% Rs. 15,000 million
28 March 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.95% Rs. 2,000 million
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 300 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
26 April 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 months 6.50% Rs. 300 million
During the year ended 31 March 2009, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 661.00 million, the
details of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
20 June 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 months 8.80% Rs. 330 million
21 September 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 months 8.40% Rs. 331 million
2.1.3 The Bank has not raised any hybrid capital during the year ended 31 March 2010 and year ended
31 March 2009.
2.1.4 The key business ratios and other information is set out below:
As at 31 March 2010 31 March 2009
% %
Interest income as a percentage to working funds# . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.73 8.59
Non-interest income as a percentage to working funds . . . . . . . . . . 2.62 2.30
Operating profit as a percentage to working funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.48 2.95
Return on assets (based on average working funds) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.67 1.44
Business (deposits less inter bank deposits plus advances)
per employee** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 111 million Rs. 106 million
Profit per employee** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rs. 1.20 million Rs. 1.00 million
Net non performing assets as a percentage of net customer
assets* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36 0.35
# Working funds represent average of total assets as reported to RBI in Form X under Section 27 of the
Banking Regulation Act, 1949 during the year
F-120
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
iii) Movement in net non-performing assets (including non-performing investments) is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
Net Net
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,271 2,483
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,275 2,023
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3,356) (1,235)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,190 3,271
iv) Movement in provisions for non performing assets (including non-performing investments but
excluding provisions for standard assets) is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,707 2,463
Provisions made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,732 6,903
Write-offs/write back of excess provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10,416) (3,660)
Reclassification of floating provision* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (33) —
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,990 5,706
F-121
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
vi) Non performing assets as percentage of total assets in that sector is set out below:
Percentage of
NPAs to total
advances in that
Sr. No Sector sector
1. Agriculture and allied activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31%
2. Industry (Micro & Small, Medium and Large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.95%
3. Services* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.69%
4. Personal loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.86%
* includes 0.06% NPAs in respect of commercial real estate and 0.39% in respect of trade segment
2.1.7 Movement in floating provision is set out below:
The Bank has not made any draw down out of the floating provisions during the current year.
2.1.8 Provision on Standard Assets
F-122
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-123
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.12 Details of loan assets subjected to restructuring during the year ended 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 are given below:
31 March 2010
CDR SME Debt
Particulars Mechanism Restructuring Others
(Rs. in million)
i) Standard advances
restructured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers 10 37 287
Amount outstanding-
Restructured facility# 4,237 2,509 9,585
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities 700 773 2,281
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) 534 53 89
ii) Sub-Standard advances
restructured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers — — —
Amount outstanding-
Restructured facility — — —
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) — — —
iii) Doubtful advances
restructured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers — — —
Amount outstanding-
Restructured facility — — —
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) — — —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers 10 37 287
Amount outstanding-
Restructured facility 4,237 2,509 9,585
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities 700 773 2,281
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) 534 53 89
F-124
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2009
SME Debt
Particulars CDR Mechanism Restructuring Others
(Rs. in million)
i) Standard advances
restructured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers 4 64 407*
Amount outstanding —
Restructured facility 1,626 3,826 4,510
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities — 1,178 782
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) 120 106 120
ii) Sub-Standard advances
restructured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers — — —
Amount outstanding —
Restructured facility — — —
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) — — —
iii) Doubtful advances
restructured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers — — —
Amount outstanding —
Restructured facility — — —
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities — — —
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) — — —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. of borrowers 4 64 407*
Amount outstanding —
Restructured facility 1,626 3,826 4,510
Amount outstanding — Other
facilities — 1,178 782
Sacrifice (diminution in the
fair value) 120 106 120
* Includes 385 retail agricultural loans aggregating to Rs. 734 million and 13 personal loans aggregating to
Rs. 7.8 million. The 13 standard assets under personal loans, which were restructured, have been
downgraded to sub-standard assets upon restructuring.
2.1.13 As at 31 March 2009, there were 43 applications for restructuring under process aggregating to
Rs. 4,520 million. As this was a disclosure requirement only for the year ended 31 March 2009, corresponding
numbers for the current year ended 31 March 2010 have not been disclosed.
As at 31 March 2009
Sr. No Particulars Number Amount
Rs. in million
1. Applications received up to 31 March 2009 for restructuring, in respect of
accounts which were standard as on 1 September 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 13,824
2. Of (1), proposals approved and implemented as on 31 March 2009 and thus
became eligible for special regulatory treatment and classified as standard
assets as on the date of the balance sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 9,304
3. Of (1), proposals approved and implemented as on 31 March 2009 but could not
be upgraded to the standard category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
4. Of (1), proposals under process/implementation which were standard as on
31 March 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 4,520
5. Of (1), proposals under process/implementation which turned NPA as on 31
March 2009 but are expected to be classified as standard assets on full
implementation of the package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
F-125
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.14 Details of advances as at 31 March 2010, for which intangible security has been taken as collateral,
are set out below:
Estimated value
of intangible
Advance amount securities
(Rs. in million)
Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand . . . . . . . . . — —
Term loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
2.1.15 Details of Non-SLR investment portfolio are set out below:
i) Issuer composition as at 31 March 2010 of non-SLR investments:
Extent of
“below
Extent of investment Extent of Extent of
Total private grade” “unrated” “unlisted”
No. Issuer Amount placement securities securities securities
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(Rs. in million)
i. Public Sector Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,619 9,206 123 — 100
ii. Financial Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66,525 49,745 — — 32,763
iii. Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,469 6,509 100 — 22,716
iv. Private Corporates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90,926 79,630 12,438 7,865 12,295
v. Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,536 1,536 — — 1,535
vi. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,476 7,718 70 — 8,476
vii. Provision held towards depreciation on
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,599)
viii Provision held towards non performing
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (163)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217,789 154,344 12,731 7,865 77,885
Amounts reported under columns (4), (5), (6) and (7) above are not mutually exclusive.
Issuer composition as at 31 March 2009 of non-SLR investments:
Extent of
“below
Extent of investment Extent of Extent of
Total private grade” “unrated” “unlisted”
No. Issuer Amount placement securities securities securities
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(Rs. in million)
i. Public Sector Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,336 9,481 215 — —
ii. Financial Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,257 35,596 35 35 19,833
iii. Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31,116 24,416 100 8,572 6,254
iv. Private Corporates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76,530 61,628 17,384 528 5,701
v. Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 976 — — 976
vi. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,889 9,391 — — 10,889
vii. Provision held towards depreciation on
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,956)
viii Provision held towards non performing
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (73)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186,075 141,488 17,734 9,135 43,653
F-126
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Amounts reported under columns (4), (5), (6) and (7) above are not mutually exclusive.
ii) Non-performing non SLR investments is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 90
Additions during the year since 1 April . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 1,000
Reductions during the above period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7) (1,017)
Closing balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 73
Total provisions held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 73
2.1.16 Details of securities sold/ purchased during the year ended 31 March 2010 & 31 March 2009 under
repos/ reverse repos (excluding LAF transactions):
Daily
Minimum Maximum Average
outstanding outstanding outstanding As at
during the during the during the 31 March
Year ended 31 March 2010 year year year 2010
(Rs. in million)
Securities sold under repos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3,302 266 —
Securities purchased under reverse repos . . . . . . . — 164 2 —
Daily
Minimum Maximum Average
outstanding outstanding outstanding As at
during the during the during the 31 March
Year ended 31 March 2009 year year year 2009
(Rs. in million)
Securities sold under repos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 5,961 1,271 —
Securities purchased under reverse repos . . . . . . . — 4,088 38 —
2.1.17 Details of financial assets sold to Securitisation/Reconstruction companies for Asset Reconstruction:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Number of accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 —
Book value of loan asset securitised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 —
Aggregate value (net of provisions) of accounts sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Aggregate consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 —
Additional consideration realised in respect of accounts transferred in
earlier years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Aggregate gain/loss over net book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 —
2.1.18 Details of Non-Performing Financial Assets Purchased / Sold:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Non — Performing Financial Assets Purchased
1. (a) Number of accounts purchased during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(b) Aggregate outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
2. (a) Of these, number of accounts restructured during the year . . . — —
(b) Aggregate outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Non — Performing Financial Assets Sold
1. Number of accounts sold during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
2. Aggregate outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
3. Aggregate consideration received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
F-127
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.19 Details of securitisation transactions undertaken by the Bank in the year are as follows:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Number of loan accounts securitised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 16
Book value of loan assets securitised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,538 56,270
Sale consideration received for the securitised assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,731 56,374
Net gain/loss over net book value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 104
Net gain/loss recognised in profit and loss account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 77
The information on securitisation activity of the Bank as an originator as on 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 is given below:
* Advances represent credit exposure (funded and non-funded) including derivative exposure as defined by
RBI
2.1.22 The information on concentration of exposure is given below:
31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Total exposure to twenty largest borrowers/customers* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446,597
Percentage of exposures to twenty largest borrowers/customers to total exposure on
borrowers/customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.32%
* Exposure includes credit exposure (funded and non-funded), derivative exposure and investment exposure
(including underwriting and similar commitments).
2.1.23 During the year, the Bank’s credit exposure to single borrower was within the prudential exposure
limits prescribed by RBI except in one case, where the single borrower limit was exceeded upto an additional
exposure of 5% with the approval of the Committee of Directors. The details of such cases are set out below:
% of excess
limit Exposure
sanctioned Ceiling Exposure
Original over as on as on
Exposure Limit original 31 March 31 March
Name of the Borrower Period Ceiling Sanctioned ceiling 2010 2010
(Rs. in million)
UTI AMC Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . April 2009 and May 2009 22,542 23,000 2.03% 31,192 31,100
During the year, the Bank’s credit exposure to group borrowers was within the prudential exposure limits
prescribed by RBI.
F-128
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
During the year ended 31 March 2009, the Bank’s credit exposure to single borrower was within the
prudential exposure limits prescribed by RBI except in 3 cases, where single borrower limit was exceeded upto
an additional exposure of 5% with the approval of the Board of Directors. The details of such cases are set out
below:
% of excess
limit Exposure
sanctioned Ceiling Exposure
Original over as on as on
Exposure Limit original 31 March 31 March
Name of the Borrower Period Ceiling Sanctioned ceiling 2009 2009
(Rs. in million)
Tata Steel Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 2008 17,858 23,000 28.79% 20,408 12,743
UTI AMC Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 2008 to Oct 2008 17,858 23,000 28.79% 20,408 10,000
Nov 2008 to Feb 2009 20,108 23,050 14.63% 20,408 10,000
HDFC Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov 2008 20,108 20,934 4.11% 20,408 15,684
During the year ended 31 March 2009, the Bank’s credit exposure to group borrowers was within the
prudential exposure limits prescribed by RBI except in 1 case, where group borrower limit was exceeded upto an
additional exposure of 5% with the approval of the Board of Directors. The details of the case are set out below:
% of excess Exposure
Original limit sanctioned Ceiling as on Exposure as
Exposure Limit over original 31 March on 31 March
Period Ceiling Sanctioned ceiling 2009 2009
(Rs. in million)
July 2008 . . . . . . 47,621 49,620 4.20%
Aug 2008 . . . . . .
Sep 2008 . . . . . .
47,621
47,621
49,842
47,864
4.66%
0.51%
} 54,421 } 43,401
2.1.25 A maturity pattern of certain items of assets and liabilities at 31 March 2010 & 31 March 2009 is set
out below:
Over 3 Over 6 Over Over
29 days months months 1 year 3 year
2 days 8 days 15 days and and and and and
Year ended 31 March to to to upto 3 upto 6 upto upto upto Over
2010 1 day 7 days 14 days 28 days months months 1 year 3 years 5 years 5 years Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . 26,994 43,794 30,595 41,155 156,477 197,899 283,574 234,181 4,700 393,633 1,413,002
Advances . . . . . . . . . 7,367 24,131 11,248 10,577 56,903 55,570 111,833 118,614 123,187 524,001 1,043,431
Investments . . . . . . . 8,856 9,862 25,625 39,914 77,246 62,784 78,734 114,037 24,368 118,322 559,748
Borrowings . . . . . . . 2,514 2,694 1,309 1,347 11,193 13,309 34,091 21,819 4,224 79,195 171,695
Foreign Currency
Assets . . . . . . . . . . 14,871 3,761 1,174 3,956 27,188 22,753 27,552 34,127 29,210 21,705 186,297
Foreign Currency
Liabilities . . . . . . . 10,548 10,633 2,494 2,351 17,186 28,616 35,040 21,287 864 35,026 164,045
F-129
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Over 3 Over 6 Over Over
29 days months months 1 year 3 years
2 days 8 days 15 days and and and and and
Year ended 31 March to to to upto 3 upto 6 upto upto upto Over
2009 1 day 7 days 14 days 28 days months months 1 year 3 years 5 years 5 years Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . 12,891 51,989 32,052 44,861 161,672 178,850 197,164 190,680 4,149 299,433 1,173,741
Advances . . . . . . . . . 4,038 20,889 7,638 17,415 43,867 31,051 78,193 147,482 112,150 352,845 815,568
Investments . . . . . . . 8,261 13,763 25,434 49,174 79,846 45,645 54,533 67,457 39,906 79,285 463,304
Borrowings . . . . . . . — 4,822 — 4,927 19,549 9,753 33,972 30,514 9,223 42,438 155,198
Foreign Currency
Assets . . . . . . . . . . 3,169 25,624 4,309 11,651 15,880 14,574 6,019 54,145 20,855 31,024 187,250
Foreign Currency
Liabilities . . . . . . . 283 23,680 1,723 5,445 28,451 13,630 6,014 19,742 122 19,040 118,130
Classification of assets and liabilities under the different maturity buckets is based on the same estimates
and assumptions as used by the Bank for compiling the return submitted to the RBI Maturity profile of foreign
currency assets and liabilities is excluding forward contracts.
2.1.26 Disclosure in respect of Interest Rate Swaps (IRS), Forward Rate Agreement (FRA) and Cross
Currency Swaps (CCS) outstanding at 31 March 2010 is set out below:
Sr. As at 31 As at 31
No. Items March 2010 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal of swap agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,316,963 801,777
ii) Losses which would be incurred if counterparties failed to fulfil their obligations
under the agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,355 22,317
iii) Collateral required by the Bank upon entering into swaps** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 781
iv) Concentration of credit risk arising from the swaps
Maximum single industry exposure with Banks (previous year with Banks)
— Interest Rate Swaps / FRAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,516 21,112
— Cross Currency Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,005 4,698
v) Fair value of the swap book (hedging & trading)
— Interest Rate Swaps / FRAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 803
— Currency Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 106
F-130
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The nature and terms of the IRS as on 31 March 2009 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 500 MIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3,071 INBMK Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783 295,200 MIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794 293,725 MIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 29,805 MIFOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 28,305 MIFOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 30,461 INBMK Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 29,800 INBMK Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 4,097 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 6,582 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7,171 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s fixed receivable
1,999 728,717
The nature and terms of the FRA’s as on 31 March 2010 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 18,200 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 16,314 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
47 34,514
The nature and terms of the FRA’s as on 31 March 2009 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 8,848 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 8,595 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
36 17,443
The nature and terms of the CCS as on 31 March 2010 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 18,838 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15,339 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 404 LIBOR/INBMK Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 674 Principal Only Fixed receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1,695 Principal Only Fixed payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 673 Principal Only Floating receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 673 Principal Only Floating payable
Hedging Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1,347 LIBOR Floating receivable v/s floating payable
42 39,643
F-131
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The nature and terms of the CCS as on 31 March 2009 are set out below:
Notional
Nature Nos. Principal Benchmark Terms
(Rs. in million)
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 21,480 LIBOR Fixed payable v/s floating receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 22,015 LIBOR Fixed receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 457 LIBOR/INBMK Floating receivable v/s floating payable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1,775 Principal Only Fixed receivable
Trading Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1,775 Principal Only Fixed payable
Hedging Swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8,115 Principal Only Fixed payable
52 55,617
Agreements with Banks/Financial Institutions and corporates are under approved credit lines.
Details of Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives for the year ended 31 March 2010 are set out below:
As at
Sr. No. Particulars 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives undertaken
during the year
10 Year Long Gilt Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,672
10 Year Long Gilt Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,903
90 Day Euro $ Futures — December 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,167
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
90 Day Euro $ Futures — March 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
90 Day Euro $ Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,302
AUST 10Y Bond Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
AUST 10Y Bond Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
EURO — BUND Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,336
EURO — BUND Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49,849
EURO — SCHATZ Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,957
EURO — SCHATZ Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,506
JPN 10Y BOND (TSE) — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
US 10 Years Note Future — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,514
US 10 Years Note Future — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,251
10 Years 7% GOI Security — December 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
10 Years 7% GOI Security — March 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
10 Years 7% GOI Security — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
125,476
ii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding
as on 31 March 2010
90 Day Euro $ Futures — March 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
90 Day Euro $ Futures — June 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
90 Day Euro $ Futures — September 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
90 Day Euro $ Futures — December 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
10 years 7% GOI Security — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
612
iii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding
as on 31 March 2010 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
iv) Mark-to-market value of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as . .
on 31 March 2010 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
F-132
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Details of Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives for the year ended 31 March 2009 are set out below:
As at
Sr. No. Particulars 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
i) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives undertaken
during the year
2 Year U.S. Treasury Notes Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,232
2 Year U.S. Treasury Notes Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2 Year U.S. Treasury Notes Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
30 Day Interbank Cash Rate Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,407
30 Day Fed Fund Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,072
3 Month Euribor Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,744
3 Month Euribor Futures — March 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,650
3 Month Euribor Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,046
5 Year U.S. Treasury Note Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5 Year U.S. Treasury Note Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Euro Dollar Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,137
Euro Dollar Futures — December 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
Euro Dollar Futures — December 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Euro Dollar Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,840
Euro Dollar Futures — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
Euro Dollar Futures — June 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Euro Dollar Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,159
Euro Dollar Futures — March 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,427
Euro Dollar Futures — March 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Euro Dollar Futures — March 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Euro Dollar Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,565
Euro Dollar Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,123
Euro Dollar Futures — September 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,282
10 Year Commonwealth Treasury Bond Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
10 Year Commonwealth Treasury Bond Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10 Year Commonwealth Treasury Bond Futures — March 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
10 Year Commonwealth Treasury Bond Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
3 Year Commonwealth Treasury Bond Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Euro — BOBL Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Euro — BOBL Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Euro — BOBL Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68,060
Euro — BOBL Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,191
Euro — BOBL Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,586
Euro — BOBL Futures — March 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,124
Euro — BOBL Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,366
Euro — Schatz Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,484
Euro — Schatz Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Euro — Schatz Futures — March 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
10 Year Long Gilt Futures — March 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
10 Year Long Gilt Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
10 Year JGB Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
10 Year JGB Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
10 Year JGB Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10 Year U.S. Treasury Note Futures — December 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,210
10 Year U.S. Treasury Note Futures — June 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,542
10 Year U.S. Treasury Note Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,775
10 Year U.S. Treasury Note Futures — March 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,536
10 Year U.S. Treasury Note Futures — September 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,877
289,318
F-133
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
As at
Sr. No. Particulars 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
ii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding
as on 31 March 2009
Euro Dollar Futures — March 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Euro Dollar Futures — March 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Euro Dollar Futures — June 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Euro Dollar Futures — June 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Euro Dollar Futures — June 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
Euro Dollar Futures — September 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Euro Dollar Futures — September 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Euro Dollar Futures — December 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Euro Dollar Futures — December 09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
2,435
iii) Notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding
as on 31 March 2009 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
iv) Mark-to-market value of exchange traded interest rate derivatives outstanding as on
31 March 2009 and “not highly effective” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
2.1.27 Disclosure on risk exposure in Derivatives
Qualitative disclosures:
(a) Structure and organisation for management of risk in derivatives trading, the scope and nature of risk
measurement, risk reporting and risk monitoring systems and strategies and processes for monitoring the
continuing effectiveness of hedges/mitigants
The Bank undertakes derivative transactions for proprietary trading/market making, hedging own balance
sheet and for offering to customers, who use them for hedging their risks within the prevalent regulations.
Proprietary trading covers Interest Rate Futures and Rupee Interest Rate Swaps under different benchmarks viz.
MIBOR, MIFOR and INBMK and USD/INR options. During the year, the Bank started trading in Rupee interest
rate futures in the domestic market. These transactions expose the Bank to various risks, primarily credit, market
and operational risk. The Bank has adopted the following mechanism for managing risk arising out of the
derivative transactions.
In terms of the structure, the derivative transactions are originated by Treasury Front Office, which ensures
compliance with the trade origination requirements as per the Bank’s policy and RBI guidelines. Market Risk
Group within the Bank’s Risk Department independently identifies, measures and monitors market risk
associated with derivative transactions, and appraises the Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO) and
the Risk Management Committee of the Board (RMC) on the compliance with the risk limits. Treasury
Operations undertakes activities such as confirmation, settlement, ISDA documentation, accounting and other
MIS reporting.
The derivative transactions are governed by the Derivative Policy, Hedging Policy and the Suitability and
Appropriateness Policy of the Bank as well as by the extant RBI guidelines. The Bank has also put in place a
detailed process flow for customer derivative transactions for effective management of operational risk.
Various risk limits are set up and actual exposures are monitored vis-à-vis the limits. These limits are set up
taking in to account market volatility, business strategy and management experience. Risk limits are in place for
risk parameters viz. PV01, VaR, stop loss, Delta, Gamma and Vega. Actual positions are monitored against these
limits on a daily basis and breaches, if any, are reported promptly. Risk assessment of the portfolio is undertaken
periodically. The Bank ensures that the Gross PV01 (Price value of a basis point) position arising out of all non
option rupee derivative contracts are within the 0.25% of net worth of the Bank as on balance sheet date.
Hedging transactions are undertaken by the Bank to protect the variability in the fair value or the cash flow
of the underlying balance sheet item. These deals are accounted on an accrual basis. These transactions are
subjected to hedge effectiveness test and in case any transaction fails such a test, the same is re-designated as a
trading deal with the prior approval of the competent authority and appropriate accounting treatment is followed
therefore.
F-134
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
(b) Accounting policy for recording hedge and non-hedge transactions, recognition of income, premiums
and discounts, valuation of outstanding contracts
The use of derivatives for hedging purpose is governed by hedge policy approved by Bank’s Asset Liability
Management Committee (ALCO). Subject to prevailing RBI guidelines, the Bank deals in derivatives for
hedging fixed rate and floating rate coupon or foreign currency assets/liabilities. Transactions for hedging and
market making purposes are recorded separately. For hedge transactions, the Bank identifies the hedged item
(asset or liability) at the inception of transaction itself. The effectiveness is ascertained at the time of inception of
the hedge and periodically thereafter. Hedge derivative transactions are accounted for pursuant to the principals
of hedge accounting. Derivatives for market making purpose are marked to market and the resulting gain/loss is
recorded in the profit and loss account. The premium on option contracts is accounted for as per Foreign
Exchange Dealers’ Association of India guidelines. Derivative transactions are covered under International
Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements with respective counterparties. The exposure on
account of derivative transactions is computed as per RBI guidelines and is marked against the credit limits
approved for the respective counterparties.
(c) Provisioning, collateral and credit risk mitigation
Derivative transactions comprise of swaps and options which are disclosed as contingent liabilities. The
swaps/options are segregated as trading or hedge transactions. Trading swaps/options are revalued at the balance
sheet date with the resulting unrealised gain or loss being recognised in the profit and loss account and
correspondingly in other assets or other liabilities respectively. Hedged swaps are accounted for as per RBI
guidelines. Pursuant to RBI guidelines any receivables under derivatives contacts, which remain overdue for
more than 90 days, are reversed through profit and loss account and are held in a separate suspense account.
Collateral requirements for derivative transactions are laid down as part of sanction terms on a case by case
basis. Such collateral requirement is determined, based on usual credit appraisal process. The Bank retains the
right to terminate transactions as a risk mitigation measure in certain cases.
The credit risk in respect of customer derivative transactions is sought to be mitigated through a laid down
policy on sanction of Loan Equivalent Risk (LER) limits, monitoring mechanism for LER limits and trigger
events for escalation/margin calls/termination.
Quantitative Disclosure:
As at 31 March 2010
Currency
Derivatives Interest rate
Sr. No. Particulars CCS Options Derivatives
(Rs. in million)
1 Derivatives (Notional Principal Amount)
a) For hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,347 — 24,919
b) For trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,296 56,163 1,252,400
2 Marked to Market Positions#
a) Asset (+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 157 —
b) Liability (ⳮ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — (10)
3 Credit Exposure* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,588 2,582 22,863
4 Likely impact of one percentage change in interest rate (100*PV01)
(as at 31 March 2010)
a) on hedging derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 546
b) on trading derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 — 730
5 Maximum and Minimum of 100*PV01 observed during the year
a) on hedging
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — 322
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 — 616
b) on Trading
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 — 62
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 — 741
F-135
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
As at 31 March 2009
Currency Interest
Derivatives rate
Sr. No. Particulars CCS Options Derivatives
(Rs. in million)
1 Derivatives (Notional Principal Amount)
a) For hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,115 — 3,571
b) For trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,501 84,621 742,589
2 Marked to Market Positions#
a) Asset (+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 887 86
b) Liability (ⳮ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
3 Credit Exposure* 7,569 5,834 25,215
4 Likely impact of one percentage change in interest rate (100*PV01)
(as at 31 March 2009)
a) on hedging derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 — 355
b) on trading derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 — 96
5 Maximum and Minimum of 100*PV01 observed during the year
a) on hedging
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 — 340
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 — 496
b) on Trading.
I) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — 30
II) Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 — 169
F-136
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-137
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2010 is set out below:
Weighted
Weighted average
average remaining
Options Range of exercise contractual
outstanding exercise prices price life
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,852,974 39.77 to 824.40 459.87 2.95
Granted during the year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,413,990 503.25 to 907.25 513.15 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (252,757) 97.62 to 804.40 356.51 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (24,320) 39.77 to 232.10 212.48 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,092,369) 39.77 to 824.40 330.99 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,897,518 97.62 to 907.25 514.27 2.87
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,599,878 97.62 to 824.40 434.75 1.58
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 964.16.
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2009 is set out below:
Weighted
average
Weighted remaining
Options Range of average contractual
outstanding exercise prices exercise price life
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . 12,794,268 39.77 to 468.90 367.55 3.57
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,677,355 824.40 824.40 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (322,805) 232.10 to 824.40 466.76 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (395) 97.62 97.62 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,295,449) 39.77 to 468.90 299.95 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,852,974 39.77 to 824.40 459.87 2.95
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,616,088 39.77 to 824.40 320.20 1.86
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 765.54.
F-138
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Volatility is the measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a
period. The measure of volatility used in the Black-Scholes options pricing model is the annualised standard
deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the stock over a period of time. For calculating
volatility, the daily volatility of the stock prices on the National Stock Exchange, over a period prior to the date
of grant, corresponding with the expected life of the options has been considered.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended 31 March 2010 is Rs. 205.72
(previous year Rs. 310.26).
2.2.4 Dividend paid on shares issued on exercise of stock options
The Bank may allot shares between the balance sheet date and record date for the declaration of dividend
pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock options. These shares will be eligible for full dividend for the year
ended 31 March 2010, if approved at the ensuing Annual General Meeting. Dividend relating to these shares has
not been recorded in the current year.
Appropriation to proposed dividend during the year ended 31 March 2010 includes dividend of Rs. 5 million
(previous year Rs. 5 million) paid pursuant to exercise of 4,36,489 employee stock options after the previous year
end and record date for declaration of dividend for the year ended 31 March 2009.
2.2.5 Segmental reporting
The business of the Bank is divided into four segments: Treasury, Retail Banking, Corporate/Wholesale
Banking and Other Banking Business. These segments have been identified and based on RBI’s revised
guidelines on Segment Reporting issued on 18 April 2007 vide Circular No. DBOD.No. BP.BC. 81 / 21.04.018/
2006-07. The principal activities of these segments are as under.
F-139
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Segment income includes earnings from external customers and from funds transferred to the other
segments. Segment result includes revenue as reduced by interest expense and operating expenses and
provisions, if any, for that segment. Segment-wise income and expenses include certain allocations. Inter
segment interest income and interest expense represent the transfer price received from and paid to the Central
Funding Unit (CFU) respectively. For this purpose, the funds transfer pricing mechanism presently followed by
the Bank, which is based on historical matched maturity and market-linked benchmarks, has been used.
Operating expenses other than those directly attributable to segments are allocated to the segments based on an
activity-based costing methodology. All activities in the Bank are segregated segment-wise and allocated to the
respective segment.
Geographical segment disclosure is not required to be made since the operations from foreign branches are
less than the prescribed norms.
Segmental results are set out below:
31 March 2010
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,513 49,667 30,200 — 116,380
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,000 15,460 11,033 (35) 39,458
Total income as per profit and loss account . . . . . . . . . 49,513 65,127 41,233 (35) 155,838
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,649 14,014 38,314 — 190,977
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188,162 79,141 79,547 (35) 346,815
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . 42,282 — 24,053 — 66,335
Less: Inter segment interest expenses Less: . . . . . . . . . . . 132,714 39,761 18,503 — 190,978
Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,963 9,217 24,917 — 37,097
Less: Unallocated expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,203 30,163 12,074 (35) 52,405
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . . . . (42) 6,261 7,669 3 13,892
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,245 23,902 4,405 (38) 38,513
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,368
Extraordinary profit/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,145
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722,430 681,802 376,965 25,282 1,806,479
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,806,479
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719,339 355,536 560,058 11,101 1,646,034
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,646,034
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,091 326,266 (183,093) 14,181 160,445
Fixed assets additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,068 4,068
Depreciation on fixed assets during the year . . . . . . . . . . . 2,343 2,343
F-140
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2009
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,697 47,962 26,696 — 108,355
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,302 12,064 9,657 (54) 28,969
Total income as per profit and loss account . . . . . . . . . 40,999 60,026 36,352 (54) 137,324
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161,793 12,766 30,400 — 204,959
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202,792 72,792 66,752 (54) 342,283
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . 53,312 15 18,166 — 71,493
Less: Inter segment interest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137,351 44,025 23,582 — 204,959
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,227 7,360 18,995 — 28,582
Less: Unallocated expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,902 21,392 6,009 (54) 37,249
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . . . . 1,839 3,570 3,985 3 9,397
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,063 17,822 2,024 (57) 27,852
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,698
Extraordinary profit/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,154
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626,449 573,163 256,273 21,336 1,477,221
Unallocated assets
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,477,221
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664,737 272,127 429,585 8,637 1,375,085
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,375,085
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (38,288) 301,036 (173,312) 12,699 102,136
Fixed assets additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 4,577 4,577
Depreciation on fixed assets during the year . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,887 1,887
a) Promoters
The Bank has identified the following entities as its Promoters.
• Administrator of the Specified Undertaking of the Unit Trust of India (UTI-1)
• Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC)
• General Insurance Corporation and four PSUs — New India Assurance Co. Ltd., National Insurance Co.
Ltd., United India Insurance Co. Ltd. and The Oriental Insurance Co. Ltd.
F-141
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Dr. Reena Bharadwaj, Mrs. Bharti Agrawal, Mr. Vedprakash Agrawal, Mrs. Gayatri Devi Agrawal, Mr. Amit M
Agrawal, Mrs. Rinki Agrawal, Master Kaustubh Agrawal, Ms. Prashasti Agrawal, Mr. Anand Agrawal,
Mr. Praveen Agrawal, Mrs. Rekha Agrawal, Mrs. Renu Agrawal, Mrs. Meenu Agrawal
d) Subsidiary Companies
• Axis Securities and Sales Limited (formerly Axis Sales Limited)
• Axis Private Equity Limited
• Axis Trustee Services Limited
• Axis Asset Management Company Limited
• Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Limited
e) Joint Venture
• Bussan Auto Finance India Private Limited
Based on RBI guidelines, details of transactions with Joint Venture Companies are not disclosed since
there is only one entity/party in this category.
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2010 are
given below:
Relatives
Key of Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,520 — — — 1,520
Dividend Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,469 — — 9 2,478
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 560 560
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 3,606 — — — 3,606
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,550 — — — 10,550
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 — — — 50
Sale of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,375 — — — 5,375
Management Contracts and Other
reimbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 26 — 32 76
Purchase of Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 — — — 1
Advance granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1 1
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Receiving of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 — — 943 1,104
Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 — — 78 97
Other Reimbursements to Related Parties . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
F-142
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2010 are given
below:
Relatives
Key of Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,621 17 6 216 36,860
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 4 — — 506
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,146 1,146
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 1,562 — — — 1,562
Repo Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — — 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 72 72
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 80 80
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2010 are given below:
Relatives
Key of Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,621 104 6 466 37,197
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 4 — 1 598
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,146 1,146
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . 1,567 1 — — 1,568
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 — — — 391
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Leasing/HP Arrangements Provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 72 72
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 150 150
F-143
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2009 are
given below:
Items/Related Party Promoters Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 — 912
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698 4 702
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 65 66
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 336 336
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000 — 15,000
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 — 200
Sale of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,499 — 4,499
Management Contracts and Other reimbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 50 50
Purchase of Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 2 2
Advance granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1 1
Receiving of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 697 946
Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 3 20
Other Reimbursements to Related Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 12 62
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2009 are given
below.
Items/Related Party Promoters Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,663 164 33,827
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 586 586
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,522 — 1,522
Repo Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,400 — 17,400
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 87 87
Leasing/HP arrangements provided Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 2 2
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2009 are given below:
Items/Related Party Promoters Subsidiaries Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,663 263 33,926
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1,923 1,924
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 586 586
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,522 — 1,522
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 — 442
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . 17,400 — 17,400
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
F-144
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.2.7 Leases
Disclosure in respect of assets given on operating lease
Operating lease comprises leasing of power generation equipments.
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 765
Accumulated depreciation as at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Accumulated impairment losses as at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Depreciation for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 15
Impairment losses for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Minimum lease payments receivable at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . — —
Future lease rentals receivable as at the end of the year:
— Not later than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
— Later than one year and not later than five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
— Later than five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
There are no provisions relating to contingent rent.
The terms of renewal/purchase options and escalation clauses are those normally prevalent in similar
agreements.
Disclosure in respect of assets taken on operating lease
Operating lease comprises leasing of office premises/ATMs, staff quarters, electronic data capturing
machines and IT equipment.
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Future lease rentals payable as at the end of the year:
— Not later than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,060 3,192
— Later than one year and not later than five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,644 9,530
— Later than five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,189 5,840
Total of minimum lease payments recognised in the profit and loss
account for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,130 3,038
Total of future minimum sub-lease payments expected to be received
under non-cancellable subleases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 25
Sub-lease payments recognised in the profit and loss account for the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3
The Bank has sub-leased certain of its properties taken on lease.
There are no provisions relating to contingent rent.
The terms of renewal/purchase options and escalation clauses are those normally prevalent in similar
agreements.
There are no undue restrictions or onerous clauses in the agreements.
2.2.8 Other Fixed Assets (including furniture & fixtures)
The movement in fixed assets capitalised as application software is given below:
Particulars 31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,202 1,643
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 561
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (6) (2)
Accumulated depreciation as at 31 March . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,622) (1,252)
Closing balance as at 31 March . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,045 950
F-145
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.2.9 The major components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities arising out of timing
differences are as under:
As at
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Deferred tax assets on account of provisions for doubtful debts . . . . . . 4,215 3,076
Deferred tax assets on account of amortisation of HTM
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,478 1,281
Deferred tax assets on account of provision for retirement benefits . . . 478 350
Deferred tax liability on account of depreciation and impairment on
fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (327) (368)
Other deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 222
Net deferred tax asset/(liability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,113 4,561
Provident Fund
The contribution to the employee’s provident fund amounted to Rs. 371 million for the year ended 31 March
2010 (previous year Rs. 297 million).
Superannuation
The Bank contributed Rs. 97 million to the employee’s superannuation plan for the year ended 31 March
2010 (previous year Rs. 88 million).
Leave Encashment
The Bank charged an amount of Rs. 353 million as liability for leave encashment for the year ended
31 March 2010 (previous year Rs. 451 million).
Gratuity
The following tables summarise the components of net benefit expenses recognised in the profit and loss
account and funded status and amounts recognised in the balance sheet for the Gratuity benefit plan.
F-146
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Balance Sheet
Details of provision for gratuity
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Present Value of Funded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 364
Fair Value of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (440) (298)
Present Value of Unfunded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Unrecognised Past Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
— —
Net Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (14) 66
Amounts in Balance Sheet
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 66
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 —
Net Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (14) 66
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Change in Defined Benefit Obligation
Opening Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 234
Current Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 55
Interest Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 21
Actuarial Losses/(Gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (37) 61
Liabilities Extinguished on Curtailment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Liabilities Extinguished on Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Liabilities Assumed on Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Exchange Difference on Foreign Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Benefits Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (18) (7)
Closing Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 364
Experience adjustments
31 March 2010 31 March 2009 31 March 2008 31 March 2007
(Rs. in million)
Defined Benefit Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . 426 364 234 143
Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 298 177 119
Surplus/(Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 (66) (56) (24)
Experience Adjustments on Plan
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 34 36 23
Experience Adjustments on Plan
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 (7) (2) 1
F-147
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
b) Movement in provision for credit enhancements on securitised assets is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 31
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (31)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
c) Movement in provision for credit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 59
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 8
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (9) (10)
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 57
d) Movement in provision for debit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 —
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 42
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 42
F-148
18 Notes forming part of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-149
Auditors’ Report
To
The board of directors of Axis Bank Limited
1. We have audited the attached Consolidated Balance Sheet of AXIS BANK LIMITED (“the Bank”) and
its subsidiaries (the Bank and its subsidiaries constitute “the Group”) as at 31 March 2012, the Consolidated
Profit and Loss Account and the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement of the Group for the year ended on that date,
both annexed thereto. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s Management and have been
prepared by the Management on the basis of separate financial statements and other financial information
regarding components. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audit.
2. We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those
Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and the disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and the significant estimates made by the Management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides reasonable basis for our opinion.
3. We did not audit the financial statements of the subsidiaries whose financial statements reflect total assets
of Rs. 1,373 million as at 31st March 2012, total revenue of Rs. 807 million and net cash flows amounting to
Rs. 3 million for the year then ended as considered in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The financial
statements and other financial information of these subsidiaries have been audited by other auditors whose
reports have been furnished to us and our opinion, in so far as it relates to the amounts included in respect of
these subsidiaries, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
4. The financial statements also include Rs. 13 million being the Group’s proportionate share in the profit of
an associate which has been recognised on the basis of the unaudited financial statements available with the
Bank.
5. Without qualifying our report, we invite attention to Note 1 (a) of Schedule 18 regarding the Scheme of
Arrangement for the demerger of Enam Securities Private Ltd. with the Bank’s subsidiary. For the reasons stated
therein, no effect to the proposed Scheme has been given in the accounts.
6. We report that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Bank in accordance with
the requirements of Accounting Standard 21 (Consolidated Financial Statements) and Accounting Standard 23
(Accounting for Investments in Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements) notified under the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
7. Based on our audit and on consideration of the separate audit reports on individual financial statements of
the Bank and its subsidiaries and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us,
subject to our comments in paragraph 4 regarding unaudited amount of the associate, in our opinion, the
Consolidated Financial Statements give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles
generally accepted in India:
(a) in the case of the Consolidated Balance Sheet, of the state of affairs of the Group as at 31 March
2012;
(b) in the case of the Consolidated Profit and Loss Account, of the profit of the Group for the year
ended on that date and
(c) in the case of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, of the cash flows of the Group for the year
ended on that date.
For DELOITTE HASKINS & SELLS
Chartered Accountants
(Registration no: 117365W)
Z. F. Billimoria
Partner
(Membership No. 42791)
Place: Mumbai
Date: 27th April 2012
F-150
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2012
Schedule As of As of
No. 31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Figures in million
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4,132 4,105
Reserves & Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 222,685 184,841
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2,199,877 1,891,664
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 340,717 262,679
Other liabilities and provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 86,754 82,378
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,854,165 2,425,667
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 107,029 138,862
Balance with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 32,313 75,225
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 929,215 717,876
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1,697,595 1,424,078
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 22,841 22,929
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 65,172 46,697
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,854,165 2,425,667
Contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4,802,383 4,453,929
Bills for collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346,346 324,731
Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 & 18
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
F-151
Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended 31 March 2012
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Consolidated Profit and Loss Account.
F-152
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 March 2012
Year ended
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62,700 50,972
Adjustments for:
Depreciation & impairment provision on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,482 2,937
Depreciation on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 993
Amortisation of premium on Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 605
Provision for Non Performing Advances/ Investments (including bad debts) . . . . . . . . . . . 8,604 9,551
Provision on Standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,503 1,662
Provision for loss in present value for agricultural assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5
Provision for Interest tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3
(Profit)/Loss on sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (191) 71
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 24
Contingent Provision against derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 151
Provision for other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (199) 412
Amortisation of deferred employee compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
78,049 67,386
Adjustments for:
(Increase)/Decrease in investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (165,821) (35,421)
(Increase)/Decrease in advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (282,226) (390,403)
Increase/(Decrease) in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308,212 478,877
(Increase)/Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15,614) (5,587)
Increase/(Decrease) in other liabilities & provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,791 17,795
Direct taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (23,434) (19,370)
Net cash flow from operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (99,043) 113,277
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3,966) (13,711)
(Increase)/Decrease in Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (47,205) (125,321)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763 134
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (50,408) (138,898)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from Issue of Subordinated debt, Perpetual Debt & Upper Tier II instruments
(net of repayment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,808 (1,626)
Proceeds from issue of Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 53
Increase/(Decrease) in borrowings (excluding subordinated debt, perpetual debt and
upper Tier II instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,229 92,609
Proceeds from share premium (net of share issue expenses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,337 2,355
Payment of Dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (6,699) (5,695)
Net cash generated from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72,702 87,696
Effect of exchange fluctuation translation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,004 (47)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (74,745) 62,028
Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214,087 152,059
Cash and cash equivalents as at end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139,342 214,087
Note:
1. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash on hand & in ATM, balances with Reserve Bank of India,
balances with banks and money at call & short notice (refer schedule 6 and 7 of the Balance Sheet).
F-153
Schedules to the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2012
and Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended 31 March 2012
SCHEDULE 1 — CAPITAL
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
Authorised Capital
500,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 5,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up capital # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,132 4,105
# 410,545,843 and 413,203,952 equity shares of Rs. 10/- each fully paid up as of 31 March 2011 and
31 March 2012 respectively.
F-154
SCHEDULE 3 — DEPOSITS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Demand Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,981 14,305
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376,462 354,770
II. Savings Bank Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516,679 408,503
III. Term Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,944 76,751
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,184,811 1,037,335
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,199,877 1,891,664
I. Deposits of branches in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,093,330 1,826,058
II. Deposits of branches outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106,547 65,606
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,199,877 1,891,664
SCHEDULE 4 — BORROWINGS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,150 —
(ii) Other Banks# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,472 14,237
(iii) Other institutions & agencies** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121,211 64,072
II. Borrowings outside India$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213,884 184,370
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340,717 262,679
Secured borrowing included in I & II above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
# Borrowings from other Banks include Subordinated Debt of Rs. 3,646 million and Rs. 3,596 million in the
nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively, Rs. Nil and
Rs. Nil of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively, and Rs. 591 million and Rs.
591 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively. [Also refer
18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
** Borrowings from other institutions & agencies include Subordinated debt of Rs. 49,667 million and
Rs. 83,917 million in the nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012
respectively, Rs. 2,140 million and Rs. 2,140 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2012 respectively and Rs. 2,484 million and Rs. 2,484 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March
2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
$ Borrowings outside India include Rs. 2,051 million and Rs. 2,340 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March
2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively and Rs. 9,353 million and Rs. 10,672 million of Upper Tier II
instruments as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.3)].
F-155
SCHEDULE 6 — CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Cash in hand & in ATM (including foreign currency notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35,957 22,083
II. Balances with Reserve Bank of India:
(i) in Current Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71,072 116,779
(ii) in Other Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107,029 138,862
SCHEDULE 7 — BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. In India
(i) Balance with Banks
(a) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,516 4,408
(b) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,147 49,184
(ii) Money at Call and Short Notice
(a) With banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 30
(b) With other institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,663 53,622
II. Outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,669 4,836
i) In Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii) In Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,846 10,658
iii) Money at Call & Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,135 6,109
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,650 21,603
GRAND TOTAL (I+II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,313 75,225
SCHEDULE 8 — INVESTMENTS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Investments in India in —
(i) Government Securities##** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584,162 441,550
(ii) Other approved securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,400 6,929
(iv) Debentures and Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231,508 180,705
(v) Investments in Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 342
(vi) Others@ (Mutual Fund units, CD / CP, NABARD Deposit, PTC etc.) . . . . . . . . 98,517 82,618
Total Investments in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921,942 712,144
II. Investments outside India in —
(i) Government Securities (including local authorities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,170 430
(ii) Subsidiaries and / or joint ventures abroad (amount less than Rs. 1,000 for
current year and previous year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,103 5,302
Total Investments outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,273 5,732
GRAND TOTAL (I + II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929,215 717,876
## Includes securities costing Rs. 44,249 million and Rs. 44,272 million as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2012 respectively pledged for availment of fund transfer facility, clearing facility and margin requirement.
@ Includes priority sector shortfall deposits Rs. 40,647 million and Rs. 51,005 million as of 31 March 2011
and 31 March 2012 respectively and PTC’s Rs. 2,130 million and Rs. 2,047 million as of 31 March 2011
and 31 March 2012 respectively.
F-156
** Inclusive of Repo Lending of Rs. Nil and Rs. 36,750 million as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012
respectively and net of repo borrowing of Rs. Nil and Rs. 31,408 million as of 31 March 2011 and 31 March
2012 respectively under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility in line with the RBI requirements.
$ Represents investment accounted as an Associate in line with AS-23, Accounting for Investments in
Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements, as notified under the Companies(Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2006 [Refer Schedule 17(2)(d)].
SCHEDULE 9 — ADVANCES
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A. (i) Bills purchased and discounted* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,089 34,813
(ii) Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468,608 349,803
(iii) Term loans# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,189,898 1,039,462
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,697,595 1,424,078
(i) Secured by tangible assets$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,417,163 1,131,027
(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees&& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,234 32,394
(iii) Unsecured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230,198 260,657
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,697,595 1,424,078
B. I. Advances in India
(i) Priority Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484,792 412,891
(ii) Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,536 30,039
(iii) Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,478 2,408
(iv) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923,768 782,964
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,444,574 1,228,302
C. II. Advances Outside India
(i) Due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,128 4,197
(ii) Due from others — . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(a) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,438 6,265
(b) Syndicated loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108,035 70,389
(c) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137,420 114,925
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253,021 195,776
GRAND TOTAL (CI + CII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,697,595 1,424,078
* Net of borrowing under Bills rediscounting Scheme Rs. 18,000 million and Rs. 34,800 million as of
31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively.
@ Net of borrowing under Inter Bank Participation Certificate Rs. Nil and Rs. 604 million as of 31 March
2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively.
# Net of borrowing under Inter Bank Participation Certificate Rs. 34,010 and Rs. 79,682 million as of
31 March 2011 and 31 March 2012 respectively.
$ Includes advances against book debts.
&& Includes advances against L/Cs issued by Banks.
F-157
SCHEDULE 10 — FIXED ASSETS
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Premises
Gross Block
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,117 891
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 8,245
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (212) (19)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,002 9,117
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 162
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 46
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (82) (10)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 198
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,740 8,919
II. Other Fixed Assets (including Furniture & Fixtures)
Gross Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,442 20,385
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,300 5,810
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,617) (753)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,125 25,442
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,661 9,328
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,335 2,890
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,174) (557)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,822 11,661
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,303 13,781
III. CAPITAL WORK-IN-PROGRESS (including Capital Advances) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798 229
GRAND TOTAL (I+II+III) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,841 22,929
# Includes deferred tax assets of Rs. 8,169 million and Rs. 10,274 million as of 31 March 2011 and
31 March 2012 respectively.
F-158
SCHEDULE 12 — CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As of As of
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Claims against the group not acknowledged as debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,602 2,344
II. Liability for partly paid investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
III. Liability on account of outstanding forward exchange and derivative
contracts
a) Forward Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,009,255 1,854,438
b) Interest Rate Swaps, Currency Swaps, Forward Rate Agreement & Interest
Rate Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,752,491 1,647,016
c) Foreign Currency Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130,543 141,259
Total (a+b+c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,892,289 3,642,713
IV. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents
In India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467,506 464,333
Outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98,613 76,278
V Acceptances and endorsements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302,613 249,277
VI Other items for which the group is Contingently liable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,760 18,984
TOTAL (I+II+III+IV+V+VI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,802,383 4,453,929
F-159
SCHEDULE 15 — INTEREST EXPENDED
Year ended
31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Interest on deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121,759 74,953
II. Interest on Reserve Bank of India / Inter-bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,320 1,610
III. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,613 9,323
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139,692 85,886
F-160
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Axis Bank Limited (‘the Bank’)
and its subsidiaries, which together constitute ‘the Group’.
The Bank consolidates its subsidiaries in accordance with AS 21, Consolidated Financial Statements
notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, on a line-by-line basis by adding together the
like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenditure. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions
are eliminated on consolidation. Further, the Bank accounts for investments in associates in accordance with
AS-23, Accounting for Investments in Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements, notified under the
Companies (Accounting Standard) Rules, 2006, by the equity method of accounting.
2 Basis of preparation
a) The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention on the
accrual basis of accounting, and comply with the generally accepted accounting principles, statutory
requirements prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the circulars and guidelines issued
by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) from time to time and the Accounting Standards notified under
the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, to the extent applicable and current practices
prevailing within the banking industry in India.
b) The consolidated financial statements present the accounts of Axis Bank Limited with its following
subsidiaries and associates:
Country of Ownership
Name Relation Incorporation Interest
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Private Equity Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Trustee Services Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Asset Management Company Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis U.K. Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary U.K. 100.00%
Bussan Auto Finance India Private Ltd. (see ‘d’ below) . . . . Associate India 26.00%
c) The audited financial statements of the above subsidiaries and the unaudited financial statements of the
associate have been drawn up to the same reporting date as that of the Bank, i.e. 31 March 2012.
d) This investment does not fall within the definition of a Joint Venture as per AS-27, Financial Reporting
of Interest in Joint Ventures, notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, and
the said accounting standard is thus not applicable. However, pursuant to RBI guidelines, the Bank has
classified the same as investment in joint ventures in the balance sheet. Such investment has been
accounted as an Associate in line with AS-23, Accounting for Investment in Associates in Consolidated
Financial Statements notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
3 Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles
requires the Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Management believes that the estimates used in the
preparation of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Any revisions to the accounting estimates are
recognised prospectively in the current and future periods.
F-161
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Acquisition cost
Costs including brokerage, commission pertaining to investments, paid at the time of acquisition, are
charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Broken period interest is charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Cost of investments is computed based on the weighted average cost method.
Valuation
Investments classified under the HTM category are carried at acquisition cost unless it is more than the face
value, in which case the premium is amortised over the period remaining to maturity. In terms of RBI guidelines,
discount on securities held under HTM category is not accrued and such securities are held at the acquisition cost
till maturity.
Investments classified under the AFS and HFT categories are marked to market. The market/fair value of
quoted investments included in the ‘AFS’ and ‘HFT’ categories is the market price of the scrip as available from
the trades/quotes on the stock exchanges or prices declared by Primary Dealers Association of India (‘PDAI’)
jointly with Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association of India (‘FIMMDA’), periodically. Net
depreciation, if any, within each category of each investment classification is recognised in the Profit and Loss
Account. The net appreciation if any, under each category of each investment classification is ignored. The book
value of individual securities is not changed consequent to the periodic valuation of investments.
F-162
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Treasury Bills, Exchange Funded Bills, Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposits being discounted
instruments, are valued at carrying cost.
Units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.
Market value of investments where current quotations are not available, is determined as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI as under:
• in case of unquoted bonds, debentures and preference shares where interest/dividend is received regularly
(i.e. not overdue beyond 90 days), the market price is derived based on the YTM for Government
Securities as notified by FIMMDA/PDAI and suitably marked up for credit risk applicable to the credit
rating of the instrument. The matrix for credit risk mark-up for each categories and credit ratings along
with residual maturity issued by FIMMDA is adopted for this purpose;
• in case of bonds and debentures (including Pass Through Certificates) where interest is not received
regularly (i.e. overdue beyond 90 days), the valuation is in accordance with prudential norms for
provisioning as prescribed by RBI;
• equity shares, for which current quotations are not available or where the shares are not quoted on the
stock exchanges, are valued at break-up value (without considering revaluation reserves, if any) which is
ascertained from the company’s latest Balance Sheet. In case the latest Balance Sheet is not available, the
shares are valued at Re 1 per company;
• units of Venture Capital Funds (VCF) held under AFS category where current quotations are not available
are marked to market based on the Net Asset Value (NAV) shown by VCF as per the latest audited
financials of the fund. In case the audited financials are not available for a period beyond 18 months, the
investments are valued at Re 1 per VCF. Investment in unquoted VCF after 23rd August 2006 are
categorized under HTM category for the initial period of three years and valued at cost as per RBI
guidelines; and
• investments in Credit Linked Notes (‘CLNs’), are valued based on current quotations where the same are
available. In the absence of quotes, the same are valued based on internal valuation methodology using
appropriate mark-up and other estimates such as price of the underlying Foreign Currency Convertible
Bond (FCCB), rating category of the CLN etc.
• security receipts are valued as per the Net Asset Value (NAV) obtained from the issuing Reconstruction
Company / Securitisation Company.
Investments in joint ventures are categorised as HTM and assessed for impairment to determine permanent
diminution, if any, in accordance with the RBI guidelines.
Realised gains on investments under the HTM category are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account and
subsequently appropriated to Capital Reserve account in accordance with the RBI guidelines. Losses are
recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
All investments are accounted for on settlement date except investments in equity shares which are
accounted for on trade date as the corporate actions are effected in equity on the trade date.
Subsidiaries
Investments which are readily realisable and intended to be held for not more than one year from the date on
which such investments are made, are classified as current investments. All other investments are classified as
long term investments.
Current investments are carried in the financial statements at lower of cost and fair value determined on an
individual investment basis. Any reduction in the carrying amount and any reversal of such reductions are
charged or credited to the Profit and Loss Account.
F-163
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Long term investments are stated at cost. Provision is made to recognise a decline, other than temporary, in
the value of such investments.
5.2 Advances
Axis Bank Ltd.
Advances are classified into performing and non-performing advances (‘NPAs’) as per the RBI guidelines and are
stated net of specific provisions made towards NPAs and floating provisions. Further, NPAs are classified into
sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on the criteria stipulated by the RBI. Provisions for NPAs are made for
sub-standard and doubtful assets at rates as prescribed by the RBI with the exception for agriculture advances and
schematic retail advances. In respect of schematic retail advances, provisions are made in terms of a bucket-wise policy
upon reaching specified stages of delinquency (90 days or more of delinquency) under each type of loan, which
satisfies the RBI prudential norms on provisioning. Provisions in respect of agriculture advances classified into
sub-standard and doubtful assets are made at rates which are higher than those prescribed by the RBI.
Loss assets and unsecured portion of doubtful assets are provided/written off as per the extant RBI
guidelines. NPAs are identified by periodic appraisals of the loan portfolio by the Management.
Amounts recovered against debts written off are recognised in the profit and loss account.
For restructured/rescheduled assets, provision is made in accordance with the guidelines issued by RBI,
which requires the diminution in the fair value of the assets to be provided at the time of restructuring.
A general provision @ 0.25% in case of direct advances to agricultural and SME sectors, 1% in respect of
advances classified as commercial real estate, 2% in respect of housing loans at teaser rates and certain class of
restructured assets and 0.40% for all other advances is made as prescribed by the RBI.
5.4 Securtisation
Axis Bank Ltd.
The Bank enters into purchase/sale of corporate and retail loans through direct assignment/Special Purpose
Vehicle (‘SPV’). In most cases, post securtisation, the Bank continues to service the loans transferred to the
assignee/SPV. The Bank also provides credit enhancement in the form of cash collaterals and/or by subordination
of cash flows to Senior Pass Through Certificate (‘PTC’) holders. In respect of credit enhancements provided or
recourse obligations (projected delinquencies, future servicing etc.) accepted by the Bank, appropriate provision/
disclosure is made at the time of sale in accordance with AS 29, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingent Assets as notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
In accordance with RBI guidelines of 2nd February 2006, on ‘Guidelines on Securitisation of Standard
Assets’, gain on securtisation transactions is recognised over the period of the underlying securities issued by the
SPV. Loss on securtisation is immediately debited to the Profit and Loss Account.
F-164
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Financial statements of foreign branches classified as non-integral foreign operations are translated as follows:
• Assets and liabilities (both monetary and non-monetary as well as contingent liabilities) are translated at
closing rates notified by FEDAI at the year end.
• Income and expenses are translated at the rates prevailing on the date of the transactions.
• All resulting exchange differences are accumulated in a separate ‘Foreign Currency Translation Reserve’
till the disposal of the net investments.
Outstanding forward exchange contracts (excluding currency swaps undertaken to hedge foreign currency
assets/liabilities and funding swaps which are not revalued) and spot exchange contracts are revalued at year end
exchange rates notified by FEDAI for specified maturities and at interpolated rates for contract of interim
maturities. The resulting gains or losses on revaluation are included in the Profit and Loss Account in accordance
with RBI/FEDAI guidelines. The forward exchange contracts of longer maturities where exchange rates are not
notified by FEDAI are revalued at the forward exchange rates implied by the swap curves in respective
currencies. The resultant gains or losses are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
Premium/discount on currency swaps undertaken to hedge foreign currency assets and liabilities and
funding swaps is recognised as interest income/expense and is amortised on a pro-rata basis over the underlying
swap period.
Currency futures contracts are marked to market using daily settlement price on a trading day, which is the
closing price of the respective futures contracts on that day. While the daily settlement price is computed based
on the last half an hour weighted average price of such contract, the final settlement price is taken as the RBI
reference rate on the last trading day of the futures contract or as may be specified by the relevant authority from
time to time. All open positions are marked to market based on the settlement price and the resultant marked to
market profit/loss is daily settled with the exchange.
Valuation of Exchange Traded Currency Options (ETCO) is carried out on the basis of the daily settlement
price of each individual option provided by the exchange.
Contingent liabilities on account of foreign exchange contracts/options, guarantees, acceptances,
endorsements and other obligations denominated in foreign currencies are disclosed at closing rates of exchange
notified by FEDAI.
Axis Private Equity Ltd. and Axis Asset Management Company Ltd.
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the
transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies as at the Balance Sheet date are
translated at the closing rate on that date. The exchange differences, if any, either on settlement or translation are
recognised in Profit and Loss Account.
F-165
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Subsidiaries
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company
and the revenue can be reliably measured. Fee income is recognised on the basis of accrual when all the services
are performed.
Interest income is recognised on an accrual basis.
Income from sale of Investments is determined on weighted average basis and recognised on the trade date
basis. Insurance policy administration fee income is recognised based on the proportionate completion method.
Brokerage income in relation to stock broking activity is recognised on a trade date basis. Gains/ losses on
dealing in securities are recognised on a trade date basis.
Income from SVP (Super Value Plan) to the extent of account opening fees is recognised upfront and
balance is amortised over the validity of plan. Income from other existing prepaid plans is recognised on
utilisation of complementary turnover limit or validity of plan, whichever is earlier
Trusteeship fees are recognised, on a straight line basis, over the period when services are performed. Initial
acceptance fee is recognised as and when the ‘Offer letter’ for the services to be rendered is accepted by the
customer.
Management fees are recognised on accrual basis at specific rates, applied on the average daily net assets of
each scheme. The fees charged are in accordance with the terms of Scheme Information Documents of respective
schemes and are in line with the provisions of SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996 as amended from time to
time.
Portfolio Management Fees are recognised on an accrual basis as per the terms of the contract with the
customers.
Marketing Advisory fees and fees received for acting as Point of Service (POS) for CDSL ventures Ltd
(CVL), an agency mandated by the Mutual Fund industry to handle the Know your Clients (KYC) documentation
and necessary database are recognised on an accrual basis.
Trustee fee is recognised on accrual basis, at the specific rates/amount approved by the Board of Directors
of the Company, within the limits specified under the Deed of Trust, and is applied on the net assets of each
scheme of Axis Mutual Fund.
F-166
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-167
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
net selling price and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to
their present value at the weighted average cost of capital. After impairment, depreciation is provided on the
revised carrying amount of the asset over its remaining useful life.
Axis Bank Ltd.
Profit on sale of premises is appropriated to Capital Reserve Account in accordance with RBI instructions.
Leave Encashment
Group
Short term compensated absences are provided for based on estimates. The Group provides leave
encashment benefit (long term), which is a defined benefit scheme based on actuarial valuation conducted by an
independent actuary. The actuarial valuation is carried out as per the Projected Unit Credit Method as at
31 March each year.
F-168
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Superannuation
Axis Bank Ltd.
Employees of the Bank are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s Superannuation scheme
either under a cash-out option through salary or under a defined contribution plan. Through the defined
contribution plan the Bank contributes annually a specified sum of 10% of the employee’s eligible annual basic
salary to LIC, which undertakes to pay the lumpsum and annuity benefit payments pursuant to the scheme.
Superannuation contributions are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account in the period in which they accrue.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to Profit and Loss Account and are not deferred.
5.14 Taxation
Group
Income tax expense is the aggregate amount of current tax and deferred tax charge. Current year taxes are
determined in accordance with the Income tax Act, 1961. Deferred income taxes reflects the impact of current
year timing differences between taxable income and accounting income for the year and reversal of timing
differences of earlier years.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rates and the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the
Balance Sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists
to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
relate to the taxes on income levied by same governing taxation laws.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future
taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised. The impact of changes in
the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
Deferred tax assets are recognised and reassessed at each reporting date, based upon the Management’s
judgement as to whether realisation is considered as reasonably certain. Deferred tax assets are recognised on
carry forward of unabsorbed depreciation and tax losses only if there is virtual certainty that such deferred tax
asset can be realised against future profits.
F-169
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) (Employees Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock
Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999. The Bank follows the intrinsic value method to account for its stock based
employee compensation plans as per the Guidance Note on ‘Accounting for Employee Share-based Payments’
issued by the ICAI. Options are granted at an exercise price, which is equal to/less than the fair market price of
the underlying equity shares. The excess of such fair market price over the exercise price of the options as at the
grant date is recognised as a deferred compensation cost and amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting
period of such options.
The fair market price is the latest available closing price, prior to the date of the grant, on the stock
exchange on which the shares of the Bank are listed. If the shares are listed on more than one stock exchange,
then the stock exchange where there is highest trading volume on the said date is considered.
F-170
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 a) On 17 November 2010, the Board of Directors of the Bank had approved the acquisition of certain
financial services businesses undertaken by Enam Securities Private Limited (ESPL) directly and
through its wholly owned subsidiaries, by Axis Securities and Sales Limited (ASSL), a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Bank by way of a demerger. However, pursuant to conditions prescribed by the
Reserve Bank of India, certain modifications have been carried out to the demerger structure in terms
of a revised Scheme of Arrangement under Sections 391-394 and other relevant provisions of the
Companies Act, 1956. Accordingly, the acquisition will now comprise of (a) a demerger of the
financial services businesses from ESPL to the Bank, in consideration of which the Bank will issue
shares to the shareholders of ESPL, and (b) immediately upon completion of the demerger under the
Scheme, a simultaneous sale of the financial services businesses will be undertaken from the Bank to
ASSL for a cash consideration, with both the aforesaid steps occurring simultaneously. The Reserve
Bank of India has on 30 March 2012, conveyed its no objection to the Scheme. Further, on 27 April
2012, the Board of Directors of the Bank have approved the reassessment of the valuation of the ESPL
business at Rs. 13,958 million and consequently, in consideration for the demerger of the financial
services business of ESPL, the Bank will issue shares in the ratio of 5 equity shares of the Bank
(aggregating 12,090,000 equity shares) of the face value of Rs. 10 each for every 1 equity share
(aggregating 2,418,000 equity shares) of Rs. 10 each held by the shareholders of ESPL. The sale of the
financial services businesses will be simultaneously undertaken from the Bank to ASSL for a cash
consideration of Rs. 2,742 million only. The appointed date under the Scheme is 1 April 2010, and the
parties shall proceed with filing the Revised Scheme and other necessary documents with the relevant
High Courts and other regulatory authorities for their approval.
b) The Board of Directors of the Bank have, on 27 April 2012, approved a proposal to induct Schroder
Singapore Holdings Private Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Schroders plc, as a 25%
shareholder in Axis Asset Management Company Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. The
transaction is subject to regulatory approvals.
2 Other Disclosures
2.1.1 ‘Provisions and contingencies’ recognised in the Profit and Loss Account includes:
For the year ended 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Provision for income tax
— Current tax for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,621 19,584
— Deferred tax for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,106) (2,055)
Provision for fringe benefit tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (4)
20,515 17,525
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5
Provision for interest tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 3
Provision for non-performing assets (including bad debts written off
and write backs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,604 9,551
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 150
Provision towards standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,503 1,662
Provision for depreciation in value of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 993
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 24
Provision for other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (199) 412
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31,945 30,325
2.1.2 During the year ended 31 March 2012, the Bank has raised subordinated debt of Rs. 34,250 million,
the details of which are set out below:
Date of allotment Period Coupon Amount
1 December 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.73% Rs. 15,000 million
20 March 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.30% Rs. 19,250 million
The Bank has not raised any subordinated debt during the year ended 31 March 2011.
F-171
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
During the year ended 31 March 2012, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 50 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
26 April 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 months 6.70% Rs. 50 million
During the year ended 31 March 2011, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 1,550 million, the
details of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
4 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 months 5.75% Rs. 1,500 million
20 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 months 9.05% Rs. 50 million
2.1.3 The Bank has not raised any hybrid capital during the year ended 31 March 2012 and year ended
31 March 2011.
2.1.4 Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’)
The details of EPS computation is set out below:
As at 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
Basic and Diluted earnings for the year (Net profit after tax)
(Rs. in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,198 33,399
Basic weighted average no. of shares (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 408
Add: Equity shares for no consideration arising on grant of stock options
under ESOP (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Diluted weighted average no. of shares (in million) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 415
Basic EPS (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.40 81.77
Diluted EPS (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.66 80.44
Nominal value of shares (Rs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 10.00
Dilution of equity is on account of 2,991,727 stock options
(previous year 6,721,352)
F-172
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2012 is set out below:
Weighted average
Range of exercise Weighted average remaining
prices exercise price contractual life
Options outstanding (Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,122,518 232.10 to 1,245.45 712.90 2.86
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . 3,268,700 1,447.55 1,447.55 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . (243,596) 232.10 to 1,447.55 960.75 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . (61,265) 232.10 to 468.90 406.46 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . (2,658,109) 232.10 to 1,159.30 512.92 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . 11,428,248 319.00 to 1,447.55 965.90 2.79
Exercisable at the end of the year . . 4,983,892 319.00 to 1,245.45 717.76 1.53
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 1,200.12.
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2011 is set out below:
Weighted average
Range of exercise Weighted average remaining
prices exercise price contractual life
Options outstanding (Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of
the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,897,518 97.62 to 907.25 514.27 2.87
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . 2,915,200 1,159.30 to 1,245.45 1,163.05 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . (295,348) 232.10 to 1,214.80 658.88 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . (23,128) 97.62 to 319.00 264.72 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . (5,371,724) 97.62 to 824.40 448.22 —
Outstanding at the end of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,122,518 232.10 to 1,245.45 712.90 2.86
Exercisable at the end of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,479,300 232.10 to 907.25 525.53 1.49
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 1,324.47.
F-173
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Volatility is the measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a
period. The measure of volatility used in the Black-Scholes options pricing model is the annualised standard
deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the stock over a period of time. For calculating
volatility, the daily volatility of the stock prices on the National Stock Exchange, over a period prior to the date
of grant, corresponding with the expected life of the options has been considered.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended 31 March 2012 is Rs. 559.31
(previous year Rs. 485.98).
F-174
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
such as syndication and debenture trusteeship. Revenues of the Retail Banking segment are derived from interest
earned on loans classified under this segment and fees for banking and advisory services, ATM interchange fees
and cards products. Expenses of the Corporate/Wholesale Banking and Retail Banking segments primarily
comprise interest expense on deposits and funds borrowed from other internal segments, infrastructure and
premises expenses for operating the branch network and other delivery channels, personnel costs, other direct
overheads and allocated expenses.
Segment income includes earnings from external customers and from funds transferred to the other
segments. Segment result includes revenue as reduced by interest expense and operating expenses and
provisions, if any, for that segment. Segment-wise income and expenses include certain allocations. Inter
segment interest income and interest expense represent the transfer price received from and paid to the Central
Funding Unit (CFU) respectively. For this purpose, the funds transfer pricing mechanism presently followed by
the Bank, which is based on historical matched maturity and market-linked benchmarks, has been used.
Operating expenses other than those directly attributable to segments are allocated to the segments based on an
activity-based costing methodology. All activities in the Bank are segregated segment-wise and allocated to the
respective segment.
F-175
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2011
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . 47,516 70,830 33,202 1 151,549
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,223 22,978 9,915 2,598 46,714
Total income as per Profit and Loss Account
58,739 93,808 43,117 2,599 198,263
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . 185,420 23,787 50,154 5 259,366
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244,159 117,595 93,271 2,604 457,629
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . 53,272 1,476 31,122 16 85,886
Less: Inter segment interest expense . . . . . . . . . . 178,322 55,541 25,503 — 259,366
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,845 14,379 28,744 1,637 48,605
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,720 46,199 7,902 951 63,772
Less: Provision for non performing
assets/others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,405 7,259 4,129 7 12,800
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,315 38,940 3,773 944 50,972
Less: Provision for tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,525
Less: Share of Loss in Associate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Extraordinary profit/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,399
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942,500 1,043,053 429,175 2,236 2,416,964
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,703
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,425,667
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,053,925 464,627 710,384 384 2,229,320
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,400
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,236,720
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (111,425) 578,426 (281,209) 1,852 188,947
Capital Expenditure for the year . . . . . . . . . . . 420 4,684 8,695 256 14,055
Depreciation charged on fixed assets for the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 973 1,802 75 2,937
Geographic Segments
F-176
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-177
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2012 are given
below:
Relatives of
Key Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56,936 3 3 56,942
Placement of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 2 — 439
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Investment of related party in the Bank . . 1,544 — — 1,544
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 — — 30
Investment of related party in
Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of
the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,373 — — 28,373
Advance for rendering of services . . . . . . . — — — —
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2012 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56,936 12 27 56,975
Placement of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 3 — 485
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . . . . . . 1,551 1 — 1,552
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 — — 30
Investment of related party in Subordinated Debt/
Hybrid Capital of the Bank 28,373 — — 28,373
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
F-178
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2011 are
given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,847 — — 1,847
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,897 1 — 3,898
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . . . . . . . — 23 — 23
Investment of related party in Subordinated
Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Purchase of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 — — 102
Sale of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,632 — — 5,632
Management contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 55* — 55
Contribution to employee benefit fund . . . . . . . . . . 152 — — 152
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Advance granted (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1 — 1
Receiving of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 — — 302
Rendering of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 — — 25
Other reimbursements to related party . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
F-179
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2011 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,161 39 50 47,250
Placement of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,325 4 — 1,329
Investment of related party in the Bank . . . . . . . . . 1,562 — — 1,562
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — 390
Investment of related party in Subordinated
Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,250 — — 28,250
Advance for rendering of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
2.1.9 Leases
Disclosure in respect of assets given on operating lease
The Group has not given any asset on operating lease.
F-180
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.11 The major components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities arising out of timing
differences are as under:
As at 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Deferred tax assets on account of provisions for doubtful debts . . . . . . . . . . 7,432 5,742
Deferred tax assets on account of amortisation of HTM investments . . . . . 1,841 1,640
Deferred tax assets on account of provision for employee benefits . . . . . . . 826 707
Deferred tax liability on account of depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . (231) (326)
Deferred tax assets on account of other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 134
Other deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 272
Net deferred tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,274 8,169
Superannuation
The Bank contributed Rs. 141 million to the employee’s superannuation plan for the year ended 31 March
2012 (previous year Rs. 102 million).
Group
Leave Encashment
The actuarial liability of compensated absences of accumulated privileged and sick leaves of the employees
of the Group is given below.
As at 31 March 2012
Axis
Securities
Axis Bank and Sales Axis Trustee
Ltd. Limited Services Ltd.
Privileged leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,524 1 —*
Sick leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 — —
Total actuarial liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,727 1 —*
Assumptions
Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35%p.a. 9.20%p.a. N.A.
Salary escalation rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00%p.a. 6.00%p.a. N.A.
F-181
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
As at 31 March 2011
Axis
Securities Axis Trustee
Axis Bank and Sales Services
Ltd. Limited Ltd.
Privileged leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,174 1 —
Sick leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 — —
Total actuarial liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,360 1 —
Assumptions
Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.05%p.a. 7.80%p.a. N.A.
Salary escalation rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00%p.a. 6.00%p.a. N.A.
Group
Gratuity
The following tables summarise the components of net benefit expenses recognised in the Profit and Loss
Account and the funded status and amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet for the Gratuity benefit plan.
Balance Sheet
Details of provision for gratuity
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Present Value of Funded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (948) (614)
Fair Value of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 636
Net Asset/(Liability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 22
Amounts in Balance Sheet
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (11) (6)
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 28
Net Asset/(Liability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 22
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Change in Defined Benefit Obligation
Opening Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614 430
Current Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 95
Interest Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 39
Actuarial Losses/(Gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 (4)
Past Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (37) 88
Benefits Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (49) (34)
Closing Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 614
F-182
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Experience adjustments
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008
(Rs. in million)
Defined Benefit Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 614 430 365 234
Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 636 441 298 178
Surplus/(Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 22 11 (67) (56)
Experience Adjustments on Plan
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 16 13 33 36
Experience Adjustments on Plan
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 (8) 5 (7) (2)
Axis Bank Ltd.
Major categories of plan assets (managed by Insurers) as a percentage of fair value of total plan assets
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
% %
Government securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.81 40.48
Bonds, debentures and other fixed income instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.85 34.66
Money market instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.89 18.34
Equity shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31 5.20
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14 1.32
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date:
Discount Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35% p.a. 8.05% p.a.
Expected rate of Return on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50% p.a. 7.50% p.a.
Salary Escalation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% p.a. 6.00% p.a.
Employee Turnover
— 21 to 30 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.41% 16.55%
— 31 to 44 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00% 10.00%
— 45 to 59 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00% 1.00%
The estimates of future salary increases considered take into account the inflation, seniority, promotion and
other relevant factors.
The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on the average long-term rate of return expected on
investments of the Fund during the estimated term of the obligations.
As the contribution expected to be paid to the plan during the annual period beginning after the balance
sheet date is based on various internal/external factors, a best estimate of the contribution is not determinable.
The above information is as certified by the actuary and relied upon by the auditors.
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd.
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
The major categories of plan assets* as a percentage of fair value of total
plan assets — Insurer Managed Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 100.00
F-183
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
b) Movement in provision for debit/credit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 184
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 83
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (20) (17)
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 250
c) Movement in provision for other contingencies (including derivatives) is set out below:
31 March 2012 31 March 2011
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 —
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 364
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (360) —
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 364
F-184
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-185
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2012 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.15 Statement pursuant to Section 212 of the Companies Act, 1956, relating to subsidiary companies
In terms of General Circular No. 2/2011 of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India
dated 8th February 2011.
For the year ended 31 March 2012
Axis Axis Mutual Axis Asset
Securities Axis Trustee Fund Management
and Sales Axis Private Services Trustee Company Axis U.K.
Ltd. Equity Ltd. Ltd. Ltd. Ltd. Ltd.@
(Rs. in million)
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,200 150 15 1 1,740 —*
Reserves and Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . (253) 38 176 1 (1,177) —
Total Assets (Fixed Assets +
Investments + Other Assets) . . . . . 1,249 200 274 1 955 84
Total Liabilities (Borrowings + Other
Liabilities + Provisions) . . . . . . . . . 301 13 83 — 392 84
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —* — 1 433 —
Total Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,647 132 200 1 383 —
Profit/(Loss) Before Taxation . . . . . . (89) 16 159 1 (216) —
Provision for Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . — 7 52 — — —
Profit/(Loss) After Taxation . . . . . . . . (89) 9 107 — (216) —
Proposed Dividend and Tax
(including cess thereon) . . . . . . . . . — — 17 — — —
F-186
Auditors’ Report
To
The members of Axis Bank Limited
1. We have audited the attached Consolidated Balance Sheet of AXIS BANK LIMITED (“the Bank”) and
its subsidiaries (the Bank and its subsidiaries constitute “the Group”) as at 31 March 2011 the Consolidated
Profit and Loss Account and the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement of the Group for the year ended on that date,
both annexed thereto. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s Management and have been
prepared by the Management on the basis of separate financial statements and other financial information
regarding components. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audit.
2. We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those
Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and the disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and the significant estimates made by the Management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides reasonable basis for our opinion.
3. We did not audit the financial statements of five subsidiaries whose financial statements reflect total
assets of Rs. 792 million as at 31st March 2011, total revenue of Rs. 520 million and net cash flow amounting to
Rs. 20 million for the year then ended as considered in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The financial
statements and other financial information of these subsidiaries have been audited by other auditors whose
reports have been furnished to us and our opinion, in so far as it relates to the amounts included in respect of
these subsidiaries, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
4. The financial statements also include Rs. 48 million being the Group’s proportionate share in the loss of
an associate which has been recognised on the basis of the unaudited financial statements available with the
Bank.
5. Without qualifying our report, we invite attention to Note 1 of Schedule 18 regarding the Scheme of
Arrangement for the demerger of Enam Securities Private Ltd. with the Bank’s subsidiary. For the reasons stated
therein, no effect to the proposed Scheme has been given in the accounts.
6. We report that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Bank in accordance with
the requirements of Accounting Standard 21 (Consolidated Financial Statements) and Accounting Standard 23
(Accounting for Investments in Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements) notified under the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
7. Based on our audit and on consideration of the separate audit reports on individual financial statements of
the Bank and its subsidiaries and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us,
subject to our comments in paragraph 4 regarding unaudited amount of the associate, in our opinion, the
Consolidated Financial Statements give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles
generally accepted in India:
(a) in the case of the Consolidated Balance Sheet, of the state of affairs of the Group as at 31 March
2011;
(b) in the case of the Consolidate Profit and Loss Account, of the profit of the Group for the year ended
on that date and
(c) in the case of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, of the cash flows of the Group for the year
ended on that date.
Nalin M. Shah
Partner
(Membership No. 15860)
Place: Mumbai
Date: 22nd April 2011
F-187
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2011
Schedule As of As of
No. 31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
(Figures in million)
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4,105 4,052
Reserves & Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 184,841 155,838
Employees’ Stock Options Outstanding (Net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17(5.18) — 2
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1,891,664 1,412,787
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 262,679 171,696
Other liabilities and provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 82,378 61,492
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,425,667 1,805,867
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 138,862 94,821
Balances with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 75,225 57,238
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 717,876 558,765
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1,424,078 1,043,410
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 22,929 12,360
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 46,697 39,273
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,425,667 1,805,867
Contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4,539,988 3,182,814
Bills for collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324,731 192,929
Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 & 18
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Consolidated Balance Sheet
F-188
Consolidated Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31 March 2011
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
F-189
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 March 2011
Year ended
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,972 38,191
Adjustments for:
Depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,937 2,379
Depreciation on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 (222)
Amortisation of premium on Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 830
Provision for Non Performing Advances/ Investments (including bad debts) . . . . . . . . . . . 9,551 13,570
Provision on Standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,662 (9)
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3
Provision for Interest tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 —
Loss on sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 45
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 (15)
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 565
Provision for other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 —
Amortisation of deferred employee compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (1)
67,386 55,336
Adjustments for:
(Increase) /Decrease in investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (35,421) (50,023)
(Increase) /Decrease in advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (390,403) (241,787)
Increase /(Decrease) in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478,877 239,210
(Increase) /Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5,587) 52
Increase /(Decrease) in other liabilities & provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,795 13,780
Direct taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (19,370) (15,069)
Net cash flow from operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113,277 1,499
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (13,711) (4,149)
(Increase)/Decrease in Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (125,321) (46,793)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 189
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (138,898) (50,753)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from Issue of Subordinated debt, Perpetual Debt & Upper Tier II instruments
(net of repayment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,626) 18,214
Proceeds from issue of Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 462
Increase/(Decrease) in borrowings (excluding subordinated debt, perpetual debt and
upper Tier II instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92,609 (1,717)
Proceeds from share premium (net of share issue expenses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,355 38,570
Payment of Dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5,695) (4,206)
Net cash generated from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87,696 51,323
Effect of exchange fluctuation translation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (47) (204)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62,028 1,865
Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,059 150,194
Cash and cash equivalents as at end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214,087 152,059
Note:
1. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash on hand (including foreign currency notes), balances with
Reserve Bank of India, balances with banks and money at call & short notice (refer schedule 6 and 7 of the
Balance Sheet).
F-190
Schedules to the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2011
and Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended 31 March 2011
SCHEDULE 1 — CAPITAL
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
Authorised Capital
500,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 5,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up capital# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,105 4,052
# 405,174,119 and 410,545,843 equity shares of Rs. 10/- each fully paid up as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2011 respectively.
F-191
SCHEDULE 3 — DEPOSITS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A.I. Demand Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,305 13,564
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354,770 308,059
II. Savings Bank Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408,503 338,618
III. Term Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76,751 41,074
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,037,335 711,472
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,891,664 1,412,787
B.I. Deposits of branches in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,826,058 1,371,599
II. Deposits of branches outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,606 41,188
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,891,664 1,412,787
SCHEDULE 4 — BORROWINGS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(ii) Other Banks# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,237 4,535
(iii) Other institutions & agencies** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64,072 69,317
II. Borrowings outside India$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184,370 97,844
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262,679 171,696
Secured borrowing included in I & II above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
# Borrowings from other Banks include Subordinated Debt of Rs. 3,845 million and Rs. 3,646 million in the
nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively, Rs. 50 million
and Rs. Nil of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively, and Rs. 640 million
and Rs. 591 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively.
[Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
** Borrowings from other institutions & agencies include Subordinated debt of Rs. 51,019 million and
Rs. 49,667 million in the nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011
respectively, Rs. 2,090 million and Rs. 2,140 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2011 respectively and Rs. 2,435 million and Rs. 2,484 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
$ Borrowings outside India include Rs. 2,065 million and Rs. 2,051 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively and Rs. 9,415 million and Rs. 9,353 million of Upper Tier II
instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.3)].
F-192
SCHEDULE 6 — CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Cash in hand (including foreign currency notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,083 19,007
II. Balances with Reserve Bank of India:
(i) in Current Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116,779 75,814
(ii) in Other Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,862 94,821
SCHEDULE 7 — BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. In India
(i) Balance with Banks
(a) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,408 7,922
(b) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49,184 34,422
(ii) Money at Call and Short Notice
(a) With banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 5
(b) With other institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53,622 42,349
II. Outside India
i) In Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,836 9,078
ii) In Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,658 5,811
iii) Money at Call & Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,109 —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,603 14,889
GRAND TOTAL (I+II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75,225 57,238
SCHEDULE 8 — INVESTMENTS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Investments in India in —
(i) Government Securities## . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441,550 341,959
(ii) Other approved securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,929 5,296
(iv) Debentures and Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180,705 138,232
(v) Investments in Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 390
(vi) Others (Mutual Fund units, CD / CP, NABARD Deposit, PTC etc.)@ . . . . . . . . . 82,618 66,104
Total Investments in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712,144 551,981
II. Investments outside India in —
(i) Government Securities (including local authorities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 —
(ii) Subsidiaries and / or joint ventures abroad (amount less than Rs. 1,000
for current year, previous year Rs. nil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,302 6,784
Total Investments outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,732 6,784
GRAND TOTAL (I + II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717,876 558,765
## Includes securities costing Rs. 42,376 million and Rs. 44,249 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2011 respectively pledged for availment of fund transfer facility, clearing facility and margin requirements.
@ Includes deposits with NABARD Rs. 30,027 million and Rs. 40,647 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2011 respectively and PTC’s Rs. 3,513 million and Rs. 2,130 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2011 respectively.
F-193
SCHEDULE 9 — ADVANCES
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A.(i) Bills purchased and discounted* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,813 34,501
(ii) Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349,803 260,136
(iii) Term loans# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,039,462 748,773
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,424,078 1,043,410
B.(i) Secured by tangible assets$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,131,027 865,762
(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees&& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,394 16,368
(iii) Unsecured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260,657 161,280
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,424,078 1,043,410
C.I. Advances in India
(i) Priority Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412,891 299,404
(ii) Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,039 32,048
(iii) Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,408 3,826
(iv) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782,964 584,824
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,228,302 920,102
II. Advances Outside India
(i) Due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,197 333
(i) Due from others —
(a) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,265 4,316
(b) Syndicated loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70,389 63,702
(c) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114,925 54,957
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195,776 123,308
GRAND TOTAL ( I + II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,424,078 1,043,410
* Net of borrowing under Bills rediscounting Scheme Rs. Nil and Rs. 18,000 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2011 respectively.
# Net of borrowing under Inter Bank Participation Certificate Rs. Nil and Rs. 34,010 million as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2011 respectively.
$ Includes advances against book debts
&& Includes advances against L/Cs issued by Bank.
F-194
SCHEDULE 10 — FIXED ASSETS
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Premises
Gross Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891 891
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,245 —
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (19) —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,117 891
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 117
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 45
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10) —
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 162
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,919 729
II. Other fixed assets (including furniture & fixtures)
Gross Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At cost at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,385 16,650
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,810 4,151
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (753) (416)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,442 20,385
Depreciation
As at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,328 7,176
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,890 2,334
Deductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (557) (182)
Depreciation to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,661 9,328
Net Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,781 11,057
III. CAPITAL WORK-IN-PROGRESS (including Capital Advances) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 574
GRAND TOTAL (I+II+III) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,929 12,360
# Includes deferred tax assets of Rs. 6,114 million and Rs. 8,169 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2011 respectively.
F-195
SCHEDULE 12 — CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As of As of
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Claims against the group not acknowledged as debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,344 2,713
II. Liability for partly paid investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
III. Liability on account of outstanding forward exchange and derivative contracts . . .
a) Forward Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,940,497 1,265,355
b) Interest Rate Swaps, Currency Swaps, Forward Rate Agreement & Interest
Rate Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,647,016 1,317,574
c) Foreign Currency Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141,259 56,163
Total (a+b+c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,728,772 2,639,092
IV. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents
In India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464,333 332,316
Outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76,278 41,767
V. Acceptances, endorsements & other obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249,277 164,635
VI. Other items for which the group is Contingently liable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,984 2,291
TOTAL (I+II+III+IV+V+VI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,539,988 3,182,814
F-196
SCHEDULE 15 — INTEREST EXPENDED
Year ended
31-03-2011 31-03-2010
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Interest on deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74,953 57,136
II. Interest on Reserve Bank of India / Inter-bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,610 1,494
III. Other@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,323 7,696
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85,886 66,326
F-197
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Axis Bank Limited (‘the Bank’)
and its subsidiaries, which together constitute ‘the Group’.
The Bank consolidates its subsidiaries in accordance with AS 21, Consolidated Financial Statements
notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, on a line-by-line basis by adding together the
like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenditure. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions
are eliminated on consolidation. Further, the Bank accounts for investments in associates in accordance with
AS-23, Accounting for Investments in Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements, notified under the
Companies (Accounting Standard) Rules, 2006, by the equity method of accounting.
2 Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention on the
accrual basis of accounting, and comply with the generally accepted accounting principles, statutory
requirements prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the circulars and guidelines issued by the
Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) from time to time and the Accounting Standards notified under the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, to the extent applicable and current practices prevailing within the banking
industry in India.
The consolidated financial statements present the accounts of Axis Bank Limited with its following
subsidiaries and associates:
Country of Ownership
Name Relation Incorporation Interest
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Private Equity Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Trustee Services Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Axis Asset Management Company Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsidiary India 100.00%
Bussan Auto Finance India Private Ltd.* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate India 26.00%
The audited financial statements of the above subsidiaries and the unaudited financial statements of the
associate have been drawn up to the same reporting date as that of the Bank, i.e. 31 March 2011.
* This investment does not fall within the definition of a Joint Venture as per AS-27, Financial Reporting of
Interest in Joint Ventures, notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, and the said
accounting standard is thus not applicable. However, pursuant to RBI guidelines, the Bank has classified the
same as investment in joint ventures in the balance sheet. Such investment has been accounted as an
Associate from the current year in line with AS-23, Accounting for Investment in Associates in
Consolidated Financial Statements notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
3 Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles
requires the Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Management believes that the estimates used in the
preparation of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Any revisions to the accounting estimates are
recognised prospectively in the current and future periods.
F-198
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Acquisition cost
Costs including brokerage, commission pertaining to investments, paid at the time of acquisition, are
charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Broken period interest is charged to the Profit and Loss Account.
Cost of investments is computed based on the weighted average cost method.
Valuation
Investments classified under the HTM category are carried at acquisition cost. Any premium on acquisition
over face value is amortised on a constant yield to maturity basis over the remaining period to maturity. In terms
of RBI guidelines, discount on securities held under HTM category is not accrued and such securities are held at
the acquisition cost till maturity.
F-199
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Investments classified under the AFS and HFT categories are marked to market. The market/fair value of
quoted investments included in the ‘Available for Sale’ and ‘Held for Trading’ categories is the market price of
the scrip as available from the trades/quotes on the stock exchanges, SGL account transactions, price list of RBI
or prices declared by Primary Dealers Association of India (‘PDAI’) jointly with Fixed Income Money Market
and Derivatives Association of India (‘FIMMDA’), periodically. Net depreciation, if any, within each category of
each investment classification is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account. The net appreciation if any, under
each category of each investment classification is ignored. The book value of individual securities is not changed
consequent to the periodic valuation of investments.
Treasury Bills, Exchange Funded Bills, Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposits being discounted
instruments, are valued at carrying cost.
Units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.
Market value of investments where current quotations are not available, is determined as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI as under:
• market value of unquoted Government Securities is derived based on the Prices/Yield to Maturity
(‘YTM’) rate for Government Securities of equivalent maturity as notified by FIMMDA jointly with the
PDAI at periodic intervals;
• in case of Central Government Securities, which do not qualify for SLR requirement, the market price is
derived by adding the appropriate mark up to the Base Yield Curve of Central Government Securities as
notified by FIMMDA;
• market value of unquoted State Government Securities is derived by adding the appropriate mark up
above the Base Yield Curve of the Central Government Securities of equivalent maturity as notified by
the FIMMDA/PDAI at periodic intervals;
• in case of unquoted bonds, debentures and preference shares where interest/dividend is received regularly,
the market price is derived based on the YTM for Government Securities as notified by FIMMDA/PDAI
and suitably marked up for credit risk applicable to the credit rating of the instrument. The matrix for
credit risk mark-up for each categories and credit ratings along with residual maturity issued by
FIMMDA is adopted for this purpose;
• in case of preference shares where dividend is not received regularly, the price derived on the basis of
YTM is discounted in accordance with the RBI guidelines;
• in case of bonds and debentures (including PTCs) where interest is not received regularly, the valuation is
in accordance with prudential norms for provisioning as prescribed by RBI;
• equity shares, for which current quotations are not available or where the shares are not quoted on the
stock exchanges, are valued at break-up value (without considering revaluation reserves, if any) which is
ascertained from the company’s latest Balance Sheet. In case the latest Balance Sheet is not available, the
shares are valued at Re 1 per company;
• units of Venture Capital Funds (VCF) held under AFS category where current quotations are not available
are marked to market based on the Net Asset Value (NAV) shown by VCF as per the latest audited
financials of the fund. In case the audited financials are not available for a period beyond 18 months, the
investments are valued at Re 1 per VCF. Investment in unquoted VCF after 23 August 2006 are
categorized under HTM category for the initial period of three years and valued at cost as per RBI
guidelines; and
• investments in Credit Linked Notes (‘CLNs’), are valued based on current quotations where the same are
available. In the absence of quotes, the same are valued based on internal valuation methodology using
appropriate mark-up and other estimates such as price of the underlying Foreign Currency Convertible
Bond (FCCB), rating category of the CLN etc.
Investments in subsidiaries/joint ventures are categorised as HTM and assessed for impairment to determine
permanent diminution, if any, in accordance with the RBI guideline.
Realised gains on investments under the HTM category are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account and
subsequently appropriated to Capital Reserve account in accordance with the RBI guidelines. Losses are
recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
F-200
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
All investments are accounted for on settlement date except investments in equity shares which are
accounted for on trade date as the corporate actions are effected in equity on the trade date.
5.3 Advances
Axis Bank Ltd.
Advances are classified into performing and non-performing advances (‘NPAs’) as per the RBI guidelines
and are stated net of specific provisions made towards NPAs and floating provisions. Further, NPAs are
classified into sub-standard, doubtful and loss assets based on the criteria stipulated by the RBI. Provisions for
NPAs are made for sub-standard and doubtful assets at rates as prescribed by the RBI with the exception for
agriculture advances and schematic retail advances. In respect of schematic retail advances, provisions are made
in terms of a bucket-wise policy upon reaching specified stages of delinquency (90 days or more of delinquency)
under each type of loan, which satisfies the RBI prudential norms on provisioning. Provisions in respect of
agriculture advances classified into sub-standard and doubtful assets are made at rates which are higher than
those prescribed by the RBI.
Loss assets and unsecured portion of doubtful assets are provided/written off as per the extant RBI
guidelines. NPAs are identified by periodic appraisals of the loan portfolio by the Management.
For restructured/rescheduled assets, provision is made in accordance with the guidelines issued by RBI,
which requires the diminution in the fair value of the assets to be provided at the time of restructuring.
A general provision @ 0.25% in case of direct advances to agricultural and SME sectors, 1% in respect of
advances classified as commercial real estate, 2% in respect of housing loans at teaser rates and 0.40% for all
other advances is made as prescribed by the RBI.
5.5 Securtisation
Axis Bank Ltd.
The Bank enters into purchase/sale of corporate and retail loans through direct assignment/Special Purpose
Vehicle (‘SPV’). In most cases, post securtisation, the Bank continues to service the loans transferred to the
assignee/SPV. The Bank also provides credit enhancement in the form of cash collaterals and/or by subordination
of cash flows to Senior Pass Through Certificate (‘PTC’) holders. In respect of credit enhancements provided or
F-201
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
recourse obligations (projected delinquencies, future servicing etc.) accepted by the Bank, appropriate provision/
disclosure is made at the time of sale in accordance with AS 29, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and
Contingent Assets.
Gain on securtisation transaction is recognised over the period of the underlying securities issued by the
SPV. Loss on securtisation is immediately debited to the Profit and Loss Account.
F-202
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Subsidiaries
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company
and the revenue can be reliably measured. Fee income is recognised on the basis of accrual when all the services
are performed. Insurance policy administration fee income is recognised based on the proportionate completion
method.
Interest Income on fixed deposits are recognised on an accrual basis.
Brokerage income in relation to stock broking activity is recognised on a trade date basis. Gains/ losses on
dealing in securities are recognised on a trade date basis. Prepaid subscription fees is recognised on completion
of validity period or utilisation of complementary turnover limit whichever is earlier.
Trusteeship fees are recognised, on a straight line basis, over the period when services are performed. Initial
acceptance fee is recognised as and when the ‘Offer letter’ for the services to be rendered is accepted by the
customer.
Management fees are recognised on accrual basis at specific rates, applied on the average daily net assets of
each scheme. The fees charged are in accordance with the terms of Scheme Information Documents of respective
schemes and are in line with the provisions of SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996 as amended from time to
time.
Portfolio Management Fees are recognised on an accrual basis as per the terms of the contract with the
customers.
Income from sale of Investments is determined on weighted average basis and recognised on the trade date
basis.
Marketing advisory fees are recognised on an accrual basis.
Trustee fee is recognised on accrual basis, at the specific rates/amount approved by the Board of directors of
the Company, within the limits specified under the Deed of Trust, and is applied on the net assets of each scheme
of Axis Mutual Fund.
F-203
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-204
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Group
Leases where the lessor effectively retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership over the lease
term are classified as operating lease. Lease payments for assets taken on operating lease are recognised as an
expense in the Profit and Loss Account on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Gratuity
The Bank contributes towards gratuity fund (defined benefit retirement plan) administered by the Life
Insurance Corporation of India (‘LIC’), Metlife Insurance Company Limited (‘Metlife’), HDFC Standard Life
Insurance Company Limited (‘HDFC Life’) and ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited (‘ICICI Pru’)
for eligible employees. Under this scheme, the settlement obligations remain with the Bank, although LIC/
Metlife/HDFC Life/ ICICI Pru administer the scheme and determine the contribution premium required to be
paid by the Bank. The plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of
employment based on the respective employee’s salary and the years of employment with the Bank. Liability
with regard to gratuity fund is accrued based on actuarial valuation conducted by an independent actuary using
the Projected Unit Credit Method as at 31 March each year.
Leave Encashment
Short term compensated absences are provided for based on estimates. The Bank provides leave encashment
benefit (long term), which is a defined benefit scheme based on actuarial valuation conducted by an independent
actuary. The actuarial valuation is carried out as per the Projected Unit Credit Method as at 31 March each year.
Superannuation
Employees of the Bank are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s Superannuation scheme
either under a cash-out option through salary or under a defined contribution plan. Through the defined
contribution plan the Bank contributes annually a specified sum of 10% of the employee’s eligible annual basic
salary to LIC, which undertakes to pay the lump sum and annuity benefit payments pursuant to the scheme.
Superannuation contributions are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account in the period in which they accrue.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to Profit and Loss Account and are not deferred.
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd. and Axis Asset Management Company Ltd.
Gratuity
Gratuity liability is a defined benefit obligation and is provided for on the basis of an actuarial valuation
using Projected Unit Credit Method made at the end of each financial year.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to the Profit and Loss Account and are not deferred.
Axis Trustee Services Ltd.
Gratuity
Gratuity liability is computed and accrued by the Company in accordance with Payment of Gratuity Act,
1972.
F-205
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Leave Encashment
The Company has made provision for leave encashment to its employee as per Company policy.
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd.
Leave Encashment
Short term compensated absences are provided for based on estimates. Long term compensated absences are
provided for based on actuarial valuation. The actuarial valuation is done at the end of each financial year, using
the Projected Unit Credit Method.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to the Profit and Loss Account and are not deferred.
5.15 Taxation
Group
Income tax expense is the aggregate amount of current tax and deferred tax charge. Current year taxes are
determined in accordance with the Income tax Act, 1961. Deferred income taxes reflects the impact of current
year timing differences between taxable income and accounting income for the year and reversal of timing
differences of earlier years.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rates and the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the
Balance Sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists
to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
relate to the taxes on income levied by same governing taxation laws.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future
taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realized. The impact of changes in
the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
Deferred tax assets are recognised and reassessed at each reporting date, based upon the Management’s
judgement as to whether realisation is considered as reasonably certain. Deferred tax assets are recognised on
carry forward of unabsorbed depreciation and tax losses only if there is virtual certainty that such deferred tax
asset can be realised against future profits.
F-206
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-207
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 On 17 November 2010, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved the acquisition of certain businesses
undertaken by Enam Securities Private Limited (ESPL) through its wholly-owned subsidiary Axis Securities
and Sales Limited (ASSL), by way of a demerger. It is envisaged that these businesses will be transferred to
ASSL, pursuant to a Scheme of Arrangement, as may be approved by the relevant High Courts under
Sections 391 to 394 and other relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and subject to receipt of
necessary requisite approvals. The appointed date for the purpose of the Demerger under the Scheme shall
be 1 April 2010. The valuation of the ESPL business was assessed at Rs. 20,674 million and in
consideration for the demerger, the Bank will issue shares in the ratio of 5.7 equity shares of the Bank
(aggregating 13,782,600 equity shares) of the face value of Rs. 10 each for every 1 equity share
(aggregating 2,418,000 equity shares) of Rs. 10 each held by the shareholders of ESPL.
2 Other Disclosures
2.1.1 ‘Provisions and contingencies’ recognised in the Profit and Loss Account includes:
For the year ended 31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Provision for income tax
— Current tax for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19,584 14,953
— Deferred tax for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,055) (1,544)
Provision for fringe benefit tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4) —
17,525 13,409
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3
Provision for interest tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 —
Provision for non performing advances & investments (including bad
debts written off and write backs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,551 13,570
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 565
Provision towards standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,662 (9)
Provision for depreciation in value of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 (222)
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 (15)
Provision for other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 —
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,325 27,301
2.1.2 The Bank has not raised any subordinated debt during the year ended 31 March 2011.
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank raised subordinated debt of Rs. 20,000 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of allotment Period Coupon Amount
16 June 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 months 9.15% Rs. 20,000 million
During the year ended 31 March 2011, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 1,550 million, the
details of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
4 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 months 5.75% Rs. 1,500 million
20 June 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 months 9.05% Rs. 50 million
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 300 million, the details
of which are set out below:
Date of maturity Period Coupon Amount
26 April 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 months 6.50% Rs. 300 million
2.1.3 The Bank has not raised any hybrid capital during the year ended 31 March 2011 and year ended
31 March 2010.
F-208
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-209
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2010 is set out below:
Weighted
Weighted average
average remaining
Options Range of exercise exercise contractual
outstanding prices price life
Rs. Rs. (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,852,974 39.77 to 824.40 459.87 2.95
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,413,990 503.25 to 907.25 513.15 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (252,757) 97.62 to 824.40 356.51 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (24,320) 39.77 to 232.10 212.48 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,092,369) 39.77 to 824.40 330.99 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . . . . 13,897,518 97.62 to 907.25 514.27 2.87
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . . . . 5,599,878 97.62 to 824.40 434.75 1.58
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 964.16.
F-210
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Appropriation to proposed dividend during the year ended 31 March 2011 includes dividend of
Rs. 25 million (previous year Rs. 5 million) paid pursuant to exercise of 1,766,860 employee stock options after
the previous year end and record date for declaration of dividend for the year ended 31 March 2010.
2.1.7 Segmental reporting
The business of the Bank is divided into four segments: Treasury, Retail Banking, Corporate/Wholesale
Banking, and Other Banking Business. These segments have been identified and based on RBI’s revised
guidelines on Segment Reporting issued on 18 April 2007 vide Circular No.
DBOD.No.BP.BC.81/21.04.018/2006-07. The principal activities of these segments are as under.
Segment Principal Activities
Treasury Treasury operations include investments in sovereign and corporate
debt, equity and mutual funds, trading operations, derivative trading
and foreign exchange operations on the proprietary account and for
customers and central funding.
Retail Banking Constitutes lending to individuals/small businesses subject to the
orientation, product and granularity criterion and also includes low
value individual exposures not exceeding the threshold limit of
Rs. 50 million as defined by RBI. Retail Banking activities also
include liability products, card services, internet banking, ATM
services, depository, financial advisory services and NRI services.
Corporate/Wholesale Banking Includes corporate relationships not included under Retail Banking,
corporate advisory services, placements and syndication,
management of public issue, project appraisals, capital market
related services and cash management services.
Other Banking Business Includes para banking activities* like third party product distribution
and other banking transactions not covered under any of the above
three segments.
F-211
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Operating expenses other than those directly attributable to segments are allocated to the segments based on an
activity-based costing methodology. All activities in the Bank are segregated segment-wise and allocated to the
respective segment.
Segmental results are set out below:
31 March 2011
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 47,516 70,830 33,202 1 151,549
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,225 23,000 9,959 2,530 46,714
Total income as per Profit and Loss Account . . . . . . 58,741 93,830 43,161 2,531 198,263
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . 190,155 23,787 45,420 5 259,367
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248,896 117,617 88,581 2,536 457,630
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . 57,444 1,476 26,950 16 85,886
Less: Inter segment interest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178,323 55,541 25,503 — 259,367
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,956 14,380 28,633 1,636 48,605
Less: Unallocated expenses
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,173 46,220 7,495 884 63,772
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . 1,405 7,259 4,129 7 12,800
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,768 38,961 3,366 877 50,972
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,525
Less: Share of Loss in Associate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Extraordinary profit/ loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,399
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942,500 1,043,053 429,175 2,236 2,416,964
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,703
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,425,667
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,120,853 464,628 643,455 384 2,229,320
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,400
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,236,720
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (178,353) 578,425 (214,280) 1,852 188,947
F-212
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2010
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . 36,513 49,667 30,207 4 116,391
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,998 15,509 9,148 1,987 39,642
Total income as per Profit and Loss Account . . . . . . . . 49,511 65,176 39,355 1,991 156,033
Add / (less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,649 14,014 38,312 2 190,977
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188,160 79,190 77,667 1,993 347,010
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . 42,279 — 24,037 10 66,326
Less: Inter segment interest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132,714 39,761 18,503 — 190,978
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,963 9,232 24,074 1,355 37,624
Less: Unallocated expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,204 30,197 11,053 628 52,082
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . . . (42) 6,261 7,669 4 13,892
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,246 23,936 3,384 624 38,190
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,409
Extraordinary profit/ loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,781
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721,810 688,168 388,556 455 1,798,989
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,878
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,805,867
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719,537 356,778 563,230 125 1,639,670
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,307
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,645,977
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,273 331,390 (174,674) 330 159,890
Geographic Segments
Domestic International Total
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010
(Rs. in million)
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . 187,182 149,989 11,081 6,044 198,263 156,033
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,203,220 1,666,653 222,447 139,214 2,425,667 1,805,867
F-213
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-214
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2011 are given
below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,161 2 2 47,165
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 3 — 433
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . 1,528 — — 1,528
Repo Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 — — 30
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital
of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,250 — — 28,250
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements availed . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2011 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Borrowings from the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,161 39 50 47,250
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,325 4 — 1,329
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . 1,562 — — 1,562
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital
of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,250 — — 28,250
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements availed . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Non-funded Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — 390
F-215
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2010 are
given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,520 — — 1,520
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,469 — — 2,469
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . 3,606 — — 3,606
Investment in Subordinated Debt / Hybrid Capital
of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,550 — — 10,550
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 — — 50
Sale of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,375 — — 5,375
Management Contracts and Other
reimbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 26 — 44
Purchase of Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Advance granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Receiving of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 — — 161
Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 — — 19
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 — — 1
Other Reimbursements to Related Parties . . . . . . . — — — —
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2010 are given
below:
Key Relatives of
Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,621 17 6 36,644
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 4 — 506
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . 1,562 — — 1,562
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid
Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP Arrangements Availed . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP Arrangements Provided . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
F-216
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2010 are given below:
Key Relatives of
Management Key Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,621 104 6 3,6731
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594 4 — 598
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . 1,567 1 — 1,568
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 — — 391
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid
Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP Arrangements Availed . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
2.1.9 Leases
Disclosure in respect of assets given on operating lease
The Bank has not given any asset on operating lease.
F-217
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
2.1.11 The major components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities arising out of timing
differences are as under:
As at 31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Deferred tax assets on account of provisions for doubtful debts . . . . . . 5,742 4,215
Deferred tax assets on account of amortization of HTM
investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,640 1,478
Deferred tax assets on account of provision for employee benefits . . . . 707 478
Deferred tax liability on account of depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . (326) (326)
Deferred tax assets on account of other contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 —
Other deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 269
Net deferred tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,169 6,114
Provident Fund
The contribution to the employee’s provident fund of the Group amounted to Rs. 449 million for the year
ended 31 March 2011 (previous year Rs. 393 million)
The rules of the Bank’s Provident Fund administered by a Trust require that if the Board of Trustees are
unable to pay interest at the rate declared for Employees’ Provident Fund by the Government under para 60 of
the Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme, 1952 for the reason that the return on investment is less or for any other
reason, then the deficiency shall be made good by the Bank. Having regard to the assets of the Fund and the
return on the investments, the Bank does not expect any deficiency in the foreseeable future. There has also been
no such deficiency since the inception of the Fund.
Axis Bank Ltd.
Superannuation
The Bank contributed Rs. 102 million to the employee’s superannuation plan for the year ended 31 March
2011 (previous year Rs. 97 million).
Group
Leave Encashment
The Group charged an amount of Rs. 707 million towards leave encashment for the year ended 31 March
2011 (previous year Rs. 370 million).
Group
Gratuity
The following tables summarise the components of net benefit expenses recognised in the Profit and Loss
Account and the funded status and amounts recognised in the balance sheet for the Gratuity benefit plan.
F-218
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Balance Sheet
Details of provision for gratuity
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Present Value of Funded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614 430
Fair Value of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (636) (441)
Net Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (22) (11)
Amounts in Balance Sheet
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 14
Net Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (22) (11)
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Change in Defined Benefit Obligation
Opening Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 365
Current Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 89
Interest Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 29
Actuarial Losses/(Gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4) (35)
Past Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 —
Benefits Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (34) (18)
Closing Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614 430
Experience adjustments
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2011 2010 2009 2008 2007
(Rs. in million)
Defined Benefit Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614 430 365 234 143
Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 441 298 178 119
Surplus / (Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 11 (67) (56) (24)
Experience Adjustments on Plan Liabilities . . . . . . . 16 13 33 36 23
Experience Adjustments on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . (8) 5 (7) (2) 1
Axis Bank Ltd.
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
The major categories of plan assets* as a percentage of fair value of
total plan assets — Insurer Managed Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 100
F-219
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2011
Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date:
Discount Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.05% p.a.
Expected rate of Return on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50% p.a.
Salary Escalation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% p.a.
Employee Turnover
— 21 to 30 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.55%
— 31 to 44 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00%
— 45 to 59 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00%
31 March 2010
Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date:
Discount Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90% p.a.
Expected rate of Return on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50% p.a.
Salary Escalation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% p.a.
Employee Turnover
— 21 to 44 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00%
— 45 to 64 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00%
The estimates of future salary increases considered take into account the inflation, seniority, promotion and
other relevant factors.
The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on the average long-term rate of return expected on
investments of the Fund during the estimated term of the obligations.
As the contribution expected to be paid to the plan during the annual period beginning after the balance
sheet date is based on various internal/external factors, a best estimate of the contribution is not determinable.
The above information is as certified by the actuary and relied upon by the auditors.
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd.
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
The major categories of plan assets* as a percentage of fair value of
total plan assets — Insurer Managed Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 100.00
F-220
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The estimates of future salary increases, considered in actuarial valuation, take account of inflation,
seniority, promotion and other relevant factors, such as supply and demand in the employment market.
2.1.13 Provisions and contingencies
a) Movement in provision for frauds included under other liabilities is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 45
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 —
Reductions on account of payments during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (2)
Reductions on account of reversals during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (41)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 2
b) Movement in provision for credit enhancements on securitised assets is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
c) Movement in provision for debit/credit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 99
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 94
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (17) (9)
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 184
d) Movement in provision for other contingencies (including derivatives) is set out below:
31 March 2011 31 March 2010
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 —
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 —
F-221
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2011 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-222
Auditors’ Report
To
The Board of Directors
Axis Bank Limited
1. We have audited the attached consolidated balance sheet of Axis Bank Limited and its subsidiaries (‘the
Group’) as at 31 March 2010, and also the consolidated profit and loss account and the consolidated cash flow
statement for the year ended on that date, annexed thereto. These financial statements are the responsibility of
Axis Bank Limited’s management and have been prepared by the management on the basis of separate financial
statements and other financial information regarding components. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audit.
2. We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in India. Those
Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
3. We did not audit the financial statements of 2 subsidiaries whose financial statements reflects total assets
of Rs. 494.4 million as at 31 March 2010, total revenue of Rs. 170.8 million and cash flow amounting to Rs. 34.7
million for the year then ended. The financial statements and other financial information of these subsidiaries
have been audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion is based solely on the
report of other auditors.
4. We report that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared by Axis Bank Limited’s
management in accordance with the requirements of Accounting Standard 21 Consolidated Financial Statements
notified by Companies (Accounting Standard) Rules, 2006, (as amended).
5. Based on our audit and on consideration of report of other auditor on separate financial statement and on
the consideration of the un-audited financial statements and on the other financial information of the components,
and to the best of our information and according to explanations given to us, we are of the opinion that the
attached consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles
generally accepted in India:
i. in the case of the consolidated balance sheet, of the state of affairs of the Group as at 31 March 2010;
ii. in the case of the consolidated profit and loss account, of the profit for the year ended on that date;
and
iii. in the case of the consolidated cash flow statement, the cash flows for the year ended on that date.
Place: Mumbai
Date: 20 April 2010
F-223
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2010
Schedule As of As of
No. 31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4,052 3,590
Reserves & Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 155,838 98,355
Employees’ Stock Options Outstanding (Net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17(5.18) 2 12
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1,412,787 1,173,577
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 171,696 155,199
Other liabilities and provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 61,492 46,239
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,805,867 1,476,972
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 94,739 94,192
Balance with banks and money at call and short notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 57,346 56,002
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 558,765 462,717
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1,043,431 815,568
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 12,360 10,824
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 39,226 37,669
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,805,867 1,476,972
Contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 3,182,055 2,092,603
Bills for collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192,929 139,573
Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 & 18
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Consolidated Balance Sheet
F-224
Consolidated Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31 March 2010
Schedules referred to above form an integral part of the Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
F-225
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 March 2010
Year ended
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
Figures in million
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,191 27,826
Adjustments for:
Depreciation on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,379 1,902
Depreciation on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (222) 1,078
Amortisation of premium on Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 928
Provision for Non Performing Advances/Investments (including bad debts) . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,570 7,322
General Provision on securitised assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (6)
Provision on Standard assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (9) 1,055
Provision for loss in present value for agricultural assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 7
Provision for wealth tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3
Loss on sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 82
Provision for country risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15) 4
Contingent Provision against derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (720)
Provision for restructured assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 655
Amortisation of deferred employee compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1) (3)
55,336 40,133
Adjustments for:
(Increase)/Decrease in investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (50,023) (35,356)
(Increase)/Decrease in advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (241,809) (227,736)
Increase/(Decrease) in borrowings (excluding subordinated debt, perpetual debt and
upper Tier II instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,717) 45,614
Increase/(Decrease) in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239,210 297,383
(Increase)/Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 (8,418)
Increase/(Decrease) in other liabilities & provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,780 2,814
Direct taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15,069) (11,077)
Net cash flow from operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (193) 103,357
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,149) (3,883)
(Increase)/Decrease in Held to Maturity Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (46,793) (91,765)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 400
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (50,753) (95,248)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from Issue of Subordinated debt, Perpetual Debt & Upper Tier II instruments
(net of repayment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,214 19,051
Proceeds from issue of Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 13
Proceeds from share premium (net of share issue expenses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,570 376
Payment of Dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,206) (2,517)
Net cash generated from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53,040 16,923
Effect of exchange fluctuation translation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (204) 107
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,890 25,139
Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150,194 125,055
Cash and cash equivalents as at end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,084 150,194
Note:
1. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash on hand & in ATM, balances with Reserve Bank of India,
balances with banks and money at call & short notice (refer schedule 6 and 7 of the Balance Sheet).
F-226
Schedules to the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 March 2010
and Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended 31 March 2010
SCHEDULE 1 — CAPITAL
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
Authorised Capital
500,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 5,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up capital# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,052 3,590
# 405,174,119 and 359,005,118 equity shares of Rs.10/- each fully paid up as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively. [Included above are 33,899,480 and 27,847,621 GDRs representing 33,899,480 and
27,847,621 equity shares as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively.]
F-227
SCHEDULE 3 — DEPOSITS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A. I. Demand Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,564 13,316
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308,059 234,771
II. Savings Bank Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338,618 258,221
III. Term Deposits
(i) From banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41,074 55,642
(ii) From others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711,472 611,627
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,412,787 1,173,577
B. I. Deposits of branches in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,371,599 1,149,330
II. Deposits of branches outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41,188 24,247
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,412,787 1,173,577
SCHEDULE 4 — BORROWINGS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 10,795
(ii) Other Banks# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,535 8,974
(iii) Other institutions & agencies** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69,317 50,726
II. Borrowings outside India$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97,844 84,704
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171,696 155,199
Secured borrowing included in I & II above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
# Borrowings from other Banks include Subordinated Debt of Rs. 3,845 million Rs. 4,564 million in the
nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively, Rs. 50 million
and Rs. 140 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively, and
Rs. 640 million and Rs. 1,270 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009
respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
** Borrowings from other institutions & agencies include Subordinated debt of Rs. 51,019 million and
Rs. 30,600 million in the nature of Non-Convertible Debentures as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009
respectively, Rs. 2,090 million and Rs. 2,000 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively and Rs. 2,435 million and Rs. 1,805 million of Upper Tier II instruments as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.2) & 18(2.1.3)].
$ Borrowings outside India include Rs. 2,065 million and Rs. 2,333 million of Perpetual Debt as of 31 March
2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively and Rs. 9,415 million and Rs. 10,633 million of Upper Tier II
instruments as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively. [Also refer 18(2.1.3)].
F-228
SCHEDULE 6 — CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Cash in hand & in ATM (including foreign currency notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19,007 15,415
II. Balances with Reserve Bank of India:
(i) in Current Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75,732 78,777
(ii) in Other Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94,739 94,192
SCHEDULE 7 — BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. In India
(i) Balance with Banks
(a) in Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,916 5,406
(b) in Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,540 38,789
(ii) Money at Call and Short Notice
(a) with banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(b) with other institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,456 44,195
II. Outside India
i) In Current Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,078 8,529
ii) In Other Deposit Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,812 1,369
iii) Money at Call & Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 1,909
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,890 11,807
GRAND TOTAL (I+II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57,346 56,002
SCHEDULE 8 — INVESTMENTS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I. Investments in India in —
(i) Government Securities##** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341,959 284,182
(ii) Other approved securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,296 4,201
(iv) Debentures and Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,232 133,797
(v) Investments in Joint Ventures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 390
(vi) Others@ (Mutual Fund units, CD/CP, NABARD Deposit, PTC etc.) . . . . . . . . . 66,104 32,261
Total Investments in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551,981 454,831
II. Investments outside India in —
(i) Government Securities (including local authorities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(ii) Subsidiaries and/or joint ventures abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
(iii) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,784 7,886
Total Investments outside India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,784 7,886
GRAND TOTAL (I + II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558,765 462,717
@ Includes deposits with NABARD Rs. 30,027 million and Rs. 19,799 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2009 respectively and PTC’s Rs. 3,513 million and Rs. 9,440 million as of 31 March 2010 and
31 March 2009 respectively.
## Includes securities costing Rs. 42,376 million and Rs. 68,400 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively pledged for availment of fund transfer facility, clearing facility and margin requirements.
** Net of repo borrowing of Rs. Nil and Rs. 8,410 million under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility as of
31 March 2010 and 31 March 2009 respectively in line with Reserve Bank of India requirements.
F-229
SCHEDULE 9 — ADVANCES
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
A. (i) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,500 24,653
(ii) Cashcredits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260,136 213,671
(iii) Term loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748,795 577,244
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,043,431 815,568
B. (i) Secured by tangible assets $ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865,784 696,011
(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees &&. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,367 9,929
(iii) Unsecured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161,280 109,628
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,043,431 815,568
C. I. Advances in India
(i) Priority Sector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299,404 229,491
(ii) Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,047 1,582
(iii) Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,826 185
(iv) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584,846 482,648
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920,123 713,906
II. Advances Outside India
(i) Due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 683
(ii) Due from others —
(a) Bills purchased and discounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,316 3,802
(b) Syndicated loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,702 30,906
(c) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54,957 66,271
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123,308 101,662
GRAND TOTAL (CI + CII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,043,431 815,568
F-230
SCHEDULE 11 — OTHER ASSETS
As of As of
31-03-2010 31-03-2009
Rs. Rs.
in million in million
I Inter-office adjustments (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
II Interest Accrued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,771 13,219
III Tax paid in advance/tax deducted at source (Net of provisions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688 575
IV Stationery and stamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 9
V Non banking assets acquired in satisfaction of claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
VI Others# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,757 23,866
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,226 37,669
# Includes deferred tax assets of Rs. 6,114 million and Rs. 4,570 million as of 31 March 2010 and 31 March
2009 respectively.
F-231
# Including recoveries on account of advances/investments/derivative receivables written off in earlier years
Rs. 1,744 million and Rs. 630 million for the year ended 31 March 2010 & 31 March 2009 respectively and
profit on account of portfolio sell downs/securitisation Rs. 225 million and Rs. 168 million for the year
ended 31 March 2010 & 31 March 2009 respectively.
F-232
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Axis Bank Limited (‘the Bank’)
and its subsidiaries, which together constitute ‘the Group’.
The Bank consolidates its subsidiaries in accordance with AS 21, Consolidated Financial Statements and
Accounting Standard Notified by the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, (as amended) on a
line-by-line basis by adding together the like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenditure. All significant
inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
2 Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention on the
accrual basis of accounting, unless otherwise stated, and comply with generally accepted accounting principles,
statutory requirements prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, circulars and guidelines issued by the
Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) from time to time and Accounting Standards notified by the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, (as amended) to the extent applicable and current practices prevailing
within the banking industry in India.
The consolidated financial statements present the accounts of Axis Bank Limited with its following
subsidiaries:
Country of Ownership
Name Incorporation Interest
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd.* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . India 100.00%
Axis Private Equity Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . India 100.00%
Axis Trustee Services Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . India 100.00%
Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . India 100.00%
Axis Asset Management Company Ltd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . India 100.00%
* the name of the company was changed from Axis Sales Ltd. to Axis Securities and Sales Ltd. with effect
from 5 April 2010
The audited financial statements of the above subsidiaries have been drawn up to the same reporting date as
that of the Bank, i.e. 31 March 2010.
The Bank has made investment in a corporate entity wherein it holds more than 25% of the equity shares of
that company. Such investment does not fall within the definition of a joint venture as per AS 27, Financial
Reporting of Interest in Joint Ventures, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, and the said
accounting standard is thus not applicable.
3 Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles,
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the
financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Any revisions to the accounting estimates are recognised
prospectively in the current and future periods.
F-233
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Valuation
Investments classified under the HTM category are carried at acquisition cost. Any premium on acquisition
over face value is amortised on a constant yield to maturity basis over the remaining period to maturity.
Investments classified under the AFS and HFT category are marked to market. The market/fair value for the
purpose of periodical valuation of quoted investments included in the ‘Available for Sale’ and ‘Held for Trading’
categories is the market price of the scrip as available from the trades/quotes on the stock exchanges, SGL
account transactions, price list of RBI or prices declared by Primary Dealers Association of India jointly with
Fixed Income Money Market and Derivatives Association of India, periodically. Net depreciation, if any, within
each category of investments is recognised in the profit and loss account. The net appreciation, if any, under each
category is ignored, except to the extent of depreciation previously provided. The book value of individual
securities is not changed consequent to the periodic valuation of investments.
Treasury Bills, Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposits being discounted instruments, are valued at
carrying cost.
F-234
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Units of mutual funds are valued at the latest repurchase price/net asset value declared by the mutual fund.
Market value of investments where current quotations are not available, is determined as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI as under:
• market value of unquoted Government securities is derived based on the Prices/Yield to Maturity
(‘YTM’) rate for Government securities of equivalent maturity as notified by Fixed Income Money
Market and Derivatives Association of India (‘FIMMDA’) jointly with the Primary Dealers Association
of India (‘PDAI’) at periodic intervals;
• in case of Central Government Securities, which do not qualify for SLR requirement, the market price is
derived by adding the appropriate mark up to the Base Yield Curve of Central Government Securities as
notified by FIMMDA;
• market value of unquoted State Government securities is derived by adding the appropriate mark up
above the Base Yield Curve of the Central Government Securities of equivalent maturity as notified by
the FIMMDA/PDAI at periodic intervals;
• in case of unquoted bonds, debentures and preference shares where interest/dividend is received regularly,
the market price is derived based on the YTM for Government securities as notified by FIMMDA/PDAI
and suitably marked up for credit risk applicable to the credit rating of the instrument. The matrix for
credit risk mark-up for each categories and credit ratings along with residual maturity issued by
FIMMDA is adopted for this purpose;
• in case of preference shares where dividend is not received regularly, the price derived on the basis of
YTM is discounted in accordance with the RBI guidelines;
• in case of bonds and debentures where interest is not received regularly, the valuation is in accordance
with prudential norms for provisioning as prescribed by RBI; and
• equity shares, for which current quotations are not available or where the shares are not quoted on the
stock exchanges, are valued at break-up value (without considering revaluation reserves, if any) which is
ascertained from the company’s latest balance sheet (which is not more than one year prior to the date of
valuation). In case the latest balance sheet is not available, the shares are valued at Rs. 1 per company.
Investments in joint ventures are categorized as HTM in accordance with RBI guidelines.
Realized gains on investments under HTM category are recognised in the profit and loss account and
subsequently appropriated to capital reserve account in accordance with RBI guidelines. Losses are recognised in
the profit and loss account.
F-235
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
For restructured/rescheduled assets, provision is made in accordance with the guidelines issued by RBI,
which requires the diminution in the fair value of the assets be provided at the time of restructuring.
A general provision @ 0.25% in case of direct advances to agricultural and SME sectors, 1.00% in respect
of advances classified as commercial real estate and 0.40% for all other advances is made as prescribed by RBI,
against provision ranging between 0.25% to 2.00% as prescribed hitherto. However, the excess provision held as
of 14 November 2008, is not reversed as per RBI guidelines.
5.4 Securitisation
Axis Bank Ltd.
The Bank enters into purchase/sale of corporate and retail loans through direct assignment/Special Purpose
Vehicle (‘SPV’). In most cases, post securitisation, the Bank continues to service the loans transferred to the
assignee/SPV. The Bank also provides credit enhancement in the form of cash collaterals and/or by subordination
of cash flows to Senior Pass Through Certificate (‘PTC’) holders. In respect of credit enhancements provided or
recourse obligations (projected delinquencies, future servicing etc.) accepted by the Bank, appropriate provision/
disclosure is made at the time of sale in accordance with AS 29, Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent
assets.
Gain on securitisation transaction is recognised over the period of the underlying securities issued by the
SPV. Loss on securitisation is immediately debited to profit and loss account.
F-236
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-237
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Portfolio Management Fees are recognised on an accrual basis as per the terms of the contract with the
customers.
Income from sale of Investments is determined on weighted average basis and recognised on the trade date
basis.
Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Ltd.
Trustee fee is recognised on accrual basis, at the specific rates approved by the Board within the limits
specified under the Deed of trust, and is applied on the net assets of each scheme of Axis Mutual Fund.
F-238
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
All fixed assets individually costing less than Rs. 5,000 are fully depreciated in the year of installation.
Depreciation on assets sold during the year is recognised on a pro-rata basis to the profit and loss account
till the date of sale.
The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date to ascertain if there is any indication
of impairment based on internal/external factors. An impairment loss is recognised wherever the carrying amount
of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of the asset’s net selling price
and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value at
the weighted average cost of capital. After impairment, depreciation is provided on the revised carrying amount
of the asset over its remaining useful life.
Leave Encashment
Short term compensated absences are provided for based on estimates. The Bank provides leave encashment
benefit (long term), which is a defined benefit scheme based on actuarial valuation as at the balance sheet date
conducted by an independent actuary. The actuarial valuation is carried out as per the Projected Unit Credit
Method as at 31 March each year.
Superannuation
Employees of the Bank are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s Superannuation scheme
either under a cash-out option through salary or under a defined contribution plan. Through the defined
contribution plan the Bank contributes annually a specified sum of 10% of the employee’s eligible annual basic
salary to LIC, which undertakes to pay the lump sum and annuity benefit payments pursuant to the scheme.
Superannuation contributions are recognised in the profit and loss account in the period in which they accrue.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to profit and loss account and are not deferred.
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd. and Axis Asset Management Company Ltd.
F-239
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Gratuity
Gratuity liability is a defined benefit obligation and is provided for on the basis of an actuarial valuation
using Projected Unit Credit Method made at the end of each financial year.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to profit and loss account and are not deferred.
Axis Trustee Services Ltd.
Gratuity
Gratuity liability is accrued and provided for in accordance with Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd.
Leave Encashment
Short term compensated absences are provided for based on estimates. Long term compensated absences are
provided for based on actuarial valuation. The actuarial valuation is done, at the end of each financial year, using
the Projected Unit Credit Method.
Actuarial gains/losses are immediately taken to profit and loss account and are not deferred.
5.14 Taxation
Group
Income tax expense is the aggregate amount of current tax, deferred tax and fringe benefit tax charge.
Current year taxes and fringe benefit tax are determined in accordance with the Income tax Act, 1961. Deferred
income taxes reflects the impact of current year timing differences between taxable income and accounting
income for the year and reversal of timing differences of earlier years.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rates and the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the
balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to
set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate
to the taxes on income levied by same governing taxation laws.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future
taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realized. The impact of changes in
the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in the profit and loss account.
Deferred tax assets are recognised and reassessed at each reporting date, based upon management’s
judgement as to whether realization is considered as reasonably certain. Deferred tax assets are recognised on
carry forward of unabsorbed depreciation and tax losses only if there is virtual certainty that such deferred tax
asset can be realized against future profits.
F-240
17 Significant accounting policies for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to
issue equity shares were exercised or converted during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the
weighted average number of equity shares and dilutive potential equity shares outstanding at year end.
F-241
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
1 Share Capital
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank raised additional equity capital in the form of 5,055,500
Global Depository Receipts (GDRs) (each GDR representing 1 underlying equity share of Rs. 10/- each), at a
price of US$ 18.90 per GDR. The Bank also undertook a Qualified Institutional Placement (QIP) of 33,044,500
shares and a preferential allotment of 3,976,632 shares at a price of Rs. 906.70 per share. As a consequence, the
paid-up share capital of the Bank has increased by Rs. 421 million and the reserves of the Bank have increased
by Rs. 37,256 million after charging of issue related expenses.
The funds mobilised from the equity raising (through GDR, QIP and Preferential issue) were utilised for
enhancing the capital adequacy ratio and for general corporate purposes.
The Bank has incurred expenses of Rs. 428 million towards payment of commission to the lead managers in
connection with the capital issue, which exceeds the limit prescribed under Section 13 of the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949 and has adjusted this amount against the Share Premium account. The Bank has sought approval from
the Reserve Bank of India to pay the excess amount to the lead managers.
2 Other Disclosures
2.1.1 ‘Provisions and contingencies’ recognised in the profit and loss account includes:
2.1.2 During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank raised subordinated debt of Rs. 20,000 million, the
details of which are set out below:
During the year ended 31 March 2009, the Bank raised subordinated debt of Rs. 17,000 million, the details
of which are set out below:
During the year ended 31 March 2010, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 300 million, the details
of which are set out below:
F-242
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
During the year ended 31 March 2009, the Bank redeemed subordinated debt of Rs. 661 million, the details
of which are set out below:
2.1.3 The Bank has not raised any hybrid capital during the year ended 31 March 2010 and year ended
31 March 2009.
2.1.4 Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’)
The details of EPS computation is set out below:
Weighted average
Range of exercise Weighted average remaining
prices exercise price contractual life
Options outstanding (Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,852,974 39.77 to 824.40 459.87 2.95
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,413,990 503.25 to 907.25 513.15 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . (252,757) 97.62 to 824.40 356.51 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . (24,320) 39.77 to 232.10 212.48 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . (4,092,369) 39.77 to 824.40 330.99 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . 13,897,518 97.62 to 907.25 514.27 2.87
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . 5,599,878 97.62 to 824.40 434.75 1.58
F-243
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 964.16.
Stock option activity under the Scheme for the year ended 31 March 2009 is set out below:
Weighted average
Range of exercise Weighted average remaining
prices exercise price contractual life
Options outstanding (Rs.) (Rs.) (Years)
Outstanding at the beginning of the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,794,268 39.77 to 468.90 367.55 3.57
Granted during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,677,355 824.40 824.40 —
Forfeited during the year . . . . . . . . . . . (322,805) 232.10 to 824.40 466.76 —
Expired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . (395) 97.62 97.62 —
Exercised during the year . . . . . . . . . . (1,295,449) 39.77 to 468.90 299.95 —
Outstanding at the end of the year . . . . 13,852,974 39.77 to 824.40 459.87 2.95
Exercisable at the end of the year . . . . 5,616,088 39.77 to 824.40 320.20 1.86
The weighted average share price in respect of options exercised during the year was Rs. 765.54.
Volatility is the measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a
period. The measure of volatility used in the Black-Scholes options pricing model is the annualised standard
deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the stock over a period of time. For calculating
volatility, the daily volatility of the stock prices on the National Stock Exchange, over a period prior to the date
of grant, corresponding with the expected life of the options has been considered.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended 31 March 2010 is
Rs. 205.72 (previous year Rs. 310.26).
F-244
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Appropriation to proposed dividend during the year ended 31 March 2010 includes dividend of Rs. 5 million
(previous year Rs. 5 million) paid pursuant to exercise of 4,36,489 employee stock options after the previous year
end and record date for declaration of dividend for the year ended 31 March 2009.
F-245
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Geographical segment disclosure is not required to be made since the operations from foreign branches are
less than the prescribed norms.
Segmental results are set out below:
31 March 2010
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,515 49,667 30,209 — 116,391
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,166 15,509 11,001 (35) 39,642
Total income as per profit and loss account . . . . . . . . . 49,681 65,176 41,210 (35) 156,033
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,649 14,014 38,314 — 190,977
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188,330 79,190 79,524 (35) 347,010
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . 42,279 — 24,047 — 66,327
Less: Inter segment interest expenses Less: . . . . . . . . . . . 132,714 39,760 18,503 — 190,977
Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,493 9,232 24,898 — 37,624
Less: Unallocated expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,844 30,198 12,076 (35) 52,082
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . . . . (41) 6,261 7,669 3 13,892
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,885 23,937 4,407 (38) 38,190
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,409
Extraordinary profit/ loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,781
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721,659 681,811 377,115 25,282 1,805,866
Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,805,866
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719,372 355,532 559,972 11,101 1,645,977
Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,645,977
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,287 326,279 (182,857) 14,181 159,889
Fixed assets additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,151 4,151
Depreciation on fixed assets during the year . . . . . . . . . . . 2,379 2,379
F-246
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
31 March 2009
Corporate/ Other
Wholesale Retail Banking
Treasury Banking Banking Business Total
(Rs. in million)
Segment Revenue
Gross interest income (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,632 47,962 26,697 — 108,291
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,482 12,073 9,658 (54) 29,159
Total income as per profit and loss account . . . . . . . . . 41,114 60,035 36,355 (54) 137,450
Add/(less) inter segment interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161,793 12,766 30,400 — 204,959
Total segment revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202,907 72,801 66,755 (54) 342,409
Less: Interest expense (external customers) . . . . . . . . . . . 53,311 14 18,165 — 71,489
Less: Inter segment interest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137,351 44,026 23,582 — 204,959
Less: Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,320 7,364 19,053 — 28,738
Less: Unallocated Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,925 21,397 5,955 (54) 37,223
Less: Provision for non performing assets/Others . . . . . . . 1,839 3,569 3,985 3 9,397
Segment result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,086 17,828 1,970 (57) 27,826
Less: Provision for Tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,697
Extraordinary profit/ loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Net Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,129
Segment assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626,010 573,164 256,461 21,336 1,476,972
Less: Unallocated assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,476,972
Segment liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664,745 272,009 429,636 8,637 1,375,027
Less: Unallocated liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,375,027
Net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (38,735) 301,155 (173,174) 12,699 101,945
Fixed assets additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 4,593 4,593
Depreciation on fixed assets during the year . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 1,902 1,902
2.1.8 Related party disclosure
The related parties of the Bank are broadly classified as:
a) Promoters
• The Bank has identified the following entities as its Promoters.
• Administrator of the Specified Undertaking of the Unit Trust of India (UTI-1)
• Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC)
• General Insurance Corporation and four PSUs — New India Assurance Co. Ltd., National Insurance Co.
Ltd., United India Insurance Co. Ltd. and The Oriental Insurance Co. Ltd.
b) Key Management Personnel
• Dr. P. J. Nayak (erstwhile Chairman & CEO) upto 20 April 2009
• Mrs. Shikha Sharma (Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer) with effect from 1 June 2009
• Mr. M.M. Agrawal (Deputy Managing Director) with effect from 10 February 2010
c) Relatives of Key Management Personnel
Mrs. Sunanda Nayak, Mrs. Sheela Nayak, Mr. Madhav Nayak, Mrs. Nikita Nayak, Mrs. Radhika Shenoi,
Mr. Pramod Shenoi, Mr. Bharat Nayak, Mrs. Smitha Nayak, Mr. Sanjaya Sharma, Mrs. Usha Bharadwaj,
Mr. Tilak Sharma, Ms. Tvisha Sharma, Dr. Sanjiv Bharadwaj, Dr. Prashant Bharadwaj, Dr. Brevis Bharadwaj,
Dr. Reena Bharadwaj, Mrs. Bharti Agrawal, Mr. Vedprakash Agrawal, Mrs. Gayatri Devi Agrawal, Mr. Amit M
Agrawal, Mrs. Rinki Agrawal, Master Kaustubh Agrawal, Ms. Prashasti Agrawal, Mr. Anand Agrawal,
Mr. Praveen Agrawal, Mrs. Rekha Agrawal, Mrs. Renu Agrawal, Mrs. Meenu Agrawal
F-247
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
d) Joint Venture
• Bussan Auto Finance India Private Limited
Based on RBI guidelines, details of transactions with Joint Venture Companies are not disclosed since there
is only one entity/party in this category.
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2010 are
given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,520 — — 1,520
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,469 — — 2,469
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . 3,606 — — 3,606
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital
of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,550 — — 10,550
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 — — 50
Sale of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,375 — — 5,375
Management Contracts and Other
reimbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 26 — 44
Purchase of Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Advance granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Advance repaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Sale of fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Receiving of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 — — 161
Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 — — 19
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 — — 1
Other Reimbursements to Related Parties . . . . . . . — — — —
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2010 are given
below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,621 17 6 36,644
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 4 — 506
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . 1,562 0.2 — 1,562
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 — — 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital
of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP Arrangements Provided . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
F-248
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2010 are given below:
Relatives of
Key Key
Management Management
Items/Related Party Promoters Personnel Personnel Total
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,621 104 6 36,731
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 — — 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594 4 — 598
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . 1,567 1 — 1,568
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 — — 391
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital
of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28,150 — — 28,150
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
The details of transactions of the Bank with its related parties during the year ended 31 March 2009 are
given below:
Items/Related Party Promoters
(Rs. in million)
Dividend Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
Interest Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
Interest Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Investment of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000
Redemption of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Sale of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,499
Receiving of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Other Reimbursements to Related Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
The balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank as on 31 March 2009 are given
below.
Items/Related Party Promoters
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,663
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,522
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,400
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
F-249
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The maximum balances payable to/receivable from the related parties of the Bank during the year ended
31 March 2009 are given below:
Items/Related Party Promoters
(Rs. in million)
Deposits with the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,663
Placement of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Investment of Related Parties in the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,522
Repo Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Non-funded commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Investment in Subordinated Debt/Hybrid Capital of the Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,400
Advance for Rendering of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Leasing/HP arrangements provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Other Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Other Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
2.1.9 Leases
F-250
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Provident Fund
The contribution to the employee’s provident fund of the Group amounted to Rs. 393 million for the year
ended 31 March 2010 (previous year Rs. 309 million)
Axis Bank Ltd.
Superannuation
The Bank contributed Rs. 97 million to the employee’s superannuation plan for the year ended 31 March
2010 (previous year Rs. 88 million).
Leave Encashment
The Group charged an amount of Rs. 360 million as liability for leave encashment for the year ended
31 March 2010 (previous year Rs. 451 million)
Gratuity
Group
The following tables summarise the components of net benefit expenses recognised in the profit and loss
account and the funded status and amounts recognised in the balance sheet for the Gratuity benefit plan.
F-251
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Balance Sheet
Details of provision for gratuity
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Present Value of Funded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 365
Fair Value of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (441) (298)
Present Value of Unfunded Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Unrecognised Past Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Net Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (11) 67
Amounts in Balance Sheet
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 67
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 —
Net Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (11) 67
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Change in Defined Benefit Obligation
Opening Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 235
Current Service Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 56
Interest Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 21
Actuarial Losses/(Gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (35) 60
Liabilities Extinguished on Curtailment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Liabilities Extinguished on Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Liabilities Assumed on Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Exchange Difference on Foreign Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Benefits Paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (18) (7)
Closing Defined Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 365
F-252
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
Experience adjustments
31 March 2010 31 March 2009 31 March 2008 31 March 2007
(Rs. in million)
Defined Benefit Obligations . . . . . . . 430 365 234 143
Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 298 178 119
Surplus/(Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 (67) (56) (24)
Experience Adjustments on Plan
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 33 36 23
Experience Adjustments on Plan
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 (7) (2) 1
Axis Bank Ltd.
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of fair value of
total plan assets — Insurer Managed Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00% 100.00%
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date:
Discount Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90% p.a. 6.70% p.a.
Expected rate of Return on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50% p.a. 7.50% p.a.
Salary Escalation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% p.a. 6.00% p.a.
Employee Turnover
— 21 to 44 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00% 10.00%
— 44 to 64 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00% 1.00%
The estimates of future salary increases considered take into account the inflation, seniority, promotion and
other relevant factors.
The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on the average long-term rate of return expected on
investments of the Fund during the estimated term of the obligations.
As the contribution expected to be paid to the plan during the annual period beginning after the balance
sheet date is based on various internal/external factors, a best estimate of the contribution is not determinable.
Axis Securities and Sales Ltd.
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of fair value of
total plan assets — Insurer Managed Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00% 100.00%
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date:
Discount Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.55% p.a. 6.30% p.a.
Expected rate of Return on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50% p.a. 7.50% p.a.
Salary Escalation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00% p.a. 6.00% p.a.
Employee Turnover — 21 to 44 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00% p.a. 30.00% p.a.
— 45 to 59 (age in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00% p.a. 1.00% p.a.
F-253
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
The estimates of future salary increases, considered in actuarial valuation, take account of inflation,
seniority, promotion and other relevant factors, such as supply and demand in the employment market.
The overall expected rate of return on assets is determined based on the market prices prevailing on that
date, applicable to the period over which the obligation is to be settled.
The Company expects to contribute Rs. 2 million as gratuity in the year 2010-11.
Axis Asset Management Company Ltd.
31 March 2010
Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date:
Discount Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00% p.a.
Expected rate of Return on Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
Salary Escalation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00% p.a.
Employee Turnover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00% p.a.
The estimates of future salary increases, considered in actuarial valuation, take account of inflation,
seniority, promotion and other relevant factors, such as supply and demand in the employment market.
2.1.13 Provisions and contingencies
a) Movement in provision for frauds included under other liabilities is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 49
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Reductions on account of payments during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) (4)
Reductions on account of reversals during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (41) —
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 45
b) Movement in provision for credit enhancements on securitised assets is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening balance at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 31
Additions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (31)
Closing balance at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
c) Movement in provision for credit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 59
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 8
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (8) (10)
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 57
d) Movement in provision for debit card reward points is set out below:
31 March 2010 31 March 2009
(Rs. in million)
Opening provision at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 —
Provision made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 42
Reductions during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Closing provision at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 42
F-254
18 Notes forming part of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 (Continued)
(Currency: In Indian Rupees)
F-255
AUDITORS’ REPORT TO
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
AXIS BANK LIMITED
We have reviewed the accompanying statement of Unaudited Financial Results of AXIS BANK LIMITED
(“the Bank”) for the half year ended 30th September 2012 (“the Statement”). This Statement is the responsibility
of the Bank’s Management and has been approved by the Board of Directors. Our responsibility is to issue a
report on the Statement based on our review.
We conducted our review of the Statement in accordance with the Standard on Review Engagement (SRE)
2410 “Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by Independent Auditor of the Entity” issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. This Standard requires that we plan and perform the review to obtain
moderate assurance as to whether the Statement is free of material misstatements. A review is limited primarily
to inquiries of Bank personnel and analytical procedures applied to financial data and thus provides less
assurance than an audit. We have not performed an audit and accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.
Based on our review conducted as stated above, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe
that the accompanying Statement, prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards referred to in
Section 211(3C) of the Companies Act, 1956 and other recognised accounting practices and policies, has not
disclosed the information required to be disclosed in terms of Clause 41 of the Listing Agreements with the stock
exchanges, including the manner in which it is to be disclosed, or that it contains any material misstatement or
that it has not been prepared in accordance with the relevant prudential norms issued by the Reserve Bank of
India in respect of income recognition, asset classification, provisioning and other related matters.
Further, we also report that we have traced the number of shares as well as the percentage of shareholding in
respect of the aggregate amount of public shareholding and the number of shares as well as the percentage of
shares pledged/encumbered and non-encumbered in respect of the aggregate amount of promoters and promoter
group shareholding in terms of Clause 35 of the Listing Agreements and the particulars relating to undisputed
investor complaints from the details furnished by the Registrars.
Z.F. Billimoria
Partner
(Membership No. 42791)
F-256
Axis Bank
Regd. Office: ‘Trishul’, 3rd floor, Opp. Samartheshwar Temple, Law Garden, Ellisbridge,
Ahmedabad — 380 006.
UNAUDITED FINANCIAL RESULTS FOR THE HALFYEAR ENDED 30TH SEPTEMBER 2012
FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER HALF YEAR HALF YEAR YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
PARTICULARS 30.09.2012 30.06.2012 30.09.2011 30.09.2012 30.09.2011 31.03.2012
(Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Audited)
(Rs. in million)
1. Interest earned
(a)+(b)+(c)+(d) . . . . . . . . 66,872 64,829 52,760 131,701 101,574 219,946
(a) Interest/discount on
advances/bills . . . . . . . . . 47,363 46,245 36,878 93,608 71,579 153,793
(b) Income on
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . 18,966 18,063 15,487 37,029 28,815 63,943
(c) Interest on balances with
Reserve Bank of India
and other inter-bank
funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 230 112 450 591 984
(d) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 291 283 614 589 1,226
2. Other Income (Refer note
2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,931 13,355 12,349 29,286 24,028 54,202
3. TOTAL INCOME
(1+2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,803 78,184 65,109 160,987 125,602 274,148
4. Interest Expended . . . . . . 43,603 43,030 32,687 86,633 64,260 139,769
5. Operating expenses
(i)+(ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,417 15,517 14,665 32,934 28,000 60,070
(i) Employees cost . . . . . . . . 5,779 5,826 4,986 11,605 10,086 20,802
(ii) Other operating
expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,638 9,691 9,679 21,329 17,914 39,268
6. TOTAL
EXPENDITURE (4)+(5)
(Excluding Provisions
and Contingencies) . . . . . 61,020 58,547 47,352 119,567 92,260 199,839
7. OPERATING PROFIT
(3-6) (Profit before
Provisions and
Contingencies) . . . . . . . . 21,783 19,637 17,757 41,420 33,342 74,309
8. Provisions (other than
tax) and Contingencies
(Net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,094 2,589 4,056 7,683 5,815 11,431
9. Exceptional Items . . . . . . — — — — — —
10. Profit/(Loss) from
Ordinary Activities
before Tax (7-8-9) . . . . . 16,689 17,048 13,701 33,737 27,527 62,878
11. Tax expense . . . . . . . . . . 5,453 5,513 4,498 10,966 8,900 20,456
12. Net Profit/(Loss) from
Ordinary Activities after
Tax (10-11) . . . . . . . . . . . 11,236 11,535 9,203 22,771 18,627 42,422
13. Extraordinary Items (net
of tax expense) . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
14. Net Profit/(Loss) for the
period (12-13) . . . . . . . . . 11,236 11,535 9,203 22,771 18,627 42,422
15. Paid-up equity share
capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Face value Rs. 10/- per
share) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,145 4,143 4,123 4,145 4,123 4,132
16. Reserves excluding
revaluation reserves . . . . 223,953
F-257
FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER HALF YEAR HALF YEAR YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
PARTICULARS 30.09.2012 30.06.2012 30.09.2011 30.09.2012 30.09.2011 31.03.2012
(Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Audited)
(Rs. in million)
17. Analytical Ratios
(i) Percentage of Shares held
by Government of
India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
(ii) Capital Adequacy
Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99% 13.03% 11.35% 12.99% 11.35% 13.66%
(iii) Earnings per Share (EPS)
for the period/year
(before and after
extraordinary items) . . . .
— Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.11 27.88 22.33 54.99 45.25 102.94
— Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.00 27.73 22.13 54.73 44.81 102.20
(iv) NPA Ratios
(a) Amount of Gross
Non-Performing
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . 21,910 20,917 17,438 21,910 17,438 18,063
(b) Amount of Net
Non-Performing
Assets 6,542 6,049 5,488 6,542 5,488 4,726
(c) % of Gross NPAs . . 1.10 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.08 0.94
(d) % of Net NPAs . . . . 0.33 0.31 0.34 0.33 0.34 0.25
(v) Return on Assets
(annualised) . . . . . . . . . . 1.50 1.62 1.52 1.56 1.57 1.68
18. Public Shareholding#
— Number of shares . . . . 223,027,059 224,696,272 214,692,854 223,027,059 214,692,854 223,464,869
— Percentage of
shareholding . . . . . . . . 53.80% 54.24% 52.07% 53.80% 52.07% 54.08%
19. Promoters and promoter
group shareholding#
Pledged/Encumbered . . .
— Number of shares . . . . NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
shareholding of
promoter and promoter
group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
share capital) — — — — — —
Non Encumbered
— Number of shares . . . . 154,400,792 154,525,970 153,446,231 154,400,792 153,446,231 154,443,470
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
shareholding of
promoter and promoter
group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
share capital) . . . . . . . . 37.25% 37.30% 37.21% 37.25% 37.21% 37.38%
# excludes shares held by custodian against which Global Depositary Receipts have been issued.
F-258
Notes:
1. Statement of Assets and Liabilities as on 30th September 2012 is given below.
As on As on
30.09.2012 30.09.2011
Particulars (Reviewed) (Reviewed)
(Rs. in million)
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,145 4,123
Reserves and Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248,194 205,772
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,356,191 1,944,550
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328,320 267,710
Other Liabilities and Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89,957 83,957
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,026,807 2,506,112
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169,317 158,137
Balances with Banks and Money at Call and Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,288 17,384
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996,909 850,156
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,721,316 1,400,893
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,750 22,537
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86,227 57,005
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,026,807 2,506,112
2. ‘Other income’ includes gains from securities’ transactions, commission earned from guarantees/letters of
credit, fees earned from providing services to customers, selling of third party products, ATM sharing fees.
Other income for the quarter and half year ended 30th September 2012, also includes gain on partial sale of
investment in two wholly owned subsidiaries of the Bank.
3. The Bank is still awaiting necessary approvals under applicable law from various regulatory authorities to
the Scheme of Arrangement in respect of the demerger of the financial services businesses from Enam
Securities Private Limited to the Bank and simultaneous sale of such businesses to Axis Securities and Sales
Limited (now renamed as Axis Capital Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, with effect from
1st April 2010 and consequently, no effect of the acquisition has been given in the above results.
4. During the half year ended 30th September 2012, the Bank allotted 13,22,642 equity shares pursuant to the
exercise of options under its Employee Stock Option Scheme.
5. During the current quarter, the Bank infused a capital of Rs. 250 million in Axis Capital Limited (formerly
Axis Securities and Sales Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.
6. Disclosure about investor complaints:
Complaints at the
beginning of the Received during the Disposed off during the Unresolved as on
quarter quarter quarter 30.09.2012
Nil 508 508 Nil
7. The above results have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank at its meeting held at London
today.
8. These results for the half year ended 30th September 2012 have been subjected to a “Limited Review” by the
statutory auditors of the Bank.
9. Previous period figures have been regrouped and reclassified, where necessary, to make them comparable
with current period figures.
F-259
AXIS BANK
Segmental Results
For the For the For the For the For the For the
quarter quarter quarter half year half year year
ended ended ended ended ended ended
30-09-2012 30-06-2012 30-09-2011 30-09-2012 30-09-2011 31-03-2012
(Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Audited)
(Rs. in million)
1 Segment Revenue
a Treasury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103,724 99,481 85,021 203,205 166,452 359,886
b Corporate/Wholesale Banking . . . . . . 48,433 46,455 41,835 94,888 82,192 171,867
c Retail Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44,649 41,105 31,364 85,754 58,748 132,237
d Other Banking Business . . . . . . . . . . 1,166 697 774 1,863 1,359 3,769
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197,972 187,738 158,994 385,710 308,751 667,759
Less: Inter segment revenue . . . . . . . 115,169 109,554 93,885 224,723 183,149 393,611
Income from Operations . . . . . . . . . 82,803 78,184 65,109 160,987 125,602 274,148
2 Segment Results After Provisions
& Before Tax
a Treasury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,893 602 1,308 2,495 2,189 8,364
b Corporate/Wholesale Banking . . . . . . 12,195 15,522 12,105 27,717 24,664 51,651
c Retail Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,803 457 (286) 2,260 (342) (47)
d Other Banking Business . . . . . . . . . . 798 467 574 1,265 1,016 2,910
Total Profit Before Tax . . . . . . . . . . 16,689 17,048 13,701 33,737 27,527 62,878
3 Capital Employed
a Treasury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43,751 (74,305) 39,331 43,751 39,331 (80,513)
b Corporate/Wholesale Banking . . . . . . 609,082 703,276 547,664 609,082 547,664 663,861
c Retail Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (414,900) (396,447) (387,282) (414,900) (387,282) (360,473)
d Other Banking Business . . . . . . . . . . 1,623 1,178 879 1,623 879 1,491
e Unallocated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,784 8,829 9,303 12,784 9,303 3,719
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252,340 242,531 209,895 252,340 209,895 228,085
Note: Previous period figures have been regrouped and reclassified, where necessary, to make them comparable
with current period figures.
F-260
AUDITORS’ REPORT TO
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
AXIS BANK LIMITED
We have reviewed the accompanying statement of Unaudited Financial Results of AXIS BANK LIMITED
(“the Bank”) for the quarter and the nine months ended 31st December 2012 (“the Statement”). This Statement is
the responsibility of the Bank’s Management and has been approved by the Board of Directors. Our
responsibility is to issue a report on the Statement based on our review.
We conducted our review of the Statement in accordance with the Standard on Review Engagement (SRE)
2410 “Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by Independent Auditor of the Entity” issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. This Standard requires that we plan and perform the review to obtain
moderate assurance as to whether the Statement is free of material misstatements. A review is limited primarily
to inquiries of Bank personnel and analytical procedures applied to financial data and thus provides less
assurance than an audit. We have not performed an audit and accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.
Based on our review conducted as stated above, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe
that the accompanying Statement, prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards referred to in
Section 211(3C) of the Companies Act, 1956 and other recognised accounting practices and policies, has not
disclosed the information required to be disclosed in terms of Clause 41 of the Listing Agreements with the stock
exchanges, including the manner in which it is to be disclosed, or that it contains any material misstatement or
that it has not been prepared in accordance with the relevant prudential norms issued by the Reserve Bank of
India in respect of income recognition, asset classification, provisioning and other related matters.
Further, we also report that we have traced the number of shares as well as the percentage of shareholding in
respect of the aggregate amount of public shareholding and the number of shares as well as the percentage of
shares pledged/encumbered and non-encumbered in respect of the aggregate amount of promoters and promoter
group shareholding in terms of Clause 35 of the Listing Agreements and the particulars relating to undisputed
investor complaints from the details furnished by the Registrars.
Z.F.Billimoria
Partner
(Membership No. 42791)
F-261
Axis Bank
Regd. Office: ‘Trishul’, 3rd floor, Opp. Samartheshwar Temple, Law Garden, Ellisbridge,
Ahmedabad — 380 006.
UNAUDITED FINANCIAL RESULTS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2012
FOR THE FOR THE
FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE NINE NINE FOR THE
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER MONTHS MONTHS YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
PARTICULARS 31.12.2012 30.09.2012 31.12.2011 31.12.2012 31.12.2011 31.03.2012
(Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Audited)
(Rs. in million)
1. Interest earned
(a)+(b)+(c)+(d) . . . . . . . . 69,649 66,872 57,770 201,351 159,343 219,946
(a) Interest/discount on
advances/bills . . . . . . . . . 49,066 47,363 39,636 142,675 111,215 153,793
(b) Income on
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . 20,143 18,966 17,752 57,173 46,567 63,943
(c) Interest on balances with
Reserve Bank of India
and other inter-bank
funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 220 155 696 745 984
(d) Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 323 227 807 816 1,226
2. Other Income (Refer
note 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,154 15,931 14,298 45,439 38,326 54,202
3. TOTAL INCOME
(1+2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85,803 82,803 72,068 246,790 197,669 274,148
4. Interest Expended . . . . . . 44,701 43,603 36,367 131,334 100,627 139,769
5. Operating expenses
(i)+(ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,487 17,417 15,109 50,421 43,109 60,070
(i) Employees cost . . . . . . . . 6,151 5,779 5,420 17,756 15,506 20,802
(ii) Other operating
expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11,336 11,638 9,689 32,665 27,603 39,268
6. TOTAL
EXPENDITURE
(4)+(5) (Excluding
Provisions and
Contingencies) . . . . . . . . 62,188 61,020 51,476 181,755 143,736 199,839
7. OPERATING PROFIT
(3-6) (Profit before
Provisions and
Contingencies) . . . . . . . . 23,615 21,783 20,592 65,035 53,933 74,309
8. Provisions (other than
tax) and Contingencies
(Net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,868 5,094 4,223 11,551 10,037 11,431
9. Exceptional Items . . . . . . — — — — — —
10. Profit/(Loss) from
Ordinary Activities
before Tax (7-8-9) . . . . . 19,747 16,689 16,369 53,484 43,896 62,878
11. Tax expense . . . . . . . . . . 6,275 5,453 5,346 17,241 14,247 20,456
12. Net Profit/(Loss) from
Ordinary Activities after
Tax (10-11) . . . . . . . . . . . 13,472 11,236 11,023 36,243 29,649 42,422
13. Extraordinary Items (net
of tax expense) . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
14. Net Profit/(Loss) for the
period (12-13) . . . . . . . . . 13,472 11,236 11,023 36,243 29,649 42,422
15. Paid-up equity share
capital (Face value
Rs. 10/- per share) . . . . . 4,272 4,145 4,126 4,272 4,126 4,132
F-262
FOR THE FOR THE
FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE NINE NINE FOR THE
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER MONTHS MONTHS YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
PARTICULARS 31.12.2012 30.09.2012 31.12.2011 31.12.2012 31.12.2011 31.03.2012
(Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Reviewed) (Audited)
(Rs. in million)
16. Reserves excluding
revaluation reserves . . . . 223,953
17. Analytical Ratios
(i) Percentage of Shares held
by Government of
India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
(ii) Capital Adequacy
Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.73% 12.99% 11.78% 13.73% 11.78% 13.66%
(iii) Earnings per Share (EPS)
for the period/year
(before and after
extraordinary items) . . . .
— Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.56 27.11 26.73 85.00 71.98 102.94
— Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.42 27.00 26.53 84.57 71.42 102.20
(iv) NPA Ratios
(a) Amount of Gross
Non-Performing
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . 22,753 21,910 19,145 22,753 19,145 18,063
(b) Amount of Net
Non-Performing
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . 6,787 6,542 6,829 6,787 6,829 4,726
(c) % of Gross NPAs . . 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 0.94
(d) % of Net NPAs . . . . 0.33 0.33 0.39 0.33 0.39 0.25
(v) Return on Assets
(annualized) . . . . . . . . . . 1.71 1.50 1.68 1.61 1.61 1.68
18. Public Shareholding#
— Number of shares . . . . 237,656,473 223,027,059 221,268,827 237,656,473 221,268,827 223,464,869
— Percentage of
shareholding . . . . . . . . 55.64% 53.80% 53.63% 55.64% 53.63% 54.08%
19. Promoters and promoter
group shareholding#
Pledged/Encumbered
— Number of shares . . . . NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
shareholding of
promoter and promoter
group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
share capital) . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
Non Encumbered
— Number of shares . . . . 151,767,952 154,400,792 154,905,823 151,767,952 154,905,823 154,443,470
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
shareholding of
promoter and promoter
group) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
— Percentage of shares
(as a % of the total
share capital) . . . . . . . . 35.53% 37.25% 37.55% 35.53% 37.55% 37.38%
# excludes shares held by custodian against which Global Depositary Receipts have been issued.
F-263
Notes:
1. Statement of Assets and Liabilities as on 31st December 2012 is given below.
As on As on
31.12.2012 31.12.2011
Particulars (Reviewed) (Reviewed)
(Rs. in million)
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,272 4,126
Reserves and Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265,995 217,219
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,445,014 2,086,930
Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387,676 307,666
Other Liabilities and Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86,461 77,160
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,189,418 2,693,101
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236,158 166,622
Balances with Banks and Money at Call and Short Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55,489 29,154
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,009,124 902,633
Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,795,042 1,487,392
Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,659 22,546
Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70,946 84,754
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,189,418 2,693,101
2. ‘Other income’ includes gains from securities’ transactions, commission earned from guarantees/letters of
credit, fees earned from providing services to customers, selling of third party products, ATM sharing fees.
Other income for the nine months ended 31st December 2012, also includes gain on partial sale of
investment in two wholly owned subsidiaries of the Bank.
3. During the current quarter, the Bank has received the necessary approvals under applicable law from various
regulatory authorities to the Scheme of Arrangement in respect of the demerger of the financial services
businesses from Enam Securities Private Limited (ESPL) to the Bank and simultaneous sale of such
businesses to Axis Capital Limited (formerly Axis Securities and Sales Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary
of the Bank, with effect from 1st April 2010 and consequently, the Bank has issued 12,090,000 equity shares
of the face value of Rs. 10 each to the shareholders of ESPL and an amount of Rs. 2,621 million being the
difference between the value of the net assets acquired from ESPL (subsequently transferred to Axis Capital
Ltd.) and the shares issued has been transferred to the capital reserve.
4. During the nine months ended 31st December 2012, the Bank allotted 1,861,681 equity shares pursuant to
the exercise of options under its Employee Stock Option Scheme.
5. Disclosure about investor complaints:
Complaints at the
beginning of the Received during the Disposed off during Unresolved as on
quarter quarter the quarter 31.12.2012
Nil 280 280 Nil
6. The above results have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank at its meeting held at Jaipur
today.
7. These results for the nine months ended 31st December 2012 have been subjected to a “Limited Review” by
the statutory auditors of the Bank.
8. Previous period figures have been regrouped and reclassified, where necessary, to make them comparable
with current period figures.
F-264
AXIS BANK
Segmental Results
Note: Previous period figures have been regrouped and reclassified, where necessary, to make them comparable
with current period figures.
F-265
DECLARATION
The Bank certifies that all relevant provisions of Chapter VIII read with Schedule XVIII of the SEBI
Regulations have been complied with and no statement made in this Placement Document is contrary to the
same. The Bank further certifies that all the statements in this Placement Document are true and correct.
Signed by:
Shikha Sharma
As to Indian law
Amarchand & Mangaldas & Suresh A. Shroff & Co.
Peninsula Chambers
Peninsula Corporate Park,
Ganpatrao Kadam Marg,
Lower Parel
Mumbai 400 013
India